^ ^%. ^0^ <^ % 0> f /. V IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-S) 1.0 I.I ■JO ^^™ H^H u> liii 12.2 m Hiotographic Sciences Corporation |l.25||,.4|,.6 ^ 6" ► ■p 4 ^^ i\ \ 23 V'tST MAIN STRUT WEBSTH.N.Y. MSSO (716) 873-4503 '^ ^ ^ CIHM/ICMH Microfiche Series. CIHIVl/iCMH Collectiori de microfich' Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Notes technique* et bibllographiques The Institute has attempted to obtain the best original copy available for filming. Features of this copy which may be bibliographically unique, which may alter any of the images in the reproduction, or which may significantly change the usual method of filming, are checked below. D D D D D Coloured covers/ Couverture de couleur I I Covers damaged/ Couverture endommagie Covers restored and/or laminated/ Couverture restaurte et/ou pellicula Cover title missing/ Le titre de couverture manque I j Coloured maps/ Cartes g6ographiques en couleur □ Coloured inic (i.e. other than blue or black)/ Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) I I Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ Planches et/ou Illustrations en couleur Bound with other material/ ReliA avec d'autres documents Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion along interior margin/ La re liure serrde peut causer de I'ombre ou de la distortion le long de la marge int^rieure Blank leaves added during restoration may appear within the text. Whenever possible, these have been omitted from filming/ II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajoutAes lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte. male, lorsque cela Atait possible, ces pages n'ont pas 4t6 fiimies. Additional comments:/ Commentaires supplAmentaires: L'Institut a microfilm^ le meilleur exemplaire qu'il lui a 4t6 possible de se procurer. Les details de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-Atre uniques du point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une modification dans la methods normale de filmage sont indiqute ci-dessous. The( toth n □ n n D D n This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ Ce document est filmA au taux de reduction indiqu* ci-dessous. Coloured pages/ Pages de couleur Pages damaged/ Pages endommagies Pages restored and/or laminated/ Pages restaur6es et/ou pellicui6es Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ Pages dAcolor^es, tachetAes ou piqutes Pages detached/ Pages ditach^es Showthrough/ Transparence Quality of print varies/ Qualit^ in^gale de I'lmpression Includes supplementary material/ Comprend du matiriel supplAmentaire Only edition available/ Seule Mition disponible Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata slips, tissues, etc., have been ref limed to ensure the best possible image/ Les pages totalement ou partiellement obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure, etc., ont itA filmtes A nouveau de fapon A obtenir la meilleure image possible. The I poss of th filmii Origi begii the it sion, othei first sion, or iili The I shall TINl whic IVIapi diffei entin begii right requ met^ "N 10X • 14X 18X 22X 26X 30X I >^ 12X 16X 20X 24X 28X 32X lire details JOS du modifiar lar una filmaga Tha copy filmad hara hat baan raproducad thanks to tha ganarosity of: La BibliothAqua dt la Villa da MontrM Tha imagas appearing hare are the beet quality possible considering the condition and legibility of the original copy and in keeping with the filming contract specifications. L'axemplaira film* fut reproduit grAce k la g4n4rosit6 da: La Biblioth^ua da la Villa da Montreal Las images suivantes ont At6 reproduites avec le plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition at de la nettetA de rexemplaire filmA, et en conformity avec les conditions du contrat de filmaga. tea Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed beginning with the front cover and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All other original copies are filmed beginning on the first page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impression. The last recorded frame on each microfiche shall contain the symbol -^ (meaning "CON- TINUED"), or the symbol y (meaning "END"), whichever applies. Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en papier est imprimie sont filmAs en commenpant par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la darniire page qui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d'illustration. soit par le second plat, salon le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires originaux sont fiimte en commenpant par la premiere page qui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d'illustration et en terminan par la derni^tre page qui comporte une telle empreinte. Un des symboies suivants apparaftra sur la darniire image de cheque microfiche, selon le cas: le symbols — ^ signifie "A ^ JIVRE". le symbols V signifie "FIN". re Maps, plates, charts, etc.. may be filmed at different reduction ratios. Those too large to be entirely included in one exposure are filmed beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to right and top to bottom, as many frames as required. The following diagrams illustrate the method: Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc.. peuvent Atre film6s A des taux de rMuction diff6rents. Lorsque ie document est trop grand pour Atre reproduit en un seui clich6, il est fiim6 A partir de I'angle sup6rieur gauche, de gauche d droite. et de haut en bas. en prenant le nombre d'images nAcessaire. Las diagrammes suivants illustrent la mithode. y errata Id to nt na pelure, ifon A 1 8 3 i 1 2 3 4 5 6 32X SELECTION or CURIOUS, RARE, .4MD EARLY VOYAGES, AND HISTORIES OF '^ INTERESTING DISCOVERIES. CHIEFLY PUBLISHED BY HAKLUYT, 0* ^ AT HIS SUGGESTION, BUT mr lATLUDED IJ^ HIS CELEBRATED COMPILATION TO WHICH, TO PURCHAS, AND OTHER GENERAL COLLECTIONS, THIS IS INTENDED AS ^ Supplement LONDON: PRINTED rOU E. n. EVANS, 26, PALL MALL; AND R. PRIE HOLBOKN. 5TLEY, 181^. MILE GAGNON 74(ii)^s (•. WouurALi, Printer, Patttnostcr.ruw, I.cnd»'i. A CArAI/)GlJ^. <'K TIIK rOYlGKS, TR.ll ELS, ,1M) DISCOnilUES lilNTMM.tl IN THIS VOLUME Galvano's Discoveriesof the World from tlicir fir^t orisinall, unto the yecrc «f otir Lord, 151.5, corrccUd, <|iKilcd and |)iil>lislii'd in F.ii;;li>li by Uicliard llakliiyt. , . . .1 Tlu- Worldly llydrii^rapbuall Diccriptioii, liy I. iJmiis. . .51 Voyai;f D'Oiuri iiier tt Ittliuir tic ,l(rii>alini on h'laiirc par la Voie dc Ttrrc, pi iidaiit Ic cour« dis annccs 14U2 cl 1I3:J, par IJirtraiidon dc la I?ri><'(|iiu'rf. . . . (">y Tllf Nain^alioii and vya^is of Lcwc» \ rrloiiiaims, Ciiiitlriiiaii of tin- ( ilii- of Hoiiii', tn llit- njiiuii^. of Arabia, K^jvpU', lVr>ia, Syria, Kthiupia, and Kasl India, botli within and wiliiuut tin.- lyiur ot' Gaii|j;es, in 15()3. . . . . . . .147 A Voyaijf made by ctrtaint' Ship-* nt' llullanil into the l'!ast Indus, who «el I'lirtb mi (he Jil «( April, 15:'5,anil reliiriud on dio I Mh i.l April, 1 "i.<)7. ..... -IJ 1 lie Prci>poriins and S|H-rdy V niaur to I.iiia in the Fast Indicn, jiertbriiiod by a lii'clf of S. Ship, (,!' Ani- stenlain : wliuh st-l Ibrtli I'min 'IVvll in Holland, the Fust id' Maic I ">I'H, uhtTiof 4. rfliirni'd agaiiii- till- \'J »( inly 15;'!', llir ollii r 1-. «ml luruard Ironi laiia fur the Mulnccas. . J4.') Ntwvs linin till- Fast Indies : or a X'oyayx' tn Hen-^alla, one of the ^reale>t Kiiii;doiiits iiiidrr llic liii;li and Highly Pniiii- IVdisha Siia^sallein, iiMially ealUil liie Great Moijiill, wuli their ilelolabli- religion, mad and loppi«b riti!., wicked «airitieis and impious l"ii-tonies .... 257 The Faidle of Faeioiis, eoiilciiiiii}; the AiiniKiite Mailers, Cili>tuit)rii and Lawes of the I'toples Fn- habilini; till' luo partes of till' l'!arlh, ealhd AHiiekc and Asie. .... 21^ The C'onq'iesl of the (irand Canaries, made this last Summer by threescore and thirliene saih- of Shippes, M'lit forth at the Cuininaiid of the Stales Gencrall tu the Coast of Spaine and the Canarlc lsk«. ... . . . . . .353 The llistorie of the \\ c>l Indies, ronlaiiim^ the Actes and Adiicnturcs of the Spaniards, which haiie i-ni!|uereil anil |Moplese Countries, published in Latin by Hakluyt and transl'aled by l.ok. . JC7 V ii'^inia richly valiud, by the diseriplion of the Maine Land of Florida, her next Nenrhbour : oiil of the liiuie yeeri> conliniiall trai.ell and iliscouerit of Don Ferilinando de Soto and sixe hundred able nun III his eoinpame, translated out ol the IVrtiiijiiese by I laklnyt. . . . >>H'.i A l)iseo\«ry of the iSarmvdas, otherwise tailed the lie of Duels: by Sir Thuinaii Gates, Sir George Si.iniiur-, .uid Captayne NewjHirt, set forth by ImI. lonrdan. .... 7Go A True Cuppie of a Diseoiii'se written by a G<'iilleniaii, employed in the late Voyajjc of Sjiainc and l'ortiii',;,ile : -cut to Ills |>arli(ular fru lid, and by hini published for the betti'r satislaclion of all «neh a» haiinm heeii -iiliietd by particular i'< port, liaiic entred into eonceipts tendiiiif to the discredit of the iMiltrpri-e, and Ai tors of the same. IJSM. . . . . .Til I he Omissions of ('ales \'..yai;e, stated and discussed by the Earl of Ksse.x, from a Manuscript in the possession of the Manpiis of Siallord. ...... 803 Till, DISCOVEllIES or THE WORLD. FROM THEIR FIUST OIUGLWJLL, VNTO THE YECRi: OF Ol U LOKI), 1.,:,.,. BRIEFLY WRITTEN IN THE PORTUGALL TONGUE. BY .J.XTOME ajLnmo, COtE«Not.„ or TEUNATE, T.,E C.I.E.E i.UND OF THE M.UtCOS. CORUCCTED, QUOTED. AND NOW Pr^MSHED IN PAOUSII BY RICHARD HAKLL YT, SOMETIMES STUDENT OF CHRISTCHURCM IX OXFORD. ILondini, IMPENSIS G. BISHOP. 1601. TO Tin: RIGHT HONOR ABLE SIR liOUEIiT CECILL KMGIIT, Principau. Sfxretarii. t.) ukii Maikstik, MA>rKK OF Tin. CoriiT oi Wards and l.iuriiiKs, Tin WOORTIIV ClIANtEI.LOm OF TIIK VMUtllSlTIt UF CAMnilllMiE, AND ONE OF lltR MaII.STIFS MdSI IIONUHADLK PRIl'IE COUNSEI.U RIglit Ilonorable, while I went about to piiblisli our F.iiRlisIi Voyngc.^ and Disconcrios, I was ucluisiod by master \V*i,tk.ii Cope, a "nitlcman of rare ami cxci Ilfiit parts, to draw ihrni into a short sum, adding that in his opinion that course wouldc proone nio-t acceptable to the world, especially to men of jjrcat action and cmplovinent. y\lthouj;h in that workc then vndcr the j)resse I could not conueniently alter my course, yet holding his aduise, as in many thiiijjs else, so in this for sound and very ;;o()d, I heerc present vnto your Honour a brieie Treatic most ajjreeable to the same. The authour whereof was one Antonie (Jaluano, a I'or- tUfjail gentleman : of whose pictic towards (!od, equitie towards men, fidelity to his I'rinte, louc to his counfrey, skill in sea causes, experience in Histories, liberalitic towards his na- tion, vigilance, valour, wisedome and diligence in restoring i^ settling the decaicd state of The Isles of Maluco, (where he remained sixe or scucn yeercs gouernour, ) if it please your Honour to read Fernniido Lope/ de Castagneda, or loannes Mafl'eins in their Histories of The East Indies, you shall (inde more written in his singular commendation, then a large Epistle can well comprehend. TIIK \V()|{Kli THOUGH SMALL IN nin.Ki: CONTAIXETH SO MUCH RAHE AND PKOFITABLi: MATTl'H, AS I KNOW NOT WHEHE TO SIIEKE THE LIKE, WITHIN SO NAIUIOW AND STHEITE A COMPASSE. Tor heerein is orderly declared, who were The lirst Discouerours of the world since the time of the flood : by what waics from age to age the sjjiccrie, drugs, and riches of the East were conueicd into The West : what were the causes of the alterations of tliose courses, as namely the changes of Empires and goucrn- nients: The ceasing of all tradicke for many yeeres by The Gothes inuasion of the Romano Empire: The rising vp of The Mahumetane sect; with their nuerrunning of Afrikc and Sjjaine : The renewing againe, after many yeercs disturbance, of the tralTicke and cntcr- course of The East Indies ; first by the Califas of the aforesaid sect: and eftsoones by The Venetians, lenowais and Florentines. Then followcth the taking of Ceuta in Barbaric by lohn the first king of I'ortugall of that name in the yecre of our Lord 1415. whose third Sonne Don Henry (which he had by the vertuous Ladie Philippa, daughter of lohn of Gantc, and sister to Henry the fourth, king of England) was the first beginner of all the Portugall discoueries, and continued the same for the space of fortie and three yecre.s euen to his dying day. Py whose encouragement the kings of Portugall found out with much patience and constancic (he last way of the bringing the Spiceric into Europe by The Cape of RuonaSpc- ran(;a ; and for these hundred yeeres past haue become the chiefe Lords of the riches of the Orient. Ry emulation of which their good endeuours. The Antiles and The west Indies be- gan to bf discouered by The kings of Spaine. The infancies of both which most important enterprises, The j)rogrcsse of the same from time to time, the discoueries of Islands, riuers, bnics and harbours, of many rich prouinces, kingdomes, and countries; The erecting of castles i undry conucnient Islands and places, with the drawing of traflicke vnto the same, where, when, by whom, and by whose authority is heere succinctly and faithfully recorded. So that if it jilcase your Honour at vour conuenient leisure to take a sea card or a mappe of • the world, and carie your eic vpon the coast of Africa from Cape de Non, lying on the maync IIAKI.UYTS r.nSTLK Dr.DICATOnir. m;ivnc ill '21). dciircC"* of norllicrly lalilndc, and follow ilio shore about the Cape of nudiia S|)ir3in;i till \oii cuiiu' to ilu* iiioiith ol Tlu- Hcddi* Sea, and pa-isin;; ihonrp aloiij; by tlu- connircy ol" .\ral)ia ( r.^urs, roncpieronrs and planters in fuerv pl.ue: as aUo the natures and eomniodities of fl.c >nylcs, toj^ither with the fortes, <)u ilities, and conditions of the iidiabitants, And that whiili I mention of the Orient, is liki'\o-L to be \nderstood of The Occident. Now touching the translation, it may jilease yo» f^ifi to be aduerliscd that it was first done into our language by some h(Uicst and well atVectcd marchant of our nation, whose name by no meanes I could atlcine vnio, and that as it seemetli many \eeres ajjo. For it hath lien b\ me aboiie t'lc-e twelue \ ceres. In all which space tii>ni<;h 1 h.iue made mu( h inquirie, and sent to Ij^bon, where it seemeth it was printed, yet to tliis day I coidd neuer obtaine the originall copie; whereby 1 mi^lit rcforme the manifold crr.)urs of the translator. For wherea* a ijooil translator ouijht to be w( II actjuainted \Nith the proprietie of the toniMie out of which, and of that into which he tran^latcili, and thirdly with the subiert or matter it selfe : I found this translator very defectiuc in all three; especially in the last. For lIieMippIying of whose defects I had none other remedie, l)ut to liane recourse vnto the originall histories, (which as it ap|)eereth are verv many, and many of them exceeding rare and hard to come by) out of which the nnthour himsdfe drew the greate-t part of this discourse. And in verv deede it cost me more trauailc to search oi!t the grounds thereof, and to annexe ihe marginall quota- tions vnto the worke, then the tr.mslation of many such bookc'* would haue |)ut me vnto. Of which quotations there is yet a farther vsc ; to wit, tiiat such as haue leasure suHicient, and arc desirous to readc ihcsc tilings more at large, (for breuitic oftentimes brecdeth obscuritic) may fullv satisllc their desires by hauing recourse by the helpc thereof to the pure fountaincs, ciut of which those waters which arc drawnc are for the most part most sweetc and holsomc. Now if any man shall maruel, that in these Discoueries of The World for the space almost of lower thousand veeres here set downe, our nation is scarce fowcr times nicntioned : Ilee is to vnderstand, that when this authour ended this discourse, (which was about the yeere of Grace 1. ").').">.) there was little extant of our mens trauailes. And for ought I can see, there had no great matter vet come to light, if my sclfe hi, which he spent not in idlenes, nor yet in play, but onely in bringing of many kings and innumerable townes vnto our holy faith, and in the preseruing of Maluco, employ- ing all liis power and strength that all the cloues might come vnto the hands of the kings highnes : which with Maluco yeeldcd vnto him euery yeere fine hundred thousand cnisadocs; being all to his great preiudice, let, and hinde'rance. For if he had gathered cloues for himsclfe, as the captaines of Maluco haue done and doe, then he had come home very rich. But when he came home into Portugall in great hope (such is the simplicitic VUl TAUARES* PREFACE. A Counto is joooc. aula- Goodseniice simplicitic of tlic bcst natures) to be rewarded for his good scruicc, and to be more fa- "*"''■ uoiircd and honored, then if he had broufrht home with him an hundred thousand crusadocs, he was j^reatly dccciued. For he found neither fauour, nor yet honor, but onely among the poorc and miserable, to wit, in an hospitall : wlicrc he was kept seucntecnc yecres vntill the hower of his death ; and there he had allowed vnto him his winding shccte to biirie him in ; and tiie brotherhood of the Couent prepared for his buriall as for a poore courtier cast off by all men, leaning himselfe indebted in two tliousand crusadoes, whereof part came out of India, and part thereof many of his friends had lent him to maintaine him in the hospitall : for in all these seucntecne yeercs he had no! of his highncs for to helpe himselfe with so much as a riall of plate, nor yet I of the bookes which I deliuered recciued any thing to dis- charge his will with. Yet for all this, cuen as vpon the prosperitic of his victories he neuer made any boast, so likewise in his aducrsities his great stomacke did nothing abate his hart. As there are good proofes that with so many and so continuall disgraces as he suffered, he neucr vnto the hower of his death left off to raise and to augment the yeercly rent vnto a Counto: which some made strange and would not giue earc vnto: So that euen as he was extreme painfull in the performance of his seruice, so he was the like in the things sounding vnto the perfecting of the same, svhich was the cause that he was brought vnto the state that he died in. For he could not see the qualitie of the time, but onely those of his great seruice, by reason of the great charges that it .stood him in. And his saying was, That he was borne, not for to say that his constellation was in the wars victorious, but in the ouer- comming of kings by the arte of warfare, rcadinci* in resoluing, prudence in conseruing, and great loialtie and patience with many seruices vnio hrs king and master. In which of all these he had most contentation it cannot easily be determined. Wherefore your noble G'ace may see, that this trcatie and the others were made with sighes and adlictions which his inferiour will might hauc raised vp in him against his superiour reason. Neither was he willing to take for hi-; remcdiethat which *hat great Turke Zelim sonne to the great Mahumet did, (for he tooke Constantinople and died in Rome) who vsed to make himselfe drunke, be- cause he would not remember the great estate which he lost : nor yet woulde he giue earc vnto those things which many of his friends would tell him, wishing he would .settle his mind out of the kiiigdomc: (for otherwise he should neuer be able to line :) whereunto he answered, that in this poii\t he would rather be compared vnto the great Timocles the Athe- nian, then to be like the excellent Romane Coriolanus. Which is a goodly example of a true and faitlifull Portiigall. (Though it were not so as I doe say, yet I doe heare, that the hospitals be full of the most faithlull subiects to their prince and countrcy.) Wherefore by .-ill reason this treatic ought to be of your Grace fauoured, setting apart all ouersights, if there be any, in this worke, of the author: I being notable to attainc vnto the vnderstand- ing of the contrary. God prosper your Grace with long life and increase of honour. OtrathtrTlie tr.istodcs. } sei dc bn Se tu: se.i inj the anc Co I 1?!^ rea gal Ian kn< yet ami mai uer AN ^f ^t ■ AN EXCELLENT TREATISE OF AlfTOKIE GALVAKO, Portugall, CONTAINING THE MOST ANCIENT AND MODERNE DISCOUERIES OF THE WORLD ESPECIALLY Br NAVIGATION^ ACCORDING TO THE COURSE OF TIMES FROM THE FLOOD VNTILL THE VEESE OF GRACE 1555. WHile I had a desire to gather together some olde and some new discoueries, which haue b^ene made by sea and by land, with their iust times and situations ; they seemed to be two things of so great difficultie, that being cdfused in the authors of them, I determined once to desist fro any such purpose. For touching the course of time the He- brewes declare, that from the beginning of the world to the flood were 1656. y^cres. The Seuentie Interpreters make mention of 2242. And S. Augustine reckoneth 2262. In the si- tuations likewise there be many differences. For there neuer sailed together in one fldete at .sea from ten pilots to the number of 100. but that some of them found themselues by reckon- ing in one longitude and other some in another. But considering better with my selfe, that the difficulties arc opened, and the differences amended by others of more exact iudgement and vnderstanding therein, I purposed notwithstanding to proc^ede in this worke of Dis- coueries. Snmc there be that say, that the world hath fully b^ene discouered : and they alleage this reason, that as it hath beene peopled and inhabited, so it might be frequented, and naui- gable, and the rather for that the men in that age were of a longer life, and of lawes and languages almost one. There be others of a contrarie opinion to this, holding that all the earth could not be knowne, nor the people conuersant one with another. For though it had b^ene so once, yet the same would haue beene lost p.gaine by the malice of men, and the want of iustice among the inhabitants of the earth. But bicause the best and most famous discoueries were made by sea, and that principally in our times, I desire to knowe, who were the first disco- uerers since the time of the flood. B Some Augustine de CiuiU Dti, lib. 1$. cip. ao. Conuirie opini- ons touching the discouerie of the world. Who were the first diicouercrc lince the flood. u ..rt 3 • The people of China uy they were the first iailcri hy tea, The inhabitants of the Wen lji> dies descended from Cbisa, VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Ancient Discoueries The teas be- tweene the Tro- picksveryc^e. An high bough in steed of mast and saile. Pomponius Mela, lib. 3. Pllnius, lib, 2, cap. 67. loseph.Aniiquit ludaic. lib, I, tustinus lib, i. Some affirme that they were the Gr^ekcs, others say, the Phoenicians, othen also the Egyptians. The people of India agr6e not hereunto; affirming that they were the first that sailed by sea : namely the * Tabencos, which now we call the Chinois, And they alleage for the proofe of this, that they be ^ Lords of the Indiaes euen vnto the Cape of Bona Speranga, & the island of S. Laurence, which is inhabited by them, and al along the sea ; as also the lauaes, Timores, Celebes, Macasares, Malucos, Borneos, Mindanaos, Lugones, Lequeos, lapones, and other Islands being many in number, and the firme lands of Cauchin-China, Laos, Bramas, Pegu, Arracones, till you come vnto Bengala : And besides this. New Spaine, Peru, Brasill, the Antiles, with the rest adioyning vnto them, as app^ereth by the fashions and maners of the men and women, and by their proportions, hauing small eies, flat noses, with other proportions to be seene. And to this day many of these Hands and countreies are called by the names of Batochina, Bocho-China, which is as much to say, as the coun- treies of China. Further it app^ereth by histcM-ies, that the arke of Noe rested vpon the north parts of the mountaines of Armenia, which stands in 40. degrees and vpwards : and that immediately thereupon Scythia was first peopled, for that it is an high land, and ap- pdered firat after the flood. And seeing the prouince and countrey of the Tabencos is one of the chiefest of all Tartarie, as they report, it is to be thought that they were of the most an- cient inhabitants, and men of the most ancient nauigations, the seas being as calme as the riuers be in those parts lying betw^ene the Tropicks, where the daies and nights do not much differ, as well in the bowers, as in J temperature : where there blow no outragious windes, to cause the waters to rise or to be troubled. And by late experience it is found, that the small barks wherein they saile haue onely a great high bough in the middest of the barke, standing in st^ed both of uiast and saile, and the master holdeth onely an oare in his hand to stirre withall : and so they saile swiftly along the coast ; and the rest of the passen- gers sit onely vpon certaine poles, which are fastened in the barke, which they call Catama- rones, and so they passe without rowing. It is further said, that the people of China were sometimes Lords of the most part of Scythia, and sailed ordinarily along that coast, which s6emeth to reach vnto 70. degrees to- ward the north. Cornelius Nepos is the author of this ; who particularly affirmeth, that in the time that Metellus the fellowe Consul of Afranius, was Proconsul in France, the king of Sueuia sent vnto him certaine Indians, which came thither in a ship from this countrey, com- ming by the north and by the flats of Gerraanie. And it is probable that they were people of China, for that they from 20. 30. and 40. degrees vpwards haue strong ships and clynchers, that can well brooke the seas, and indure the cold and intempcrature of such northerly regi- ons. As for Cambaia there is shipping also in it, and the people by report haue vsed the seas many y^'eres : but it seemeth not that they were any of them which came into France : for that they trafBcke onely to Cairo, and are men in d^ed of little traflicke and lesse clothing. As for those which escaped the destruction of the flood, they were therewith so amazed, that they durst not descend into the plaines and lowe countreies, but kept the hils. And we reade of Nimrode, who 130. y^eres after the flood built the Tower of Babell, intending thereby to saue himselfe, if there should come any more such floods. Therefore it seemeth, that they which first came to be sailers were those which dwell in the east in the prouince of China : although others contrariwise hold them which dwell in the west as in Syria, to haue vsed the trade of the sea soonest after the flood. But this con- tention about the antiquitie of nauigation I leaue to the Scythians and Egyptians, who were at great variance and difference in this matter: for each of them chalenged vnto themselues the honour of the flrst sea trnuaile. But omitting all iars and differences thereabouts, I will apply my selie to my purposed discourse, and speake of that which histories haue left in record. TheTm THcrc be some wel s^ene in Antiquities, which say that in the 143. ydere after the flood, tionaftety' Tubal camc by sea into Spaine, whereby it seemeth tfiat in those times nauigations were vsed flood 143. ... into our parts out of Ethiopia. And t^ of the World. TRAFnaUES, AND DISCOUERIES. lets, regi- seas for flaod> : vsed And they also say farther, that not long after this, the Qu^ene Semyratnis went against the Indians in that riuer whereof they tnnke their name, and therein gaue battaile vnto the king DiodorusSicuius Stabrobates, wherein he lost a thousand ships. Which being credible by the ancient historic, ''•'•»•"?• J- prooueth manifestly that in those parts, in those times were many ships, and the seas fre- quented in good numbers. In the 650. ydere after the flood there was a king in Spaine named Hesperus, who in his time as it is reported went and discouered as far as Cape Verde, & the Island of S. Thomas, Berosus. whereof he was prince : And Gonsaluo Fernandes of Ouiedo the Chronicler of Antiquities oonsaiuo Fer- affirmeth, that in his time the Islands of the West Indies were discouered, and called some- nandcsdcOuitdo what after his name Hesperides : and he alleageth many reasons to prooue it, reporting par- oJncraurHi'st. ticularly that in 40. dales they sailed from Cape Verde vnto those Islands. ''''"'"» ''''•^• There are others that say that the like was done from this Cape vnto the Islands of S. Thomas, and the Isle De Principe, and that they be the Hesperides, and not the Antiles : And they doe not differ far from reason : seeing in those times and many y^eres after they did The locient na- vse to saile onely along the coast, not passing through the maine Ocean sea: for they had jo^gXToait, neither altitude nor compasse then in vse, nor any mariners so expert. »"<• ■«>? f"u»w It cannot be denied, but that there were many countries. Islands, Capes, Istbmos, and ocean!'"' points, which now are grown out of knowledge ; because the names of them are found in histories. But the age of the world and force of waters haue wasted and consumed them, Length of time and separated one countrey from another, both in Europe, Asia, Africa, New Spaine, Peru, 'cKhlueimich" and other places. altered the lUut- Plato saith in his dialogue of Timaeus, that there were in ancient times in the Ocean sea pUcel'^ "**"" Atlanticke certaine great Islands and countries named Atlantides greater then Afrike andPi't<>*°i''i"*^ Europe : and that the kings of those parts were Lords of a great part of this our countrey : but with certaine great tempests the sea did ouerflow it, and it remained as mud and shingle ; so that in a long time after no ships could passe that way. It is also recorded in histories, that fast by the Island of Cadiz towards the Straights of PUniui UK 4< Gibraltar there was a certaine Island which was called Aphrodisias, well inhabited and planted "'* **" with many gardens and orchards, and yet at this day we haue no knowledge of this Aphro- disias, but only a bare mention of it in ancient authors. The said Island of Cadiz is further said to haue b^en so large and big, that it did ioine with the firme land of Spaine. The Islands of the Ai;ores were sometimes a point of the mountaines of Estrella, which The iiiandi of ioine vnto the sea ouer the towne of Syntra: And also from Sierra Verde or the gr6ene^^^f^'^f' mountaine, which adioineth vnto the water, hard by the citie of Sasin in the land of Cucu »»>««'»« •»»* (which is the selfe same Island of Mouchin, where Algarbe is) come the Islands of Porto Santo and Madera. For it is held as a true and vndoubted veritie, that all Islands haue their roots running ah w>nd» haue from the firme land, though they be neuer so farre from the continent : for otherwise they ning frOTn'the"*' could not stand firme. •»•'"« '•"'*• There are other histories which say, that from Spaine vnto Ceuta in Barbarie men sometimes Etatotthenw trauailed on foote vpon drie land, and that the Islands of Sardinia and Corsica did ioine theub"i. p,g.a6."" one with the other, as also did Siciiia with Italie, and Negroponto with Graecia. We reade also that there were found hulles of ships, ankers of iron, and other memorials Huijof jhipiand of shipping vpon the mountaines of Sussa farre within the land : where as it s^emeth now mountainufwe no salt water or sea euer came. "'*'>''> '"''• In India also, and in the land of Malabar, although now there be great store of people, yet many writers affirme that it was once a maine sea vnto the foote of the mountaines; and that the Cape of Comarim, and the Island of Zeilan were all one thing : As also that the Island of Samatra did ioine with the land of Malacca by the flats of Caypasia ; and not farre fro thence there stands now a little Island, which few y^eres past was part of the firme land that is ouer against it. Furthermore it is to be sdene, how Ptolemey in his tables doth set the land of Malacca to the south of the line in thr^e or fower degrees of latitude, whereas now it is at the point B 2 thereof VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Ancient diacoueries "ii ^: rr 1" 11 > thereof, being called lentana, in one degree on the north side, as app^ereth in the Straight of Cincapura, where daily they doe passe through vnto the coast of Sian and China, where the bland of Aynan standeth, which also they say did ioine hard to the land of China : and Ptolemey placeth it on the north side far from the line, standing now aboue 20. degrees from it towards the north, as Asia and Europe now stand. Well it may be that in time past the land of Malacca and China did end beyond the line on the south side, as Ptolemey doth set them foorth : because it might ioine with the point of the land called lentana, with the Islands of Bintan, Banca, & Salitres being many that waies, & the land might be all slime 8c oaze ; And so f point of China, might ioine with the Islands of the Lu^ones, Borneos, Lequeos, Mindanaos, & others which stand in this parallele : they also as yet hauing in opinion that the Island of Samatra did ioine with laua BtdUhcHdiind-^y *'** chanell of Sunda, and the Islands of Bali, Aujaue, Cambaua, Solor, Hogaleao, Maulua, cri were 1596. Vintara, Rosalaguin, and others that be in this parallele and altitude did ail ioine with laua; 3"^J^5 ■"**'" and so they s^eme outwardly to those that descrie them. For at this day the Islands stand so ndere the one to the other, that they s^eme all but one firme land ; and whosoeuer passeth betw^ene some of them, may touch with their h.nd the boughs of the trees on the one and on the other side also. And to come n^erer to the matter, it is not long since, that in the Niac (core miici east the Islands of Banda were diuers of them ouerflowen and drowned by the sea: And so Utdy"droTOe"d likewise in China about nine score miles of firme ground is now become a lalie, as it is re- in cUim. ported. Which is not to be thought maruellous ; considering that which Ptolemey and others haue written in such cases ; which here I omit, to returne to my purpose. 800. yeeres after After the flood 800. y6eres we reade that the citie of Troy was builded by the Dardans ; uade'of spU:M ^nd that before that time they brought out of the Indies into Europe by the Red sea, spices, bytheRediea. drugs, and many other kindes of marchandises, which were there more abundant, then now they be. Whereunto if credit may be giuen, we may conceaue that the sea was of old haunted and frequented, sdeing that then they of the East had so much and so great trafficke with them of the West, that they brought their marchandise vnto an hauen which was named Arsinoe, being that which at this day is called Suez, standing in 30. degrees on the north part of the Arabian Gulfe. It is also by authors farther written, that from this hauen of Arsinoe or Suez, these marchandises were carried by Carauans or great companies of carriers vpon camels, asses, and mules, vnto the Leuant sea vnto a city called Cassou, standing on the coast in 32. degrees of latitude, yeelding vnto euery degree 17. leagues and an halfe, as the maner is. And there are by account from the one sea to the other 35. leagues, or 105. miles. These carriers, by reason of the heate of the countrey, trauailed in the night onely, directing themselues by stars and by marks of postes and canes, which they vsed to stickc in the ground as they went. But after that, because this course and iourney had many inconuenicnces, they changed and altered the same twise, to finde out the most commo> dious way. 900. yderes or there about after the flood, and before the destruction of Troy, there was a king in Egypt called Sesostris, who perceiuing that the former courses and passages for the carrying of marchandises by men & beasts, were chargeable to the one & most painfull to the other, prouided to haue a way or streame cut out of the land from the Red sea vnto an arme of the riuer Nilus which runeth vnto the Citie Heroum ; that by the meanes thereof ships might passe and repasse with their marchandises from India into Europe, and not be discharged till they came into Italic. So that this Sesostris was the first king, which built great caracks to trauaile this way. But this enterprise for all that tooke little effect. For if it had, Alrica had then bden made as an Island all compassed with water, being no more ground betv\6ene sea and sea, then the space of 20. leagues or 60. miles. About this time the Grsecians gathered together an army or fl^ete, which now is called Argonautica, whereof lason and Alceus were captains general. Some say they went from the Isle of Creta, others from Graecia. But whence soeuer they departed, they sailed through the Proponticke sea, and Saint Georges Sleeue vnto the Euxine sea, where some perished, and lason thereupon returned backe into Greece. Alceus reported that he was driuen Arsinoe, now called Suci. Pllnius lib. 6. cap. tg. Strabo lib. 17, pag. 560. 900. yeeres after thr good. Strabo lib. 17. Fliniuslib.il cap. »9. Diodorus Siculus lib. 4> cap, 4. of the World. TRAFnQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. and The lake Mzo. rtii. driueri with a tempest to the lake Maeotis, where he waa forsaken of al his company, they which escaped with great trauaile, passed through by land vnto the Ocean sea of gj^ppj^^ „f j„,j Almaine, where they tooke shipping, passing the coasts of Saxonie, Frisiand, Holland, »ntinuitie in the Flanders, France, Spaine, Itaiie, and so returned vnto Peloponesus and Greece, discouering °""""" "'• the most part of tlie coast of Europe. Strabo, alleaging Aristonicus the Grammarian, sheweth that after the destruction of Troy Suabo lib. i. Menelaus the king came out of the straights of the Leuant seas into the sea Atlanticke and <"*• *^' coasted Africa and Guinea, and doubled the Cape of Bona Speran^a, and so in time arriued in India. Of which voyage of his there may be many more particulars gathered out of the histories. This Mediterrane sea was also sometimes called The Adriaticke, The iEgasan, and the Herculean sea, with other names, according to the lands, coasts & Islands which it passeth by, running into the great sea Atlanticke, along the coa.st of Africa. In the y^ere 1300. after the flood Solomon caused a nauie to be prepared on the Red sea, i. of Rings 9. at an hauen called Ezeon Geber, to saile to the East India, where by opinion stande the ^ Islands called Tharsis and Ophir. This nauie was thr^e yderes on this voyage, and then returned, and brought with them gold, siluer, cypres, &c. Whereby it s^emeth that those places, and Islands were those, which now be called the Lu^ones, Lequeos, and Chinaes. For we know few other parts from whence some of those things are brought, or wherein nauigation was so long since vsed. It is left vs also in histories, that a king of Egypt called Neco, desiring greatly to ioyne Herodotus lib. 4. the Red sea with the riuer Nilus, commanded the Phoenicians to saile from the straight of Mecca to the farther end of the Mediterrane sea, to s^e if it did make any turne backe againe vnto Egypt. Which commandement they obeied, sailing towards the south all along the coast and countrey of Melinde, Quiloa, Sufala, till they came to the Cape of Bona Esperan^a, finding the sea continually on the left hand : But when they had doubled the Cape, and found the coast continually on the right hand, they maruailed much at it. Not- withstanding they continued their course forward toward the north al along the coast of Guiney and the Mediterrane sea, till they came backe againe into Egypt, whence they first went out. In which discouerie they remained two y^eres. And these are thought to be the first, that compassed by sea all the coast of Afrike, and sailed round about it. In the yeere 590. before the incarnation of Christ there went out of Spaine a fleete of Aristoteiesiib.dc Carthaginian marchants vpon their owne proper costs and charges, which sailed toward the IJ'iJSiS'"'""" west through the high seas to s^e if they could finde any land : and they sailed so farre, that they found at last the Islands, which we now call the Antiles and Noua Spagna: which Gonzalo Fernandes de Ouiedo saith were then discouered, although Christopher Columbus GoniaioFernan- afterwards by his trauaile got more exact knowledge of them, and hath left vs an euident ;!'^l5^°^''j^°j^ notice where they be. But all these historians, which wrote of these Antiles before, as of hisgeneta'u" doubtfull and vncertaine things, and of places vndiscouered, doe now plainly confesse the '''""'*■ same to be the countrey of Noua Spagna. In the y^ere 520. before the incarnation, and after the setting out of the aforesaid army, piodorusSimiui Cambyses' king of Persia tooke Egypt, after whom succeeded Darius the sonne of Histaspis, '"•'* "^' ^' and he determined to make an end of the enterprise which king Sesostrishad begun, if they had not told him that the Red sea was higher then the land of Egypt, and that by meanes of the salt sea comming into the riuer Nilus, all the prouince would haue h6en lost and vndone for hunger and thirst. For the fresh water of the riuer Nilus doth ouerflowe the whole countrey, and the inhabitants haue no other water then that for their drinke : where- upon he left his first purpose of prosecuting that enterprise. Now by the way I shall not swarue much from my matter, if I speake a word or two of Adigressbn. some things incident to this discourse. The Egyptians say that they had in their countrey ^ni"' '»'• 9- certaine vermine like vnto rats, whereof many be halfc like earth and the other halfe like a .'"L nvu! """ vermine. One kinde of them k^epe the water, and another kinde the land. For my part I thmke that these be they, which breake the serpents egges, whereof there are many in the riuer VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, |J< i M -•' w ir I .''!!•■ Mi A Ancient Ditcouerics loiinei Leo Aftionui lib, 9. cip. de NUo. Plinhii lib. 8. cip. ij. loannes Leo Africanus lib. 9, Hippopotami. Ibii. Plinius lib. t cap. 67. Plinius lib. 6. cap. 31. The Muigaiion of Hanno in Oreeke herern- to agrerth. Eachanted snakes. riuer Nilus, which also be called Crocodiles : which in times past by report were so inchantcd, that thereby they could not hurt any person. But when they were deliuered from their in- chantment made by the Egyptians arte, and letters, then they endeuoured to kill people, wildc beasts and catteil, doing very much harme, specially those which Hue in the water, which ortentimes come to the land, and lining altogether oii land become very strong poison. The people beyond the citie of Cairo vse to fish for them and eate them, and they take their heads, and set them vpon the walles of their citie. Of these Crocodiles it is written, that they lay themselues along by the riuer with their mouthes open, and that there come vnto them certaine white birds, litle bigger then thrusshes, which flie into the mouth of the Crocodile, and picke out the filthines which is betwdene his t^eth, and in his iawes, wherewith he is greatly pleased; but for all that the Crocodile would close his mouth and deuoure the bird, if nature had not prouidcd the bird a sharpe pricke as it were, growing out of his head, wherewith he pricketh the Cro- codile in the mouth ; which causeth him to gape wide, and so the bird flieth away without harme ; yet there come by and by other of those birds, which make an end of cleansing his mouth. In the same riuer there are also many beastes like vnto horses ; and vpon the land certaine fowles like vnto cranes, which warre continually with serpents, that come thither from Arabia, and kill many of them. Which birds as also the vcrmine, which eate the egges of the Cro- codiles, are greatly esteemed of the Egyptians. But now to returne to my matter, and to proc^ede in the discoueries ; In the y^ere 485. before the incarnation of Christ Xerxes the king of Persia commanded Sataspis his nephew to goe and search, and discouer India : who according to the precept vndertooke the voyage, and went through the straight of Gibraltar, and passed the promontoric of Africa, which now we call the Cape of Bona Speran(;a, standing southward betwixt 34. and 35. degrees in latitude, and being weary of so great a nauigation turned from thence backe againe, as Bartholomew Diaz did in our dnies. Before the comming of Christ 443. yderes Himiico and Hanno his brother Carthaginian captaines ^bueming that part of Spaine, which is now called Andaluzia, departed from thence each one with his nauie. Himiico sailing towards the north discouered the coasts of Spaine, France, England, Flanders and Germanic. And some write farther, that he sailed vnto Gotland, & came to the Island of Thule, or Island, standing vnder the circle Arcticke in 24. degrees from the north pole, and continued in his nauigation two yderea, til he came vnto this Island, where the day hath in lune 22. houres, and in December the night also hath 22. houres, whereby it is there woonderfully cold. Now the other brother Hanno tooke his course towarde Africa and Guiney, and he disco- uered the Fortunate Islands, which we call the Canaries, and besides these he discouered others, as the Dorcades, Hesperidest & the Gorgades, which now be called the Isles of Cape Verde. There he with his company went along the coast till they doubled the Cape of Bona SperanQa, and taking their course towards the land, they went along by it vnto another Cape named Aromaticum, which is now called Guardafu, standing southeast from Cape Verde in 14. degrees toward the north ; and he came to the coast of Arabia standing in 16. and 17. degrees; and was fine yderes in this voiage, before he returned backe into Spaine. There be others that say, that he passed not beyond Sierra Leona, but peopled it, and af- terwards discouered as far as the line. But it s^emeth he made a full nauigation, because he spent so much time in his trauaile. It is reported that the inhabitants of the Cape of Bona Sperancja are great witches, and inchanters of certaine snakes, which they bring to such seruice, and commandement, that they k^epe their Churches and Churchyards, gar- dens, orchards, barnes, and cattel as well from wilde beasts, as from th^eues. For if they see any to doe or to intend hurt, the snake windes her selfe to him or them, holding them as prisoners, and commanding her yoong ones to call their masters vntill they be taken. If the theeues be many, or the wilde beastes of so much strength, that they dare not meddle with I i S-" of the World. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. with them, then they goe vnto the house of him with whom they doe liue : and if it be in the night time, they giue so many strokes, that at the last they doe awake them, to cause them to prouide for their defence. A cerraine Italian called Aloisius Cadamusta writeth, that he being in the discouerie of Guiney in the kingdome of Biidimol lay in the house of Bisborol his sonnes sonne ; and lying in his bed he heard a great noise and many blowes giuen about the house ; whereupon Bisborol rose, and went out: and when became againe, Cadamusta demanded of him, where he had b^en ; and he answered that he had b^en with his Cobras or snakes which called him. In the Iiuliafl there be many of these kinde of snakes, and some full of poison, which not- withstanding the Indian people vse to carrie about their necks, and put them into their bosomes and vnder their armes: which at some soundes that the people make will daunce, and doe diuers things at commandemcnt. There was a Portugall that somtime told me, that beyond the Cape of Bona Spcran^a towards Sofala, Quiloa, and Melinde, where he had b^en, there were certainc birds, which would come to the Black Moores at their call, and according as the Moores did remoouc, sOq^^^,^,^ the birds would doe, from one tr^e to another: and they vsed to follow them till they did the like of une light vpon some tr6e, from whence they could not remooue. And as the Negros went vp iSSutu^efif the tr^e they should finde waxe and honie thereupon, not knowing whether it grewe there pjwidjesto naturally or not. In the same countrey also vnder ground in Ant holes they did finde much "^'"° honie and waxe, which the Antes did' make, being somewhat bitter. Vpon the sea coast also they found certaine fishes, which commonly went vpright in the water, hauing the faces Wcmnides. and natures of women, which the fishermen of those places w.re acquainted with. In the y^ere 355. before Christ it is said that the Spanyards sailed through the maine sea |J^J"f^^ till they came vnto the flats of India, Arabia, and those coasts adioyning, whereunto they auditu. caried diuers marchandises, which trade they vsed in great ships. And sailing to the north- pj^'j'g'' j;*^ tooke the citie of Rome : And the Vandales came out of Spaine and conquered Africa. And in the yeerc 450. the king called Atila destroied many cities in Italic: at which timcT'ieor the citie of Venice began. And in this age the Frankes and Vandals entred into France. In the y^ere 474. the Empire of Rome was lost, and fell from the Romanes to the Gothes. And after this came the Lombards into Italic, namely in the ydere 560. Also about this time the sect of the Arrians prcuailed greatly : and at this time one Mar- line of England was famous for his prophecies. To be short, in the ydereGll. sproong vp the Mahumetanc sect and Morisco regiment, ^^'^'j'^of^** which by force inuaded both Africa and Spaine. uma6ii. By all this it may app(iere, that in that age all the world was in an hurly burly, and all places very tmnultuous. In so much that trafficke and marchandisc ceased : for no nation ^^"^.^'^^'^'^^j^ durst trade one with another neither by sea nor land : nothing as then remained stedfast nei- ther in monarchies nor kingdomes, signiories, religions, lawes, artes, sciences, nor nau'ga-^f""""*''''^ tions. Nor so much as the records and writings of such things did remaine, but were all burnt and consumed by the barbarous crueltie and vnbridcled pi. . 'er of the Gothes : who be- came so couetous and ambitious, that they purposed of themse>. 's to begin a new world, and to roote out the memorie, and blot out the knowledge of all >her nations besides. But they that succeeded after these times in the gouernment of things, perceiuing the great and huge losse, that the Christian world had by the want of trafficke and ceasing of nauigation, whereby those commodities and marchandises could not be spent, which before went ordinarily from one nation to another by the vse of trade : to the end that this decay and losse might be repaired, and the treasures of the East might be imparted with the West, as it was woont in the times of quietnes and peaceable liuing, they began to deuise a way to passe to India, which was not as the former way was by the Red sea and the riuer Nilus, but a way of farther sailing & farther length and cost also. For they brought their ware vp the riucr Indus, and there vnladed it, carrying it by land through the countrey of ParopanisusR""'"''" •• »<>! by Carauans vnto the prouince of Bactria, and then shipped it in barks on the riuer Oxus, a w«y by the which falleth into the Cn.spian sea, and so sailed ouer that sea vnto an hauen of the riuer 'j"".0'"">^'"'| Rha named Citracan or Astracan, and so vpwardsin the said riuer which now is called Volga : g",nd ouct i»nd and as it appeereth they carried it to the citie of Nouogrode in the prouince of Resan, which" ^^''''• now belongeth to the great Duke of Moscouia, standing toward the north in 54. degrees of latitude: & thcrehence they trauailed ouer land vnto the prouince of Sarmatia vnto the riuer Tanais, which is the diuision of Europe from Asia ; where they againe laded it in barks, and caried it downe the riuer, into the lake Masotis, and to the citie of Cafla, which in ancient time was called Theodosia, which then belonged to the Genowais, who came thither for those wares in their galliasses or great ships. It is also left written, 'hat the trade this way endured vntill the raigne of Commodita Em- peroiir of Armenia, who prouided for a better course, and commanded this trafficke of the spices to be conueied by the Caspian sea, and so through the kingdome of Hiberia, which stnbo lib. ji. now is called Georgiana, and from thence they entred by the riuer Phasis, now Phasso, into Pontus Euxinus, and so vnto the city of Trapezunda standing in 40. and odde degrees ofjf'^"'"!^"' northerly latitude. And to that place came shipping for the marchandises out of Europe junSa.Ramiwuj and Africa. ibidem. It is further left recorded concerning this way of trafficke, that Nicanordeterminedorhadstraboiib.il. already begun to open aboue 120. miles of land, which lieth betw6ene the Caspian sea andf,|^",";"''* C Pontus I , ij 10 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS. Ancient Discoun-ics ill. ir. riutr Ouigei. * OiLaor. Simarcandc, Wofillf n cloth |uod mirchan' Pontus EuxiniKS that they mi}j;ht come and poe by water with their spices, drtij^fi, and other commodities, there vscd. But in the meane time this mischiefe happened, that Ptolcmcy Ccraiinus killed him, and by his death thi.s worthy and famous rntcrprise ceased without effect. Another w.y 10 Dut the othcr Way being a!so at last lost by reason of the wars of the Turks, it |>lea.»ed by'^a"uan» imoGod to opcn anofhcr way to these marchandises from the Isle of Sainatra, the citic of \fa- Pfriiibythc lacca, and the Island of laua vnto Bengala, and so carrying them vp the riucr Ganges vnto the citie of Agra; from whence they trauailed oucr land vnto another citic standing n6ere the riuer Indus named Boghar, where they discharged, bicausc the t itie of *C'abor stnndcth too farrc within the land, being the principall citic of the Mogores. From thence they went fonvard to the great citie of Samarcand standing in the countrcy of Bacfri;i : and tliere the marchantsof India, Persia, and Turkic met, bringing thither their scuerall commodities as cloth of gold, veluets, chamolets, scarlet, and woollen clothes, which were carried to Ca- diKfoiCiihiy. thay and the great kingdome of China : wherehence they brought againe gold, siluer, pre- cious stones, pearles, silke, muske, and many other things of great value, and much rubarbc. After this these marchandise, drugs, and spicerics were carried in ships vpon the Indian sea '''''• **J*5'°'- vnto the strcight of Ormus, and to the riuers Euphrates and Tigris; and were vnladcn in and » to AUppo the citic of Balsara standing in 31. degrd'cs towanls the norlh, and from thence they were andBinitti. caried oucr land vnto the cities of Aleppo, Damascus, and Barutti standing on the same side in 35. degrees : And there the Venetian gallics or galliasses, which transported pilgrims into the holy land, came and receiucd of those goods. In the y^erc 11.53. in the time of Tredcricke Barbarossa it is written that there came to Lubec a citie of Germanic one Canoa with certaine Indians, like vnto a long barge : which seemed to haue come from the coast of Baccalaos, which slandeth in the same latitude that Germanic doth : The Germaines greatly woondered to sec such a barge, and such people, not knowing from whence they came, nor vndcrstanding their speech, especially because there was then no knowledge of that countrcy, as now there is : it may be credible that though the boate was small in respect of those huge seas, yet the winde and water might bring them thither : as we s^c in these our daies, that the Almadie which is but a small boate commcth notwithstanding from Quiloa, Mosambique, and Sofala to the Island of S. Helena, being a small spot of land standing in the maine Ocean oflf the coast of Bona Speran^a so farrc separated. In the y^ere 1300. after the comming of Christ the great Soldan of Cayro commanded that the spicerics and drugs, and marchandises of India should be carried through the Red Ramusiuf 1. vol. sea, as it was vsed before : at which time they vnladcd on the Arabian side, at the hauen of luda, and carried them vnto the house at Mecca, and the carriers of it were the pilgrims. So that each Prince vsed a custome to augment the honour, and increase the profile of his countrcy. And these Suldans had speciall regarde to Cayro, from whence the wares were carried vnto the countreyes of Egypt, Lybia, Africa, the kingdomes of Tunc/, Tremcsscn, Fez, Marocco, Suz : and some of it was carried beyond the mountaincs of Atlas vnto the citie of Tombuto, and the kingdome of the lalophos; vntill afterwards that the Portugals did bring it about the Cape of Bona Speran<;a vnto the citic of Lisbone, as in place conue- nient we purpose to shew more at large. In the y^ere 1344. king Peter the fourth of that name reigning in Arragon, the Chroni- cles of his time report, that one Don Luis of Cerda, sonne vnto tiie sonne of Don lohn of Cerda, craued aide of him to goe and to conquere the Isles of the Canaries, standing in i28. degrees of latitude to the north, because they were giucn vnto him by Pope Clement the .sixt, which was a French man. Whereby in those daicLi there grew a knowledge of those Islands in all Europe, and specially in Spaine : for such great Princes would not begin nor enterprise things of such moment without great ccrtaintic. Theisiardof About this timc also the Island of Madera was discouercd by an English man called Ma- ^"'d"''M°' ^^^^ '• ^'*" sailing out of England into Spaine, with a woman of his, was driucn out of his thnm an En- direct coursc by a tempest, and avriued in that Island, and cast his anker in that haucii, which &lish man. j^^y loainei Leo Afiicanui. W. 373. Tombuto. The Canatic of the Iforid. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. II Red ucn of ironi- ihn of in '28. nt the tllDbC in nor Ma- of his which now now is called Machico after the name of Macham. And bicatwe hi.-* loucr wa» then sea«icke, lie there went on land with some of his companie, and in the mcanc time his ship wtyed and put to sea, leaning him there : whereupon his louer for thought died. Macham, which greatly loued her, built in the Island a chappell or hermitage to burie her in, railing it by the name of lesus Chappell : and wrote or graucd vpon the stone of her tombe his name and hers, and the occasion whereupon they arriued there. After this he made himtclfc a boate all of a irrfe, the trrfcs being there of a great compare about, and went to sea in it with those men of his companie that were left with him, and fell with the coast of Africke without saile or oare, and the Xfoores among whom lie came touke it for a miracle, and pre- sented him vnto the king of that countrey : and that king also admiring the accident, sent him and his companie vnto the king of Castile. In the y^ere 139.5. king Henric the third of that name reigning in Castile, the informa- tion which Macham gaue of this Island, and also the ship wherein he went thither, mooued manv of France and of Castile to goe and discouer it, and the great Canarie : And they which went were principally the Andaluzes, the Biscaines, and the Guepuscoes, carrying with them many people and horses. But I know not whether the charge of that voiage was theirs or the kings. But by whom soeuer it was set out, they seeme to be the first that tJ's* J,|j^*"*^'*S. coucred the Canaries and landed in them : where also they tooke 150 of the Islanders pri-MriL%ythe soners. Concerning the time of this discouerie, there is soineditlierence among the writers : **'''^*" '♦"■' for some aflirmc this to be done in the yeere 1405. The first beginning of the Portugall Discoueries. THe Chronicles of Portugall haue this record, That after the incarnation of Christ 1415. king lohn the first of that name king of Portugall, departed from the citie of Lisbon with the Prince Don Duartc or Edward, and Don Peter, and Don Henry his sonnes, with other The fim con- Lords, and nobles of his realme, and sailed into Africa, where he tooke the great citie of?uj^f,°^'Blrba- Ccuta, standing on the north side thereof betw^ene 35. and 36. degrees in latitude : which fi« m^^- was one of the principall causes of the enlarging of the dominions of Portugall. gotwn'byTh *" When they were come from thence, Henry the kings third sonne, desirous to enlarge the'":|P"'''''«E"- kingdome & to discouer strange & vnknownc countreyes, being then in Algarbe, gaue di- Lghtm writeth. rcction for the discouery of the coast of Mauritania. For in those dales none of the Por- lohn de Barroi tugals had euer passed the Cape de Non, standing in 29. degrees of latitude. And for the jjj,^* ''"*'*;/• better accomplishing of this discouerie, the aforesaid Don Henry prepared a fl^ete, & gaue cape de Non. commandement to the chiefe captaines to procdede in discouerie from the aforesaide Cape forward : Which they did. But when they came to another Cape named Bojador, there was Cape Bojador. not one of them, that durst goe farther or beyond it : at which fcarefull and cowardly faint- nes of theirs the Prince was exceedingly displeased. In the y^ere 1417. king lohn the second reigning in Castile, and his mother Ladie Katha- rine then vsing the gouernment, one Monsieur Ruben of Bracamonte which was then Admi- rall of France craned the conquest of the Islands of the Canaries, with the title to be king of them, for a kinsman of his called Monsieur lohn Betancourt: which being granted him by the Queene, and farther also partly furnished out, he departed from Siuill with a good armic: But the chiefe or principall cause that mooued him to enter into this action, was to discouer and perfectly to take a view of the Island of Madera, whereof Macham before had giuen so much information. But for all that he went vnto the Canaries, and carried with him a Friar called Mendo to be as Bishop thereof, admitted by Pope Martine the fift. When they were landed they wonne Lancerota, Forteuentura, Gomera, and Ferro: from whence ^^'P""''' they sent into Spaine many slaues, honie, waxe, Camfora, or Camfire, hides, Orchall, figs,ed." ""'""' Sanguis Draconis, and other marchandises, whereof they made good profit: And this armie also as they report, discouered Porto Santo. The Island that they inhabited was Laucerota, ^°"° ^*"'* where they built in it a castle of stone for their better defence and securitie. In the ydere 1418. one lohn Gonzales Zarco, and Tristam Vaz Teixera, householde gen-io'i'<'Tos tiemen decad. I. lib. I. cap. s. 12 VOYA(?tS, NAUIGATIONS, Late LHitcoueriet Banoi ittii. l. lib. I. cip. J. Th» chtpptll built by Ma- chim luund in Mideri. Potto Sinto. Tht Ctntri* liJantli lold OUM to a Spinjritd. Birroi dccad. t, lib. I. cap. I}, The Cinjtlej cimc to the cfownrofSpaine in the yeeit 143I- The -iiicicnt mam rs of the Cjiiatiaiif. The commodi- tie] of theCana* ties. A tree yeelding abundance of w.iter in Ferro. tifmen vnto Don Henry the kings* jhird sonnc, pcrcciuinjT the desire that their ma^rer had to disrouer new rnuntrryex, and willing in that course to dor him tome xeruice, craued of him a barke, and lirence to vndertake the action: which ihc-y olitained, and sailed to the roaHt of Africa: where they were ouertaken with a terrible trmpett; but they were suc- coured by falling with the land, and cntring into an hauen called Santo, where they landed, and remained two y^ercs. In the y^ere 14«(). they discouered the Inland of Madera, where they founde the chappell and the stone and tombe, whereupon the foresaide Macham had fjr.iuen hi.** name. There are others that write that a cerlaine Castillian perceiuing the deslii- and fnuour to nauig.ition which Don Henry had, told him that they had found the Island of I'orto Santo; which hcinc but a small thing they made no reckoning of it. Don Henry sent Bartholomew Peresircllo, lohn Gonzales Zarco, Tristam Vaz Teixera, and by the signes and likelyhoods that they h.-id receiued, they went to Porto Santo, and there remained two yt'ercs: and after that, n.nmely in the y^'crc i4!ii(). they sailed also to the Island of Madera, where they found the memoriajl and monument of the aforesaide Macham the English man. As for Monsieur Betancourt, who entred into the conquest of the Canaries as is aboue mentioned, he was slaine in the middest of the action, and left behind him for his heire a kinseman of his called Monsieur Menante, who after that sold the said Islands of the Cana^ ries vnto one Peter Barba of Siuill. There are other which speake otherwise, and say that Monsieur lohn Betancourt went into France to prepare a new armie about this conquest, and left there a nephew of his ; who because he heard no more of his vncic, and sawe that he could not maintainc the warrcs any longer, he solde the Canaries lo Don Henry the king of Portugals third sonnc, for a cerlaine thing that he gaue him in the Island of Madera. In the y^ere 1424. they write that the saide Don Henry prepared a nauic and armie to conquer these Islands, wherein there went a.s captaine Generall, fine Don Fernando dc Castro ; and by reason of the valiantnes and warlike behauiour of the people they had the repulse: whereupon Don Ferdinando, considering the great charge, and little or no good surccs.se, he gaue oucr the action, and returned b.icke a;.iaine. After this Don Henry re- signed ouer tlicsc Islandes to the crowne of Castile, in consideration of the aides whicii Be- tancourt had receiued. But the Castillians agrde not vnto this report. For they say, that neither the kings of Portugail, nor Don Henry would render the Island.s, till they came in question before Pope Eugenius the fourth; who fully vnderstanding the matter, gaue the conquest of the Islands by order of iudgement vnto the king of Castile in the y^ere 14iil. whereupon this contention ceased touching the title of the Canaries betweeue the kings of Portugail and of Castile. These Islands being in number seuen, were called by the name of Forlunata?, standing in 28 degrees to the north: where the longest day is but 13. howem, and the longest night as much, lying distant from Spaine 200. leagues, and from the coast of Africa IS. leagues. The people were idolaters, and did eate their flesh raw for want of fire : they had no iron, and sowed without any toole: they tilled and rai.sed the ground with oxe homes, and goats homes. Euery Island did speake a seuerall language. They tooke many wines, and knew them not carnally vntill they had deliuered them to the superiours. They had diuers other Paganish customes : but now the Christian faith is planted among them. The commodities of these Islands are wheate, barley, sugar, wine, and certaine birdes called Canarie birdes, much esteemed in .Spaine and other places. In the Island of Ferro they haue none ^>her water, but that which proceedeth in the night from a tree, compassed with a cloud, whence water issueth, seruing the whole island both men and cattell, a thing notorious and knowne to very many. In the yeere 1428. it is written that Don Peter the king of Portugals eldest f .sonne was a great traueller. He went into England, France, Alinaine, and from thence into the Holy * Henry was the 5lh son. Editor. t Edward was the cldcft, and Peter lite thinl son. Editor. land. :.ii' :'f ,;i" of the WorUl THAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. IS night both land, and to nihcr pl.ui'''; and ramc home by Italic, tnkinj^ Rome Si Venice in hi«4 way: from whence he l)roiiir|it a initp ^^i iho world, which had all the part^ of the world and earth Amoitrartma described. The Ktreinlit ..1 Miirf Im was railed in it the The I)rau[on« taile; The Cape '>f[j;""",j""'"'' Bona Speran<;:i, The fdirrnnii of Afnki', di d so foorth of other places: by which map Don A|rMth,ip«io Henry fhe kin^s tliini sonnc wiis mnrh hclp«ii and furthered in his disconcrics. hirjiKout7i.fc It was foldc me hy Fmnci-i de Sosa Tauares, that in the y^crc 15^8. Don Fernando the kinjjs Sonne and hcire
  • • J •! ,• III •, • 1 •!• rt-vvt litnf it now ii, there is. Notwithstanding all the trauai'e, pnines and expences in this action ot Don Henry, g^rruf <)rt«4. i. yet he was ncuer wearie of his purposed discoucrics. At length there was a seruant of his''*- '•'^'f'^ called Gilianes (hat tirsi passed the Cape Hojador, a place before terrible to all men: and hec^pc Bujidut brought word that it was not so dangerous, as it was reported : for on the other side of it be ^["^p""!'' went on land, and in maner of taking possession, sot in the ground a crosse of wood, to be as a marke and token afterwards of his discouery so farre. In the y^ere I4.'W. in the moneth of August Don lohn died, and his sonne Don Duartc or Hh .ituhof Edward succ(:eded him in the kingdome. iirf"of Poriu- In the y<^ere 14 {4 Don Henry set out one Alfonso Gonsalcs Baldaia, and Gilianes aforesaid, 8>"- and they went to another Cape, which was beyond the former, and going on land perceiued iib.""'cii"j. the countrey to be inhabited: and because they were desirous to satisfie Don Henry with as much relation and knowledge as they could get, they continued their voiage, and went for* ward, till they came to a certainc point of land, from whence they turned backe againe. In the y^ere 1438. king Fxiward, whom the Portugals call Don Duartc died, and Don AI- The duth of phonso the prince being yoong, Don Peter his vncic goucrncd the kingdome. on"ortui"i'i. '"* In the yecre 1441. Don Henry sent out two ships, and the captaines were in the one b„„, j,„j, ,, Tristan, and Antonie Gonsales in the other. Being put to sea they tooke a prise vpon the lib. i.cip. 6. coast, and sailed on to Cape Blanco, that is the White Cape, standing in 20. degrees, and in- Cnpe Bianco. formed Don Henry of the state of that coutrey by the Moores which they brought from thence. Whereupon he sent one Fenian Lopez de Sauado to giue knowledge thereof to Pope Martine, trusting to make these things commodious to Holy Church. Vpon which knowledge the Pope granted indulgences and cucrlasting pardon, and all other things de- '"'*'''8*''"' ,.«..• ^1 i'iLiii--L- .' granted lotn- manded of him, vnto those which should die m this enterprise. courage to this After this in the y^cre 1443. Don Henry commanded Antonie Gonsalcs tocarrie backe the""'T''"- slaues which he had brought, and to ransoine them in their countrey : Which he did, and the lib. i.cap. 7, Moores ganc them in trucke for them againe blacke Moores with curled h:iire, and some gold; so that now that place is called Rio de Oro, that is the Golden Riuer; whereby theRio"""■ 11 cries. In the y^ere following Don Henry sent out thrde carauels, wherein went as captaines An- tonie Gonsales, Diego Aloizio, and Gomes Perez, who had their direction, not to enter into Rio de Qro, nor to beare themselues disorderly, but to trauaile lit peace, and to conuert as many 14 VOYAGES. NAUIGATIONS, Late Discoueries ^ '■ , 1:1 IS i •jl! !K, ''I hi:! J Birros dccad. i. lib. I. cap. 9.& c«p. 13. The riuer of Saniga. Cape Verde. Barros decad. (, lib. I. cap. 14. Rio Orandc. The Island of «uen citlei. many infidds as (hey could to ChriBtianitte. But none of these things were performed by them; for they returned without doing any memorable act. In the same y^erc 1446. another esquire belonging to the king of Portugall called Denis Fernandcs of the citic of Lisbon, entred into these discqucries, more to winne fame then to reape commoditie by them. Ard he being in his voiagc came to the riuer of Sanaga. stand- ing betweenc 15. and 16. degrees of latitude towards tlic north, where he tooke certaine Negroes; and not contented therewith, he went forward and discouered Cape Verde, stand- ing in 14. degrees on the same side; and there he set vp vpon the land a crosse of wood, and then returned with great contentation. In the ydere 1447. one Nunnez Tristan went foorth todiscouer in a carauell, and he passed the aforesaid Cape Verde, and Rio Grande, and went past it vnto another standing be- yond it in 12. degrees, where he was also taken with 18. Portiigals more ; but the ship came horn*; .'igaine in safetic, conducted by fower or fiue which escaped the hands of the Negroes. In thisy(^ere also 1447. it happened that there came a Portugall ship through the streight of Gibraltar ; and being taken with a great tempest, was forced to runne westwards more then willingly the men would, and at last they fell vpon an Island which had seuen cities, and the people spake the Portugall toong, and they demanded if the Moores did yet trouble Spaine, whence they had fled for the losse which they receiucd by the death of the king of Spaine, Don Roderigo. The boateswaine of the ship brought home a little of the sand, and sold it vnto a gold- smith of Lisbon, out of the which he had a good quantitie of gold. Don Pedro vnderstanding this, being then gouernour of the realme, caused all the things thus brought home, and made knowne, to be recorded in the house of lustice. There be some that thinke, that those Islands whereunto the Portugals were thus driuen, were the Antilcs, or Newe Spaine, alleaging good reasons for their opinion, which here I omit, because they seme not to my purpose. But all their reasons s6eme to agree, that they should be that countrey, which is called Nona Spagna. Don Alfonso In the v^cro 1449. the king Don Alfonso gaue licence vnto his vncle Don Henry to in- kingof Portu- \]r^\y\^ jhg islands of the Acores, which were lone before discouered. gall come to age. ^ » f? Barros dccad. i. And in the v^ere 1458. this king went into Africa, and there he tooke the towne called lib. 1. cap. I. Ainrpr The Azores firn ■'^"^•'V^'^- inhabited. And in the vecre 1461. he commanded Signior Mcndez a gentleman of his house to build TheTast"'''"' ^^^ castlc of Arguio, whereof he gaue vnto him the gouernment as to his lieutenant. Arguin buiuicd. In the v^crc 1462. there came into the realme of Portugall thr6c Genowais of good pa- , rentage, the chiefe of whom was called Antonie de Noli, and of the other two, the one was his brother, the other was his nephew, and each of these had his seuerall ship, crauing li- bcrtie of Don Ilcnrv to discoucr the Islands of Cape Verde, which was granted them. Others say, that the places which they discouered, were those which Antiquitie called the couctel"'' three ^"'""'''''^*^' Hesperldcs, and Dorcadcs: but they named them Mayo, Sainct lago, and Sainct Genowais. Philip, bccause they discouered them on those Saints dales: but they are also called by some the Islands of Antonio. In the yecre following 1463. this good nobleman Don Henry died, leaning from Cape De Non discouered vnto the mountaine called Sierra Leona, standing on this side the line in 8. degrees of latitude, where no man had b(5ene before that time. Bancs decad. i. In the vf^crc 1469. the king of Portugal! did let out for yeerely rent the trade of Guiney lib. 2. cap. a. vnto one called Fcrnan Gomez, which countrey afterwards was called The Mine. He let it ouineyietout out for fiuc v^crcs, for two hundred thousand Reyes by the yeere (which is of our English money I3S./. 17.*. 9.^^^. ob. ) and added vnto his lease this condition, that cuery y^ere he should discoucr an hundred leagues. In the y<^'cre following, which was 1470. this king went into Africa with his sonne Prince lohn, where they tooke the towne of Arzila, and the people of the citie of Tanger fled Ibidem. Barros decad. I. lib. 3. cap. The Isles of The death of Don Henry 146,1. Sierra JLcona. to farme. Ibidem. Arzila taken. Tanger t.iken. of the. World. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. 15 us Sonne )f Tanger fled It s^emeth that good fortune foUowcth a coiiragi- :F«- fled out for feare, and that he tooke also, ous attempt. In the y^ere 1471. Fcrnan Gomes gaiiccommandcment that the coast should be discouered "''''««'• a3 it lay. Which was vndertaken by lohn de S. Aren, and lohn de Scouar; and they went^***""* and found the Mine in 5. degr(f:es of latitude. And the next y^ere, which was I47!3. one Fernando da Poo discouered the Island ""W J^|^^«j^|- called after his name. Also about this time the Islands of Sainct Thomas, and Del Principe .,«n'de p». were discouered, standing vnder the line, with the firme land also, wherein is the kingdome ^"^^'JJJf^J^^- of Benin, reaching to the Cape de Santa Catarina, standing on the south side of the line in cipc. 3. degrees. The man that made this discouerie was a seruant of the kings, and his na™e ^"'"j^ g^^^j^ was Sequeira. Cautina. Many suppose, that then also there were those places, countreyes and Islands discouered, which before were neuer knowne to vs since the flood. In the y<;ere 1480. the valiant king Don Alphonso died, and left many things woorthy ofooniohnthe memorie behinde him; and his sonne Don lohn the second succeeded him. Who in the Ba°"os d«ad. i. yiere 1461 . gaue direction for the building of the castle De Mina to one Diego d'Azambuxa ; ^-s- "p- »• who Old so, and was made captame or it. built. In the y^ere 14S4. the foresaid king lohn sent out one Diego Caon a knight of his Court ?«"""'«"<'• '• to discouer: and he went to the Riuer of Congo, standing on the south side in 7. or 8. de- ri'o de'congc. gr^es of latitude; where he erected a pillar of stone with the royall armes and letters of Portugall, wherein he wrote the commandement that he had recciued from the king, with the time and day of his being there. From thence he went vnto a riuer n^ere the Tropicke Discouerie nem of Capricorne, setting still vp pillars of stone where he thought it conuenient, and so came *f'^^'p'.^'°P'''' backe againe vnto Congo, and to the king of that countrev: who thereupon sent an ambas- An ambastadour sadour and men of credite into Portugall. ' ergo!" """^ "^ In the next y^ere or the second following, one lohn Alonso d'Aueiro came from the king- dome of Benin, and brought home pepper with a taile: which was the first of that kinde Ptpperof Benin, s^ene in Portugall. In the y^ere 1487. king lohn sent to discouer India ouer land. In which iourney went one Barrosdecad. i. Pedro de Coiiillan a seruant of the kings, and Alfonso de Payua, because they could speake pedro dTco'uii- the Arabian toong. They went out in the moneth of May, and the same yeere they tooke 'an «nd Alfonso shipping at Naples, and arriued in the Isle of Rhodes, and lodged in the house that was pro- d^sco7e"Ai.d]».'° uided for the Portugall knights of that order: from thence they went to Alexandria, and so Aicx.indtia. to Cayro, and thence to the hauen of Toro in the companie of the Carauans or carriers which ,^^|.™- were Moores. There they tooke shipping, and being on the Red sea they arriued at tlie ci- tie of Aden, and there they separated tliemselues: for Alfonso de Payua went towards yEthi- A''^"- opia, and Pedro de Couillan into India. Who came vnto the cities of Cananor and Calicut, Can-mor. and came backc vnto Goa: where he tooke shipping vnto Sofala, being on the coast of Africa 003^'' in the southerne latitude of 20. degrees, tos(['ethe mines that were of so great name. From ^°^'^''- Sofala he turned backe to Mosambique, and vnto the cities of Quiloa, Mombaza, and Melinde, qmIT. "*"'' till he came backe againe vnto the citie of Aden: where he and Alfonso de Payua deuided jJjTj""' themsclues: and thence he sailed againe through the Red sea vnto the citie of Cayro, where he thought to hauc met with his companion: but there he heard that he was dead by the letters that he rcceiued from king lohn his master; in which letters he was farther com- manded to trauaile into the countrey and dominions of Presbyter lohn. Vpon this commandement he prouidcd for his farther iourney, and from Cairo went backc Thevoingeof againr to the hauen of Toro, and from thence to Aden, where he had b6en twisc before : iiiit'„''vnto'uie and there hearing of the fame of the citie of Ormuz, he determined to goe thither; and «f""'"y "T therefore*vent along the coast of Arabia vnto the Cape Razalgate standing vnder the Tropicke capc Razaijate. of Cancer, and from thence he went to Ormwz, standing in 27. degrees on that side. There Ormuz, he learned and vnderstood of the streigth of Persia, and of that countrey: and cntred there into the Red sea, and passed ouer to the realme of the Abassini, which commonly is called Abassini. Presbyter lohns countrey or ./Ethiopia: and there he was detained till the yeere liSSO. when there It '■;! ": ill: Iv 16 Pedro ie Co iiilUn the first Partugall tliit came into the East India and .Ethiopia by the Red sea. Barros decad. i. lib. J. cap. 9. VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Late Discouerks A great part of the kingdonie of Con jO baptized. The first that in sailing are thought to haue obserued latt* tudcs. there came thither the ambassadour Don Roderigo de Lima : This Pedro de Couillan was the iirst Portugall that eiier knew and saw the Indias and those seas, and other places adioyning thereunto. In the y^cre 141)0. the king sent vnto Congo one Gonzalo de Sosa a gentleman with three ships, and in them sent home tlie ambassadour of Congo, which was sent into Portugall, whom Diego Caon had brought from thence: who at his being in Portugall was baptised both himselfe and others of his companic. The aforesaid Gonzalo de Sosa died in that iourney by the way, and in his roome they chose his nephew Ruy de Sosa for their captaine ; and so being come vnto Congo, the king was very glad of their comming, and yielded himselfc, and the greater part of his realme to be baptized : whereof the Portugals had good cause to reioyce, seeing by them so many Infidels were conuerted from gentilitie and paganisme to Christianitie. The first beginning of the Discoueries of the Spanyards, with the continuation of the Discoueries of the Portugals. IN the yeere 1492. in the time of Don Ferdinando king of Castile, he being at the siege of Granada, dispatched one Christopher Columbus a Genoway with three ships to goe and discouer Nona Spagna : who first had offered his seruice for a westerne discoueric vnto king lohn of Portugall; but he would not entertaine him. He being sufficiently furnished for this enterprise departed from the towne of Palos the third day of August, hauing with him as captaines and pilots Martin Alfonso Pinzon, Francis Martinez Pinzon, Vincent Yannes Pinzon, and Bartholomew Columbus his brother, with 120. persons more in his companie: and some afiirme that they were the first that sailed by latitudes. They tooke the Canaries in their way, and there refreshed themselues; taking their course thence towards Cipango : but finding the sea by the way full of w^eds they were amazed, and with great fcare arriued at the Antiles the tenth day of October, and the first The Isle of Qua- Island that they descried was called Guanahany: where they went on land, and tooke posses- coucKd.*^"' "" sion of it, and named it San Saliiador, This Island standeth in 25. degrees of northerly lati- tude. And after that they found many Islands, which they called the Princes because they were the first that they had discouerod. The Sauages of those parts call these Islands by the name of Lucaios, hauing in d^ede se- uerall names for them. And they doe stand on the north side almost vnder the Tropicke of Cancer. As for the Island of S. lames or lamaica, it standeth betwdene 16. and 17. degrees. Thence they went to the Island which the naturals of the countrey call Cuba, and the Spanyards call it Ferdinandina, bicause their kings name was Ferdinando, standing in 22. degrees: from whence the Indians conducted theip vnto another Island, which they call Hayti. and the Spanyards called it Isabella, in the memorie of the Qu6ene of Castile, which Avas so called, and they named it also Hispaniola. In that Island the Admirall ship of Colum- bus was cast away : of tiie timber and planks whereof they made a forte, wherein they left 3S men, and a captaine called Roderigo de Arana, to learne the language and customts of the countrey. They brought from thence musters and shewcs of gold, pearlcs, and other things, which that countrey yt-elded ; and ten Indians also, whereof sixe died, the rest were brought home and baptized. Hereupon there grewe such a common desire of trauaile among the Spanyards, that they were ready to leapc into the sea to swim, if it had btien possible, into those new found parts. The aforesaid company of Columbus at their comming home tooke in their way the Isles of the Azores, and the 4. day of March in the yeere I4W.'J. they cntred into the bar of Lisbon : Contention be- whlch discoucric plcascd uot thc king of Portugall. Whereupon rose a contention betw^enc rsp"^.;':!:^'!"'-^^' two kings. PoitugiU. Christopher Columbus being arriued went presently into Castile with the newes of all things, and acquainted the king Fernando, with the discontentednes of the king of Portugall : whereupon he and thc Qu^ene Isabella his wife sent streight word thereof vnto Pope Alex- ander the 6. whereat he and the Italians were in great admiration, maruailing that there was anv Lucaios Islands. Cuba. Hispaniola. merits vas the oyning h three rtugall, laptised ne they he king realme io many I of :he siege goe and nto king Palos the , Francis her, with sailed by s; taking they were i the first ke posses- herly lati- ;ause they 6ede se- jpicke of degrees, and the ing in 22. they call e, which f Colum- they left Listomts of and other rest were that they uiid parts. he Isles of )f Lisbon : betw6enc ;\ves of all Portiigall : 'ope Alex- there was any of the World. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. 17 ■The bull of ' donation. any more land besides that which was vnder the Romanes. But the end of this matter was this : Alexander the Pope gaiie these coimtreies by his iudgemcnt vnto the kingdomes of ^ Leon and Castile ; with this condition, That they should labour to extirpate idolatrie, and plant the Holy faith in those countreyes. Fernando the king hauing receiued this answcre, was glad of it, and sent Christopher Co- lumbus againe on the former voiage, hauing made him admirall, and giuen him other honors, °°""'y^f "'* with particular armes, and a posie written about his armes to this effect. cap. 17. For Castile and for Leon A new world found out Colon. In the y^ere 1493. the 25. of the moneth of October Christopher Columbus went backe Coiumbusi*. vnto the Antiles, and fro Cadiz he tooke his course, hauing in his companie 17. ships, and ™"'* '""°^'' 1500. men in them, with his brethren Bartholomew Columbus, and Diego Columbus, with other knights, gentlemen, men of law, and religious men, with chalices, crosses, rich or- naments, and with great power and dignitie from Pope Alexander ; & the 10. day after their setting foorth, they arriued at the Canaries ; & from thence in 25. or 30. dales they sailed vnto the Antiles; & the first Island that they saw standeth in 14. degrees towards the north, due west from Cape Verde on the coast of Africa. They say that the distance from thence to the Canaries is 800. leagues. The name they gaue it was Deseada, that is the Desired or DtseadadUca- wished Island, for the great desire which the companie had to come to sight of land. After tliat they discouered many more which they named tiie Virgines, which the naturals- of the countrey call the Caribas, for that the men of that countrey are good warriers, and shoote Caiibas. well in bowes. They poison their arrowes with an herbe, whereof he that is hurt dieth, biting himselfe like as a mad dog doth. From these Islands and others they went vnto the principall Island there, which they of the countrey doe call Boriquen, and the Spanyards call it S. lohn, and thence to Hispaniola or BoriquenorS. Isabella, where they found all the men dead which there they had left. Here the Admirall ,°g|.^ ' '"' " left the most part of the people to plant it, and appointed his brethren to be gouernours there : and so tooke two ships, and went to discouer the other side of the Island of Cuba, and from thence to lamaica. All these Islands stand from 16. vnto 20. degrees of northerly lamaica. latitude. In the meane time that the Admirall sailed about, his brethren and they that were left with them were much troubled, because the Sauages did rise against them. So that Christopher Colon went backe againe into Spaine, to tell the king and Qu^ene of his ad- uentures. In the y^ '•e 1494. and in the moneth of lanuarie there was an agreement made of the dif- ferences whit ^ were betweene the two kings of Spaine and Portugall. For the which agree- ment there were sent out of Portugall Ruy de Sosa, and Don lohn his sonne, and the Doctor Ayres de Almada : and for the king of Spaine there were Don Henry Henriques, Don lohn de Cardenas, and the Doctor Maldonado. All these met in the towne of Tordesillas, and they deuided the world fro the north to the south by a meridian which standeth west from the The first line of Islands of Cape Verde 300. leagues : so that the one halfe which lay vnto the east should be-'""'"°"* long vnto Portugall, and that which lay to the west to the king of Spaine, whereby notwith- standing libertie to trauell was left cquall vnto both. In the yeere following 1495. lohn king of Portugall died, and Emmanuel hiscosen began Th* <•"'>> of »„,„•„„■' o o o ' a Don John the toreigne. ^ ^,o„d. In the yeere 1496. there was a Venetian in England called lohn Cabota, who hauing know- The great disco. ledge of such a new discouerie as this was, and perceiuing by the globe, that the Islands be- catofaid^he fore spoken of stood almost in the same latitude with his countrey, and much n^erer to En-EnjUsh. gland then to Portugall, or to Castile, he acquainted king Henrie the seuenth then king of England with the same, wherewith the saide king was greatly pleased, and furnished him out with two ships and thr^e hundred men : which departed and set saile in the spring of the y6ere, and they sailed westward til they came in sight of land in 45. degrees of latitude to- wards the north, and then went straight northwards till they came into 60. degrees of latitude, where the day is 18. howers long, and the night is very cKere and bright. There they found D the , , ''II. •■If 111 H in. 'I I ... «; ..:l ■' 18 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Late Discouerks This is to the •ouch of thr Chescpian Bay. tap. ai. Trinidada. Tntigos. Cubagua. the aire cold, and great Islands of ice, but no ground in an hundred Tathoms sounding : and so from thence finding the land to turne eastwards they trended along by it discoueringall the Bay and riucr named Deseado, to see if it passed on the other side : Then they sailed backc againe till they came to 38. degrees toward the Equinoctiall line, and from thence returned into England. There be others which say, that he went as far as the Cape of Florida, which standeth in 25. degrees. Columbus third In the ydcrc 1497. The king of Spaine Don Fernando sent out Christopher Columbus Goma'rahistoriB^'''^ "''"^ ships, and hc himselfc prouided two ships at his owne cost, and sending his bro- generai. lib. 1. ther before, he made saile from the Bay of Cadiz, carrying with him his sonne Don Diego Colon. It was then reported that hc went to take the Island of Madera, because he mistrusted the French men, and therefore sent thither thr^e ships : others say it was to the Canaries. But howsoeuer it was, this is true, that he and three more went vnto the Islands of Cape Verde, and ran along by the line finding great calmcs and raine, and the first land which they came vnto of the Antiles was an Kland standing in 9. degr(^es of latitude towards the north ioining fast vnto the maino land, which they called La Trinidada ; and so he entred into the Gulfe of Paria, and came out of the mouth which they name Bocca de Drasfone, or the Dragons mouth : and Ihey tooke their course hard by the coast, where they found three small Islands, which they named Los Testigos, that is to say, The Witnesses, beyond which stand- eth the Island of Cubagua, where is great fishing of muscle pearles : where also, as they say, Fraiki, Roques, there springeth a Well of oilc: and beyond that Island they came to the Isles of Frailes, Aniba, Curasao, jjQjjjjgj,^ Aruba, and Cura^ao, with other small ones all along the Bay: and they came to cabodeVcia. the point of Cabo de Vela, and discouered along the coast almost 200. leagues, from whence Beata. they crossed ouer to Hispaniola, hauing had also sight of the Island called Beata. Barros d«ad. I. In this Same y6ere 1497. on the i:U. day of the moneth of lune one Vasques de Gama toiiwendofthe^^''^^ '^^"™ Lisbon by the king Emmanuels commandement to India with 3. ships, wherein u. chapter. there went for captaines Vasques de Gama, Paulus de Gama his brother, and Nicolas Coello with 120. men ; with whom also there went one ship laden only with vittailes, and in 14. dales they came vnto Cape Verde, vnto the Island of Saint lago, where they refreshed them- selues, and from thence they went along the coast beyond the Cape of Bona Speran^a, where- upon they erected certaine pillers of stone, and so came vnto Mosambique standing in 15. degrees to the south of the line, where they staled not long, but went from thence to Mom- baza, and vnto Melinde : where the king of that place gaue them pilots, which conducted them into India, in which discouerie they found out Los Baxos do Padua, that is to say, the flats of Padua. In the y^ere 1498. in the moneth of May they came to an anker before the citie of Calituf, and Panana, where they remained all the winter : and the first day of September they set saile towards the north discouering the coast all along till they came to the Island of Angediua, which standeth on that side in 15. degrees of latitude, where they came to an anker in the beginning of October, and so they departed from Angediua in Februarie in the ydere 1499. and came in sight of the coast of Africa about Melinde towards the north 3. or 4. degrees, & from thence they sailed vnto the said citie, and so vnto Mosambique againe, and to the Cape of Bona Speran^a, sailing along by the coast, and then they came to the Islands of Cape Go™»'j»,^i^<>''* Verde, and last of al to the citie of Lisbon in the moneth of September, hauing b^ene in the voiage 26. monethes. In the yeere 1499 on the 13. day of the moneth of Nouember there departed fro Palos one Vincent Yaiincz Pinson and his nephew Aries Pinson with fower ships well appointed at their owne cost and charges, to discouer the new world vnder the licence of the king of Cas- tile, and with commandement not to touch there, where the Admirall Columbus had b^ene. And so they went to the Islands of Cape Verde, and passed the line to the southward, and discouered the Cape of Saint Augustine standing on that side in 8. degrees of latitude, and there they wrote on the rindes of pine tr^cs the names of the king and of the Qu^ene, also the y^ere and day when they arriued there. They fought with the people of Brasil, but got nothing, they tooke their course all along the coast towards the west vnto the riuer Maria Tambalj The Cape of Bona S)ipe of 5ay, the 1 a Dios, hich the I now i.>» igiies of le called he Faire Retrete, y to the began to nded his nto India id by the /ent vnto ;red ano- lie tooke of India jia Foelix. I brought countrey of the World. TRAFFIftUES, AND DISCOUERIES. 21 le Island which by the hauing f Ticrra lerly lati- her tooke cs : And und sand m thence because iible and Qu^ene borne in the the countrey of Don Fernando her husband to enter into these discoueries, saue those which were their seruants, or by speciall commandement, but only the Castillians, Biscaines, & those which were of her owne Signiories, by whom all the lands aforesaid were discouered. In the y^^crc 1505. vpon our Lady day in March Francisco de Almeida Viceroy of India B«rojdec»d.i. tooke his course with 22. sailes towards India as now is accustomed. He came vnto the citie a fort"uiit'io of Quilca, where he built a fort, appointinj; one Peter Fereira to be captain'e thereof: andy"""'- beyond Mclinde he trauersed to the Island of An^cdiua, where lie placed as captaine one Ang«diua pos. Emmanucll Passauia. In Cananor also he built another fort, giuinp; the captainship of it to p^, |,ui|jjj , j Laurence dc Hrito. In Cochin he did the like, where Don Alfonso de Noronia was made Caiunor and m captaine. This yccre one Peter de Anhaya did build the fortresse of Sofala, whereof also A°fort buiided himselfe was made captaine. inSofii*. In the later end of this ycerc the Viccrov commanded his sonne, whose name was Don Laurenqo to make some eiUrie vpon the Islands of Alaldiua, and with contrarie weather he arriued at the Islands, which of ancient time were called Traganae, but the Moores called them Ytterubenero, and we call them Ceilan: where he went on land, and made peace with^"'"- the people there, and afterward came backe vnto Cochin, sailing along the coast and fully discouering it. In the middest of this Island there stands a rocke of stone very high hauing the signe of the foote of a man vpon the top of it, which they say to be the footestep of Adam, when he went vp into the heaucns, and the Indians haue it in great reuerence. In the y^ere 1506. after the death of the Queene of Spaine, king Philip and Qudene loan his wife came into Spaine to take possession thereof, and king Don Fernando went into Ar- ragon being his owne patrimonie. In this same yeere the said king Philip died, and 'hen J'^' ■'"''' ?f Fernando came againe to gouerne Spaine, and he gaue licence vnto all Spanyards to goekin^ofspiitV vnto the New land, and to the Antiles, but not to the Portugals. In this y^ere and in the J'j^'f j^^^,, ^f moneth of May Christopher Columbus died, and his sonne Don Diego Columbus succeeded chmtopher co- in his roome. '"'"'""• In the y^ere 1506. and entring into the moneth of March Tristan de Acunna and Alfonso ^^"'»<'««^--- de Albuquerque went into India with 14. ships in their companie, and sailed till they came ' '"^' to an anker at the towne of Bezequiche, where they refreshed themselues : and before they c"e''v«de ' '^^ came to the Cape of Bona Speranga in .37. degrees they found certaine Islands, which now *'" are named the Isles of Tristan de Acunna, where they had such a tempest that therewithall ^i>« 'si« of Ihc fl^cte was dispersed. Tristan de Acuiia and Alfonso de Alljuquerque went vnto Mosam- Acunna iu j». bique, and Aluaro Telez ran so far that he came to the Island of Samatra, and so backe againe s^"^,^:,,^. vnto the Cape of Guardafu; hauing discouered many Islands, sea, and land neuer scene be-uwed. fore that time of any Portugall. Emmanuel Telez de Meneses was also driuen without the great Island of S. Laurence, and he ran along the coast thereof, and arriued at last at Mo- • sambique, and there met with Tristan de Acufia, who was the first captaine that winlred there ; and by them it was told, that in this Island was much Ginger, Clones and siluer : whereupon he went and discouered much of it within the land ; but finding nothing he came The inland oi s. kicke againe vnto Mosambique ; from whence he sailed vnto Melinde, and ran along that ^^'^j"" '''"'^ coast and entred into Braua, and from ihence they crost ouer to the Island of Socotora, Bnua. wliere they built a fortresse, and made one Don Antonio de Noronia captaine thereof. btSl" Socj- In the yeere 1.507. in the moneth of August Tristan de Acuiia tooke shipping for India, «<>"• and Alfonso de Albuquerque remained there with fiue or sixe ships to keepe the coast and iibV™cap''i. * entrie of the Streight ; but being not therewith satisfied he tooke his course ouer vnto Ara- bia, and running along that coast he doubled the Cape of Rosalgate standing vnder the Tro- The Capc ot picke of Cancer. *^''"'«^"- In the y^ere 1509. one Diego Lopez de Sequeira went out of Lisbon with fower sailes BarTo«decad.s. vnto the Island of Saint Laurence, and continued in his voiage almost a y^ere, and in the Th/hie''rf s. moneth of May the same y^ere he arriued in Cochin, where the Viceroy gaue him one shipLiurcnce. more: and in the beginning of the moneth of September he tooke his course vnto Malacca pa.ssing betw^cne the Islands of Nicubar, and many others: He went also to the land of Sa-T*^- '»'»''<«» »» matrato the cities of Pedir and Pacem, and all along by all that coast vnto the Island of A Po-s^nutJi! luoreira. 'f\ 23 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Late Discoueries .■•' ■ ;■■!'■ .r m Thf IsleofA Paluorciri, 'I'he flats of Ci- pacia. MaUcM. Ratiiitt in Si< raatra. In Samttn hufes, kinc, and henncs hauc firih as black« as inkf. Prsple hauing tailcs like fherpe. Ool.l coined in Samatra. Goinara lilstoria (;rner:il. lib. j. cap. 7. L'attilia del oro. Tliehookeofthe Bachiler Anciso of tlie^e disco- ueries. Beata is a pro- uince in the west p.iit of Hispa- nioli. Gomara gen. hist. lib. 3. Q»f. 6. Nuestra Sennora de b antigua buildcd. Many gentlewo- men went to dwell in Hispa- niola. Cuba peopled. Barros decad. t. 'ib. 5. cap. 10. le lib. 6. cap. 1. JJarrosdr'-.id. 2. lib. 6. cap. 5. luoreira, and the flatn of Capacia : and Trom thence he went oucr vnto Malacca standing in 2. degrees of latitude towards the north : but in that citie the people killed and tooke aH pri- soners some of his men : and thereupon he turned backe a<2;aine into India, hauing disco- uered in this voiage fine hundred leagues. This Island of Samatra is the first land wherein we knew mans flesh to be eaten by certaine people which liue in the mountaines called Ba- ca.s, who vse to gilde their teeth. They hold opinion that the flesh of the blacke people i.s sweeter then the flesh of the white. The buffes, kine, and henncs which are in that coun- trcy are in their flesh as blacke as any inke. They say that there are certaine people there called Daraqui Dara, which haue tailes like vnto shecpe ; and some of their wclles y6eld oile. The king of Pedir is reported to haue a riuer in his land running with oile: which is a thing not to be maruelied at, seeing it is found written, that in Bactria there is also a well of oile : it is farther said that there groweth here a tree, the iuice wliereof is strong poison, and if it touch the blood of a man, he dieth immediately : but if a man doe drinke of it, it is a soiiernignc remedic against poison, so seruing both for life and death. Here also they doe coine pceres of gold, which they call Drachmas, brought into the land as they say by the Romanes : which scemeth to haue some resemblance of truth : because that from that place forward there is no coined gold : but that which is thus coined doth run currant in the buying of marchandise and other things. In the yeere 1508. one Alfonso de Hoieda with the fauoiir of Don Fernando purpo.sed to goe vnto Tierra firma to conquer the prouince of Darien. He went forth at his owne charges, & discouered The Firme land, where it is called Vraba, which he named Castilia del Oro, that is Golden Castilia, bicause of the gold which they found among the sand along the coast : And they were the first Spanyards that did this. Alfonso de lloiccia went first from the Island of Hispaniola and the citie of San Domingo with fower ships and thrive hundred soldiers, leaning behinde him the bachiler Anciso, who afterwards compiled a booke of these disco- ueries. And after him there went also one ship with victuals, munition, and 150. Spanyards. He went on land at Carthagena : but there the people of the countrey tooke, slew and eate 70. of his soldiers, whereupon he grew very wcake. In this y^ere 1508. one Diego de Niqucsa prepared seuen ships in the port of Beata to goc vnto Veragua, and carried in them almost 800. men. When he came to Carthagena he found there Alfonso de Hoieda sore spoiled with hi.* former losse: but then they both ioined toge- ther, and went on land and aiienged theinsclues of the people. And in tiiis voiage Diego de Niquesa went and discouered the coast called Nonibre de Dios, and went vnto the sound of Darien, and called it Puerto de Misas, which is vpon the riuer of Pito. When they were come vnto Veragua, he went on shore with his armie, his soldiers being out of hope to re- turne to Hispaniola. Alfonso de Hoieda began a fortresse in Caribana against the Caribes ; which was the first towne that the Spanyards builded in the Firme land : and in Nombre de Dios they built another, and called it Nuestra Sennora de la Antigua. They builded also the towne of Vraba. And there ihev left for their captaine and lieutenant one Francis Pisarro, who was tiicre much troubled. They builded other towns also, whose names I here omit. But these captaincs had not that good successe which they hoped for. In the veere 1509. the second Admirall Don Diego Columbus went into the Island of Hi3< paniola with his wife and hoiishoid : And she being a gentlewoman carried with her many other women of good families, which were there married, and so the Spanyards and Castil- lians began to people the countrey : for Don Feroaiulo the king had giuen them licence to discouer and people the fownes of Hispaniola ; so that the same i)lace grew to be famous and much frequented. The foresaid Admirall also gaue order to people the Island of Cuba, which is very great and large, and placed there as his lieutenant one Diego Velasqucs, who went with his father in the second voiage. In the y^ere 1511. in the moneth of Aprill Alfonso de Albuquerque went from the citie of Cochin vnto Malacca. In which y^ere and moneth the Chineans went from Malacca into their owne countrey, and Alfonso sent with them for master a Portugall called Duarte Fer- nandes. i 0/ the World. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. US in i'isarro. of HiS' r many Castil- cnce to famous f Cuba, xea, who nandcs, with letters also and order vnto the king of the Mantias, which now is called Sian Ntanding in the South. They parsed through the streight of Cincapura, and sailed towards The strei»ht of the north, went along the coast of Patane vnto the citie of Cuy, and from thence to Odia odirfhe'chiefe which is the chiefe citie of the kingdomc, standing in 14. degrees of northerly latitude. «'"« "f sun. The king greatly honoured and welcomed Diiarte Fernandcs, being the first Portugall that he had s^cne, and with him he sent backe amba«!sadours to Albuquerque. They passed ouer land towards the west vnto the citie of Tanacjerim standing vpon the sea on the other side in xanaserim. 1^. degrees, where they imbarked themselues in two ships, and sailed along the coast vnto the citie of Malacca, leaning it all discoucrcd. The people of this countrey of Sian are people that eate of all kinde of beastes, or vermine. They haue a delight to carrie round bcls \vithin the skin of their priuie members: which is M. Ralph Fitch forbidden to the king and the religious people. It is said that of all other people of those J^''|hu''countr"y parts they be most vertuous and honest. They commend themselues much for their chastitie'>'<'>'8'>tdiuersof and pouertie. They bring no hennes nor doues vp in their houses. This kingdome hath En"und.* '"" in length 250. leagues, and in bredth 8(). Of this only kingdome the king may bring foorth into the field thirtie thousand elephants, when he goeth to warre, besides those which re- mainc in the cities for the garde of them. The king much esteemeth a white elephant, and a red one also, that hath eies like vnto fiaming fire. There is in this countrey a certaine small vermine, which vseth to cleaue fast to the trunke of the elephant, and draweth the blood of the elephant, and so he dieth thereof. The skull of this vermine is so hard, that the shot of an handgun cannot enter it: they haue in their liuers the figures of men and women, which they call Toketa, and are much like vnto a mandrake. And they affirme that he which hath one of them about him cannot die withTheiiuerofa the stroke of any iron. They haue also wilde kine in this countrey, in the heads of whome ^li^„j"y^d they finde stones, which are of vertue to bring good hap and fortune to marchants. of iron. After that Duarle Fernandcs had bden with the Mantales or people of Sian, Alfonso de Albuquerque sent thither a knight called Ruy Nunnez de Acunna with letters and ambassage vnto the king of the Seguies, which we call Pegu. He went in a lunco of the countrey in ^'P'- sight of the Cape Rachado, and from thence went vnto the cilie of Pera which standeth fast ?"»• by the riuer Salano, and many other villages standing all along this riuer, where Duarte Fernandcs had bdene before, vnto the cities of Tana^erim and of Martauan, standing in 15. degrees toward the north, and the citie of Pegu standeth in 17. This was the first Portugall, which trauailed in that kingdome: and he gaue good information of that countrey, and of Jf,'" «w*hi^ in the people, which vse to were bels in their priuities euen as the Mantales doe. Peguai«o. In the end of this ydere 1.511. Alfonso de Albuquerque sent thrde ships to the Islands Barrosdecad. a. of Banda, and Maluco. And there went as Generall of them one Antonio de Breu, and with ^^ *,,|'f;/B,„. him also went one Francis Serrano: and in these ships there were 120. persons. They da and Maiuco. passed through the Streight of Saban, and along the Island of Samatra, and others, leauing them on the left hand, towards the east : and they called them the Salites. They went also The SaUtcs. to the Islands of Palimbam and La Suparam ; from whence they sailed by the noble Island of laua, and they ran their course east, sailing befwdene it and the Island of Madura. The'»i»- people of this Island are very warlike and strong, and doe little regard their Hues. Jhe'^"''"'' women also are there hired for the warres : and they fall out often together, and kill one another, as the Mocos doe, delighting onely in shedding of blood. Beyond the Island of laua they sailed along by another called Bali : and then came also Bail, vnto others called Aujaue, Cambaba, Solor, *Galao, Mallua, Vitara, Rosalanguin, & *Arus, •orCuiiam. from whence are brought delicate birds, which are of great estimation because of their '°"^"' feathers: they came also to other Islands lying in the same parallele on the south side in 7. or 8. degrees of latitude. And they be so nere the one to the other, that they seeme at the first to be one entire and maine land. The course by these Islands is aboue fi'ue hundred leagues. The ancient Cosmographers call all these Islands by the name lauos : but late experience hath found their names to be very diuers, as you sde. Beyonde these there arc other Islands toward the north, which are inhabited with whiter people going arraied in shirts, doublets ''» s« VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Late Discoucr'iea ]• t ii'. i.;r I- li^i!. '8'.' mm 'If! ^i'ii'i I? I: Theptopteof doublets and !)top<) lilcc viito the Portiigals, hauin;; also money of siluer. The goiiernoura lucoww/wch ai^ong tliem doe carrie in their hands red staiies, whereby they sdeme to haue some affinitie •pparcll. Uouernouri car- rying red iiauci like ihoie of Chiui. Terniie. Burro. Amboino. Oulijuli, with the people of China. There are other Island!) and people about this place, which are redde; and it is reported that they are of the people of China. Anionic de Breu and those that went with him tooke their course toward the north, where is a smal Island called Gumnape or Ternatc, from the hi);hest place whereof there fall con- tinually into the sea flakes or strcamcs like vnto fire ; which is a woonderfull thing to behold. From thence they went to the Islands of Burro and Amboino, and came to an anker in an hauen of it called Guli "P- '• a man of good valure with those soldiers that he had, being 290. he rcsolued to put himselfe into that ieoperdie. He went therefore from Dariene the first day of September, carrying some Indians of the countrey with him to be his guides, and he marched ouerthwart the land sometimes quietly, sometimes in war: and in a certaine place called Careca he found Negroes captiues with curled haire. This Valboa came to the sight of the South Sea on the 25. day of J^^^^^^i, "' the said moneth, and on Saint Michaelsday came vnto it: where he imbarked himselfe against the will of Chiapes, who was the Lord of that coast, who wished him not to doe so, because it was very dangerous for him. But he desirous to haue it knowne, that he had beene vpon those sca.s went forwards, and came backe againe to land in safctie, and with great content- ment, bringing with him good store of gold, siiuer, and pearles, which there they tooke. For which good seruice of his Don Ferdinando the king greatly fauourcd and honoured him. This ydere 1513. in the moneth of Februarie Alfoasus de Albuquerque went fro the citie Barros docid. j. of Goa towards the sfreight of Mecha with twenty ships. They arrlued at the citie of Aden Ti;/;,"fj|f,of and battered it, and passed forward and entred into the Streight. They say that they saw a Mcduorofthe crosse in the element and worshipped it. They wintered in the Island of Camaran. This U^^,"''""'^ was the first Portugall captaine that gaue information of those seas, and of that of Persia, The uit of Ca- being things in the world of great account. """'"■ In the ydere 1514. and in the moneth of May there went out of Saint Lucar one Pedro Pet. Martyr. , Arias de Auila at the commandement of Don Ferdinando. He was the fourth gouernour of ''""'• ■'• '"i"-. Castillia del Oro or Golden Castile : for so they named the countreyes of Dariene, Carthagena,' and Vraba, and that countrey which was newly conquered. He carried with him his wife the Lady Elizabeth and 1500 men in seuen ships; and the king appointed Vasco Nunnez de Valboa gouernour of the South Sea and of that coast. * According to Herrera this was in 1508. " In the year LIOS," says he, " John Diaz de Solis, and Vincent \ antz Pinzon sailed from Sevil, in the two Caravels the King had fitted out, and from the Islands of Cabo Verde {las-seJ over directly to Cape St. Avigustiii, and proceeding thence to the Southward, coasting along the Continent, came into about forty degrees of South Latitnefe, erecting Crosses wheresoever they lauded, and took iiossession. ill the most solimn Manner." See ilernra's History of the West Indies. Vol. i. p. 333. Ebit. E In fi 2<6 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Lnle Discourriin I • I' 'M !• IPlI i In the beginning of the y^cre 1515. the gouernour Pedro Arla>i tie Auila sent one Gaipar Morales with 150. men vnto the Gulfe ofS. \fichacl to dlricoucr the Islandit urXararcqui ChiapeN, and TumacciiM. There was a Casique Valboas friend which gaiie him many Cannaii or boateti made of one U6c to rowc in, wherein they patwed vnto The NIand of pearles : the Lord whereof re«iHted them at their comming on land. But Chiapcs and Tumaccuiidid pacific Mirtr'rAtid.i.'''"™ '" *"*''' order, that the captaine of the Isle had them home vnto his house, and made cjp. 10. much of them, and receiued baptismc at their hands, naming him Pedro Arias after the gouer> Uomara hittorls --._ ... |rn. or 31. carats : &c cucry carat is fower graines. There was giuen for one of them 1200 ducats. This Island of Tararequi standcth in 5. degrees of latitude towards the north. In this y^cre 1515. in the moneth of March the gouernour sent one Gonsaluo dc Radaios with 80. soldiers to discouer new lands, and they went from Darienc to Nonibrc d c Dios, where came vnto them one Lewis de Mercado with fiftie men more, which the gouernour sent to aide him. They determined to discouer toward the South, saying that that countrey was the richest. They tnoke with them Indians to be their guides, and going along the co.ist thoy found slaues marked with irons as the Portugals doe vse ; and hauing marched a ;i;ood way through the countreyea with great trauaile they gathered togetiier much goldc and fortic slaues to doe them seruicc : but one Casique named Pariza did set vpon them and slue and tooke the most part of them. The gouernour hearing of these newes, the same y(5erc 1515. sent foorth his «oniie lohn Arias de Auila to be reuenged and to discouer also by sea and by land : They wciit westward Ca{K 4< Ouma. to Cape dc Gucrra standing in little more than sixe degrees towards the norih, and from PunudeBorica. thence vnto Puuta de Borica, and to Cape Blanco or the White Cape standing in 8. degr(ie.s plnamapeopied. ''"^ *" halfe : they discouered 250. leagues as they afBrme, and peopled the cilie of Panama. Birroi dccal a. In this Very y^ere 1515. in the moneth of May Alfonsus de Albuquerque gouernour of Oiori^'i "b! 10. India .sent from the citie ofOrmuz one Fernando Gomes de Lemos as ainbassadonr vnto rn- *ii- Xec or Shaugh Ismael king of Persia : and it is declared that they trauailed in it JOO. leagues, ismatT iiiJJ''of"*and that it is a pleasant countrey like vnto France. This Xec or Shaugh Ismael went on Periij. hunting and fishing for troutes, whereof there are many. And there be the fairest women in all the world. And so Alexander the great affirmed, when he called them The women with golden eies. And this y^ere this woorthy Viceroy Alfonsus de Albuquerque died. In the ydere 1416. and one hundred y^eres after the taking of Ceuta in Barbarie, Lopez Suares being gouernour of India, there was a dispatch made by the commandement of the kings highnes vnto one Fernando Perez de Andrada to passe to the great countrey and kingdome of China. He went from the citie of Cochin in the moneth of Aprill. They re- Pcppcr a princi> ceiucd pepper, being the principal marchandise to be sold in all China of any value : And he mcK''""*"* w^ farther commanded by the king Don Emmanuel to goe also to Bengula with his letter and dispatch to a knight called lohn Coelo. This was the first Portugal!, as farre as I know, which drunke of the water of the riuer Ganges. This ydere 1516. died Don Fernando king of Spaine. In the y^ere 1517. this Fernando Perez went vnto the citie of Malacha, and in the moneth of lune he departed from thence towards China with eight sailes fower Portujjals and the chiu diMoucr- others Malayans. He arriued in China: And because he could not come on land without an "*• ambassage, there was one Thomas Perez which had order for it : and he went from the citie of Canton, where they came to an anker : They went by land fower hundred leagues, and came vnto the citie of *Pekin, where the king was, for this prouince and countrey is the biggest that is in the worlde. It beginneth at Sailana in twcntie degrees of latitude towards the north, and it endeth almost in 50. degrees. Which must be 5(X). leagues in length : and they say that iiiiu da Vciiiaga it containeth 300. leagues in bredth. Fernando Perez was 14. moneths in the Isle Da Ve- injtoOwtilM. "n'3ga, learning as much as he could of the countrey, according as the king his master had commanded him. And although one Raphael Perestrello had beenc there in a lunke or barkc of certaine marchants of Malaca, yet vnto Fernando Perez there ought to be giuen the praise of this discouerie : as well for that he had commandement from the king, as in discouering so much The death of Fernando king of Spaine. OKirhialih,ii< AI.3I*. Canioa. •Or Pakin. of the World, TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. m moneth Is and the lithout an the citie ind came biggest the north, say that Da Ve- laster had or barkc the praise (uering so much ■* much uifh Thomas Perez by land, and George Mascarenhas by »ea, and for coasting vnto the ritic <>t I ijiiicm standing in 24. degrees of latitude. F.)qiii'ni, rn tt :s .me \6ere 1517. Charles, which afterward was Emperour, came into Spainc, andT,[;«^jo"jj^^"^«' took.c possession thereof. And in the same y^ere Francis Fernandes de Cordoua, ChristopherintoSpun.. Moraiucs and Lopez Ochoa armed three ships at their owne proper charges from the Island o™«'h^»^i«». of Ciil'n They had also with them a barke of Diego Velasques, who then was gnuernour : They I ai on land in lucatan standing in 20. degr(?cs of latitude at a point whirh they called '«"•"• Piiii'ta (Ic IS Duennas, that is to say, the point of Ladies, which was the tirst place wherein they had y^cn Temples and buildings of lime and stone. The people here goc better ap- parelled then in any other place. They haue crosses which they worship, setting them vpon their tombes when they be buried. Whereby it st'emeth that in times past they had in that place the faith of Christ among them. And some say that thereabouts were The scuen Cities.'*"'" ««■""'«*■ Thry went round about it towards the north which is on the right hand : from whence they furiird backe vnto the Island of Cuba with some examples of gold, and men which they had taken. And this was the first beginning of the discouerie of New Spaine. In the y». Canton in China doe all fall into the sea vnder one par.illcle or latitude. And although be- fore that time Fernan Perez had h6cn commanded to goe to Rengala, yet notwithstand- ing lohn de Silueira ought to beare away the commendation of this discouerie : because he went as captaine generall, and remained there longest, learning the commodities of the countrey, and maners of the people. In the said ydere 1518. the first day of May Diego Velasquesgouernour of the Island of Cuba Ptt. M.riyr, sent his nephew lohn de Grisalua with fower ships & two hundred soldiers to discouer the Jomir!hUt!i«. land of lucatan. And they founde in their way the Island of* Cosumel standing towards thcii**"?- u-fc north in ID. degrees, and named it Santa Cruz, because they came to it the third of May. "(J; Aiunmii. They coasted the land lying vpon the left hand of the Gulfe, and came to an Island called Ascension, because they came vnto it vpon Ascension day: They went vnto the end of itTheuieofAi. standing in 16. degrees of latitude: from whence they came backe because they could finde "^"b",^ ^f no place to goe out at: and from hence they went round about ittoanotherriuer, which they Hunduni. called The riucr of Grisalua standing in 17. degrees of latitude: the people thereabout troubled ''•'""'' °""'"*' them sore, yet notwithstanding they brought from thence some gold, siluer and feathers, being there in great estimation, and so they turned backe againe to the Island of Cuba. In the sainey^cre 1518. one Francis Garay armed thrdc ships in the Isle of lamaica at his po'n«.t>ut.gen. owne charges, and went towards the point of Florida standing in 25. degrees towards thejij,,'"''' north, sdeming to them to be an Island most pleasant, thinking it better to people Islands than the firme land, because they could best conqucre them and k«5epe them. They went there on land, but the people of Florida killed many of them, so that they durst not inhabitc it. So they sailed along the coast, and came vnto the riuer of Panuco, standing 500. leagues Pmuco. from the point of Florida in sailing along the coast; but the people resisted them in euery place. Many of them also were killed in Chila, whom the Sauages flaied and eate, hanging vp their skinncs in their Temples in memoriall of their valiantnes. Notwithstanding all this Francis de Garay went thither the ne.xt y^ere and begged the gouernnient of that countrey of the Emperour, because he sawe in it some shew of gold and siluer. In the ydere 1519. in the moneth of Februarie Fernando Cortes went from the Island ofP«Mvrartyr. Cuba to the land which is called Nona Spania with 11. ships and 550. Spanyards in them. "''"''■ *"'''*■ The first place where he went on land was the Island of Cosumel ; where they immediately destroied all the Idols, and set crosses on the altars and the images of the virgine Marie, connr. hiiLjen. From this Island they went and arriued on the firme land of lucatan, at the point De las Du- J^^; *" "''■ ''" cnnas, or the point of Ladies, and went thence to the riuer of Tauasco, and set vpon a citie Tauuco. fast by called Potoncian inuironed with wood, and the houses were built with lime and stone, ^"''"'V""'* E 2 and I 1 .;ii 28 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Late Disco ttcries 24. Zempoallan. Chiauitztlan. Villi ricj de b vera Crui. and couered with tile: they fought there cgarly; and there appecred vnto them S. lainea on horsebacke, which increased their courage. They called that citie Victoria: and they were the first people which were subdued to the Spanyards obedience in all Newe Spaine. From iii"*"" ""^ ^"* hence they went discouering the coast till they came vnto a place named S. lohn de Vllhua, distant as they said from \f exico where the king Mutcquma was 6<>- or 70. leagues : and there was a seruaiit of his that gouerned that prouince, named Tcndilli, wliich naue them good entertainment, although they vnderstood not one another. But Cortes had 20, women, whereof one was called Maiine borne in that countrey : They were the first that were baptized in New Spaine. And from that time forward Marine and Aguilar serucd as interpreters. Tendilli presently gaue knowledge of this vnto Mutecjuma, that a kinde of bearded people were arriued in his countrey: for so they called the Castillians. Hut he was troubled vpon that newes: for his Gods, (which arc to be thought to be diuels) had told him, that such people as the Spanyards were should destroy his law and countrey, and be Lords tliercof. And therefore he sent gifts vnto Cortes, in value 20. thousand ducats, but would not come to him. Because S. lohn de Vllhua was then no place for a nauie to ride in, Cortes sent Francis de Nfonteio, and the pilot Antonie Alaminos in two brigandines to discoucr ihat coast ; who <"■""''" [;j^""i* came to a place where they might ride without danger. They came to Panuco standing iu ctif.ii'.ii.ii. 23. degrdes northward: from whence they came backc vpon an agreement to goe vnto Cu- luacan being an hauen of more safetie. They set saile, but Cortes went by land westward with the most part of his men on horsebacke, and they came vnto a citie called Zempoallan, where they were well receiued. And from thence he went to another towne called Chiau- itztlan : with the Lord of which towne as with all the countrey besides he made league to be against Muteguma. And when he knew that his ships were come, he went vnto them, and there builded a towne, and called it Villa rica de la vera cruz. From whence he sent vnto Charles the Emperour a present, and made report of all that he had done, and how he de- termined to goe to Mexico, and to visite Mute^uma : and besought the Emperour to giue liim the gouernment of that countrey. And because his people should not rise in mutinie, as they began, he destroyed all his ships. Cortes presently went from Villa ricade la vera Cruz, leaning there 150. Spanish horse- men, and many Indians to serue them ; and the villages round about became his friends. Gomarahistori«He Went vuto the citic of Zempoallan : there he heard newes that Francis Garay was on the fap.'lsl'.''''' '■ '^o^st with four ships to come on land : And by subtiltie he got nine of his men ; of whom he vnderstood, that Garay had bdene in Florida, and came vnto the riiier Panuco, where he got some golde, determining to stay there in a towne which is now called Almeria. Gomar.hist.gen. Coftcs ouerthrcw the idols in Zempoallan, & the tombes of their kings, whome they wor- shipped as Gods, and toldc them that they were to worship the true God. From thence he went toward Mexico the 16. day of August 1519. and trauailed thrde daics iourncy, and came to the citie of Zalapan, and to another beyond it named SicuchimatI, where they were well receiued, and offered to be conducted to Mexico, because Mute<;uma had giuen such com- mandement. Beyond this place he passed with his companie a certaine hill of three leagues high, wherein there were vines. In another place they found abouc a thousand loades of wood ready cut; and beyond they met with a plaine countrey, and in going through the same, he named it Nombre de Dios. At the bottome of the mountainehe rested in a towne called Teuhixuacan, and from thence they went through a desolate countrey, and so came to another mountaine that was very colde and full of snow, and they lay in a towne named Za- ciotan : And so from towne to towne they were well receiued and feasted till they came into another realme named Tlaxcalian, which waged warre against Mutefuma, and being valiant they skirmished with Cortes; but in the end they agreed and entred into league with him against the Mexican" : and so they went from countrey to countrey till they came within sight of Mexico, The king Muteyuma fearing them, gaue them good entertainment \vit;» lodging and all things necessarie : and they were with this for a time contented : but mis- trusting that he and his should be slaine, he tooke Mutef uma prisoner and brought him to his lib. a. cap. 15. Zalapan. Siicucbimall. Z.iclMsn. Tlaxcalian. Mutefuma pritouer. of the World. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUEWES. JT) his lodging with good garde. Cortes demanded how farre his realme did extend^ and sought to know the mines of gold and siluer that were in it, and how many kings neighbours to Mute<;uma dwelled therein, requiring certaine Indians to be informed thereof, whereof he had eight prouided : and he ioined to them eight Spanyards. and sent them two and two into fower countreys, namely intoZugoila, Malinaltepec, Tenich, & Tutntepec. They which went vnto ZuQolla went 80. leagues : for so much it was from Mexico thither : They which went to Malinaltepec, went 70. leagues, seeing goodly countries, and brought examples of gold, which the naturals of the countrey tooke out of great riuers: and all this prouince belonged vnto Muteijuma. The countrey of Tenich and vp the riuer were not subiect to Mutc(;uma,buthad warre with him, and would not suffer the Mexicans to enter into their territoric. They sent ambassadors vnto Cortes with presents, offering him their estate, and amitie ; whereof Mute^uma was nothing glad. They which went to Tututepec standing ndere the South sea did also bring with them examples of gold, and praised the pleasantnes of the countrey, and the multitude of good harbours vpon that coast, shewing to Cortes a cloth of cotton wooll all wouen with goodly workes, wherein all the coast with the hauens and cr^ekes were set forth. But this thing then could not be prosecuted by reason of the comming of Pamphilus do Naruaez into the countrey, who set all the kingdome of Mexico in an vprorc. In this yiere 1 519. the tenth day of August one Fernande de Magallanes departed from Siuill with fiuc ships toward the Islands of Maluco : he went along the coast of Brasill till he came vnto the riuer of Plate, which the Castillians had before discouered. From thence there- fore he began his discouerie, and came vnto an hauen which he called The Porte of Saint lulian standing in 49. degrees, and there heentred and wintred : they endured much cold by reason of snow and ice: the people of that countrey they found to be of great stature, and of great strength, taking men by the legs and renting them in the middest as easily as one of vs will rent an hen : they Hue by fruits and hunting. They called them Patagones, but the Brasilians doe call them Morcas. In the ydere 1520. in the beginning of the moneth of September growing then somewhat temperate they went out of the port and riuer of Saint lulian, hauing lost in it one of their ships, and with the other fower he came vnto the Streights named after the name of Mag.il- i.ines standing in b2. degrees and a halfe. From thence one of the ships returned backe vnto Castile, whereof was captaine and pilot one Stephen de Porto a Portugall, and the other tltr^e went forward, entring into a mightie sea called Pacificum, without seeing any inhabited land till they came in 13. degrees towards the north of the Equinoctiall : in which latitude they came vnto Islands which they called Los lardines, and from thence they sailed to the Archipclagus of S. Lazarus, and in one of the Islands called Matnn Magallanes wasslaine, and his ship was burnt, and the other two went vnto Borneo, and so from place to place they went backe vnfill they came to the Islands of Malucos, leaning many others discouered, which I rehearse not because I findc not this voiage exactly written. About this time Pope Leo. the tenth sent one Paulus Centurio as ambassadour to the great Duke of Moscduie to wish him to send into India an armie along the coast of Tartaric. And by the reasons of this ambassadour the said Duke was almost persuaded vnto that action, if other inconuenicnces had not letted him. In this same ycere 1.520. in Februarie Diego Lopes de Sequeira gouernour of India went towards the Streight of Mccha and carried witli him the ambassaclour of Presbyter lohn, and Iloderigo de Lima who also went as ambassadour to him. They came vnto the Island of Ma- t. gen. lib l.caf. 7. 1'li!; > I ■■, ;■ in i 1' ''•■■i' ■ ■";:!i [I f'ii: »U'_ •St I ll;f ;* ii: ill!' I'M., i'il 30 Chicora. C'.ialdapc. VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Late Discouerics OoraarihJit. Kcn.lib.!, car.48. riierfuoltofthe Mexicans in ab* sence of Cartes. Mutcfuma slaine. Gomar.hict.jen. lib. a. cap. jO. Gomar.h-.it.gen, lib. 1. cap. 60. Tochtepec. CoaiacotlcOi Emminuelt death. Otoriuslib. It. fol. 366. Gomara historii Frncral. lib. 4. cap. 8. Burro. Timor. Kud«. Ooman hist, (en.lib. 6. cap, 4. Chicora and Gualdap^, vnto the riuer lordan and the Cape of Saint Helena standing in 33. degrees toward the north. They of the countrey came downe to the sea side to s^e the ship:;, as hauing neuer before s^ene the like : The Spanyards went on land where they receiued good entertainment, and had giuen vnto them such things as they lacked. But they brought many of them into their ships and then set saiie and brought them av;ay for slaues : but in the way one of their ships sunke, and the other was also in great hazard. By this newes the Li- centiate Aillon knowing the wealth of the countrey, begged the gou^rnment thereof of the Emperour, and it was giuen him : whither he went to get money to pay his debt. About this time Diego Velasques gouernour of Cuba hearing the good successe of Cortes, and that he had begijcd the gouernment of New Spaine, which he held to be his, he furnished out thither against Cortes 18. ships with lOfX). men and 80. horses, whereof he sent as Ge- iierall one Pamphilus de Naruaez. He came vnto the towne called Villa rica de la vera Cruz, where he tooke land, and commanded those of the countrey to receiue him as gouernour thereof: But they tooke his messenger prisoner, and sent him to Mexico where Cortes was. Which thing being knowne of Cortes, he wrote letters vnto Naruaez not to raise any vprore in the countrey which he had discouered, offering him obedience if he had any commission from the Emperour ; but he corrupted the people of the countrey with money : Whereupon Cortes went from Mexico and tooke Naruaez prisoner in the towne of Zampoallan, and put out one of his eics. Naruaez being thus taken prisoner, his armie submitted themselues to Cortes, and obeied him. Whereupon presently he dispatched 200. .soldiers vnto the riuer of Garay, and he sent lohn Vasquez de Leon with other two hundred vnto Cosaaico, and withall sent a Spanyard with the newes of his victorie vnto Mexico. But the Indians being in the meane time risen, hurt the messenger. Which being knowne to Cortes, he mustered his men, and found a tiiousand footemen and two hundred horsemen, with the which he went towards Mexico, where he found Peter de Aluarado, and the rest which he had left there aliue & in safetie, wherewith he v.as greatly pleased, and Mutejuma made much of him. But yet the Mexicans ceased not but made warre against him: and the warre grew so hot that they killed their king Mute^puma with a stone, and then there rose vp another king such an one as pleased them, till such time as they might put the Spanyards out of the citie, being no more than 504 footemen, and fortie horsemen. The Spanyards %ith great losse being driuen out of Mexico, retired themselues with much adoe to Tlaxcallan, where they were well receiued : and so they gathered together 900. Spanyards, 80. horsemen, and two hundred thousand Indians, their friends, and allies : and so they went backe againe to take Mexico in the moneth of August in the y^ere 1521 . Cortes obtaining still more and more victories determined to s^e further within the countrey : and forthis purpose in theyeere 1521. and in October he sent out one Gonsalo de Sandoual with yOO. footemen and 35 horsemen, and certaine Indians his friends vnto Tochtepec and Coaza- coalco, which had rebelled, but at length yielded. And they discouered the countrey, and built a towne 120. leagues from Mexico, and named it Medelin, and another towne they made naming it Santo Spirito fower leagues from the sea vpon a riuer ; and these two townes kept the whole countrey in obedience. This y^ere 1521. in December Emmanuell king of PortHgall died, and after him his sonnc king lohn the 3. reigned. In the y^ere 1521. there went from Maluco one of Magellans ships laden with clones: they victualed themselues in the Island of Burro, and from thence went to Timor which standeth in 1 1 . degrees of southerly latitude. Beyond this Island one hundred leagues they dis- couered certaine Islands and one named Eude, finding the places from thence forward peopled. Afterward passing without Samatra they met with no land till they fell with the Cape of Bona Speran^a, where they tooke in fresh water and wood : So they came by the Islands of Cape Verde, and from thence to Siuill, where they were notably receiued, as well for the cloues that they brought, as that they had compassed about the world. In the ydere 1522. in lanuarie one Gilgonzales armed fower ships in the Island of Tara- "requi standing in the South sea with intent to discouerthe coast of Nicaragua, and especially a streighf of the World. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. 31 a straight or passage from the South sea into the North sea. And sailing along the coast he came vnto an hauen called S. Vincent, and there landed with 100. Spanyards and certaine horsemen, and went within the land 200. leagues, and he brought with him 200. pesoes of gold, and so came backeagaine to S. Vincent : where he found his pilot Andrew Nigno, who Tecoameptc. was as far as Tecoantepec in 16. degrees to the north, and had sailed thr^e hundred leagues : °3!«b"& * from whence they returned to Panama, and so ouer land to Hispaniola. cap. i». In the same y^ere 1522. in the moneth of Aprill the other ship of Magallanes called The castagnedi His- Trinitie went from the Island of Tidord, wherein was captaine Gonzalo Gomez de Espinosa, Qji^„f,'"^ib"j' shaping their course toward Noua Spania : and because winde was scant they stirred toward cap. 41. the northeast into 16. degrees, where they found two Islands, and named them the Isles of °°["|ib_|j"t" g. Saint lohn, and in that course they came to another Island in 20. degrees, which they named &i'j. ' La Griega, where the simple people came into their ships, of whom they kept some to shew Jg"d'g"//jf them in Noua Spania : They were in this course fower monethes, vntil they came into 42. nonheriy lati- degr^es of northerly latitude, where they did s^e sea fishes called Seales and Tunies. And ^'i'^'jegreesof the climate seemed vnto them comming newly out of the heat, to be so cold and vntem- northerly lati- perate, that they could not well abide it, and therefore they turned backe againe to Tidore, ""'''' being thereunto enforced also by contrarie windes. These were the first Spanyards which had b^ene in so high a latitude toward the north. And there they found one Antonie de Britto building a fortresse, which tooke from them their goods, and sent 48. of them pri- soners to Malaca. In thisy^ere 1522. Cortes desirous to haue some hauens on the South sea, and to discouer comar. list. gen. the coast of Noua Spania on that side, whereof he had knowledge in Muteguma his time, (bi- •''••*"P- "• cause he thought by that way to bring the drugs from Maluco and Banda, and the spicerie from laua, with lesse trauaile and danger) he sent fower Spaniards with their guides to Te- coantepec, Quahutemallan, and other hauens : where they were wel receiued, and brought some of the people with them to Mexico : And Cortes made much of them ; and afterwards sent ten pilots thither to search the seas there about. They went 70. leagues in the sea but The South sea found no hauen. One Casique or Lord called Cuchataquir vsed them well, & sent with them con«'uis''^iots! to Cortes 200. of his men with a present of gold and siluer, and other things of the countrey : and they of Tecoantepec did the like : and not long after, this Casique sent for aide to Cortes Tecoanteptc. against his neighbours which did warre against him. In the y^ere lb23. Cortes sent vnto him for his aide Peter de Aluarado, with two hundred oomarahiit. soldiers footemen, and .ortie horsemen, and the Caciques of Tecoantepec and Quahutemallan ^'"' ' " ""'' ' asked them for the monsters of the sea which came thither the y^ere past, meaning the ships of Gil Gonsales de Auiia, being greatly amazed at the sight of them, and woondring much more when they heard, that Cortes had bigger then those : and they painted vnto them a Aw.ttiestr.- mighty Carakc with sixe masts, and sailes and shroudes, and men armed on horsebacke. tagcme. This Aluarado went through the countrey and builded there the city of Sant lago or Saint Sam Ujo buiit. lames, and a towne which he called Segura leaning certaine of his people in it. In the sameyeere 1523. in the moneth of May Antonie de Britto being captaine of the Isles Caitagnedahi.». of Maluco sent his cosen Simon de Breu to learne the way by the Isle of Borneo to Malaca : enuii'iib.l^'ij. They came in sight of the Islands of Manada and Panguansara : They went through the Mamda. straight of Treminao and Taguy : and to the Islands of Saint Michael standing in 7. degrees, xSands'of and from thence discouered the Islands of Borneo, and had sight of Pedra branca or the White |- Michael. stone, and passed through the straight of Cincapura, & so to the citie of Malaca. Ped™ branca, In this same yeere 1523, Cortes went with 300. footemen and 150. horsemen and 40000. Mexi- Gomarahi«.gcn. cans to Panuco both to discouer it better, and also to inhabite it, and withall to be reuenged '">•»•"?•''■ vpon them which had killed and eaten the soldiers of Francis Garay. They of Panuco re- sisted him, but Cortes in the end ouerthrew them, and conquered the countrey : And hard by Chila vpon the riuer he built a towne and named it Santo Stephano del puerto, leaning in santo stephano it 100. footemen, and thirtie horsemen and one Peter de Valleio for lieutenant. This iourney '"''?"""'• cost him 76. thousand Castillians, besides the Spanyards, horses, and Mexicans which died there. Tn :.'!- 4 32 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Late Discoueries k li'f = ;*; I mill 'I: .1:1': :fii Rio df lis Rio Monulto. Chila. Conur. en U Oomarshiitgfn. In this yeere 15^S. Francis de Garay made nine ships and two brigandines to goc to Paniico I'niaConqm'sti'^"*' ^'■^ '^'" '*^ Iss Paltnas to bc there as gouemonr : for that the Emperour had granted vnto dp Mexico. him from the coast of Florida vnto Panuco, in regard of the charges, which he had b^ene at in that discouerie. He carried with him 850. soldiers, and 140. horses, and some men out of the Island of lamaica, where he furnished his fl^et with munition for the warre : and he went vnto Xagua an haucn in the Island of Cuba, where he vnderstood that Cortes had peopled the coast of Panuco : and that it might not happen vnto him as it did to Pamphihis de Nar- uaez, he determined to take another companion with him, and desired the Doctor Zuazo to goc to Mexico and procure some agreement betw^ene Cortes and him. And they departed from Xagua each one about his busines. Zuazo came in great ieoperdie, and Garay went not cldere without. Garay arriued in Rio de las Palmas on S. lames his day, and then he sent vp the riiier one Gonsaluo de Ocampo, who at his returne declared that it was an euill and desert countrey : but notwithstanding Garay went there on land with 400. footemen and some horsemen ; and he commanded one lohn de Grijalua to search the coast, and hr him- selfe marched by land towards Panuco, and passed a riuer which he named Rio Montalto; he entrcd into a great towne where they found many hennes, wherewith they refreshed tliem- selues, and he tooke some of the people of Chila which he vsed for messengers to certaine places : And after great trauaile comming to Panuco they found no victuailes there by reason of the warres of Cortes and the spoile of the soldiers. Garay then sent one Gon^alo de Ocampo to Sant Isteuan del pucrto to know whether they would receiue him or no. They had a good answere. But Cortes his men priuily by an ambushment tooke 40. of Garayes horsemen, alleaging that they came to vsurj)e the gouernment of another: and besides this misfortune he lost fower of his ships: whereupon he left off to procecde any farther. While Cortes was preparing to set forward to Panuco : Francis de las Casas, and Roderigo de la Paz arriued at Mexico with letters patents, wherein the Emperour gaue th& gouernment WmIco foi.''M6. "f^ Nueua Spagna and ail the countrey which Cortes had conquered to Cortes, and namely Panuco. Whereupon he staied his ioiirney. But he sent Diego de Ocampo with the said letters jiatents, and Pedro de Aluarado with store of footemen and horsemen. Garay know- ing this thought it best to yeeld himselfe vnto Cortes his hands, and to go to Mexico ; which thing he did hauingdiscouered a great tract of land. In this ydcre 1523. Gil Gonzales de Auila made a discouerie, and peopled a towne called San Gil de buena vista standing in 14. degrees toward the north, and almost in the bottome SanGiidebucna of the Bay callcd the Ascension or the Honduras. He began to conquere it because he be.st . leagues, and named the countrey f^icreabout Nona Francia: at length finding the water fresh he pcrceiucd he could not passe through to the South sea, and hauing wintered in those parts, the next yderc following he returned into France. In the ydcrc 1535. or in the beginning of the y^cre 15.36. Don Antonic de Mendo(;a came vnto the citie of Mexico as Viceroy of New Spaine. In the meui ■ while Cortes was gone for more men to continue his discoucrie, which immediately he set in hand sending foorth two ships from Tccoantepec which he had made readic. There went as captaines in them Fernando de Grijalua, and Diego Bezerra de Mendo(;a, and for pilots there went a Portugal named Acosta, and the other Fortunio Ximenez a Biscaine. The first night they deuided themsclues. Fortunio Ximenez killed his captaine Bezerra and hurt many of his confedera- cie: and then he went on land to take water and wood in the Bay of Santa Cruz, but the Indians there slue him, and aboue 20. of his companie. Two mariners which were in the boate escaped, and went vnto Xalisco, and told Nunnez de Gusman that they had found tokens of pcarles: he went into the ship, and so went to i«^eke the pcarles: he discouerrd along the coast aboue 150. leajjues. Thev said that Ferdlnando de Grijalua sailed thr^e hun- dred leagues from Tecoantepec without .st^eing any land, but onely one Island which he named The Isle of Saint Thomas, because he came vnto it on that Saints day : it siandeth in 20. de- grees of latitude. In this y^ere 1535. Pisarro builded the citie de los Reyes vpon the riuer of Lima. The in- habitants of Xauxa went to dwell there, because it was a better countrey, .standing in 12. degrt-es of southerly latitude. In this same y^ere of 1.535. he caused the citie of Truxillo to be builded on a riuers side vpon a fruitfuU soile, standing in 8. degrees on that side. He built also the citie of Saint lago in Porto Viejo: besides many others along the sea coast and within the land : where there br^ede many horses, as.ses, mules, kine, hogs, goates, sh^epe, and other beasts; also tr^es and plants, but principally rosemary, oranges, limons, citrons, and other sower fruits, vines, wheate, barlie, and other graines, radishes and other kinde of herbage and fruits brought out of Spaine thither to be sowne and planted. In the same y^ere 1535. one Diego de Almagro went from the citie of Cu^co to the pro- uinces of Arequipa and Chili, reaching beyond Cusco towards the South vnto 30. degrees. This voiage was long, and he discouered much land, snfTering great hunger, old, and other extremities, by reason of the abundance of ice, which stoppeth the running of the riuers; so that men and horses die in tho.se parts of the colde. About this time Ferdinando Pisarro came out of Spaine to the citie de los Reyes, and brought with him the title of Marquisate of Atanillos for his brother Francis Pisarro, & vnto Diego de Almagro he brought the go- uernment of 100. leagues ouer and besides that which was discouered, and named it The New kingdome of Toledo. Ferdinando Pisarro went straight to the citie of Cusco : and one lohn de Rada went to Almagro into Chili with the Emperours patents. Diego de Almagro hauing receiued the letters patents which the Emperour had sent him, went straight from Chili vnto Cusco, to haue it seeing it did appertaine vnto him. Which was the cause of a ciuill warre. They were mightily oppressed with want of victuailes and other •III of Ihc World. TllAl'FIQUKS, AND DISCOUERIES. 41 other thinj?s in fhw their rcliirnc and wore enlorrcd to calc the horiiCH, ^vhich had died fower moncth-* and a huKV Ijefore. when they passed that way. Ill this same yt'erc l.j;«- {J;;|;, ;,, f ones Pcre/ dc San I'aio: also he sent another armic against Hadii the kin^ of Cambaia, thccambj.'j. caplaine whereof was Coscsofar a renegado. Tliey came to the harrc of that mif.Mity riuer in the moncth of December, of the water whereof they found such trial as Quintus Curlius writcth of it, when Alexander came thither. In this v<5crc ir^Jf). one Simon de Alcazaiia went from Siuill with two ships and 240. oonnr.hi5t.!!.i Spaniards in them. Some sav they went to New Spaine, others that they went to Maluco, '■''•■<• "P- 'J- but others also say to Ch p.t, where ihey had l)^cnc with Ferdinando Perez de Andrada. How- soeuer it was, they went first vnto the (Canaries, and from thence to the strcight of Mageian, without touching at tlie land of Brasill or any part at all of that coast. They entred into the strcight in the moncth of December with contraric windcs and cold weather. The soldiers would haue had him turnc backe againe, but he would not. He went into an liauen on the South side in h'.l. dcgrc'es : There the captainc Simon of Alcazaua commanded Kodcrigo de Isia with 60. Spanyards to goc and discouer land : but they rose vj) against him and killed him, and appointed such captaines and ofliccrs as pleased them, and returned. Comming thwart of Brasil they lost one of their ships vpon the coast, and the Spanyards that escaped drowning were eaten by the Sauagcs. The other ship went to Saint lago in Hispaniola, and from thence to Siuill in Spaine. In this same vdcre 1535. Don Pedro de Mendoja went from Cadiz towards the riuer of oomati hiitoti» Plate with tweliie ships, and had with him two thousand men : which was the greatest numberJJ'""'- ''•'• J- of ships and men, that euer any captaine carried into the Indies. He died by the way re- turning homewards. The most part of his men remained in that riuer, and builded a great towne containing now two thousand houses, wherein great store of Indians dwell with the Spanyards. They discoucred and conquered the countrey till they came to the mines of Po- The tiufr of tossi and to the towne I.a Plata, which is .500. leagues distant from them. Plata tumieihvp In the y^ere 1536. Cortes vnderstanding that his ship wherein Fortunio Ximenez was pi- Gomarahiit.gen. lote was seazed on by Nunnez de Guzman, he sent foorth thr^e ships to the place where ''^' *• "P- '<• * Guzman was, and ho himselfe went by land well accompanied, and found the ship which he sought all spoiled and rifled. When his thr^e other ships were come about, he went aboord liimsclfc with the most part of his men and horse.s, leauing for captaine of those which re- mained on land one Andrew dc Tapia. So he set saile, and comming to a point the first day of May he called it Saint Philip, and an Island that lieth fast by it he called Sant lago. Within Saim lagoistc three dales after he came into the bay where the pilot Fortunio Ximenez was killed, %vhich he called La plaia de Santa Cruz, where he went on land, and commanded Andrew de Tapia LapiaiadeS^nw todiscDuer. Cortes tooke shipping againe and came to the riuer now called Rio de San ^[^ ^^ g p^j^^^ Pedro y San Paulo, where by a tempest the ships were separated, one was drluen to the bav y san Paiiio. lie Santa Cruz, another to the riuer of Guajaual, and the third was drluen on shore hard by """J""' '^"'• Xalisco, and the men thereof went by land to Mexico. Cortes long expected his two ships that he wanted : but they not comming he hoised saile & cntrcd into the Gulfe now called Mar de Cortes, Mar Vermejo, or the Gulfe of California, MarVfrmfj.i and shot himselfe 50. leagues within it : where he espied a ship at anker & sailing towards cJ;f„,^i"."' "^ her he had bdene lost, if that ship had not succored him. But hailing graued his ship, he comara imhe departed with both the .ships from thence. Hee bought victuals at a d^ere rate at Saint Mi- ^"'i.ico'roiio chael of Culhuacan ; and from thence he went to the hauen of Santa Cruz, where h^e ajO' »9'' »9»' heard that Don Antonio de 'icndoija was come out of Spaine to be Viceroy. He therefore left to be captaine of his r..ci\ one Francis de Vlloa, to send him certaine ships to discouer that coast. While he was at Acapulco messengers came vnto him from Don Antonio de Mendoga the Viceroy, to certifie him of his arrtuall : and also he sent him the coppie of a letter, wherein Francis Pisarro wrote, that Mango Ynga was risen against him, and was come G to 4'^ VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Late Discoucrks •".'' ...Ii;! y\rw li. it'! ' l^■■ llfv'k I 1- 1! It I ': ■!■>■ Asea Ulind. tila de los Pes- c»dorfs. Hayme Island. Apia Island. Seri. Coroa. Mcoiuum. Bufu. Os Papuas. to fhe cilie ot Cusco with an hundred thousand fighting men, and that they had killed his brother lohn Pisarro, and abouc 4fX). Spaniards and f2(X). horses, and he himselfe was in danger, so that he demanded succour and aide. Cortes beinj; informed of the state of Pisarro, and of the arriuall of Don Antonio de Mendo(;a, because he wouUl not as yet be at obediece; First he determined to sende to MaUico to discouer tliat way a long vndcr the Equi- noctial line, becau.sc The Islands of Clones stand vnder that paiaiclc : And for that purpose he prepared 3. ships with prouision, victuals & men, besides all other things necessarie. He gaue the charge of one of these ships to Ferdiinndo de Grijaiiia, and of tiic other vnto one Aluarado a Gentleman. They went first to Saint Michael de Tangarara in Peru to succour Francis Pisarro, and from thence to Mahico all along n^ere the line as they were com- manded. And it is declared that they sailed aboue a thousand leagues without sight of land, on the one side nor yet on the other of the Equinoctiall. And in two degrees toward the north they discouered one Island named Asea, which scemeth to be one of the Islands of Clones : 500. leagues little more or Icsse as they sailed, they came to the sight of another which they named Isla de los Pescadores. Going still in this course they sawe another Island called Hayme towards the south, and another named Apia : and tlicn they came to the sight of Seri : turning towards the north one degrde, they came to anker at another Island named Coroa, and from thence they came to another vnder the line named Meousum, and from thence vnto Bufu standing in the same course. The people of all these Islands arc blackc, and haue their haire frisled, whom the people of Maluco do call Papuas. The most of them eate mans flesh, and arc witches, so giuen to diuilishnes, that the diucls walk among them as cOpanions. If these wicked spirits do finde one alone, they kill him with cruell blowes or smoother him. Therefore they v.se not to goe, w'k'o""'h" '*"* ^^^^" '^^" "•" 'hrde may be in a companie. There is h^ere a bird as bigge as a Crane : stnc es. j^g jjigjj^ ^^^^ ^^^ j^^jj^ ^1^^. ^yji^jjg wjierewith to fide, he runneth on the ground like a Deere : of their small feathers they do make haire for their idols. There is also an herbe, which being washed in warme water, if the leafe thereof be laide on any member and licked with the toong, it will draw out all the blood of a mans body : and with this leafe they vse to let themselues blood. From these Islands they came vnto others named the Guclles standing one degree towards the north, cast, and west from the Isle Terenate, wherein the Portugals haue a fortresse : these men are haired like the people of the \falucoes. These Islands stande l)i4. leagues from the Island named Moro ; and from Terenate betwdene 40. and 50. From whence they went to the Isle of Moro, & the Islads of Clones, going from the one vnto the other. But the people of the countrey would not suflier them to come on lande, saying vnto them : Go vnto the fortresse where the captain Antonie Galuano is, and we will recciue you with a good will : for they would not suffer them to come on land without his licence : for he was factor of the countrey, as they named him. A thing woorthie to be noted, that those of the coun- Thc case now is trcy wcrc SO affcctioned to the Portugals, that they would venter for them their lines, wiues, much altered. i -i i i i o ' j ' ^ children and goods. I'cdro dt cie?a In tlic ydcrc 1537. the licenciate lohn de Vadillo gouernour of Cartagena, went out od armie from a porte of Vraba called Saint Sebastian dc bucna Vista, being in the gulfe of Vraba, and from thence to llio verdc, & from thence by land without knowing any way, nor yet hauing any carriages, they went to the end of the countrey La Plata. of Pcru, and to the towne La plata, by fhe space of 1200. leagues: a thing woorthie of The moumaines memorie. For from this riuer to the mountaines of Abibe the countrey is full of hils, thicke forrcsts of trdcs, and many riuers ; and for lacke of a beaten way, they had pierced sides. The mount.iines of Abibe as it is recorded haue 20. leagues in bredth. They must be passed oucr in lanuarie, Februarie, March, and Apriil. And from that time forward it raincth much, and the riuers will be so greatly encrcased, that you cannot passe for them. There are in those mountaines many lieards of swine, many dantcs, lyons, tvgcrs, beares, ounses, and great cats, and monkeis, and inightie snakes and other such vcrmine. Also there be in these mountaines abundance of partridges, quailcs, turtle doiies, pigeons, and other Guclles IsIandSi Terenate. Moro. MoluccT. Antonie Gal- liano, the author of this buuki:. parte piimcra de -.i la Chronica del ^^'''' " Veru cap. 9. Jc cap. 107. of Abibe. . ii!i:. iscouevks killed his He Avas in c state of ! yet be at ■ the Equi- it purpose issarie. He r vnto one to succour were cotn- lU of land, toward the Islands of of another )ther Island to the sight land named :\, and from I the people so giuen to rits do finde i not to goc, as a Crane : ke a Deere : lerbe, which 1 licked with jey vse to let gree towards e a fortresse : 124. leagues whence they J other. But to them : C»o I with a good he was factor of the coun- liucs, wiues, |ia, went out Vista, being land without |thc countrey woorthie of full of hils, had pierced They must line forward it isse for them, gcrs, beares, Irmine. Also 1 pigeons, and other of the World. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. 4$ ■a other birdes and foules of sundric sorts. Likewise in the riuers is such plentie of fish, that they did kill of them with their staucs : and carrying canes and nets they affirme that a great army might be sustained that way without being distressed for want of victuals. Moreouer they declared the diuersities of the people, toongs, and apparell that they obserued in the countries, kin'^domes, and proninccs which they went through, and the great trauels and dangers that they were in till they came to the towne called Villa de la Plata, and vnto the valadeUPi.tH. sea thereunto adioyning. This was the greatest discouerie that hath b^ene heard of by land, and in so short a time. And if it had not b^ene done in our daies, the credite thereof would haue bdenc doubt full. In the ye, herons, pigeons, partriges, quailcs, and many other kindes of birdes. There are also a cert.iine kinde of fowle like vnto a ducke which hath no wings toflie withall, but it hath fine thinne feathers which couer all the body. Likewise there are bitters that make war with the seale or sea wolfe: for finding them out of the water they will labour to picke out their eies, that they may not s^e to get to the water againe, and then they doe kill them. They ili'jjlj" ''ill' !■■! ..>•* 1 ■;,!'. I '■Mil Wit. :^ I'.fir't; ■.I • i Mw-i ' . « I ;' 46 Xaces 1 Iclnde of great sheep* that nten lidc vpon. VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Late Discouei'tes Ramusius 3. vol fo!.36j. Gomira hist, gen. lib. cap. 3«. Cumaco. Cinamom tiees. Wild Ciiiamam in the Islands of laua. Coca. F.I pongo, a mighty tall of a riuer. Gucmi. They say it in a pleasant sight to behold the fight betwecne the said bitters andsealen. With the beards of these scales men make cleane their tdeth, because they be wholesome for the toothach. There are ccrtaine beastes which those of the countrey call Xacos, and the Span- yards shdepe, because they beare wooll like vnto a sh.i^epc, but are made much like vnto a decre, hauing a saddle backe like vnto a camcll. They will carrie the burthen of 100. weight. The Spanyards ride vpon them, and when they be wearie they will turne their heads backward, and void out of their niouthes a woonderful stinking water. From the riucr of Plata and Lima southward there br^edc no crocodiles nor lizard.^, no snakes, nor any kinde of venemous vcrmine, but great store of good fishes brdede in those riuers. On the coast of Saint Michael in The South sea there are many rocks of salt couered with egges. On the point of Saint Helena are certaine Well springs which cast foorth a liquor, that serueth in stead of pitch and tarre. They say that in Chili there is a fountaine, the water whereof will conuert wood into stone. In the hauen of Tru.\illo there is a lake of fresh water, and the bottome thereof is of good hard .salt. In the Andes beyond Xauxa there is a riuer of fresh water, in the bottome whereof there lieth white salt. Also they affirme by the report of those of the countrey, that there haue dwelt giants in Pent, of whose statures they found in Porto viejo, and in the hauen of Truxillo, bones and iawes with teeth, which were thr6e and fower fingers long. In the y^ere 1540. the captaine Ferdinando Alorchon went by the commandement of the Viceroy Don Antonio dc Mendoja with two ships to discoucr the bottome of the gulfe of California, and diuers other countries. In this y6ere 1540. Gonsaluo Pisarro went out of the citie of Quito to discouer the countrey of Canell or Cinamome, a thing of great fame in that countrey. He had with him two hundred Spanyards horsemen and footemen, and thr^e hundred Indians to carrie burthen.s. He went forward til he came to Giiixos, which is the farthest place gouerned by the Ingas : where there happened a great earthquake with raine and lightning, which sunke 70. houses. They passed ouer cold and siiowie hils, where they found many Indians frozen to death, maruclling much of the great snowe that they found vnder the Equinoctiall line. From nence thev went to a proiiince called Cumaco, where they tarried two monethcs because it rained continually. And beyond they sawe the Cinamome trdes, which be very great, the leaues thereof resembling bay Iceues, both leaues, branches, rootes, and all tasting of Cina- mome. The rootes h:iue the whole taste of Cinamome. But the best are certaine knops like vnto Alcornoques or aconies, which are good marchandise. It app^ereth to be wikle Cinamome, and there is much of it in the East Indies, and in the Islands of laoa or laua. From hence they went to the prouince and citie of Coca, where they rested fifty dales. From that place forwards they trauailcd along by a riucrs side being GO. leagues long, with- out finding of any bridge, nor yet any foorde to passe ouer to the other side. Thev found one place of this riuer, where it had a fall of 200. fathoms deepe, where the wafer made such a noise, that it would make a man almost deafe to stand by it. And not far beneath this fall, thev sav they found a chanell of stone very smooth, of two hundred footc broad, and the riuer runneth by : and there they made a bridge to passe ouer on the other side, where they went to a countrey called Guema, which was so poore, that they could get nothing to eate but onely fruits and hcrbe*. From that place forward they found a people of some re.ison, wearing ccrtaine clothing made of cotton wooll, where they made a brigaiuline, & there they found also certaine Canoas, wherein they put their sicke men, and their treasure and best apparell, giuing the charge of them to one Francis de Orellana : and Gonsaluo Pizarro went by land with the rest of the companie along by the riuers side, and at night went into the boatcs, and they trauailed in this order two hundred leagues as it appcereth When Pizarro came to the place where he thought to finde the brigandine and Canoas, and could haue no sight of them nor yet heare of them, he tiiought himseife out of all hope, because he was in a strange countrey without victuales, clothing, or any thing else : wherefore thry were Faine to eate their horses, yea and dogs also, because the countrey was poore and bar- ren, and the iourney long, to goe to Quito. Yet notwithstanding taking a good hart to thcmselucs Oiscoueries ties. With ome for the d the Span- like vnto a len of 100. I turne their • lizards no eJe in those salt couered cast foorth a a fountaine, s is a lake of yond Xauxa , Also they I in Peni, of id iawes with lement of the ■ the gulfe of discouer the had with him irrie burthens, by the Ingas : ke 70. houses, ozen to death, II line. From hcs because it fry great, the isting of Cina- ertaine knops th to be wikle ia or laua. :ed fifty daies. es long, with- They found le water made >r beneath this broad, and the e, where they othing to eate some reason, dine, & there ir treasure and )nsaluo Pizarro ight went into ■ereth When oas, and could lope, because wherefore thry loore and bar- good hart to thcm«eUvcs oftlie Wurld. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. 47 themselues they went on forwards in their iourney, trauailing continually 18. monethes, and it is reported, that they went almost 5. hundred leagues, wherein they did neither s6e sunne nor any thing else whereby they might be comforted, wherefore of two hundred men which went ioorth at the first, there returned not backe past ten vnto Quito, and these so weake, ragged, and disfigured that they knew them not. Orellana went fine hundred or sixe hundred leagues downe the riuer, seeing tliuers countreyes and people on both sides thereof, among whom he affirmed some to be Aniazones. He came into Castile, excusing himselfe, that the water and streames draue him dowiie perforce. This riuer is named The riuer of Orellana, & ^'"> ''« O""'"'- other name it the riuer of the Amazones, because there be women there which Hue like vnto them. In the y^'ere 1540. Cortes went with his wife into Spume where he died of a disease seuen y^eres alter. In the ycere 1541. it is recorded that Don Stephan de Gama gouernour of India sailed to- ward the sfreit of Mecca. He came with al his fl^ete vnto an anker in the Island of Mapua, andMa9ua. from thence vpwards in small shipping he went along the coast of the Abassins and Ethiopia, till he came to the Island of Suachen, standing in 20. degrees towardes the north, and fromSuach». thence to the haucn of Cossir, standing in 27. degrees, and .so he crossed ouer to the citie of Coss""- Toro standing on the shore of Arabia, and along by it he went vnto Suez, which is the Tom. farthest cnde of the strejt, and so he turned backe the same way, leauing thit countrey and ""' coast discouered so far as neuer any other Portugall captaine had done, although Lopez Suarcz gouernour of India went to the hauen of luda, and the hauen of Mecca standing on the coast of Arabia in 23. degrees of latitude, and 1.50. leagues from the mouth of thestreit. Don Stephan du Gama crossing ouer from Cossir to the citie of Toro, as it is reported found an Island of Brimstone, which was dispeopled by the hand of Mahumet, wherein many crabs An islander doe breede. which increase nature : wherefore they be greatly esteemed of such as are vn- Red "«.' '" chaste. Also they say that there are in this streit many roses which open when women are in their labour. lohn Leo writeth in the very end of his Geographic which he made of Africa, that there is in the mountaines of Atlas a roote called Surnag, ouer which if a maid chance to make water shoe shall leese her virginitie. In the same y^ere 1541. Don Diego de Almagro killed the Marques Francis Pizarro, and his brother Francis Martinez of Alcantara in the citie de los Reyes, otherwise called Lima, and made himselfe gouernour of that countrey. In the ycere 1.540. the Viceroy Don Antony de Mendoza sent one Francis Vasquez deGomaraiust. Coronado by land vnto the prouince of Sibola, with an armie of Spaniards and Indians, f,"" ''''• ''"'' They went out of Mexico, and came to Culuacan, and from thence to Sibola, which standethsiboU in 30. degrees of latitude. They required peace with the people and some victuals, being thereof destitute. But they answered that they vsed not to giue any thing to those that came vnto them in warlike manner. So the Spaniards assaited the towne and tooke it, and called it Nueua Granada, because the generall himselfe was borne in Granada. The soldiers found themselues deceiued by the words of the Friers, which had b^ene in those parts before ; and because they woulde not returne backe to Mexico againe with emptie hands, they went to the towne of Acuco, where they had knowledge of Axa and Quiuira, where there was a king aoco. very rich, that did worship a cros.se of golde, and the picture of the qu6ene of Heauen. They indured many extremities in this iourney, and ihe Indians fled away from them, and in one morning they found thirtie of their horses dead. From Cicuic they went to Quiuira, cir. which was two hundred leagues oti; according to their account, passing all through a plaine ^" countrey, and it nking by the way certaine hillocks of cowe dung, because thereby they might not loose their way in their returne. They had there haile-stones as bigge as Oranges. Now when they were come to Quiuira, they found the king called Tatarrax, which they sought for, with a iewell of copper hanging about his necke, which was all his riches. '1 hey saw neither any crosse, nor any image of the queene of Heauen, nor any other token _ ol Christian religion. It is written of this countrey that it is but smally inhabited, princi-gen!"ub!5.'«r. pally '8. a. 19- Jircmc. 48 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Late Discoueriti i' i , vlv '!t- (iSf; ■■■|:t:'> ■i I X ■ ('I;.," '4 .r>....,:::, '^■\M %% . - '■ r i: 'II ■ 1 J I ■ '•i 1*; ii^:- 1 '' ' I i , ' 1' ■ ly. ■ 1 ' 1 ' ■ ■ii t; : I] Uli \ ' !l ■ ilJ pally in the plaine and champion places, because the men and women goe in herds with their cattcll, whereof they haue great plentie, euen as the Arabians do in Barbarie, and they re- mooiie from place to place, euen as the season scrueth, and the pastures to fdede their ho"/'"'''^" cattle. In these parts arc certaine beasts almost as bigge as horses, they haue very great homes, and they beare wooll like vnto sh^epe, and so the Spaniards call them. They haue abundance of oxen verie monstrous, being camel backed, and hauing long beards, and on their neckc long manes like vnto horses. They line with eating of these oxen and drinking of their blood, and apparell themselues with the skins of the same. The most part of the flesh that tliey do eatc is rawe, or euiil rosted, for they lacke pots to s<;eth it in. They cut their meat with certaine kniues made of flint stone. Their fruite are damsons, hasel-nuts, ^^^'j'^7'"ei° walnuts, melons, grapes, pines, and mulberies. There be dogges so bigge, that one of .In their baVk5. them alohc will hold a bnll, though he be neuer so wilde. When they remooue, these dogs do Carrie their children, wiues, and stutTe vpon their backcs, and they are able to carrie fiftie pound waight. I passe ouer many things, because the order which I follow will not permit me to be long. In the yeere of our Lord 1542. one Diego de Freitas being in the realme of Siam, and in citie of Dodra as captaine of a ship, there fled from him thr6e Portugals in a lunco (which is a kind of ship) towards China. Their names were Antony de Mota, Francis Zeimoro, and Antony Pexoto, directing their course to the citie of Liampo, standing in 30. and odde degrees of latitude. There fell vpon their stcrne such a storme, that it set them off the land, and in fe we dales they sawe an Island towards the east standing in 3';J. degrees, which they i«pan discouered do name lapau, which seemeth to be the Isle of Zipangri, whereof Paulus Venetus maketh kythmce. mention, and of the riches thereof. And this Island of lapan hath gold, silucr, and other riches. In this y^ere 1542. Don Antonio de Mendo^a Viceroy of Nueua Spagna, sent his cap- taines and pilots to disrouer the coast of Cape del Enganno, where a fl^ete of Cortez had been before. They sailed till thcv came to a place called Sierras Neuadas, or The snowie mountaines, standing in 40. degrees toward the north, where they saw ships with merchan- dises, which carried on their stems the images of certaine birdes called Alcatrarzi, and had uomara iiist. the yards ofthcir sailcs gilded, and their prowesse laid ouer with siluer. They seemed to be ge^n. lib. 6. cap. j,{- jj^g jj^jp, ^jj- Japan, or of China ; for they said that it was not aboue thirtie dales sailing vnto their coiintrey. Gonurahist. In tlic samc vecrc \b\2. Don Antony de Mendof;a sent vnto the Islands of Mindanao a gfn. 1 .4.car. fjj..■'.''■ < s • • ; 'i- '■'';■■■ !' ' ' ■ 1 '•'1 The Isle of Moro. Anionic 0>lu>- no gon oul of the Malucu. Oi Pipuai. NuuaCuiiw*. The hie of l.u;oDU< Silutrmorc tMccimd liiea gold. Moscouie di^ covered by sea, by the English. the vizeroy Don Antonie de Mendo^a his cousin. Some suspected, that they went to Maluco« others to China, others, that they went onely to discouer the land betwixt the streite and the land of Peru on the other side of Chili, because it was reported to be very rich in gold and siluer. But this flcete by reason of contrary windes could not passe the streit, yet one small barke passed the same, and sailed along the coast, and discouered all the land, till he came vnto Chirimai, and Arequipa, which was aboue 500. leagues, for the rest was alreadie discouered by Diego de Almagro. and Francis Pizarro, and their captaines and people at diuers times. By this it app^ereth, that from The streit of the Equinoctial line on both sides is wholy discouered. In the y^ere 1545. & in the moneth of lanuarie Rui Lopez de villa Lobos, and Giraldo with the Castilians came to the Island of Moro, and the citie of Camafo, where they were well receiued of the kings of Gilolo and Tidore, and of the people of the countrey (because Antony Galuano was gone) and put the Captaine Don George de Castro to great trouble, asapp^ered by those things which passed betw^ene him and the Portugals, and the great expences where- unto he put the fortresse. In the same y^ere 1545. Rui Lopez de villa Lobos sent from the Island of Tidore another ship towards New Spaine by the south side of the line, wherein was captaine one Inigo Ortez de Rotha, and for pilot one laspar Rico. They sailed to the coast of Os Papuas, and ranged all along the same, and because they knew not that Saauedra had b^ene there before, they chalenged the honor and fame of that discouerie. And because the people there were blacke and had frisled haire, they named it Nueua Guinea. For the memorie of Saauedra as then was almost lost. As all things else do fall into obliuion, which are not recorded and illus- trated by writing. In thisydere 1545. and in the moneth of lune, there went a lunk from the citie of Borneo, wherein went a Portugall called Peter Fidalgo, and by contrary windes he was driuen to- wards the north ; where he founde an Island standing in 9. or 10. degrees, that stretched it selfe to 22. degrees of latitude, which is called The Isle of the Lu^ones, because the inhabitants thereof were so named. It may haue some other name and harborowes, which as yet we know not : it runneth from the north vnto the southwest, and standeth betw^ene Mindanao and China. They say they sailed along by it 250. leagues, where the land was fruitfull and well couered, and they affirme, that there they will giue two Pezos of gold for oneof siluer: and yet it standeth not farre from the countrey of China. In the ydere 1553. there went out of England certaine shipping, and as it app^ered they sailed northward along the coast of Norway and Finmark, and from thence east, till they came betwdene 70. and 80. degrees vnto Moscouie, for so far one of the ships went : but I know not what became of the rest : & this was the last discouerie made vntil this time. From this lande of Moscouie eastward you saile vnto Tartary, and at the farther end of it standeth the countrey arrl prouince of China. It is said that betweene China and Tartary there is a wall aboue 200. leaguei; in length, standing n^ere vnto 50. degrees of latitude. Now I gather by all the precedent discoueries, that the whole earth is in circuite 360. degrees according to the Geometrie thereof: and to eucry degree the ancient writers allow 17. leagues & a halfe, which amount vnto 6300. leagues yet I take it thateuery degree is iust 17. leagues. Howsoeuer it be, all is discouered and sailed from the east vnto the west almost euen as the sunne compasseth it : but from the south to the north there is great difference ; for towardes the north pole there is found discouered no more than 77. or 78. degr *' :9 mand I. D. THE WORLDS HYDROGRAPHICALL OBJECTIONS AGAINST AL NORTHERLY DISCOUERIES. ;''f« THE ALL * impediments in nature, and circumstances of former practises duly considered. The Northerly passage to China seme very improbable. For first it is a matter very doiibtfull whether there bee any such pnssage or no, sitn it hath beene so often attempted and neuer performed, as by historical relation appeareth, whereby wee may fully perswade our selucs that America and Asia, or some other continent are soconioyncd togeather as that it is impoHsible for any such passage to be, the certaintie whereof is substantially proiied vnto vs by the experience of Sebastian Gabota an expert Pylot, and a man reported of especiall iudgcment, who being that wayes imployed returned without successe. lasper Corteriallis a man of no meane practise did likewise put the s'^nte in execution, with diuers others, all which in the best parte haue concluded ignorance. If not a full consent of such matter. And therfore sith practise hath reproued the same, there is no reason why men should dote vpon so great an incertayntie, but if a passage may bee prooued and that the contenentes are disioyned whereof there is small hope, yet the impcdimentes of the clymate (wherein the same is supposed to lie) are such, and so offensiue as that all hope is thereby likewise vtterly secluded, for with the frozen zone no reasonable creature will deny, but that the ex- trcmitie of colde is of such forceable action, (being the lest in the fulnes of his owne na- ture without mitigation,) as that it is impossible for any mortall creature to indurc the same, by the vertue of whose working power, those Northerly Seas are wholly congealed, making but one mas or contenent of yse, which is the more credible because the ordenary experience of our fishermen geueth vs sufficient notice thereof, by reason of the great quantitie of yse whieh they find to be brought vpon the cost of newefound land from those Northerne re- gions. By the aboundance whereof they are so noysomly pestred, as that in many weekes they haue not beene able to recouer the shore, yea and many times recouer it not vntill the season of fishing bee ouer passed. This then being so in the Septentrionall latitude of 46, 47 and 48 degrees, which by natures benifit are latitudes of better temperature than ours of England, what hope should there remayne for a nauegable passing to be by the nonvest, in the altitude of 60, 70 or 80 degres, as it may bee more Northerly, when in these temperate partes of the world the shod of that frozen sea breadeth such noysome pester : as the pore lisherme doe continually sustain. And therfore it seemeth to be more then ignorance that men should attempt Nauigation in desperate clymates and through seas congeled that neuer dissolue, where the stiffnes of the colde maketh the ayre palpably grosse without certainty that the landes are disioyned. * Ilakluyt has published an extract from this treatise in his Collection of Voyages ; but the orii;inal work is s» very wre and occupies so small a space that it has been deemed eligible to reprint it entire. Epir. All 56 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, The Worldes ■^'i ; 1 •■ iilc All which impediments if they were not, yet in that part of the world, Nauigation can- not be performed as ordenarily it is vsed, for no ordenarie sea chart can describe those re- gions either in the partes Geographicall or Ilydrographicall, where the Meridians doc so spedily gather thcmseliies togeather, the parallels beeing a verye small proportion to a great circle, where quicke and vncertayne variation of the Compasse may greatly hinder or vt- terly onerthrow the attempt. So that for lack of Curious lyned globes to the right vse of Naiiigation; with many other instniments either vnknowne or out of vse, and yet of neccs- sitie for that voyage, it should with great difficultie be attayned. All which the premises considered I refer the conclusion of these obiections and certainty of tliis passage to the gc- ncrail opinion of my louing countrymen, whose dangerous attemptes in those desperate vn- certainlics I wish to be altered, and better imployed in matters of great probabilitie. To prove a passage by the Norwest, without any land impedimcnfcs to hinder the same, by aucthoritie of writters, and experience of trauellers, contrary to the former obieclioiis. HOmcr an ancient writer afli'-meth that the world being dcuided into Asia, Africa, and Eu- rope is an Hand, which is likt\« se so reported by Strabo in his first book of Cosmographie, Pomponius Mela in his third < ke, Higinius, Solinus, with others. Whereby it is manifest that America was then vndiscouered and to them vnknowne, otherwise they would haue made relation of it as of the rest. Neither could they in reason haue reported Asia, Africa and Europa to bee an Hand vnles they had knowne the same to beconioyned and in all his partes) to be iiuiironed with the seas. And further America being very nccre of equall quantitie with all the rest could not be reported as a parte either of Africa, Asia, or Europa in the or- denarie ly mites of discretion. And therefore of necessitie it must be concluded that Asia, Africa and Europa the first rcueiled world being knowne to bee an Hand, America must like- wise be in the same nature because in no parte it conioyneth with the first. By experience of Trauellcre to proue this passage. ANd that wee ncede not to range after forrayne and ancient autliorities, whereat curious wittes may take many exceptions, let vs consider the late discoueryes performed, within the space of two ages not yet passed, whereby it shall so manifestly appeare that Asia, Africa, aiul Europa are knit togeather, making one C(mtinent, & are wholy inuironed with the seas, as that no reasonable creature sliall haue occasion tliereof to doubt. And first beginning at the north of Europe, from the north cape in 71 degrees, whereby our merchantes passe in their trade to S. Nicholas in Rouscia descending towardes the South, the Nauigation is with- out impediment to the cape of Bona Esperanca, ordcnarilie tr.ided '■ Worldes )orted the ' in dread home like f attempt, wayes im- due com- rho being thstanding pt. Whose ;me, & tit Dued to be ; the world, me, which 5c vnresist- 3 that once of shelues, ad dread in ling of the hether Ma- 3rake, con- the notable tions of the iich perpe- ;t prouision rough Gods asting com- e execution pe of Saint the straight jtfull. This broad & 8 rstc, which that agayne ;nt swiftnes which due, in the true be directly probable to where the that beate broder then inell bering leagCHonly ow perilous vas knownc. arke nights, :'.tion in the !ed the same 10 phce as I t ccrtaynty, d thiit these titraightcs Hifdrographical Discription. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. 90 straightes doe. And this straight is founde to be 1200 leages from any parte of Africa so that truely it is manifest that these two landes are by no small distance scperated. And after that Syr Frauncis was entred into the South Seas he coasted all the Westerne shores of America vntill he came into the Septentrionall latitude of forty eight degrees being on the batke syde of Newfound land. And from thence shaping his course towardes Asia found by his trauells that the Ills of Mohicz are distant from America more then two hun- dreth leages, howe then can Asia & Af ica be conioyned & make one continent to hinder the passage, the men yet liuing that can ,.°pi'oue the same, but this conceipt is the bastard of ignorance borne through the fornication of the malitious multitude that onely desire to hinder when themselues can doe no good. Now their onely resteth the North parts of America, vpcn which coast my selfe haue had most experience of any in our age : for thrise I was that waye imployed for the discouery of this notable passage, by the honourable care and some charge of Syr Francis Walsingham knight, principall secretary to her Maiestie, with whom diuers noble men and worshipfull marchants of London ioyned in purse and wiilingnesse for the furtherance of that attempt, but when his honour dyed the voyage was friendlesse, and mens mindes alienated from ad- uenturing therein. In my first voyage not experienced of the nature of those climates, and hauing no The t. voyage. direction either by Chart, Globe, or other certaine relation in what altitude that passage was to be searched, I shaped a Northerly course and so sought the same toward the South, and in that my Northerly course I fell vpon the shore which in ancient time was called Greenland^ fiue hundred leagues distant from the Durseys Westnorthwest Northerly, the land being very high and full of mightie mountaines all couered with snow, no viewe of wood, grasse or earth to be seene, and the shore two leagues off into the sea so full of yce as that no shipping could by any meanes come neere the same. The lothsome view of the shore, and irksome noyse of the yce was such, as that it bred strange conceites among vs, so that we supposed the place to be wast and voyd of any sensible or vegitable creatures, whereupon I called the same Desolation : so coasting this shore towards the South in the latitude of sixtie degrees, I found it to trend towards the West, I still followed the leading therof in the same height, and after fifty or sixtie leagues it fayled and lay directly North, which I still followed, and in thirtie leagues sayling vpon the West side of this coast by me named Desolation, wc were past al the yce and found many greene & pleasant Isles bordering vpon the shore, but the mountaines of the maine were still couered with great quantities of snow, I brought my ship among those Isles and there mored to refresh ounielues in our weary trauell, in the latitude of sixtie foure degrees or there about. The people of the countrey hauing espyed our shippes came downe vnto vs in their Canoas, & holding vp their right hand to the Sunnc and crying Yliaout, would strike their breasts : we doing the like the people came aboard our shippes, men of good stature, vnbearded, small eyed and of tractable conditions, by whome as signes would permit, we vnderstood that towards the North and West there was a great sea, and vsing the people with kindenes in giuing them nayles and kniues which of all thmgs they most desired, we departed, and finding the sea free from yce supposing our selues to be past al daunger we shaped our course Westnorthwest thinking thereby to passe for China, but in the latitude of sixtie sixe degrees we fell with another shore, and there found another passage of twenty leagues broad directly West into the same, which we sup- posed to be our hoped straight, we entered into the same thirty or fortie leagues, finding it neither to wyden nor streighten, then considering that the yeere was spent (for this was in the fine of August) not knowing the length of the straight and dangers thereof, we tooke it our best course to returne with notice of our good successe for this small time of search. And so returning in a sharpe fret of Westerly windes the 29. of September we arriued at Dartmouth. And acquainting master Secretary with the rest of the honourable and worshipfull aduenturers of all our proceedings, I was appointed againe the second yere to search the bottome of this straight, because by all likelihood it was the place and passage by vs laboured for. In this second attempt the marchants of Exeter, and other places of the The a. voyajt. 1 3 West 60 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, The Worldes IM ■:1- i I 1 ! The North parts ot" Ame- tica, all Islands. fr. V! j. Toyagt, West became adiienturers in the action, so that being sufficiently furnished for sixe moneths, and hauin<; direction to search these straights, vntill we found the same to fall into another sea vpon the West side of this part of America, we should againe returne : for then it was not to be doubled, but shipping with trade might safely be conueied to China and the parts of Asia. We departed from Dartmouth, and ariuing vnto the South part of the coast of Desolation coasted the same vpon his West shore to the latitude of sixetie sixe degrees, and there ancored among the Isles bordering vpon the same, where we refreshed our selues, the people of this place came likewise vnto vs, by whom I vnderstood through their signes that towards the North the sea was large. At this place the chiefe ship whereupon I trusted, called the Mcrmayd of Dartmouth, found many occasions of discontentment, and being vnwilling to proceed, shee there forsook me. Then considering how I had giuen my faith and most constant promise to my worshipfuU good friend master William Sanderson, who of all men was the greatest aduenturer in that action, and tooke such care for the performance thereof that he hath to my knowledge at one time disbursed as much money as any fiue others wliatsoeuer out of his owne purse, when some of the companie haue bene slackc in giuing in their aduenture : And also knowing that I should loose the fauor of M. Secretary Wal- singham, if I should shrink from his direction ; in one small barke of 30 Tunnes, whereof M. Sanderson was owner, alone without farther comfort or company I proceeded on my voyage, and arriuing at these straights followed the same 80 leagues, vntill I came among many Islands, where the water did cbbe and flow sixe fadome vpright, and where there had bene great trade of people to make traine. But by such things as there we found, wee knew that they were not Christians of Europe that had vsed that trade : in fine by searching with our boat, we found small hope to passe any farther that way, and therefore retourning agayne recouered the sea and coasted the shore towards the South, and in so doing (for it was too late to search towards the North) we found another great inlet neere 40 leagues broad, where the water entered in with violent swiftnesse, this we also thought might be a pa-ssage : for no doubt the North partes of America are all Islands by ought that I could percciue therein : but because I was alone in a small barke of thirtie tunnes, and the yeere spent, I entred not into the same, for it was now the seuenth of September, but coasting the she'' tov.aides the South wee saw an incredible number of birds : hauing diners fishermea aboord our barke they all concluded that there was a great skull of fish, we being vnprouided of fishing furniture with a long spike nayle made a hooke, and fastening the same to one of our sounding lines, before the baite was changed we tooke more than fortie great Cods, the fish swimming so abundantly thicke about our barke as is incredible to bee reported, of which with a small portion of salt that we had, we preserued some thirtie couple, or thereaboutes, and so returned for England. And hauing reported to M. Secretarie Walsingham the whole successe of this attempt, he commanded me to present vnto the most honourable Lord high Treasurour of England, some part of that fish : which when his Lordship saw, & heard at large the relation of this second attempt, I rcceiued fauourable countenance from his honour, aduising me to prosecute the action, of which his Lordship conceiued a very good opinion. The next yere, although diners of the aduenturers fell from the Action, as all the Westerne marchants, and most of those in London : yet some of the aduenturers both honorable & worshipfuU continued their willing fauour and charge, 80 that by this meanes the next yere two shippes were appointed for the fishing and one pinnesse for the discouerie. Departing from Dartmouth, through Gods mercifull fauour, I arriued at the place of fish- ing, and there according to my direction I left the two ships to follow that biisines, taking their faithful promise not to depart vntill my returne vnto them, which should be in the fine of August, and so in the barke I proceeded for the discouerie : but after my departure, in sixeteene dayes the two shippes had finished their voyage, and so presently departed for England, without regard of their promise : my selfe not distrusting any such hard measure proceeded for the discouerie, and followed my course in the free and open sea betweene North and Northwest to the latitude of 67 degrees, and there I might see America West from me. -#f, Worldes moneths, o another n it was the parts e coast of jrecs, and id lies, the ignes that 1 trusted, and being n my faith m, who of jrformance fine others ; in giiiing etary Wal- s, whereof led on my \me among e there had Pound, wee y searching retourning ning ( for it 40 leagues might be a hat I could les, and the lenibcr, but rds : hauing at skull of hooke, and ed we tooke barke as is e preserued reported to e to present fish : which I rcceiued f which his aduenturers yet some ami charge, linsr and one )lace of fish- ines, taking e in the fine eparture, in departed for ard measure ea betweene a West from mCj Ili/drographical Discription. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. me, and Desolation, East : then when I saw the land of both sides I began to distrust it would prooue but a gulfe : notwithstanding desirous to know the full certainty I proceeded, and in 68 degrees the passage enlarged, so that I could not see the Westerne shore : thus I continued to the latitude of IS degrees, in a great sea, free from yce, coasting the Westerne shore of Desolation : the people came continually rowing out vnto mo in their Canoas, twenty, forty, and one hundred at a time, and would giue me fishes dryed, Salmon, Salmon peale. Cod, Caplin, Lumpe, Stone-base and such like, besides diuers kinds of birds, as Partrige, Fesant, Guls, Sea birds and other kindes of flesh : I still laboured by signes to know from tl ?m what they knew of any sea toward the North, they still made signes of a great sea as we vnderstood them, the I departed from that coast, thinking to discouer the North parts of America : & after I had sailed towards the West 40 leagues, I fel vpon a great banke of yce : the winde being North and blew much, I was constrained to coast the same toward the South, not seeing any shore West from me, neither was there any yce towards the North, but a great sea, free, large very salt and blew, & of an vnsearcheable depth : So coasting towards the South I came to the place where I left the ships to fish, but found them not. Then being forsaken & left in this distresse referring my self to the mercifull prouidence of God, I shaped my course for England, & vnhoped for of any, God alone releeuing me, I arriued at Dartmouth. By this last discouery it seemed most manifest that the passage was free & without impediment toward the North: but by reason of the Spanish fleet & vnfortunate time of M. Secretaries death, the voyage was omitted & neuer sitheiis attempted. The cause why I vse this particular relation of all my proceedings for this discouery, is to stay this obiection, why hath not Dauis discouered this passage being thrise that wayes imploied ? IIow far I proceeded Sc in what forme this discouery lieth, doth appeare vpon the Globe which M. Sanderson to his very great charge hath published, for the which he deserueth great fauor & commendations. Made by master Emery MuUi- neux a man wel qualited of a good iudgement & very experte in many excellent practises, in niyselfe being the onely meane with master Sanderson to imploy master Mulineux therem, whereby he is now growne to a most exquisite perfection. Anthony de Mendoza viceroy of Mexico, sent certayne of his captaynes by land & also a nauy of ships by sea to search out the Norwest passage, who affirmed by his letters dated from Mexico in anno 1541 vnto the Emperour being then in Flaunders, that towardes the Norwest hee had founde the Kingdome of Cette, Citta, Alls, Ceuera, scuen cities & howe beyond the sayd Kingdome farther towardes the Norwest, Francisco Vasques of Coronado hauing passed great desarts came to the sea side, where he found certayne shippes which sayled by that sea with merchandize, & had in their banners vpon the prows of their shippes, certayne fowles made of golde & siluer, named Alcatra/zi, Sc that the mariners signified vnto him by signes, that they were thirtie dayes comming from Asia he Noreast haue good is a matter jme by the ley were of ;a consider- tt there is a lappines & ould be the yeiding all the fuhics rail & arti- & by the ing thereby irorlde, then )roelamed. no longer our without ts to hinder ed impedi- e seas, it is the velie- are drawn nee & long g power of )n to hinder world, his eerenes to cold. And therefore ?f. Hydrographical Discription. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. therefore those seas remayne for euer vndissolued. Which if it be so, that the nature of cold can congeale the seas, it is very likely that his first working power, beginneth vpon the vpper face of the waters, & so descending worketh his effect, which if it were, howe then commeth it to passe that shippes sayle by the North cape, to Saint Nicholas fiue degrees or more within the frozen zone, & finde the seas free from pester of yse, the farther from the shore the clearer from yse. And myselfe likewise howe coulde I haue sayled to the septen- trionall latitude of seuentie flue degrees, being nine degrees within the frozen zone, be- twecne two lands where the sea was straightened not fortie leages broade in some places, & thereby restrained from the violent motion & set of the maine occian & yet founde the same Naiiigable & free from yse not onely in the midst of the chaneil, but also close aborde the c'stern shore by me name Desolation, & therefore what neede the repetition of authorities from writers, or wrested philosophical reasons, when playne experience maketh the matter so manifest, & yet I deny not but that I haue scene in some part of those seas, tow sortes of yse, in very great quantity, as a kind of yse by seamen name ylands of yse, being very high aboue the water, fortie & fiftie fadomes by estimation & higher, & euery of those haue beene seuen times as much vnder the water, which I haue proued by taking a peece of yse & haue put the same in a vessell of salt water, & still haue found the seuenth part thereof to bee aboue the water, into what forme soeuer I haue reduced the same, & this kind of yse is nothing but snow, which falleth in those great peeces, from the high mountains bordering close vpon the shore depe seas. (For all the sea coastes of Desolation are moun- tains of equal! height with the pike of Tenerif with verye great vallies betweene them) which I haue seene incredible to bee reported, that vpon the toppe of some of these ylls of yse, there haue beene stones of more then one hundreth tonnes wayght, which in his fall, that snowe hath tome from the clyffs, & in falling maketh such an horible noyse as if there were one hundreth canons shot of at one instant, & this kind of yse is verye white, & freshe, & with shore winds is many times beaten far of into the seas, perhaps twentie leages & that is the farthest distance that they haue euer bin seene from the shore. The other kind is called flake yse, blue, very heard & thiiine not aboue three fadomes thick at the farthest, & this kinde of yse bordreth close vpon the shore. And as the nature of heate with apt vessels de- uideth the pure spirit from his grosse partes by the coning practise of distillation : so doth the colde in these regions deuide & congeale the fresh water from the salt, nere such shores where by the aboundance of freshe riuers, the saltnes of the sea is mittigated, & not else where, for all yse in general beeing dissolued is very fresh water, so that by the experience of all that haue euer trauclled towardes the North it is well knowne that the sea neuer fryseth, but wee know that the sea dissolueth this yse with great speede, for in twentie foure houres I haue seen an ylande of yse turne vp & downe, as the common phrase is, because it hath melted so fast vnder water that the heauier parte hath beene vpwarde, which hath beene the cause of his so turning, for the heuiest part of all things swiming is by nature down- wards, & therefore sith the sea is by his heate of power to dissolue yse, it is greatly against reason that the same should be frozen, so that the congealation of the seas can bee no hinder- ance to the execution of this passage, contrary to the former obiection, by late experience reprooued, yet if experience wanted in ordenary reason men should not suppose nature to bee monstrous, for if all such yse & snowe as congealeth & descendeth in the winter did not by natures benefit dissolue in the sommer, but that the cold were more actual then the heate, that difference of inequalitie bee it neuer so little would by time bread natures ouerthrowe, for if the one thousand parte of the yse which in winter is congealed, did the next sommer remayne vndissolued, that continual difference sithins the worldes creation would not onely haue conuerted all those North Seas into yse, but would also by continuall accesse of snow haue extended himselfe aboue all the ayers regions by which reason all such exalations as should be drawn from the earth & seas within the temperate zones & by windes driuen into these stifle regions, that moysture was no more to bee hoped for that by dissolution it should haue any returne, so that by time the world should be left waterlesse. And therefore how ridiculous this imagination of the seas frysing is, I refer to the worlds generall opinion. That €3 64 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Jlie IVorldes ) ' N'isiii \i\ "'ti ''!'■' That the ayre in coldc regions is tollcrable. ANd now for a full answere of all obiections, if the ayrc bee proued tollcrable then this most excellent & commodious passage is without al contradiction to be perrourmcd. And that the ayrc is toUerable as well in the winter as in the Sommer is thus prooued. The in- habitantes of Moscnuia, Lapland, Swethiand, Norway & Tartaria omit not to trauel for their commodity: in the deepest of winter, passing by slcades oucr the yse & concealed snowe being made very slipperic & compact like yse by reason of much wearing & trading, hau- ing the vse of a kind of slag by them railed Recn to drawe those their sleadcs. Groynland (by mc lately named Desolation) is likewise inhabited by a people of good stature & tractable conditions, it also maynfayneth diners kinde of foulcs & brastes which I haue their scene, but know not their names, & tliese must trauell for their food in winter, & therefore the ayre is not iiitollerable in the extremes! nature of colclncs: & for the qua- lity thereof in Sommer by my owne experience 1 knowe tliat vpon llie shou- it is as hot there as it is at the ylls of cape de Verde in which place there is such al)oundancc of moskeetes, (a kind of gnat that is in India very ofl'eiisiue & in great quantitie) as that we were stong with them like lepers, not beeing able to haue quiet Ijeing vpon the shore. And vnder the clyfe in tlie pooles vnto which tlie streames aryse not, I haue found salt in great plemy as whyte as the salt of Mayo congclcd from the salt water which the spryng tyds bring into those poles, which could not be but by the benefit of a noble heat, of which salt I brought with me & gaue to master Secretory Walsingham & to master Sanderson, as a rare thing to be found in those parts & farther the same was of an exlraonlenary saltnes. And therefore it is an idle dreame that the ayre should there be insuficrabic, for ourselues haue with the water of those seas made salt, because we desired to know whether the benefit of the sunne were the cause of this cogulation, what better confirmation then can there be then this. Island is likewise inhabited & yeldeth haukes in great store, as falcons, lerfalcons, lanardes & sparrow haukes, rauens, crowes, bearcs, hares & foxes, with horses & other kinde of cattell, vpon which coast in August & September the yse is vtterly dissolued, all which the premises are certainly verified by such as trade thither from Lubec, Hambro, Amsterdam & England ycrcly, then why should wee dread this fayned distcmperafure: from cold regions come our most costly furres as sables beeing esteemed for a principall ornainent & the beastes that yeld vs those furrs are chiefely hunted in the winter, how grieuous then shall we thinke the winter to be, or howe insuflerable the ayre, where this little tender beast liueth so well, & where the hunters may search the dennes & hauntes of such beastes through the woods & snow. Vpsaliensis affirmeth that he hath felt the Sommer nights in Gotland scarcely tollcrable for Ircatc, whereas in Rome hee hath felt them cold. The Mountayncs of Norway & Swethiand are fruitefull of metalls in which siluer & cop- per are concoct & molten in veines, which may scarcely bee done with fornaces, by which reason also the vapors & hot exhalations pcarciiig the earth & the waters & through both those natures breathing forth into the ayre, tempercth the quantitie thereof making it tollcra- ble, as wyttnes the huge bignes ci whales in those seas, with the strength of body & long life of such beastes as line on the land, which thing could not bee except all thinges were there comodiously nourished, by the benefit of the heauen & the ayre, for nothing that in time of increase is hindred by any iniury or that is euill seed all the time it liueth can pros- per well. Also it is a thing vndoubtcdiy knowne by experience that vpon the coastes of newfounde l;ind, (^'as such as the yse remayneth vndissolucd vpon those shores,) the wind being csterly comming from the seas, causeth very sharpe colde, & yet the same is suflTerable, but com- ming from the shore, yt presently yeldeth heat aboundantly according to the true nature of the scituation of the place, whereby it plainely appearcth that the very breth of the yse is rather the cause of this cold, then the distempreture of the ayre. Wherefore if in winter where is aboundance of yse & snowc the ayre is so sufl'erable, as that traueling ic hunting may be exercised how much rather may wee iudge the seas to be Nauigable, & ti IVorldes ; then this icd. And The in- cl for their lied snowe ding, hau- le of good tes which I 1 in winter, )r the qiia- is hot there moskeetes, were stong lund salt in spryns tyds f which salt an, as a rare Itnes. And rselues haue enefit of the be then this. ,s, lanardes & le of cattell, premises are jland ycrcly, rte our most 1 that yeld vs ;e the winter ;11, & \Nhere Is & snow, tollcrable for iliier & cop- es, by which through both ng it tollera- )ody & long thinges were hing that in eth can pros- f ncwfoundc jcing csterly lie, but com- Iruc nature of lof theyse is siiftcrable, as [he seas to be Nauigable, Hydrographlcal Discription. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. Nauigable, & that in the deepest of winter, where there is neither yse nor snow that may yeld any such damps or cold breathings to the anoiance of such as shall take these inter- prises in hand. And therefore the Sonimer in no sort to be feared, but some curious witt may obiect that the naturall anoyance of cold is preuented by reason of the trauell of the body with other artificiall prouisions to defend the fury thereof, as also the whot vapors which the earth may yeld, whereof experience vrgeth confession, but vpon the seas it can- not be sith it is a cold body subiect to yeld great dampes & cold brethin^^r most ofTcnsiue to nature. To the which I answcre in the vniuersall knowledge of all re' res, that God the most glorious incomprehensible & euer being sole cre;itour of all i ■ics visible, invi- sible, nitionall, irrational!, momentory & etcrnall in his diuinc prouidrncc liath made nothing vncommunicable, but hath giuen such order vnto all thing'*, wlicrcby euerv thini; may be tollerable to the next, the extremities of ellements consent with their next the ayrc is gmssc about the earth & water, but thinn & hot about the fyre, by this prouidence i:i nn -irc the sea is very salt, & salt (sayth Plinie) ycldeth the fatnes of oyle, but oyle by a v\rtayne natiue heate is of propertie agreeable to fire, then being all of such qnnlitic by reason of the saltnes thereof moueth & stirreth vp generatiue heate, &c. Wliercby the sea hath a working force in the dissolution of yse for things of so great contrariety n« heate & cold haue togeather no affinitye in coniunction, but the one must of necessityc auoyde, the seas not being able by the bandes of nature to step backe, doth therefore cause the coldnesse of the ayre (by reason of his naturall heate) to giue place, whereby extremities being auoyded, the ayre must of necessitie remayne temperate, for in nature the ayre is bote & moyst, the colde then being but accidental! is the soner auoided, & natures wrongs with ease redre^^sed. That vnder the Pole is the place of greatest dignitie. REason teacheth vs & experience confirmeth the same, that the Sun is the onely suilicient cause of heat through the whole world & therefore in such places where the Sunne hath long- est continuance, the ayre there receueth the greatest impression of heat, as also in his ab- sence it is in like sort afflicted with colde. And as the heate in all clymates is indurable, by the eternall ordinance of the creator, so likewise the cold is sufferable by his euerlasting decree, for otherwise nature should bee monstrous & his creation wast, as it hath beene ydly affirmed by the most Cosmographicall writers, distinguishing the sphere into fine Zones haue concluded three of them to be wast, as vaynely created, the burning Zone betwecne the two tropikes, & the two frozen Zones, but experience hauing reprooued the grosenes of that errour it shall be needlesse to say farther therein. For although in the burning Zone the sun beames are at such right angles as that by the actuall reueiberation thereof the lower region of the ayre is greatly by that reflexion warmed, yet his equall absence breadeth such mitigation as that therewefind the ayre tollerable, & the countries pleasant & fruitfull, being populus & well inhabited ; so likewise vnder the pole being the center of the supposed frozen Zone, during the time that the Sunne is in the South signes, which is from the thir- teenth of September vnto the 10 of March, it is there more cold then in any place of the world, because the Sunne in all that time doth neuer appeare aboue the Horyzon, but during the time that the Sunne is in the North signes which is from the tenth of March vnto the thirteenth of September he is in continual! view to all such as posses that place, by which his continuall presence, he workcth that notable effect, as that therby all the force of frv- sing is wholy redressed & vtterly taken away, working then & there more actuall then in aiiy other part of the world. In which place their continuall day from the Sunne rising to the sunne setting is equall with twenty sixe wcekes & fiue dayes, after our rate : & their night is equall with twenty fiue weekes & three dayes such as we haue, so that our whole yeere is with them but one night & one day, a wonderfull difference from al the rest of the world, & therefore no doubt but those people haue a wonderfull excellencie & an exceeding pro- rogatiue aboue all nations of the earth & this which is more to be noted. In all other places of the world the absence & presence of the Sun is in equall proportion of time, hauing as K much 66 66 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, The Worldes 1 1 . ^u:r.^ ,m- miicli night as day. but viulcr the Pole their artificial! day (that is the continuall presence of the Siinne before he sett) is nine of our naturall dayes or two hundreth 16 houres longer then is their night, whereby it appearcth that they haue the life, light & comfort of nature in a higher measure then all the nations of the earth. How blessed then may wc thinke this nation to be : for they are in perpctuall light, & neucr know what darkenesse meaneth, by the benefit of twylight & full moones, as the learned in Astronomie doe very well knowe, which people if they haue the notice of their eteniitic by the comfortable light of the Gos- pel, then are they blessed & of all nations most blessed. Why then doe we neglect the search of this excellent discouery, agaynst which there can be nothing sayd to hinder the same. Why doe we refuse to see the dignity of Gods Creation, sith it hath pleased his diuine Maiestie to place vs the nerest neighbor therevnto. I know thcr is no true English- roan that can in conscience refuse to be a contributer to procure this so great a happines to his country, whereby not oncly the Prince & mightie men of the land shall be highly re- nowned, but also the Merchant, tradesman & artificer mightily inriched. And now as touching the last obiection that the want of skill in Nauigation with curioud instrumentes, should be the hinderance or ouerthrow of this action. I holde that to bee so friuolous as not worth the answering, for it is wel knowne that we haue globes in the most excellent perfection of arte, & haue the vse of them in as exquisite sort, as master Robert Hues in his book of the globes vse, lately published hath at large made knowne, & for liorizontall paradox & great circle say ling I am myself a witnesse in the behalfe of many, that we are not ignorant of them, as lately I haue made knowne in a briefe treatis of Naui- gation naming it the Seamans Secreats. And therfore this as the rest breadeth no hinder- ance to this most commodious discouery. What benefits would growc vnto Englande by this passage being discouered. THe benefits which may grow by this discouery, are copious & of two sorts, a benifit spirituatl & a benifit corporall. Both which sith by the lawes of God & nature we are bound to regard, yet principally we are admonished first to seeke the Kingdome of God & the righteoiisnes thereof & all thinges shall be giuen vnto vs. And therfore in seeking the Kingdome of God we are not onely tied to the depe search of Gods sacred word & to liue within the perfect lymits of Christianity, but also by al meanes we are bound to multiply, & increase the flocke of the faithfull. Which by this discouery wil be most aboundantly perfourmed to the preseniation of many thousands which now most miserably are couered vnder the lothsome vayle of ignorance, neither can we in any sort doubt of their recouery by this passage discouered, Gods prouidence therein being considered who most mercifully sayth by the mouth of his prophet Esaias 66 I will come to gather all people and tongues, then shall they come and see my glory, of them that shall be saued. I will send some to the Gentils in the sea & the yls far of that hau« not heard speak of me, Sc haue not sene my glory, shall preach my peace among the Gentiles. And in his 65 Chapter he farther sayth. They seeke me that hitherto haue not asked for me, they find me that hitherto haue not sought me. And againe chapter 49 I wil make waies vpon al my mountains & my footpathes shall be exalted, & behold these shall come from farre, some from the North & West, some from the land of Symis which is in the South. Then sith it is so appointed that there shal be one shepheard & one flocke, what hindreth vs of England, (being by Gods mercy for the same pur- pose at this present most aptly prepared,) not to attempt that which God himselfe hath ap- pointed to be performed, there is no doubt but that wee of England are this saued people by the eternal & infallible presence of the Lord predestinated to be sent vnto these Gen- tiles in the sea, to those ylls & famous Kingdoms ther to preach the peace of the Lorde, for are not we oncly set vpon Mount Sion to giui^ light to all the rest of the world, haue not we the true handmayd of the Lord to rule vs, nto whom the eternall maiestie of God hath reueled his truth & supreme power of exctllencye, by whom then shall the truth be preached. the '■''^;'fi l.il . I: ■ ; Worldet presence res lunger of nature wc thinke t meaneth, ell knowe, f the Gos- eglect the hinder the ileased his le English- lappines to highly rc- rith curioiw t to bee so in the most ster Robert me, & for fe of many, tis of Naui- no binder- red. benifit ts, a ture we are e of God & seeking the ^dSc to Hue o multiply, aboundantly are couered eir recouery mercifully nd tongues, some to the ot sene my ot asked for ;hes shall be some from shal be one le same pur- Ife hath ap- aued people these Gen- Lorde, for I, haue not i God hath ,e truth be preached. IJydrographical Discriplion. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. preached, but by them vnto whom the truth shall be reuelcd, it is onely we therefore that must be these shining messengers of the Lord & none but we for as the prophet sayth, O how beautifull are the feet of the messenger that bringeth the message from the mountain, that proclameth peace, that bringeth the good tidings & preacheth health & sayth to Sion thy God IS King, so that hereby the spirituall benefit arising by this discouery is most apparant, for which if there were no other cause wee are all bound to labour with purse & mindc for the discouery of this notable passage. And nowe as touching the corporal! & worldly be- nifits which will thereby arise, our owne late experience leadcth vs to the full knowledge thereof, as by the communitie of trade groweth the mightines of riches, so by the kinde & guide of such tradinges may grow the multiplication of such hcnilits, with assurance how tlip same may in the best sort be continued. In the consideration whereof it is first to bee regarded with what commodities our ownc country aboundeth either naturall or artificiall, what quantity may be spared, & wher the same may with the easiest rate be gained, & how in his best nature vnto vs returned, all which by this passage shall be vnto vs most plentifully effected, & not oncly that, but this also which is most to be regarded that in our thus trading wee shall by no meanes inrich the next adioyning states vnto vs, for riches bread dread, & pouertie increaseth feare, but here I cease fering to offend, yet it is a ques- tion whether it were better by an easy rate to vent our commodities far of or by a more plentiful! gayne to passe them to our neerer neighbours, & those therby more inriched then our selues, the premises considered wee finde our country to abound with woll, & wollen cloth, with lead, tin, copper and yron, matters of great moment, wee also knowe our soyle to be fertill, & would if trad did so permit haue equal imploimcnt with any of our neigh- bours, in linnen cloth, fustians, seys, grograma or any other forraine artificiall commodities, besides the excellent labours of the artsmen, either in metallyne mechanicall faculties, or other artificiall ornaments, whereof India is well knowne to receiue all that Europe can af- ford, rating our commodities in the highest esteeme of valewe, which by this passage is speedily perfourmed, & then none of these should lie deadvpon ourhandesas now they doe, neither should we bee then ignorant as now we are in many excellent practises into which by trade wee shoulde bee drawne. And by the same passage in this ample vent, we should also at the first hand receiue all Indian commodities both naturall & artificial in a far greter measure by an easier rate & in better condition, then nowe they are by many exchaunges brought vnto vs, then would all nations of Europe repayre vnto England not only for these forraine merchandizes by reason of their plenty, perfection & easy rates, but also to passe away that which God in nature hath bestowed vpon them & their countrie, wherby her ma- iestie & her highnes successors for euer, should be monarks of the earth & commaunders of the Seas, through the aboundance of trade her coustomes would bee mightily augmented, her state highly inriched, & her force of shipping greatly aduanced, as that thereby shee should be to all nations moste dredful, & we her subiccts through imploiment should imbrace aboundance & be clothed with plenty. The glory whereof would be a deadly horrcr to her .iduersaries, increase frindly loue with al & jj'ocure her maiestie stately & perpetual! peace, for it is no small aduantage that ariseth to a state by the mightines of trade : being by ne- cessity linked to no other nation, the same also beeing in commodities of the highest es- teeme, as gold, siluer, stones of price, iuels, pearls, spice, drugs, silkes raw & wrought vehictts, cloth of gold, besides many other commodities with vs of rare & high esteeme, whereof as yet our countrie is by nature depriued, al which India doth yeld at reasonable rates in great aboundance receiuing ours in the highest esteeme, so that hereby plenty re- tourning by trade abroade, & no smale quantity prouided by industry at home, all want then banished in the aboundance of her maiesties royalty, so through dred in glory, peace and loue, her maiesty should be the commaunding light of the world, & we her subiects the stars of wonder to al nations of the earth. Al which the premises considered it is im- possible that any true English hart should be staled from willing contribution to the per- formance of this so excellent a discouery, the Lords and subiectes spirituall for the sole K 2 publication m 1 i'''^- 1 ( " '\ 68 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS. Sec. The Warldei, *c. publication of GodH glorious gosjpell. And the LordH and subiectcs temporal for the re- nowne of their prince & glory o\ their nation Hhould be thervnto mntt vehemently aRkcted. Which when it shall so pleaae God in the miglitinea of his mercy, I beseech him to efl'ect. Amen. •^ ^ ■...'•..„.,-:. .• I .• i.. • ) • II . .. ' . ' ■ il ' •• , r .' f ■■ . .^ ..,• ■. ■ ■ '. 1 :•( •:■. :■, , ^ ., . 4 ■■• ■ ■• ' ■ fi i\.ii i I I .ii ' I I 1 ■!: ■ .)• ...t . , .■,' • \ '' . 1 F I S i S, 1 '. ! p .. ■ ; -ui f- f* ••■•• , llii'i' ■ t 1 ; ^*\ •■ 't mM ^.r%V% It' .(!'■ 1 1'. . I • ■ .T ,'.■ <• -.•li'vl ■! ■ . , ■ i.\ -y ■■ ■ .'■ *• i ' .1- '■ r : ■ ,, • ) VOYAGE }rldei, ^e. )r the re- \f aflkctcd. , to efl'ect. ,; .Mff I.: I ■■{.■ j.. ■> ■ r .' f :• ,. ■ - ' ;' ,4 .i< ' ■. 1 ■ !• I VOYAGE D'OUTREMER llETOUR DE JERUSALEM EN FRANCE PAR LA VOIE DE TERRE, )...■ .1 'J* ■I PENDANT LE COURS DES ANNIES 1432 ET 143S, P^JR BERTRAJ^DON DE L.A BROCQUlkRE, I C0N8EI1LER ET PREMIER licmrER TRANCHAMT DB VHILnPFE-LE-RON, DVC DE bovrgogne; U % OUVRAGE EXTRAIT D'UN MANUSCRIT DE LA BIBLIOTHEQUE NATIONALE» REMIS EN FRANgAIS MODERNE, ET PUBLIE PAR LE CITOYEN LEGRAND D'AUSSY. VOYAGE r >m1K|bl I'ir^agination a beaucoup k peindre; quand sans cesse clle a besoin de tableaux brillans e' varies, il lui faut, pour ddvelopper avantageusement toutes ses richesses, une sjandu liberty ; et elle ne peut par consequent s'accommoder d'une double entrave, nt Teffet infaillible scroit d'^teindre son feu, Pai'en de religion, Rutilius a montre son aversion pour la religion chr^tienne dans des vers oil, confondant ensemble les chr^tiens ct Ics Juifs, il dit du mal des deux sectes. C'est par une s»ite des mdme sentimens qu'ayant vu, sur sa loute, des inoines dans Tile Caprala, il fit contre le monachisme ces autres vers, que je citerai pour donner une id^e de sa mani^re, Processu pelagi jam se Capraria tollit ; Squalet lucifugis insula plena \iris. Ipsi se monachos, Graio cognomine, dicunt, Qu6d, soli, nullo vivere teste, volunt. Muncra fortuna* metuunt, dum damna verentur: Quisquam sponte miser, ne miser esse queat. Qu.'cnam perversi rabies tarn crebra cerebri, Dum mala formides, nee bona posse pati* ? uns Son ouvrage contient des details pr^cieux pour le g^ographe ; il y en a m^me quelques s pour I'antiquaire et I'historien : tels par exemple, que sa description d'un marais salaat. et I'anecdote des livres Sibyllins hriiUs a Rome par I'ordre de Stiliconf. Enfin on y remarque quelques beaux vers, et particuliiremcnt celui-ci sur une ville ruin^e. Cernimus exemplis oppida posse mori. "^^•^ afterwards," says Gibbon, " mentions a religious madman on tlie isl« of Oorgona. For such profane remarks, Rutilius and his accomplices, are styled, by his commentator, Bartliius, rabiosi canes diaboli." t Tile verses relating to Stilicho are very spirited and elegant. I will transcribe them. Quo magis est facinus diri ^tilichonis acerbum, Proditor arcani <|ui fuit imperii. Romano generi dum nititur esse superste*, Crudelis lummie miscuit ima furor. Mais 72 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Discours Priliminaire. "'' ., U i v:;!i:f*'|j uHm^ '« > ,r 1 i'i m ■ riii ■■''1- ■ A ;:i-::l!' '■:] -^.1, ■' i'i'k Ml ; ,i' Mais il p&che par la composition. Ses tableaux sont sees et froids; sa mani^e petite et mesquine. Du reste, point de g^nie, point d'imagination, et par consequent, point d'in- vention ni de coloris. Voila ce qu'il prdsente, ou au moins ce que j'ai cm y voir; et ce sont prob'.blement ces d^fauts qui ont fait donner k son poeme le nom ddgradant d'ltin^raire, sous lequel il est connu. Nous en avons une traduction Frangaise par le Franc de Pompigiian*. Vers 505, Arculfe, ^v^que Gaulois, etoit alle en pdlerinage i Jerusalem. A son retour, il voulut en publier la relation ; et il chargea de cctte r cette ^poque conserve aucun rapport. On y admirera sur-tout le courapede Rubruquis, qui ne craint pas de declarer assez ouver- tement au roi que David ^toit un imposteur qui I'avoit tromfi^. Mais Louis avoit le fana- tisme du pros^lytisme et des conversions ; et c'est-la chez certains esprits une maladie in- curable. Dupe deux fois, il le fut encore par la suite pour un roi de Tunis qu'on lui avoit re- presente comme dispose a se faire baptiser. Ce baptdme fut long-temps sa chimdre. II re- gardoit comme le plus beau jour de sa vie celui oil il seroit le parrain de ce prince. II etit consenti volonticra, disoit-il, ii passer le re«te de sa vie dans les cachots d'Afrique, si a ce prix il eAt pu le voir chretien. Et ce fut pour etre le parrain d'un infid^le qu'il alia sur les cotes de Tunis perdre une seconde flotte et une seconde armee, deshonorer une seconde fois les armes Franqaises qu'avoit tant illustrees la journee de Bovines, enfin perir de la peste au milieu 77 78 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Discoura Pritlminaire, ' ■ i , ■( ',"'1 ' 4; milieu dc son camp pestif^r^, et mdriter ainsi, par lea malhcurs multiplids de la France, d'etre qiialifi<^ martyr et tiaint. Quant a Bergeron, il n'est pcrsonnc qui ne convienne qu'en publiant sa traduction il a rendu aux lettres et aux sciences un vrai service, ct.je suis bien loin assur^ment de vouloir en ddpr^cier le m^rite. Cependant je suisconvaincu qu'elle en auroit davantage encore s'ii ne so ri\l point permis, pour les diiT^rcns morccaux qu'il y a fait entrer, une traduction trop libre, et surtout s'il s'y fut interdit de nombreux rctrancheniens qui k la v^rit^ nous ^parg- nent I'ennui dc certains details peu faits pour plairc, mais qui aussi nous privent de I'inesti- mable avantage d'apprdcier I'auteur ct son siecle. Lui-inlme, dans la notice pr^liminaire d'un des \ oyages qu'il a imprimis, il dit I'avoir tird d'un Latin assez jjrossler oil il ^toit ecrit selon le temps, pour le faire voir en notrc langue avec un peu plus d'^ldgance et de clartd*. De-li il est arriv^ qu'en promettant de nous donncr des relations du treiziime et du quatorzidmc siecle, il nous en donne de modcrnes, qui toutes ont la m6me phy- sionomie a peu pris, tandis que chacune devroit avoir la sienne propre. Le rccueil de Bergeron, bon pour son temps, ne Test plus pour le ndtre. Composd d'ouvrages qui contiennent beaucoup d'erreurs, nous y voudrions des notes critiques, des discussions historiques, des observations savantcs ; ct peut-titre seroit-ce aujourd'hui une enlreprisc utile et qui ne pourroit manquer d'etre accueillie tres-favorablement du public, que celle d'unc ddition nouvelle des voyages anciens, faite ainsi, surtout si Ton y joignoit, autant qu'il scroit possible, le texte original avec la traduction. Mais cette traduction, il faudroit qu'elle filt tr^s-scrupuleusement fulcle. Il faudroit avant tout s'y intcrdire tout retranchement, ou au nioins en prcvcnir et y presenter en cxtrait ce qu'on croiroit indispensable de retrancher. Ce n'est point I'agrdment que s'attend de trouver dans de parcils ouvrages celui qui entrcprend la lecture ; c'est I'instruction. Des le moment ou vous les ddnaturerez, ou vous voudrez leur donner une tournure moderne et ^tre lu des jeunes gens et des femmes, tout est manque. Avez-vous des voyages, quels qu'ils soient, de tel ou tel siecle ? Voila ce que je vous dcmande, et ce que vous devez me faire connoitrc. Si parmi ceux de nos gens de lettres qui avec des connoissances en histoire et en geogra- phic r^unissent du courage ct le talent de recherches, il s'cn trouvoit quelqu'un que ce tra- vail n'eflrayat pas, je la prdviens que, pour ce qui concerne le Speculum historiale, il en cxiste a laBiblioth^que nationale quatre cxemplaires manuscrits, sous les num^ros 4898, 4900, 4yOL et 4902. Les deux VoyagfiiM Hii quatorzi^me siecle qui ont publid des relations iie sont point nds Franfais; mais tons deux dcrivirent primitivcment dans notre langue: ils nous appartien- nent a litre d'auteurs, et sous ce rapport je dois en parler. L'un est Hayton, TArmdnien ; I'autre, I'Anglais Mandeville. Hayton, roi d'Arm^nie, avoit 6t& ddpouille de ses dtats par les Sarrasins. II imagina d'aller KdUiciter les secours des Tartares, qui en effet prirent les armes pour lui ct le rdtablirent. Ses ne'gociations et son voyage lui parurent mdriter d'etre transmis a la posterity, et il dressa des mdmoircs qu'en mourant il laissa entre les mains d'Hayton son neveu, seigneur de Courchi. Celui-ci, aprfes avoir pris une part tres-active tant aux affaires d'Armdnie qu'aux guerres qu'elle eut h. soutenir encore, vint se faire Prdmontrd en Cypre, ou il apprit la langue Fran- (;ais, qui, portde 1^ par les Lusignans, y dtoit devenue la langue de la cour et celle de tout ce qui n'dtoit pas peuple. De Cypre, le moine Hayton ayant passd a Poitiers, voulut y faire connoitre les mdmoircs de son oncle, ainsi que les dvdnemens dans lesquels lui-m6me avoit et6, ou acteur, ou te- moin. II intitula ce travail Histoire d'Orient, "et en confia la publication a un autre moine nomme de Faucon, auquel il le dicta de mdmoire en Francais. L'ouvragc eut un tel succes que, pour en faire jouir les peuples auxquels notre langue dtoit ^trangfere, Clement V. Tome I. p. 160, d la suite du Voyage de Rubruquw. chargca 4 Himinaire, I la France, luction il a t de vouloir : encore s'il uction trop nous ^parg- t de I'iiiesti- pr^liminaire il ^toit ecrit gance et de lu treiziime mdme phy- ;. Composd critiques, des aujourd'hui rablement du Lirtout si Ton Mais cette ivant tout s'y en extrait ce le s'attend de I I'instruction. une tournure Avez-vou9 des s dcmande, et ; et en g^ogra- ,'un que ce tra- listoriale, il en uim^ros 4898, sont point n^3 lous appartien- , TArmdnien ; imaginad'aller le rdtablirent. •it^, et il dressa |«, seigneur de qu'aux guerres la langue Fran- celle de tout ce Ire les m^moires acteur, ou te- J un autre moine lut un tel succes )re, Clement V. chargca Discours Priliminaire. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. 70 chargea le mfime de Faucon de le traduire en Latin. Celui-ci fit paroitre en 1307 sa version, dont j'ui trouv<5 parmi les manuscrits de la Biblioth^que nationale trois exemplaires sous les num^ros 7514, 7515 — A, et 6041. (Page 180) k la fin du numdro 7515, on lit cette note de I't'diteur, qui donne la preuve de ce qui je viens de dire du livre. p;xplicit liber Historiarum Parcium [Partium] Orientis, a. religioso viro fratre Haytono, ordinis bcati Augustini, domino Churchi, consanguineo regis Armenian, compilato [compi< latus] ex mandate hummi pontificis domini Clementis papac quinti, in civitate pictaviensi regni Fraiichiaj : qucm ego Nicolaiis Falconi, prim6 scripsi in galico ydiomate, sicut idem frater II. michi [niihi] ore suo dictabat, absque nota sive aliquo* exemplari. Et de gallico trans- tuli in latinum ; anno domini M°CCC'. septimo, mense Augusti. Bergeron a publid I'histoire d'Hayton. Mais, au lieu de donner le texte Francjais original, au ou moins la version Latino de I'^diteur, il n'adonn^ qu'une version Fran^aise de ce Latin: de sorte que nous n'avons ainsi qu'une traduction de traduction. Pour ce qui rcgarde Maiuleville, il nous dit que ce voyageur composa son ouvrage dans les trois langues, Anglaise, Francjaise et Latine. C'est une erreur. J'en ai en ce moment Hous les yeux un cxemplaire manuscrit de la IJibliothtque nationale, n°. 10024f ^crit en 1477 ainsi que le portc une note finale du copiste. Or, dans cclui-ci jc lis ces mots: Jc eusse mis cest livrr en latin, pour plus briefment d^livrez (pour aller plus vite, pour abrcger Ic travail). Mais pour ce que plusicuis ayment et entendent mieulx roraans Qle fnuijais] que latin, I'ai-ge [je I'ai] mis en Romans, affin que chascun I'entende, et que les .seigneurs ct les chevaliers et aultres nobles hommes qui ne scfevent point de latin, ou petit [pcu] qui ont estd oultre-mcr, saichent se je dy voir [vrai], ou non. D'ailleurs, au temps de Mandeville, c'dtoit la langue Fran^aise qu'on parloit en Angleterre. Cette langue y avoit ^t^ portde par Guillaume-le-Conqiierant. On ne pouvoit enseigncr qu'elle dans les ^coles. Toutes les sentences des Tribunaux, tons les actes civils devoient fitre en Fran^ais; et quand Mandeville ^crivoit en Fran^ais, il dcrivoit dans sa langue. S'il se f6t servi de la Latine, c'eilt ^t^ pour £tre lu chez les nations qui ne connoissoient pas la n6tre. A la v^rit^, son Frangais se ressent du sol. II a beaucoup d'anglicismes et de locutions vicieuses ; et la raison n'en est pas difficile h deviner. On sait que plus un ruisseau s'^loigne de sa source, et plus ses eaux doivent s'alt«?rer. Mais c'est-la, selon moi, le moindre defaut de I'auteur. Sans goOt, sans jugement, sans critique, non seulemcnt il admet indistincte- ment tous les contes et toutes les fables qu'il entend dire; mais il en forge lui-m6me ^chaque instant. A I'entendre il s'embarqua I'an 1332, jour de Saint-Michel ; il voyagea pendant trente- cinq ans, et parcourut une grande partie de I'Asie et de I'Afrique. Eh bien, ayez comme moi le courage de le lire ; et si vous lui accordez d'avoir vu peut-6tre Constantinople, la Palestine et I'Egypte (ce que moi je me garderois bien de garantir), a coup sfir au moin vous resterez convaincu que jamais il ne mit le pied dans tous ces pays dont il parle a I'aveugle ; Arabie, Tartaric, Inde, Ethiopie, etc. etc. Au moin.s, si les fictions qu'il imagine oflTroient ou quelque agr<$ment ou quelque in- t^r^t ! s'il ne faisoit qu'user du droit de mentir, dont se sont mis depuis si long-temps en possession la plupart des voyageurs ! Mais chez lui ce sont des erreurs g^ographiques si grossiires, des fables si sottes, des descriptions de peuples et de contr^es imaginaires si ri- dicules, enfin des Queries si r^voltantes, qu'en verit^ on ne sait quel nom lui donner. II en coAteroit d'avoir a traiter de charlatan un dcrivain. Que seroit-ce done si on avoit a la qua- lifier de h^bleur efTrontd ? Cependant comment designer le voyageur qui nous cite des g^ans de trente pieds de long; des arbres dont les fruits se changent en oiseaux qu'on mange; d'autres arbres qui tous les jours sortent de terre et s'en dl^vent depuis le lever du soleil ♦ L'exemplaire n°. 5514 ajoute, a verbo ad verbum. t 11 y en a dans la mSme bibliothdque un autre exemplaire note 7972; mais celui-ci, inutile, incomplet, tri»- diflScile a lire, par U blancheur de son encre, ne peut gueres avoir de valeur qu'en le collationant avec I'autre. jusqu'^ a '■i;,.i i 80 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Diseoura Priliminaire. jusqu'il midi, et qui depuis midi jusqu'aii soir y rentrent en enticr ; un val p^rilleux, dont il avoit prds la fiction dans nos viciix romans de chcvalerie, val ou i! dit avoir ^prouv^ dc telles aventures qu'inralliblement il y auroit p^ri si proc^demmcnt il n'avoit rc(;cu Corpus Domini (s'il n'avoit communis); un fleuvc qui sort du paradifl terresfre et qui, au lieu d'eau, roule des picrres pr^cicuscs ; ce paradis qui, dit-il, est au commencement dc la terre ct plac^ si haut qu'il touche de priis la June ; enfin millc autres impoMtures ou aottises de m6mc cspdce, qui d^notent non rerreur de la bftise et de la cr^dulitd, niais le mensonge de la rdflexion et de la fraude P Je regarde m6mc eomme tels ces trente-cinq ans qu'il dit avoir employes a parrourir le monde sans avoir songd u revenir dans sa putrie quo quand enfln la goute vint Ic tour- menter. Quoiqu'il en existe trois Editions imprini^es, I'une en 1487 chez Jean Cres, I'aiitre en 1517 chcz Regnaiilt, la troisi^me en 1542 chcz Canterel, on ne le connoit guire que par le court extrait qu'en a piiblid Bergeron. Et on cffet cct editcur I'avoit trouv^ si invraisemblable cl si fabulcux qu'il I'a rcduit h. douze pages quoiquc dans notre manuscrit il en contienne cent soixante et di-:-huit. Dans le quinzi^me si^cle, nous e(^mesdcux autres voyages en Tcrre-Sainte: I'un que jc public aujourd'hui ; I'autre, par un carme nommd Huen, imprimrf en 1487, et dont je nc dirai rien ici, parce qu'il est po6terieur a I'uutie. La m£me raison m'empfichera de parler d'un ouvrage mis au jour par Mamerot, chantre et chanoine dc Troycs, D'ailleurs celui-ci, intitule passages faiz oultre-mer par les roys de France et autres princes et seigneurs Francjois contrc les Turcqs et autres Sarrasins et Mores oiiltre-marins, n'est point, a proprement parler, un \oyagc, mais iine compilation historique des diff^rcntes croisftdes qui ont eu lieu en France, ct que I'auteur, d'aprls la fausse Chro- nique de Turpin et nos romans de chcvaleric, fait commencer d Charlemagne. La Biblioth^que nationale possdde de celui-ci un magniflque cxemplaire, ornd d'un grand nombre de belles miniatures et tableaux. Je viens a I'ouvrage de la Brocqui^re ; mais celui-ci dcmande quelqiie explication. Dis SECONDE PARTIE. LA folic des Croisades, comme tous les genres d'ivresse, n'avoit eu en France qu'une certaine dur^e, ou, pour parler plus exactement, de m6mc que cerlaincs fi^vres, tile s'^toit calmde apris quelques acces. Et assur^ment la croisade de Louis-Ie-Jeune, les deux de saint Louis plus ddsastreuses encore, avoient attird sur le royaume assez de honte et de malheurs pour y croire ce fanatisme eteient a jamais. Ccpendant la superstition cherclioit de temps en temps a le ralliiraer. Souvent, en confession et dans certains cas de pdnitence publique, le clerg^ imposoit pour satisfaction un pelerinage a Jerusalem, ou un temps fixe de cmisadc. PUisieurs fois meme les papes employ^rent tous les ressorts de leur politique et I'ascendant de leur autorit^ pour renoucr chez les princes Chretiens quelqu'une de ces ligues saintes, oi^ leur ambition avoit tant a gagner sans rien risquer que des indulgences. Philippe-le-Bel, par hypocrisie de zele et de religion, afiecfa un moment de vouloir en former une nouvelle pour la France. Philippe-de-Valois, le prince le moins propre a une cntreprise si difficile et qui exigeoit tant dc talens, parut s'en occuper pendant quelques annees. II requt une ambassade du roi d'Arm^nie, entama des n^gociations avec la cour de Rome, '^ Infession llerinage J-ent tons princes bans rien Luloir en |e a une Juelques cour de Rome, Disronrs Prcliiiiinuirc TIlAI'FKiUES, AND DlSCOUI-IMl'S. Home, orilonna nitine i\c^ prt^panitils cLins Ic port dc Marseille. Enfin dan^ rintervatlc dc rrs mdiivemenH, i'an \3'.i'i, iiii (loiniiiicaiii nomn\«' Hrochard (mimommd rAllcmand, dii n(.m lie son p.iys), liii prt^t'iita (icii\ oiivri^cs I.aliiw composes a dcsucin mir ceJ objet. 1,'iin, lians lo(iiu'l il liii Wnstnt connoitrc la contrt'c qui alloit Afre Ic but de la conqii^Jp, t'toit line dcucription do la Tcrro-SaiiUc ; et cominn il avoit dcmcun^ vingt-qiiatre ans dans (•cite C()iitr(''c en (lualit^' de niisiionnairc ct dc prtVlicatciir, pcu dc genu pouvoient alk-giiri- aiilant dc droits que hii pour en parler. 1,'aiitrc, divisc en deux li\res, par c'omirK'mnration den deux ^p^en dont il CHt mention dans I'Kvangilc, nous-divis^' en dou/.c chapitrei^ i I'honneur des douzc ap6tre«, traitoit dcs dillt'rcntcs routes entrc lesqncllcs I'armiJc avoit 3 choisir, dcs pr(' 7 Hiotographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14SM (716) •73-4503 ^ t^""^ ^^V^ '^ VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Disconrs Priliminaire i-i' If ^ Une si extraordinaire aventiire ne pouvoit manquer de produire a la cour un grand effet. Le due vouliit que le voyageur en r^digeAt par ecrit la relation. Celui-ci ob^it ; mais son ouvrage ne panit quequelques ann^es apr^s, etm6me post^rieurement a I'ann^e 14S8, piiis- que cette epoque y est mentionn^e, comine on le verra- ci-dessou9. II n'^toit gu^re possible que le due eAt journelleinent sous les yeux son ccuyer tranchant sans avoir quelquefois envic de le questionner sur cette terre des M^crdans ; et il ne pou- voit gu^re I'entendre, sur-tout a table, sans que sa t6te ne s'^chaufldt, ct ne fortndt aussi des chim^res de croisade et de conqu6le. Ce qui tne fait prdsumer qu'il avoit demand^ a la Brocqui^re des renseignemens de ce genre, c'est que celui-ci a insdr^ dans sa relation un long morceau sur la force militaire dcs Turcs, sur lea moyens de les combattre vigoureusemenf, et, quoicju'avec une arm^e mediocre, mais bien conduite et bien organis^e, de pen^trer sans risques jusqu'u Jerusalem. Assur^- ment un episode aussi dtendu et d'un r^sultat aussi important est a remarquer dans un ouv- rage prdsente au due et composd par ses ordres ; et Ton conviendra qu'il n'a gu^re pu y £>tre placd sans un dessein Formel et une intention particuliere. En effet on vit de temps en temps Philippe annoncer sur cet objet de grands desseins ; mais plus occup^ de plaisirs que de gloire, ainsi que le prouvent les qnin?e batards connus qu'il a laissds, toute sa forfanterie s'dvaporoit en paroles. Enfin cependant un moment ar- riva oik la chretient^, alarm^e des conqu^tes rapidcs du jcune et formidable Mahomet II. et de I'armement terrible qu'il pr^paroit centre Constantinople, crut qu'il n'y avoit plus de digne d lui opposer qu'une ligue g^nerale. Le due, qui, par I'^tendue ct la population de ses ^tats, t^toit plus puissant que beaucoup de rois, pouvoit jouer dans la coalition un r61e important. II affecta de se montrcr en sc^ne un des premiers ; et pour le fnire avec eclat, il donna dans Lille en 1453 une fdte splen- dide et pompeuse, ou plutut un grand spectacle a machines, fort bizarre dans son ensemble, fort disparate dans la multitude de ses parties, mais le plus ^tonnant de ceux de ce genre que nous ait transmis I'histoire. Ce spectacle dont j'ai donne aiileurs la description*, et qui absorba en pur faste des sommes considerables qu'il t(\i 6ic facile dans les circonstances d'employer beaucoup mieux, se termina par quelques voeux d'armes tant de la part du due que de celle de plusieurs seigneurs de sa cour : et c'est tout ce qui en r($sulta. Au reste il eut lieu en f^vrier, et Mahomet prit Constantinople en Mai. La nouvelle dc ce desastre, les massacres horribles qui avoient accompagnt^ la conqu^te, les suites incalculables qu'elle pouvoit avoir sur le sort de la chr^tient^, y r^pendirent la consternation. Le due alors crut qu'il devoit enfin se prononcer autrement que par des propos et des fetes. II annonga une croisade, leva en consequence de grosses sommes sur ses sujets, forma m^me une arm^e et s'avanqa en Allemagne. Mais tout-a-coup ce lion fou- gueux s'arr^ta. Une incommodit^ qui lui survint fort a propos luiservitde pr^texte et d'ex- cuse ; et il revint dans ses ^tats. N^anmoins il afTccta dc continuer a parler croisades comme auparavant. II chargea mdmc un de ses sujets, Joseph Mielot, chanoine de Lille, de lui traduire en Fran^ais les deux trait^s de Brochard dont j'ai parie ci-dessus. Enfin, quand le Pape Pie II. convoqua dans Mantoue en 1459, une assemblee de princes chr^tiens pour former une ligue contre Mahomet, il ne manqua pas d'y envoyer ses ambassadeurs, a la t^te desquels ^toit le due de Cloves. Mieiot iinit son travail en 1455, et le court pr^ambule qu'il a mis en t6te I'annonce. Les deux traductions se trouvent dans un de ces manuscritsque la Biblioth^que nationale a re9us recemment de la Belgique. Elles sont, pour r^criture, de la m^me main que le voyage de la Brocqui^re ; mais quoique des trois ouvrages celui-ci ait d6 paroitre avant les deux autre.o, tout trois cependant, soit par economic de reliure, soit par analogic de matiires, ont 6{6 rdunis ensemble ; et ils forment ainsi un gros volume in-folio ; numerote Siic relie en bois avec basane rouge, et intitule au dos. Avis directif de Brochard. Ce manuscrit, auquel son ecriture, sa conservation, ses miniatures, et le beaux choix de fion velin donnent deja beaucoup de prix, me paroit en acqudrir davantage encore sous un * Hist, dc lit vif priv«e«k's I'ran9ai!', t. Ill, i>. '3 24. autre I tx i' t Discoura PrHiminaire. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. mitre aspect, en ce qu'il est composd, selon moi, des traites orlginaiix prescntds par I'^urs aiiteurs a Fhilippc-le-Bon, ou de I'cxcmplaire command^ par liii i I'un de ses copislcs sur I'autographe des ante iirs, poiir ^trc placd dans sa biblioth^que. Je crois voir la preuvc de cctte assertion non seiilement dans la bcaiitt^ du maiuiscrit, et dans I'^cusson du prince, qui s'y trouve armorid en quatre endroits, et deux foix avec sa devise Aultre n'aray ; mais encore dans la vignette d'un des deux frontispices, ainsi que dans la miniature de I'autre. Cettc vignette, qui est en t^tc du volume, rcpr^scnte Midlot u genoux, faisant roflrandc de son livre au due, lequel est assis et entour^. do plusieurs courtisans, dent trois portent, comme lui, le collier de la Toison. Dans la miniature qui prdc^de Ic Voyage, on voit la Brocquierc fiiire de la m£me mani^re son oflTrande. II est en costume Sarrasin, ainsi qu'il a dtd dit ci-dessuH, et i! a aupr^s de lui son cheval, dont j'ai parld. Quant a ce due Philippe qu'on surnnmma le Bon, ce n'est point ici Ic lieu d'cxaminer s'if mcrita bien vdritablement ce titre glorieux, et si I'histoire n'auruit pas a lui faire des repro- ches de plus d'un genre. Mais, comme littt^rateur, je ne puis m'emp^cher de remarquer ici, a I'iionneur de sa mdmoirc, que les lettres au mnins lui doivent de la reconnoissance ; que c'est un des princes qui, depuis Charlemagne jusqu'A Franc^ois I", ait le plus fait pour elles; qu'au quinzi^me si^cle il fut dans les deux Bourgognes, et dans la Belgiquc sur-tout, ce qu'au quatorzi^me Charles V avoit ixi en France ; que comme Charles, il se crda une Ir" - lioth^que, ordonna des traductions et des compositions d'ouvrages, encouragca les savans, les dessinateurs, les copistes habilcs ; enfin qu'il rendit peut-Sire aux sciences ])Ius de services rdels que Charles, parce qu'il fut moins superstitieux. Jc donnerai, dans I'Histoirc de la littdraturc Fran^aise, a laquelle je travaille, des details sur ces difTfrena faits. J'en ai trouvd des preuves multiplides dans les manuscrits qui de la Belgique ont passd u la Bibliothdque nationale, ou. pour parler plus exactement, dans le.<« manuscrits de la bibliotheque de firuxelles, qui faisoient une des portions les plus considera- bles de cet envoi. Get bibliotheque, pour sa partie Franqaise, qui est spdcialement confide a ma surveillance, et qu'^ ce titre j'ai parcourue presque en entier, dtoit composde de plusieurs fonds par- ticuliers, dont les principaux sont : 1°. Un certain nombre de manuscrits qui prdcedemrnent avoient form^ la bibliotheque de Charles V, celle de Charles VI, celle de Jean, due de Berri, fr^re de Charles V, et qui pen- dant les troubles du royaume sous Charles VI, et dans les commencemens du r^gne de son fils, furent pill^s et enlevds par les dues de Bourgogne. Ceux de Jean sont reconnoissables A sa signature, apposde par lui a la derni^re page du volume et quelquefois en plusieurs autres endroits. On rcconnoit ceux de deux rois k I'dcu de France blasonnd qu'on y a peint, a leurs dpitres dddicatoires, a leurs vignettes, qui reprdsentent I'oflTrande du livre Fait au monarque, et le monarque revStu du manteau royal. II en est d'autres, provenus de ces deux d^pdts, sur I'enlevement desquels je ne puis alldguer des preuves aussi authentiques, parci que dans le nombre il s'en trouvoit beaucoup qui n'dtoient point ornds de miniatures, ou qui n'avoient point etd oflferts au roi, et qui par consequent ne peuvent oifrir les m^mes signalemens que les premiers ; mais j'aurois, pour avancer que ceux-la ont 6x6 pris dgale- ment, tant de probabilitds, tant de conjectures vraisemblables, qu'elles 6quivalent pour moi a une preuve positive. 2°. Les manuscrits qui appartinrent legitimement aux dues de Bourgogne, c'est-a-dire qui Aircnt, ou acquis par eux, ou d^dids et prdsent^s a eux, ou commandos par eux, soit comme ouvrages, soit comme simples copies. Dans la classe des dddids, le tr^s-grand nombre I'a 6x6 a Philippe-le-Bon ; dans celle des faits par ordre, presque tous furent ordonnds par lui : et c'est la qu'on voit, comme je I'ai dit plus haut, I'obligation qui lui ont lea lettres et tout ce qu'il fit pour elles. 3". Les manuscrits qui, apr^s avoir appartenu a des particuliers, ou k de grands seigneurs des dtats de Bourgogne, ont passd en diffdrens temps ct d'une mani^re quelconque dans la bibliotheque de Bruxelles. Parmi ceux-ci Ton doit distinguer sp^cialement ceux de Charles M2 de fl r »wr >• i'ft V X' '' '"!' ■;./:! 'I k '■■■'.' ■ ' '.■ '■ I! ;l ■ ■ , » de Croy, cointe de Chimay, parrain de Charles-Quint, chevalier de la toiion, fait en I486 prince de Chimay par Maximilien. Les siens Hont as-sez nombreux, et iU portent pour signe didtinctif ses armniricH et sa signature, apposee par lui-m^me. Do tout ccci il r^sulte, quant au m^rite de la collection Fran^aise de Bruxelles, qu'elle ne doit gu^re offrir que deH manuscrits modemes. J'en ai eHectivement pen vu qui soient prtf* cieux par leur anciennet^, leur raret^, la nature de Touvrage ; mais beaucoup nont curieux parleur Venture, leur conservation, ct sp^cialement par leum miniatures; et ceri miniaturca Hcront un objet int^ressant pour leg personnes qui, comme moi, entreprendont I'histoire des arts dans les bad si^cles. Elles leur prouveront qu'on Belgique I'^tat florissant de certaines manufactures y avoit fort avanc^ i'art de la peinture et du detain. -Mais je reviens aux trois trait^s de notre volume. Je ne dirai qu'un mot sur la description de la Palestine par Brochard, parce que I'original Latin ayant ^t^ imprim^, elle est connue, et que Mi^lot, dans le prdambule dc sa traduc- tion, assure, ce dont je me suis convaincu, n'y avoir adjoustd riens du sicn. Brochard, dc son cdt^, proteste de son exactitude. Nan seulement il a demeur^ vingt-quatre ans dans le pays, mais il I'a traverse dans sun double diam^tre du nord au sud, depuis Ic pied du Liban jusqua Bersab^e; et du couchant au levant, depuis la Mediterrjndc jusqu'a la mer Morte. Enftn il ne d^crit rien qu'il n'ait, pour me servir des tcrmes de son traductcur, veti cor- porellement, lui, estaiit en iceulx lieux. J^ traduction commence au folio 76 de notre volume, et elle porte pour titre : Le livre dc la description de u Terre-Saincte, fait en I'onneur et locnge de Dieu, ct compile jadis, I'an M.Ur.XXXII, par fr^re Brochard, TAlemant, de I'ordre des Preescheurs. Son second ouvrage etant inedit, j'en parlerai plus au long, mais uniquement d'aprds la traduction la Mic^lot. Le volume est compost de deux parties, et porte pour titre. Ad vis directif (conseils de inarche et de direction ) pour faire le passage d'oultremer. On a pour ce passage, dit Brochard, deux voies diRcrentes, la terre et la mer : et il con- seillc au roi de les employer toutes les deux a la fois, la premiere pour I'armde, la seconde pour le transport des vivres, tentes, machines, et munitions de guerre, ainsi que pour les personnes qui sont accoutumees a la mer. Celle-ci cxigera dix adouze galores, qu'on pourra, par des negociations ct des arrangcmens, obteair des G^nois et des V6nitiens. Les derniers puss^dent Candie, N^grepont et autres lies, terrps ou places importantes. Les G^nois ont P^ra, pris de Constantinople, et CafTa, dans la Tartarie. D'ailleurs les deux nations connoissent bien les vents et les mers d'Asie, de m^nie que la langue, lea iles, c6tes et ports du pays. Si Ton choisit la voie de mer, on aura le choix de s'embarquer, soil h Aigucsj-Mortes soit a Marseille ou a Nice ; puis on relficheca en Cypre, comme fit Saint Louis. Mais la mer et Ic sejour des vaisseaux ont de nombreux inconv^niens, et il en r^sulte de ficheuses maladies pour les hommes et pour les chevaux. D'ailleurs on depend des vents: sans cesse on est reduit a craindre les temp^tes et le changement de climat. Souvent m^nie, lorsqu'on ne comptoit faire qu'une rel^che, on se voit forcd de sojourner. Ajoutez h ces dangers les vins de Cypre, qui de leur nature sont trop ardens. Si vous y mettez de I'eau, ils perdent touto leur saveur ; si vous n'en mettez point, ils attaquent le cerveau et brAlcnt les entrailles. Quand saint Louis liiverna dans I'lle, I'arm^e y ^prouva tous ces inconv^niens. II y morut deux cens et cinquante, que contes, qut barons, que chevaliers des plus nobles qu'il eust en son ost. 11 est un autre passage compo!.e de mer et de terre, et celui-ci ofli"e deux routes ; Tune par I'Afrique, I'autre par I'ltalie. La voie d'x'Vfrique est extremement difficile, h raison des chateaux fortifies qu'on y ren- contrcrj, ilu munque de vivres auquel on sera expos^, de la traverg^e des ddserts, et de I'F.gyjjte qu'il faudra franchir. Le chemin d'ailleurs est immense par sa longueur. Si Ton p i't du u^troit (Ic Gibraltar, on aura, pour arriver ii deux petites journdes de Jdnisalem,250O .., d parcourir; si Ton part de Tunis, on en aura 2400. Conclusion: la voie d'Afrique >t iiiipracticable, il faut y renoncer. t-cilr d'lialie prt^sente trois chemins divers. L'un par Aquil^e, par I'lstrie, la Dalmatic, Je D'wcours Preliminaire. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. 85 y ren- et de Si I'on .,2500 Lfrique ilmatie, Je le royaume de Rassie (Servie) et Thcssalonique (Salonique), la plus prandc ritt? dc Macd- duine, laquelle n'cst qii'a huit petitcs journi^ert dc Constantinople. C'est la route que sui- voient les Romains quand lis alloient porter la guerre en Orient. Ces contrees sent fertiles; mais le pays est habilt' de gens non obcissans a I'oiilisc de Rome, lit quant est dc Icur vaJllancc et hardiesse a r^sistcr, jc n'en fais nulle mention, )icut d^faire, non seulement les Turcs et les Egyptiensf, mais encore les Tartres (Tatars) brs (except^) les Indiens, les Arabes, et les Persains. La collection de Bruxelles contient un autre exemplaire de I'Advis directif, in fol. pap. miniat. N". 352. Celui-ci forme un volume a part. Sa vignette repr^sente Brochard travail- lant h son pupitre. Vient ensuite une miniature oix on le voit pr^sentant son livre au roi ; puis une autre oii le roi est en marche avec son armde pour la Terre-Sainte. J'ai dgalemeiit trouv6 dans la m£me collection les deux trait^ Latins de l'auteur, r^unia en un aeul volume in fol. pap. N". 319, couvert en basane rouge. Le premier porte en titre: Directorium ad paasagium faciendum, editum per quemdam fratrem ordinis Predicatorum, scribentem experta et visa potius quam audita ; ad serenissimum principem et dominum Philippum, regem Francorum, anno Domini M.CCC". xxxii*. Le second est intitule : Libellus de TerrA SanctA, editus a fratre Brocardo, Theutonico, or> dinis fratrum predicatorum. A la fin de celui-ci on lit qu'il a 6ti ^crit par Jean Reginaldi, chanoine de Cambrai. Comme I'auire est incontestablement de la m^me main, je ne doute nullement qu'il ne soit aussi de Reginaldi. II me reste maintenant a faire connoitre notre troisi^me ouvrage Franqais, ce Voyage de la Brocqui^re que je publie aujourd'hui. L'auteur dtoit gentilhomme, et Ton s'en aper^uit sans peine quand il parle de chevaux, de chateaux forts et de joales. Sa relation n'est qu'un itindraire qui souvent, et surtout dans la description du pay.s, et des villes, prdsente un peu de monotonie et des formes peu varices ; mais cet itin^raire est intdressant pour I'histoire et la geographic du temps. Elles y trouveront des mat^riaux tr^s-pr^cieux, et quelquefois m^me des tableaux et des aper<;us qui ne sont pas sans m^rite. Le voyageur est un homme d'un esprit sage et sens6, plein de jugement et de raison. On admirera I'impartialit^ avec laquelle il parle des nations infid^les qu'il a occasion de connoitre, et spdcialement des Turcs, dont la bonne foi est bien sup^rieure, selon lui, k cellc de beau- coup de Chretiens. Il n'a gu^re de la superstition de son siecle que la d.,... % k.i-'i. * Le haubert et le haubergeon (sortc de haubert phis leger et moiiu lotird) etoient une sorte de chemise en maiUe» de fcr, laquelk descendoit jusqu'd mi-cuisge. Lea haubergeons Turcs, au contraire, etoient si courts qu'on pouvoit, (elon l'auteur, les qualifier du nom de cuirasses. t Les Turcs ct les Egyptians ! fr^re Brochard, vous oubliez Louit-le-Jeune, et saint Louis. Voi/age de la Brocquiirc. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. la Brocquiire ecrlt en militaire, d'lm style franc et loyal qui annonce de la v^racitrf et inspire la confiance ; mais i I ^crit avec negligence et abandon : de sorte que ses mati^ren n'ont pas toujours iin ordre bicn constant, et que quclquePois il commence a raconter un fait dont la suite se trouve a la page suivante. Quoique cette ronrusion soit rare, je me suis cm pcrmis de la corriger et de rapprocher ce qui devoit tire r^uni et ne I'^toit pas. Notre manuscrit a, pour son orthographe, le defaut qu'ils on! la plupart, c'est que, dans certains noms, elle varic souvcnt d'une page a I'aulre, ct quelquefois m^me dans deux phrases que so suivent. On me bldmeroit de m'astreindre ^ ces variations d'une langue qui, alors incertaine, aujourd'hui est fix^e. Ainsi, par exempic, il ^crit Auteriche, Authcriche, Autherice, Austrice, Ostrice. Jc n'cmploierai constamment que celui d'Autriche. II en sera de m^me des noms dont rorthographe ne varie point dans le manuscrit, mais qui en ont aujourd'hui une differente. J'dcrirai Hongrie, Belgrade, Bulgarie, et non Hon- guerie, Belgrado, Vulgarie. D'autres noms enfin ont chang^ en entier et ne sont plus les m^mcs. Nous ne disons plus la mer Majeure, la Dunoe ; mais la mer Noire, le Danube. Quant a ceux-ci je crois int^- ressant pour la g^ographie de les foire connoitre ; mais je croire en m^me temps qu'il suffira pour cela de les citer une fois. Ainsi la premiere fois que dans la relation le mot Dunoe s'oflfrira, j'^crirai Dunoe; mais par la suite je dirai toujours Danube et il en sera de mdme pour les autres. On m'objectera, je m'y attends, qu'il est mal dc pr6ter a un auteur des expressions qui n'^toicnt ni les siennes ni souvent m^me cellcs de son si^cle; mais, apr^s avoir bien pes^ les avantages et les inconv^niens d'une nomenclature tr^s-litt^rale, j'ai cru reconnoitre que cette exactitude rigoureuse rendroit le texte inintelligible ou fatigant pour la plupart des lecteurs; qui si Ton veut qu'un auteur soit entendu, il Taut Ic faire parler comme il parleroit lui-m^mes'i! vivoit parmi nous; enfin qu'il est des choses que le bon sens ordonne de changer ou de supprimer, ct qu'il seroit ridicule, par exemple, de dire, comme la Brocqui^re, un seigneur hongre, pour un seigneur Hongrois ; des chr^tiens vulgaircs, pour des chr^tiens Bulgares, etc. 87 VOYAGE DE LA BROCQUltoE. CY COMMENCE tE VOYAGE DE BERTHANDON DE LA BROCQUIERE EN LA TERRE D'oULTRE MER, L'aN de grace MIL QUATRE CENS ET TRENTE'DEUX. POur animcr et enflammer le coeur des nobles hommes qui desirent voir le monde; Et par I'ordre et commandement de tr^s-haut, tres-puissant et mon tris-redoute seigneur, Philippe, par la grace de Dieu, due de Bourgogne, de Lothrik (Lorraine), de Brabant et de Limbourg ; comte de Flandres, d'Artois et de Bourgogne* ; palatin de Hainaut, de Hollande, de Zelande et de Namur ; marquis du Saint-Empire ; seigneur de Prise, de Salins et de Malines ; Je, Bertrandon de la Brocqui^re, natif du duch^ de Guienne, seigneur de Vicux-ChSteau, conseiller et premier 6cuyer tranchant de mondit tres-redout^ seigneur ; * La Bourgogne ^toit divisie en deux parties, duche et comte. Cette dernidre, que depuig fut connue sous Ic nom de Franche-Cr .nte, comment a dds-lors d prendre ce nom ; et voild pourquoi I'auteur oesigne d la fois Philippe ct comme due de Bourgogne, et comme comte de Bourgogne. D'aprb 1*1' 4AM 'fri;!',!.-' r ■■■i. i'li ■:'■■ ' u' !! i ■. l? i,r: ft'.. i', 1 li'i * 1 ; ': 1. ii ■r'^J] i ■L 1. M 88 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS. Vojjnge df. D'apris re que jc puU luc rappeler ct cc que j'avois consigne en abrrg^- dans un petit livret cii guise dc nicniorial, j'ai rtdi^c par ccrit cc pen de voyage que j'ai fait ; Afin que .si qiic-l(|ue roi mi prince chretien vouloit entrcprcndrc la conqiii^te dc J^runalcni et y conduirc par ti-rre tino armee, ou si quelqtic nohle liommc vouloit y voyager, leti iins ot Jcs niitrrs piLssmt cnnnoitro, depuis le ducht!- dc Bourgogne jiisqu'i\ JeniHalem, toiitrs l(>!:■' B ■iiiLii VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Votfage dt A la fin de la seconde journ^c je fus saiii d'une fievre ardenie , hi forte qu'il me fiit im- poMible d'aller plui loin. Meit quatrc compagnonR, bicii AitoMfi dc mon accident, me flrcnt monter un Ane, ct me recommanddrent d un de no* Arabea, qu'ilit chargirent dc me rc- conduire it Gaza, I'il ^toit ponibie. Cet homme cut beaucoup aoin dc moi ; cc qui ne leiir cut point ordinaire vi!i>t^-vis dc« Chretiens. II me tint fiddle compagnie, et mc mcna Ic soir paiwer la nuit danM un de leurN camps, qui pouvoit avoir quatre-vingta ct quclquea tcnieH, rang^cii en forme de rum. Ccs tentes Hont failcs avcc deux fourchcii qu'on plantc en terre par Icux gros bout :\ uiie certaine distance Tunc de I'aulre. Sur lea deux fourches etit nmie en travers unc pcrche et lur la perchc une gronse couverturc en laine nu en gros pnil. Quand j'arrivai, quatre ou cinq Arabeu de ta connoiiiNance du mien vinrent au devant dc noux. lis me decendirent de mon &ne, mc firent couchcr itur un mateiaii que jc portoist, et 13, me traitant \i leur guinc, ils mc ndlirent et me pinc^-rent tant avec lea * mains que, de fatigue ct de la«titude, jc m'endormis ct rcpoHai six hcurcs. Pendant tout cc temps aucun d'eux nc mc fit le moindrc ddplni^iir, ct \U nc me prirent ricn. Ce leur ^toit cependant chose bicn aisdc ; et je dcvois d'aillcurs Ictt tenter, puisque je portois sur moi deux cents ducats, ct que j'avois deux chamcaux charges dc provisions et de vin. Je me remis en route avant le jour pour regagner Gaza : mais quand j'y arrivai je ne retrouvai plus ni mes quatrc compngnonN, ni m^me messire Sanson dc Lalaing. Tous cinq dtoient retourn^s 4 Jerusalem, et ils avoient emmend avcc eux Ic Irucheman. Heureuse- ment je trouvai un Juif Sicilirn de qui jc pus me fairc entendre. II fit venir pris de moi un vieux Samaritain qui, parun remade qu'il mc donna, appaisa lagrande ardeur que j'cnduroiM. Deux jours apr^s, me«sentant un pcu mieux, je partis dans la compagnie d'un Maure. II me mena par le chemin de la marine (dc la cdtc. ) Nou<« passdmes pres d'Esclavonic (As- calon), et vinmcs, h travers un pays toujours agrdable et fertile, d Ramie, d'nii jc rcpris le chemin de Jerusalem. La premiere journ^e, je rencnntrai sur ma mute I'amiral (comm.indant) dc cctte ville. II rcvenoit d'un pdlcrinage avec une troupe de cinquantc cavaliers ct dc cent chameaux, months prcsque tnus par des femmes et des enfins qui I'avoient accompagne au lieu dc sa d<^votion. Jc passai la nuit avcc eux ; et. le lendemain, de retour a Jerusalem, j'allai logcr chez lea cordelien), d I'^glisc du mont de Sion, oil je retrouvai mes cinq camaradex. En arrivant je mc mis au lit pour me faire traiter de ma maladie, et je ne fus gu<$ri et en <$lat de partir que le l9d'Adut. Mais pendant ma convalescence jc me rappelai que plusieurs fois j'avois entendu diffifrentes personnes dire qu'il dtoit impossible a un chr^lien de revenir par terre de Jerusalem en France. Je n'oserois pas mdme, aujourd'hui que j'ai fait le voyage, assurer qu'il est sAr. Cependant il me sembia qu'il n'y a rien qu'un homme ne puisse entreprendre quand il est assez bien constitute pour supporter la fatigue, et qu'il poss^dc argent et sant^. Au reste, cc n'est point par jactance que je dis cela; mais, avec I'aide de Dieu ct de sa glorieuse m^re, qui jamais ne manque d'assister ccux qui la prient de bon coeur, je r^solus de tenter I'aventure. Je me tus n^anmoins pour le moment sur mon projet, et ne m'en ouvris pas m£me a mes compagnons. D'ailleurs je voulois, avant de I'entreprendre, faire encore quelques autres p Icrinages, et spdcialement ceux de Nazareth et du mont Thabor. J'allai done prdvenir de mon dessein Namchardin, grand trucheman du soudan d Jerusalem, et il me dunna pour mon voyage un trucheman pariiculier. Je comptois commencer par celui du Thabor, et d^ja tout ^toit arrange ; mais quand je fus au moment de prtir, le gardien chez qui je logeois m'en d^tourna, et s'y opposa mime de toutes ses forces. Le trucheman, de son cdt^, s'y refusa, et il m'annonqa que je ne trouverois dans les circonstances pcrsonne pour m'ac* compagner, parce qu'il nous faudroit passer sur le territoire de villes qui ^toient en guerre, et que tout r^cemment un V^nitien et son trucheman y avoient ^t^ assassinds. * C'ett ce que nous appeloiu maiwr. cerUines maladiet. Cette mftbode ctt employie dam beaucoup de contrect de I'Ohent pour Je la Brocquidrc. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. Je mc rrtitrciKnin done an Hccontl pt^lcrinage, ct mcMire ^anaon ds Lalain([^ vnulut m'y accnmpagncr, aiimi que Ilninbcrt. Nous laiwii^mef) au tnont dc bion metHire Michel de Ligne, qui ^toit maladc. Son Fr^re Guillaume renla prdH de lui avec un aervileur pour le ganler. Nous autrcM nouM partimn le jour dc la mi-aoAt, ct notre intention dtoit de nous rendre i JafTa par R&mk, ct de Jaffa ik Nazareth ; inai.H avant de me mettre en route, j'allai au tombeau dc Notre Dame implorer la protection pour mon grand voyage. J'entendis aux cordclieni le service divin, et je vis B lies genu qui sedisent chr^tien*. desquelit il y en ade bien cstrangCM, srion noHtre mani^re. Le gardien dc J^riiHalcm nouA fit Tamitie dr nous accompagncr juiqu'^ Jaffa, avec un Tr^re cordelier du convent dc Ueaunc. lA its nous quittdrcnt, ct nouM primea unc barque de Maures qui nous conduisit an |}ort d'Acrc. Ce port c»t beau, proFond et bien fermd. La villc clle-m^me parolt avoir M grande et forte ; mais il n'y subNiste plus maintenant que trois cent maisons situi^es h I'une de sch ex- tremities, et asttez loin de la marine. Quant A notre pdlcrinagc, nous ne pAmcs I'accomplir. Des marchandi) Vdnitiens que nous consulti^mes nous en ddtonrn^rcnt, et nous primes le parti d'y renoncer. lis nous apprirent en m^mc temps qu'on altcndoit h Barut une galore de Narbonnc. Mej camarades voulnrent en profiler pour rctonrner en France, et en con- st'qucncc nous primes le chcmin de cettc ville. Nous vimes en route Sur, ville fermde et qui a un bon port, puis Saiette (Sdyde), autre port dc mer asscz *bon. Pour Barut. elle a 6xi plus considerable qu'cllene Test aujourd'hui; mais son port est beau encore, profond et sflr pour les vaisscaux. On voit d I'une de sea pointcs IcH restes d'un chdteau fort qu'ellc avoit autrefois, et qui est ddtruitf . Moi qui n'dlois occupy que de mon grand voyage, j'employai mon sdjour dans cette ville k prendre sur cet objet dcs renscignemens et je m'adressai pour cela i un marchand Gdnois nommd Jacques Pervdzin. II me conseilla d'aller d Damas ; m'assura que j'y trouverois des marchands Vdnitiens, Catalans, Florcntins, Gdnois et autres, qui pourroient me guider par lenrs conseils, et me donna m^mc, pour un de scs compatriotes appeld Ottobon Escot, une lettre de recommendation. Resolu de consulter Escot avant de rien entrcprendre, je proposal a mes-sire Sanson d'aller voir Damas, sans cependant lui rien dire dc mon projet. II accepta volontiers la proposition, et nous partlmeo, conduits par nn moucre. J'ai deja dit qu'en Syrie les moucres sont des gens dont le metier est de conduire les voyageurs ct de leur louer des fines et des mulcts. Au sortir de Banit nous eikmes d traverser de hautes montagnes jusqu'd une longue plaine appelt'e valine de Noe, parce que No*, dit-on, y bfitit son arche. La valine a tout au phis line lieue de large ; mais elle est agr^able et fertile, arrosde par deux rividrcs ct peupldc d'Arabes. Jusqu'^ Damas on continue de voyager etitrc dc'^ montagnes au pied desquelles on trouve beaucoup de villages et de vignobles. Mais je prdviens ceux qui, comme moi, auront a les traverser, de songcr ^ se bien munir pour la nuit ; car de ma vie jc n'ai eu aussi froid. Cettc excessive froidure a pour cause la chute de la rosde ; et il en est ainsi ,_. toute la Syrie. Plus la chalcur a M grande pendant le jour, plus la rosde est ite et la nuit froide. II y a denx journees de Barut d Damas. Par toute la Syrie les Mahom^t'>n8 ont dtabli pour les chrdtiens une coutume particuli^re qui ne leur permet point d'aller d cheval dans les villes. Aucun d'eux, s'il est connu pour tcl ne I'oseroif, et en consequence notre moucre, avant d'entrer, nous fit mettre pied h terre, mcssire Sanson et moi. A peine etions nous entrds qu'une douzaine de Sarrasins s'approcha pour nous regarder. Je portoift un grand chapeau de feuire, qui n'est point d'usage dans le pays. Un d'eux vint Ic frapper par dessous d'un coup de b^ton, et il me le jeta par terre. J'avoue que mon * Sur e»t ruicienne Tyr ; Saiette, ranciinne Sidon ; Barut, I'anciennc Bcrite. t Lex notiitns que nou^ tloiiiie ici la Brocqui^re bont inturesMntes pour la geugraphie. Ellea prouvent que tous rn ports dc Syrir, jadit. si cominrr9aas et di fiitntiix, aujourd'hui si degrade* et si completement inutiles, etuitut de !><>n teinp« proprcs encure la plupart au commerce. premier •M !■ I it ■.fiil'l Eli M " r 'I . 94 .1 I ' VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Voyage de premier mouvement fut de lever le poing sur lui. Mais le moucre, se jetant eiitre nous deux, me poussa en arri^re, et ce Tut pour moi un vrai bonheur ; car en un instant trente ou quarar.te autres personnes accoururent, et, si j'avois frappd, je ne sais cc que nous serions devcnus. Jc dis ceci pour avertir que les habitans dc rette ville sont gens m^chans qui n'entendent ])as trop raison, et que par conx^quent ii Taut bien se garder d'avoir querelle avec eux. li en est de m£me ailleurs. J'ai ^prouv^ par moi-m^me qu'il ne faut vis-a-vis d'eux ni fairc Ic mauvais, ni se montrer peureux ; qu'il ne faut ni paroitre pauvrc, parte qu'ils vous me- priseroicnt ; ni riche, parce qu'ils sont tr^s avides, ainsi que I'expdrimentent tons ceux qui ddbarqucnt a JalTa. Damas pent bicn cnntcnir, ni'a-t-oti dit, cent niille *ames. La ville est riche, raarchande, et, aprds le Caire, !a plus considerable de toutescelles que possdde le souJan. Au levant, au septenirion et au midi, elle a une grande plaine : au ponant, une montagne au pied de laqueile sont batis les Faubourgs. Elle est travcrsde d'une riviere qui s'y divise en plusieurs caiiaux, et fermde dans son enceinte seiilemcnt de belies inuraiiles ; car les faubourgs sont plus grands que la ville. Nulle part je n'ai vu d'aussi grands jardins, de meitleurs fruits, une plus grande abondance d'eau. Cetle abondance est telle qu'il y a peu de maisons, m'a-t-on dit, qui n'aient leur fontaine. Le seigneur (le gouverneur^ n'a, dans toute la Syrie et I'Egypte, que le seul soudan qui lui soil supdrieur en puissance. Mais comme en diflercns temps quelques-uns d'eux se sont revokes, les soudans ont pris des precautions pour les contenir. Du c6t^ de terre est un grand et fort chateau qui a des fosse* la^'yes et profonds. lis y placent un capitaine a leur choix, et jamais cc capitaine n'y laisse entrer le gouverneur. En 1400 Damas fut ddtruite et r^duite en cendres par le Tambrulant (Tamerlan). On voit encore des vestiges de ce desastre ; et vers la porte qu'on appelle de Saint-Paul, 11 y a un qualrier tout entier qui n'est pas rebati. Dans la ville est un kan destine a servir de depot de silretd au\ ndgocians pour leurs mar- chandiacs. On I'appelle kan Berkot, et ce nom lui a dte donnd, parce qu'il fut originaire- ment la maiion d'un homme nomme ainsi. Pour moi, je crois que Berkot ^toit Fran9ais ; et cc qui me le fait prdsumer, c'est que sur une pierre de &a maison sont sculptdcs des fleurs de lis qui paroissent aussi anciennes que les murs. Quoi qu'il en soil de son origine, ce fut un tres-vaillant homme, et qui jouit encore dans le pays d 'line haute renommde. Jamais, pendant tout le temps qu'il v^cut et qu'il eut de Tautorite, les Persiens et Tartres ( Persans et Tatars ) ne purent gagner en Syrie la plus petite portion de terrain. D^s qu'il apprenoit qu'une de leurs armies y portcit les armes, il mar- choit centre elle jusqu'a une riviere au-dela d'Alep, laqueile sdpare la Syrie de la Perse, et qu'a vue de pays je crois etre celle qu'on appelle Jdhon, ct qui vient tomber a Misses en Turcomanie. On est persuade a Damas que, s'il eflt vdcu, Tamerlan n'auroit pas os^ porter scs armes de ce c6t6-la. Au reste ce Tamerlan rendit honnenr a sa m^moire quand il prit la ville. En ordonnant d'y tout meltre a feu, il ordonna de respecter la maison de Berkot ; il la fit garder pour la dt^fendre de I'incendie, et elle subsiste encore. Les Chretiens ne sont vus a Damas qu'avec hnine. Chaque soir on enferme les marchands dans leurs maisons. II y a des gens prdpos^s pour ccia, et le lendemain ils viennent rouvrir les portes quand bon leursemble. J'y trouvai plusieurs marchands Genois, Venitiens, Catalans, Florentins et Fran^ais. Ces dcrniers eloient venus y acheter diffi^rentes choses, specialement des Apices, et ils comptoient aller a Barut s'embarquer sur la galore de Narbonne qu'on y attendoit. Parmi eux il y avoit un nomm^ Jacques Cceur, qui depuis a jou^ un grand r61e en France et a 6^6 argentier du * II y a dans le tcxte cent mille hommes. Si, par ce mot hoinmcs, I'auteur entend les habitans m&les, alow, pour comprendre les femmes dans la pop\datioti, il faudroit compter plus de deux cent mille individus au lieu de cent mille. S'il entend les persoimes en etat de porter Its armes, .son etat de population e«t trop fort et ne peut etre adrai^. roi. I la Brocqui^re. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. 95 MS. Ces iptoient |1 y avoit pntier du roi. II nous dit que la galore ^toit alors a Alexandrie, et que probablement messire Andrd vicndroit avec scs trois camarades la prendre a Barut. Horn de Damas et pr^s des mun on me montra le lieu oil saint Paul, dans unc vision, fut rcnvcrsd de cheval et aveugl6. II se fit aussitdt conduire a Damas pour y recevoir le bap- temc, et I'endroit ou on le baptisa est aujourd'hui une mosqu^e. Je vis aussi la pierre sur laquelle saint George monta a cheval quand il alia combattre le dragon. Elle a deux pieds en carr^. On pretend qu'autrefois les Sarrusins avoient voulu I'cniever, et que jamais, quelques moyens qu'ils aient employes, ils n'ont pu y rdussir. Apres avoir vu Damas nous revinmes a Barut, messire Sanson et moi : nous y trouvSmes messire Andr^, Pierre de Vaudrey, Geoffroi de Thoisi et Jean de la Roe, qui d^ja s'y dtoient rendus, comme me I'avoit annonc^ Jacques Coeur. La galore y arriva d'Alexandrie trois ou quatre jours apr^s ; mais, pendant ce court iniervalle, nous lAmes t^nioins d'une fdte que les Maures c^ldbr^rent a leur ancicnne mani^re. Elle commen(;a le soir, au coucheur du soleil. Des troupes nombreuses, ^parses <;i et la, chantoient et poussoient de grands cris. Pendant ce temps on tiroit le canon du ch&teau, et les gens de la ville langoient en I'air, bien hault ct bien loing, une mani^re de feu plus gros que le plus gros fallot que je veisse oncques allum^. Ils me dirent qu'ils s'en servoient quelquefois a la mer pour briller les voiles d'un vaisseau ennemi. II me semble que, comme c'est chose bien ais^e et de une petite despense, ou pourroit I'employer ^galement, soit k consumer un camp ou un village convert en paille, soit, dans un combat de cavalerie, a dpou- vanter les chevaux. Curieux d'en connoitre la composition, j'envoyai vers celui qui le faisoit le valet de mon hote, et lui fis demander de me I'apprendre. II me r^pondit qu'il n'oseroit, et que ce seroit pour lui une affaire trop dangereuse, si elle ^toit sue ; mais comme il n'est rien qu'un Maure ne fasse pour dc I'argent, je donnai a celui-ci un ducat, et, pour Tamour du ducat, il m'ap- prit tout ce qu'il savoit, et me donna m6me des monies en bois et autres ingr^diens que j'ai apport^s en Fnince. La veille de I'embarquement je pris a part messire Andr^ de Toulongcon, et apr^s lui avoir fait promettre qu'il ne s'opposeroit en rien a ce que j'allois lui r^v^ler, je lui lis part du projet que j'avois forme de retourner par terre. Cons^quemment a sa parole donnee, il ne tenta point de m'en emp^cher ; mais il me repr^senta tout ce que j'allois courir de dangers, et cclui sur-tout de me voir contraint a renier la foi de J^sus-Christ. Au reste j'avoue que ses representations etoient fondles, et que de tons les perils dont il me menaqoit il n'en est point, exceptd celui de renier, que je n'aie ^prouv^s. II engagea dgalement ses cama« rades i\ me parler ; mais ils eurent beau faire, je les laissai partir et demeurai. Apr^s leur depart je visitai une mosqude qui jadis avoit ete une tr^s-belle dglise, batie, disoit-on, par sainte Barbe. On ajoute que quand les Sarrasins s'en furent empards, et que leurs crieurs voulurent y monter pour annoncer la priere, selon leur usage, ils furent si battus que depuis ce jour aucun d'eux n'a osd y retourner. II y a aussi un autre batiment miraculcux qu'on a changed en eglise. C'dtoit auparavant une maison de Juifs. Un jour que ces pens-la avoient trouvd une image de Notre Seigneur, ils se mirent j» la lapider, comme leurs peres jadis I'avoient lapidd lui-m^me; mais I'image ayant versd du sang, ils furent tellement effrayes du miracle, qu'ils se sauvdrent, alldreni s'accuser a I'dv^que, et donn^rent mfime leur maison en reparation du crime. On en a fait une dglise, qui aujourd'hui est desservie par des cordeliers. Je logeai chez un marchand Vdnitien nonimd Paul Barbcrico ; et comme je n'avois nulle- ment renoncd h mes deux pelerinages de Nazareth et du Thabor, malgre les obstacles que j'y avois rencontres et tout ce qu'on m'avoit dit pour m'en ddtourner, je le consultai sur ce double voyage. II me procura un moiicre qui se chargea dc me conduire, et qui s'engagea m^me pardevant lui a me mener sain ct sauf jusqu'a Damas, et a lui en rapporter un certifi- f at signd par moi. Cet homme me lit habiller en S.irrasin ; car les Francs, pour leur sAretd, quand ils voy agent, ont obtenu du soudun de prendre en route cet habillement. Je partis done de Barut avec mon moucre le lendemain du jour ou la galore avoit mis a la voile* I .>: L.. % VOYAGES. NAUIGATI0N5, Voyage de .,j'.. f >rM'" 1 1 ,, ,1 ■' i "1* ■■ ■Si, '.■* ■ •\ , ■ '■' i: '■: hH ■ W> m ;».; R ■'' .''i 1' , 'i :i' t^'iii i& voile, et nous prtmes le chemin de Saiette, entre la mer et les montagnes. Souvent ces monta^ne!! s'avancent si pr^s du rivage qu'on est oblig^ de marcher sur la gr^ve, et quelque- fois elles en sont ^loign^es de troia quarts de lieue. Apr^a une heure de marche je trouvai iin petit bois de haiits sapins que les gens du pays conservent bien prdcieusement. II est mdme s^virement d^fendu d'en abattre aucun ; mais j 'ignore la raison de ce r^glement. Plus loin ^toit une riviere assez proFonde. Mon moucre me dit que c'^toit celle qui vient de la valine de Noe, mais qu'elle n'est pas bonne a boire. Elle a un pont de pierre, pres duquel se trouve un kan oilk nous passdmes la nuit. Le lendemain je vins a S^yde, ville situ^e sur la marine (sur la mer), et ferm^e du c6te de terre par des fossds peu profonds. Sur, que les Maurcs nomment Four, est situ^e de m^me. II est abreuv^ par une fontaine qu'oii trouve a un quart de lieue vers le midi, et dont I'eau, tr^s-bonne, vient, par-desaus des arches, ae rendre dans la ville. Je ne fis que la traverser, et elle me panit assez belle ; cependant elle n'est pas forte, non plus que S^yde, toutes deux ayant 6t6 d^truites autrefois, ainsi qu'il paroit par leurs mu- railles, qui ne valent pas, a beaucoup prH celles de nos villes. La montagne, vers Sur, s'arrondit en croissant, et s'avance par ses deux pointes jusqu'a la mer. L'espace vide entre I'une et I'autre n'a point de villages ; mais il y en a beaucoup le long de la montagne. Une lieue au-dela on trouve une gorge qui vous oblige de passer sur une falaise au haut de laquelle est une tour. Les cavaliers qui vont de Sur a Acre u'ont point d'autre route que ce passage, et la tt)ur a 4t6 construite pour le garder. Depuis ce d^fiM jusqu'a Acre les montagnes sont peu ^levdes, et Ton y voit beaucoup d'habitations qui, pour la plupart, sont remplies d'Arabes. Pr^s de la ville je rencontrai un grand seigneur du pays nomme Fancardin. II campoit en plein champ, et portoit avec lui ses tentes. Acre, entour^e de trois cdt^s par des montagnes, quoique avec une plaine d'environ quatre lieues, Test de I'autre par la mer. J'y fis connoissance d'un marchand de Venise nomm^ Aubert Franc, qui m'accueillit bien et qui me procura sur mes deux p^lerinages des rensei- gnemens utiles dont je profitai. A I'aide de ses avis je me mis en route pour Nazareth, et, apr^s avoir travera^ une grande plaine, je vins a la fontaine dont Notre Seigneur changea I'eau en vin aux noces d'Arch^- t^clin •; elle est pres d'un village oft Ton dit que naquit saint Pierre. Nazareth n'est qu'un autre gros village bdti entre deux montagnes ; mais le lieu oii I'ange Gabriel vint annoncer k la vierge Marie qu'elle seroit mire fait pitid i voir. L'^glise qu'on y avoit bdtie est entiirement d^truite, et il n'en subsiste plus qu'une petite chose (case), 1^ oik Nostre-Dame estoit quand I'angile lui apparu. De Nazareth j'allai au Thabor, oil fu faite la transfiguration de Notre Seigneur, et plusieurs airtres miracles. Mais comme les p&turages y attirent beaucoup d'Arabes qui viennent y tnener leurs b^tes, je fus oblig^ de prendre pour escorte quatre autres hommes, dont deux dtoient Arabes eux-m^mes. La mont^e est tris-rude, parce qu'il n'y a point de chemin ; je la fis a dos de mulct, et j'y employai deux heures. La cime se termine par un plateau presque rond, qui peut avoir en longeur deux portdes d'arc et une de large. Jadis il fut enceint d'une muraille dont on voit encore des restes avec des fosses, et dans Ic pourtour, en dedans du mur, ^toient plusieurs ^glises, et sp^cialement une oi\ Ton gagnc encore, quoiqu'elle soit ruin^e, plain pardon de paine et de coulpe. Au levant du Thabor, et au pied de la montagne, on aperqoit Tabarie (Tib^riade), au- * ArchilricIiniiR est un mot Latin forme du Grec, par lequel I'Evangile designe le maitre d'hotel ou majorddme qui presidoit aux nopes de Cana. Nos igmres auteurs des bas sidcles le prirent pour un nom d'homrae, et cet homme ilg en firent im saint, qu'ils appelirent saint Architriclin. Dans la relation de la Brocqui^re, Arctutridin est le marie de Cana. dcia ta Brocqiiiire. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERmS. VI dela dc laqiielle coule le Ji unlain ; an criichant c^it uiic sraiule plaine fort aj;r^able par aes jardins lemplis de p>»Imiers portaiit d;itfe-i, et p.ir de petits bosquets d'arbres plantds comme dcs vi<»ne-f, et ^ur lesque's cr< it le cotcn. An lever dii solcil ceux-r.i prc'seiitcnt mi aspect sin.ciilier. En voyant leiirs* feiii les vertes c<)U\ cites de toton, on diroit qii'il a neig^ sur cux*. Cc flit dans reitc plaine que je de-icendi.s pour iiic rcpo-^er et diner; car j'avois apportd des pouiets cius et du viii. Mes guides me eonduisirent dans une raaison dont le inaitre, qu:ind ii vit inon vin, me prit pmir un homme He distinction et m'accueiilit bien. 11 m'ap- porta nne ^cuelie de lait, une de miel, et une branchc cliarg^e de datfes) nouvelles. C'etoit la premiere fois de ma vie que j'en voyois. Je vis encore comment on travailloit le coton, et pour ce travail le.4 ouvriers ^toient des hommes et des femmes, Mais la aussi mes guides voulurent me ranqonner, et, pour me reconduire a Nazareth oCi je les avois pris, ils exig^- rent de moi un march^ nouveau. Je n'avois point d'^pee, car j'avoue que je I'aurois tirde, et c'eAt 6t6 folie S moi, comme e'en seroit une d ceux qui m'imiieroient. Le rdsultat de la querelle fut que, pour me A&- barrasser d'eux, il me fallut leur donner douze drachmes de leur monnoie, lesquelles valent un demi-du(at. D^s qu'ils les eurent reques ils me quitt^rent tous quatre; de sorte que je fus obligd (ie m'en revenir seul avec mon moucre. Nous avions Tait pen de chcmin, quand nous vimes venir a nous deux Arabes arm6s k leur tnaniire et months sur de superbes chevaux. Le moucre, en les voyant, eut grande peur. Heureusement ils pass^rent sans nous rien dire ; mais il m'avoua que, s'ils m'eussent soup- fonn£ d'etre chr^tien, nous ^tions perdus, et qu'ils nous eussent tuds tous deux sans remis- sion, ou pour le moins d^pouiil^s en entier. Chacun d'eux portoit une longue et mince perche ferrde par les deux bouts, dont I'un ^toit tranchant, Tautre arrondi, mais garni de plusieurs taillans, et long d'un empan. Leur ^cu ( bouclier) dtoit rond, selon leur usage, convexe dans la partie du milieu, et garni au centre d'une grosse pointe de fer; mais depuis cette pointe jusqu'au bas il dtoit orn^ de longues franges de soie. lis avoient pour vdtement des robes dont les manches, larges de pills d'un pied et demi, d^passoient leurs bras, et pour toque un chapeau rond termini en pointe, de laine cramoisie, et velu ; mais ce chapeau, au lieu d'avoir sa toile tortillde tout autour, comme Pont les autres Maures, I'avoit pendante fort bas des deux cti€s, dans toute sa largeur. Nous allSmes de 14 loger ^ Samarle, parce que je voulois visiter la mer de Tabarie ( lac de Tibdriade), 06 Ton dit que saint Pierre p^choit ordinairement, et y a aucuns (quelques) pardons: c'dtnient lesquatre-temps de Septembre. Le moucre me laissa seul toute la journtie. Samarie est situde sur la pointe d'une montagne. Nous n'y entrlmes qu'i la chute du jour, et nous en sortimea k minuit pour nous rendre au lac. Le moucre avoit pr^f(£r^ cette heure, afin d'esquiver le tribut que paient ceux qui s'y rendent; mais la nuit m'emp^cha de voir le pays d'alentour. J'allai ensuite au puits qu'on nomme puits de Jacob, parce que Jacob y fut jetd par ses fr^res. II y a Ik une belle mosqude> dans laquelle j'entrai avec mon moucre, parce que je feignis d'etre Sarrasin. Plus loin est un pont de pierre sur lequel on passe le Jourdain, et qu'on appelle le pent de Jacob, k cause d'une maison qui s'y trouve, et qui fut, dit on, celle de ce patriarche. Le fleuve sort d'un grand lac situd au pied d'une montagne vers le northuuest (noixl-ouest),et «ur la montagne est un beau chateau possddd par Namcardin. Du lac je pris le chemin de Damas. Le pays est assez agr^able, et quoiqu'on y marche toujours entre deux rangs de montagnes, il a constamment une ou deux lieues de large. Ce- pendant on y trouve un endroit fort Strange, l^ le chemin est r^duit uniquement k ce qu'il taut pour le passage des chevaux ; tout le reste, k droite et k gauche, dans une largeur et * II est probable qu'ici le voyagcnr s'est tromp*. Le cotonnier a parses reulDes qudque ressembUnce tvec ceiles de la vigne. tiles sont lobies de in^me ; mais le coton nait dans des capsules, et non sur des feuilles. On connoit en botunuiue plusieurs arbres dont leg feuilles «oiil couvertes d leur surface extirieure d'un duvet blancj mais on n en connoit aucune qui produise dw coton, O une VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Voyage de ..•■■.III; MT'^'^ I, ,t-i '■, ;.-,. J ! J ' -ii- . ■k: I.!;!: 111 line longueur d'une lieuc environ, nc pr^sente qu'un amas immense de cailloux pareils i\ ceux de riviere, ct dont la plnpart sont gros comme dcs queues de vin. Au dt'bouche de ce lieu est un tres-beau kan, eiitourt^ de fontaines et de ruisseaux. A quatrc nu cinq millcs de Damas ii y en a un autre, Ic plus mngniflque que j'aic vu de ma vie. Cclui-ci est pros d'une petite riviire forniec par des sources ; et en general plus on approche de la ville et plus le pays est beau. Li\ je trouvai un Maure tout noir qui vcnoit du Caire il course de chameaii, et qui dtoit venu en huit jours, quoiqu'il y ertt, me dit-on, seize journecs de marche. Son chamcau lui avoit t-thappc : a I'aide de mon moucre je parvins ;i le hii fairc rcprcndre. Ccs coureurs ontune selic fort singuli^rc, sur laquclic ils sont assis Ics jambcs r roist'es ; mais la rapiditu des chameaux qui Ics conduisent est si grande que, pour r^sistcr ii I'imprcssion de I'air, ils se font scrrer d'lin bandage la tete ct Ic corps. Celiii-ci etoit portcur d'un ordrc du soudan. Une galore et deux galiotes du prince de Tarente avoient pris dcvant Tripoli de Syric une gripcric *de Maures: le soudan, par re- pr^saillcs, envoyoit saisir a Damas et dans toufe la Syrie tons les Catalans et les Genois qui s'y trouvoient. Cette nouvelle, dont je fus instruit par mon moucre, ne m'eflfraya pas. J'en- trai hardiment dans la ville avec Ics Sarrasins, parce que, liabille comme eux, je crus n'avoir rien k craindre. Mon voyage avoit diird sept jours. Le lendemain de mon arriv^e je vis la caravane qui revenoit de la Mecquc. On la disoit compos^e de trois mille chameaux; et en ejrct elle employa pour entrer dans la ville pres de deux jours et deux units. Cet dvenement fut, selon I'usage, une grande f6te. Le seigneur de Damas, ainsi que les plus notables, allerent au devant de la caravane, par respect pour TAlko- ran qu'elle avoit. Ce livre est la loi qu'a laissde aux siens Mahomet. II <$toit envelopp^ d'une ^toflc de soie peinte et chargce de lettrcs morisqucs, ct un chameau le portoit, couvert lui- ineme ^galcmcnt de soie. En avant du chameau marchoient quatre menestrels (musiciens) et une grande quantity de tambours et de nacquaircs (tinibales) qui faisoicnt ung hault bruit. Devant etautour de lui etoient une trentaine d'hommes dont les uns portoient des arbal^tes. lesautresdes dp^es nues, dautres de petits canons (arquebuses) qu'ils tiroient de temps en tempsf . Par derri^r* suivoient huit vieillards, qui montoicnt chacun un chamcau de course prtis duquel on menoit en les.se leur cheval, magnifiquemcnt couvert et otx\6 de riches sellcs, scion la mode du pays. Apres eux enlin venoit une dame Turque, parente du grand-seigneur: elle ^toit dans une litiere que portoient deux chameaux richement par^s et converts. II y avoit plusicurs de ces animaux converts de drap d'or. La caravane etoit composee deMaures, de Turcs, Barbes (Barbaresques), Tartres (Tatars), Persans et autres sectateurs du faux prophiite Mahomet. Ces gens-Ia pretcndent que, quand ils ont fait une fois le voyage de la Mecquc, ils ne peuvent plus 6trc damnes. C'est ce que ni'assura un esclave renegat, Vulgaire (Bulgare) de naissance, lequel appartenoit <\ la dame dont je viens de parlcr. U s'appeloit llayauldoula, ce qui en Turc signilie serviteur de Dieu, et prrftendoit avoir et^ trois fois i\ la Mecque. Je me liai avec lui, parce qu'il parloit un peu Italien, et souvent memo il me tcnoit compngnie la unit ainsi que le jour. Plu^ieurs fois, dans hos entreticns, je I'interrogeai sur Mahomet, et lui dcmandai ou rc- posoit son corps. II me repondit que c'ctoit a la Mecque; que la fiertre (chasse) qui le renfermoit se trouvoit dans uiie chapelle rondc, ouvcrtc par le haut ; que c'^toit par celtc ouverUire que les pelcrins alloient voir la iiertre, et que parnii eux ii y en avoit qui, apres I'avoirvHe, se fais.oienf crever les yeux, parce qu "a pres cela le monde ne pouvoit rien oH'rir, disoient-ils, qui meritat Icurs regards. Efrcctivemcut il y en avoit deux dans la troupe, Tun d'environ seize ans, I'autre de vingt-dcux a vingt-trois, qui s'dtoient fait avcuglcr .niiisi. llayauldoula me dit encore que ce n'cst point i la Mecque qu'on gagnc Ics pardons, mais * GrLperie, Ri'ip, soitc de but imt-ut pour ;illci- en course, vai'^feau coisaiiv. t L'auti'ur ne dit pas si cos aixjurlniscj ttoicnt a. fourclu'tti', Aniedu-, a rouol; mais il est rrmari|uablc que n«s amies d feu portalivcs, dout rinvciition etoit encore asscj; rcycute i.n Europe, I'usseut dis-lors tii usage diez le» Muhonietaiis d'Asic. ,1. • ' ' a Me'linc 1/age de ireils li ux. A de ma plus on ui (Stoit haracau ;oureiirs rapiditt- I'air, il* incc de par rc- noii) qui s. J'en- is ii'avoir la disoit e prtis de gneur de jr I'Alko- }p6 d'une uvert Uii- ; quantit«5 autour de Jes ^p^es ir derri^r« )n menoit ; du pays, dans une isicurs de (Tatars), uc, quand St ce que la daone de Dicu, jit un peu ai ou rc- L') qui le par cede ui, aprcs •ien oHrir, Hipe, Tun :iiiisi. ons, ir-iis ible (\\\c iiflS ii'^c clu'Z k» a Mclinc la Brocquih'e. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUKRIES. 99 h. Mdline (Mddine), villc ou saint Abraham list faire une maison qui y est cncoircs*. La maison est en forme de cloitre, ct les p(■• .: ■ . V M 4h^ rim^ 100 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Vot/age tie J'achetai aussi un tarquais blanc ct garni (sorte de carquois), auquel pendoient une dpde et des coutcaux: mais pour le tarquain et I'^p^e je ne pus en Faire racquisition que secr^tcment ; car, si ceux qui ont radministration de la justice Tavoient su, le vendcur et moi nous eusitions couru de grands risques. Let) dp^es de Damas sont les plus belies ct les meilleures de toute la Syrie ; mais c'est une chose curieuse de voir comment ils les brunissent. Cettc opdration se fait avant la trempe. lis ont pour cela une petite pi^cc de bois dans laquelle est entti un Fer ; ils la passent sur la lame et enl^vent ainsi ses in^galit^s de m^me qu'avec uit rabot on rnl^ve celles du bois; cnsuite ils la trempent, puis lapolissent. Ce poliest tel que quand quelqu'un veut arranger son turban, il se sert de son ^p^e comme d'un miroir. Quant u la trempe, elle est si parfaite que nulle part encore je n'ai vu d'^p^e trancher aussi bien. On fait aussi a Damas et dans le pays des miroirs d'acier qui grossissent les objets comme un miroir ardent. J'cn ai vu qui, quand on les exposoit au soleil, pergoient, a quinze on seize pieds de distance, une planchc et y mettoient le feu. J'achetai un petit cheval, qui sc trouva tr^s-bon. Avant de partir je le fls fcrrcr a Damas; et de 1^ jusqu'a Bourse, quoiqu'il y ait pr^s de cinquante journ^es, jc n'eus ricn i\ faire i\ ses pieds, except^ ii i'un de ceux de devant, oil il prit une cnclouure qui trois semaines apr^s le fit boiter. Voici comme ils ferrent leurs chevaux. Les fers sont legers, tres-minces, allonges sur les talons, et plus amincis encore la que vers la pince. lis n'ont point de retour* et ne portent que quatre trous, deux de chaque c6t^. Les clous sont carr^s, avec une grosse et lourde t^te. Faut-il appliquer le fer: s'il est besoin qu'on le retravaille pour I'ajuster, on le bat \ froid sans le mettre au feu, et on le peut k cause de son peu d'epaisseur. Pour parer le pied du cheval on se sert d'une serpette pareille a celle qui est d'usage en-de-g^ de la mer pour tailler la vigne. Les chevaux de ce pays n'ont que le pas et le galop. Quand on en achate, on choisit ceux qui ont le plus grand pas : comme en Europe on prend de prdft^rence ceux qui trottent le mieux. lis ont les narines tr^s-fendues, courent tr^s-bien, sont excellens, et d'ailleurs coAtent tres-peu, puisqu'ils ne mangcnt que la nuit, et qu'on ne leur donne qu'un peu d'orge avec de la paille picquade (hach^e). Jamais ile ne boivent que I'apr^s-midi, et toujours, m6me ii I'ecurie, on leur laisse la bride en bouche, comme aux mules, li ils sont attaches par les pieds de dcrri^re et confondus tons ensemble, chevaux et jumens. Tous sont hongres, except^ quelques-uns qu'on garde comme etalons. Si vous avez aft'aire a un homme riche, et que vous alliez le trouver chez lui, il vous menera, pour vous parler, dans son dcurie : aussi sont-elles tenucs tr^s-fraiches et tr^s-nettes. Nous autres, nous aimonsun cheval entier, de bonne race ; les Maures n'estiment que les jumens. Chez eux, un grand n'a point honte de monter une jument que son poulain suit par derrieref. J'en ai vu d'une grande beaut^, et qui se vendoient jusqu'i deux et trois cents ducats. Au reste, leur coutume est de tenir leurs chevaux sur le maigre (de ne point les laisser engraisser). Chez eux, les gens de bien (gens riches, qui ont du bien) portent tous, quand ils sont a cheval, un tabolcan (petit tambour), dont ils se servcnt dans les batailles et les escar- mouchcs pour se rassembler et se rallier ; ils Tattachent c\ I'arqon de leur selle, et Ic frappent avec une baguette de cuir plat. J'en achetai un au-si, avec des ^perons et des bottes vcr- meilles, qui montoient jusqu'aux gcnoux, selon la coutume du pays. Pour tdmoigner ma reconnoissance ^ Hoyarbarach j'allai lui offrir un pot de gingembre vert. 11 le rcfusa, et cc ne fut qu'i\ force d'instances et de pri^res que je vins il bout de le lui faire acc< pter. Je n'eus de liii d'autre parole et d'autre assurance que celle dont j'ai parl^ ci- dessus. Cependant je ne trouvai en lui que francliise et loyaut^, et plus peut-etre que j'en aurois eprouve de beaucoup de chr^tiens. * Je crojs que par retour la Brocquiere a entendu ce crochet noinme crampon qui est aux notres, et qu'il a Youlu dire que ceux dc Damas etoitnt p'ats. t Ce trait fait Hllasion aux prejugcs alora en usag^c chez les chevaliers d'Euiope. Comme ils avoiont besoin, pour les founiois ft les coiiil" its, jamais apris I'avoir satisfait ils ne s'essuient. Ilamos (Hems), bonne ville, bien fcrmde de miirailles avec des fosses glacds (en glacis), est sifuee dans nne plains sur une petite riviere. La vient aboutir la piaine de Noe, qui *<'ctend, dit-on, jusqu'en Perse. C'est par elle que ddboucha ce Tamerlan qui prit et ddtruisit tant de viiles. A I'cxtrdinite de la ville est un beau chateau, construit sur une hauteur, et tout en glacis jusqu'au pied da nuir. De llamos nous vinmcs a Ilamant (Hama). Le pays est beau ; mais je n'y vis que pen d'habitans, excepte les Arabes qui rebatissoient quelques-uns des villages detruits. Je Irouvai dans Hamant un marchand de Venise nomme Laurent Sotiranze. 11 m'accueillit, me logea chez liii, et me lit voir la ville et le chateau. Elle est garnie de bonnes tours, close de fortes et epaisses niurailies, et construite, comme le chateau de Provins, sur une roche, dans laquelle on a creusd au ciseau des fossds fort profonds. A I'une des extremitds se voit Je chateau, beau et fort, tout en glacis jusqu'au pied du mur, et construit sur une elevation. 11 est entourd d'ur.c citadelle qu'il domine, et baignd par une riviere qu'on dit etre I'une des quatre qui sorfent du paradis terrestre. Si le fait est vrai, je I'ignore. Tout ce que je sais, c'est qu'elle I'esrcnd entre le levant et le midi, plus pr^s du premier que du second, (est-.-ud-est), et qu'elle va se perdre a Antioche. La est la roue la plus haute et la plus grande que j'aie vue de ma vie. Elle est mise en mouvcment par la riviere, et fournit a la consommation des habitans, quoique leur nombre soit considerable, la quantite d'eau qui leur est ndce.ssaire. Cette eau tombe en une auge m Ou appeloit en Fiance chansons de gestes cellcs qui celcbroient les gestes et belles actions des ancicnshecos. creusee 10# VOYAGES. NAUIGATIONS, Vpijn^e de . ,* !.'■?■ • " .J \4: i. frcude dins la rnchc dij rhikfeau ; dc la cllcKe porfc vcr-i la vllle et en pirrrurf Ir- niPMlnni un canal r<>rm^ par de nrand>t pilier-* ciirrt"* qui out lU ii/c pieds de hniii >iir deux 4 de voyage. Le ina;Tielouck m'eii av<>it averii, ft moii Ii6»e Laurent me mena Iui-m6iiic uu bazar pour en faire r;tcquisiii<)ii. C'dtoieut de petiie^ coiUc-i dc 4 nouvciu tout gnri i, pnur ^pargner le mien, qui ^toit tri-t-beau, et que je vonlois coM.ser\er ; ciiliii un capinat : c'est une robede Teutre. blanrhe, tr^-i-fine, et imp^fiidtrablc a la pluic. En route je m'^tois li^ avec quelque->-un4 de mes compasjiions de raravane. Ccux ci, quand lis surent que j'^tois log^ che/. un Franc, vinrcnt tnc tmuvcr pour me demander de leur procurer du vin. Le vin leur e!*t d^fendu par leur lot, et iU n'auroient o»^ en boire devant les leurs; mais ils edptfroient le faire N'.n'^ risque chcz nn Franc, et rependant ils revenoient de la Mecque. J'en parlai i mon hdte Laure.;t, (|ui me dit qu'il nc I'lseroit, parce que, si la chose ^toit sue, il courrolt les plu^ grands dangers. J'ailai leur rendre cette reponse ; mais lis en avoient ddja cherchj aillrurs, et venoient d'cn trouver rhez un Grec. lU me proposirent done, soit par pure amititf. soit pour £tre autorisd aupr^s du Grec k boire, d'aller avec eux chez lui, et Je lei y accompagnai. Get homme nous conduisit dans une petite galerie, oii m u<4 nous a>tix \ luiit Turcomans accompagn<$s d'unc femmc. Kile portoit le tarquais ainsi qu'rux ; ct, ^ cc sujet, on me dit que ccllcs dc cctte nation sunt braves et qu'cn guerre elles rombattcnt comme les hommes. On ajouta m^me, ct ceri m'^tonna bicn davantagc, qu'il y en a environ trcnte mille qui portent ainsi le tarquais et qui sont snumises a un seigneur nomind Turcgadiroly, lequel habite les montagnes d'Armdnie, sur les frontit^res dc la I'erse. I.n srconde journife fut h traver8 un pays de montagnes. II est assez beau quoiquc pcu nrroMt' ; mais par-tout on ne voyoit que des habitations d«Jtruitcs. Tout en le travcrsant, nion mamelouck m'apprit a tirer de Tare, et il me fit acheter des pou(;ons ct des auncnux pour tircr. Enfin nous arrivumes h un village riche en bois, en vignobles, en terres a bit', mais qui n'avoit d'autres eaux que celles de citernes. Ce canton paroissoit avoir ct^* hnbild md on mc dit que lises abattucs. Nous y logeSmes ; et ce Tut la premiere fois que je vis des habitations de Turcomans, et des fcmmes dc ccttc nation a visage ddcouvcrt. Ordinairement elles le cachcnt sous un morceau d'dtamine noire, et celles qui sont riches y portent attachdcs des pi6ccs dc monnoic et des pierrcs prt'cicuscs. Les hommes sont bona archers. J'en vis plusieurs tircr dc I'arc. lis tircnt assis et d but court : ce peu d'espace donne i\ Icurs filches une grandc rapidit(5. Au sortir de la Syrie on entre dans la Turcomanie, que nous appcllons Armcnic. La ca- pitale est une tris-grandc ville qu'ils nomment Antdquay<5, et nous Antioche. Kile Cut jndis trds-florissante et a encore de beaux murs bien entiers, qui rcnCcrment un tr^s-grand espace et m^ine des montagnes. Mais on n'y compte point ii present plus de trois cents maisons. Au midi ellc est born<5e par une montagne, au nord par un grand lac, au-dcia dtiquel on trouve un beau pays bien ouvert. Le long des murs coule la riviere qui vient dc Hama. Presque tons les habitans sont Turcomans ou Arabes, et leur dtat est dVlever des troupeaux, tels que chamcaux, ch^vres, vaches et brebis. Ces chevres, les plus belles que j'aie jamais viies, sont la plupart blanches; elles n'ont point comine celles de Syrie, les oreiiles pendantes, et portent une laine longue, douce et crdpue. Les moutons oni de grosses et larges queues. On y nourrit aussi des Anes sauvages qu'on apprivoise et qui, avec un poil, des oreiiles et une t^te pareils d ceux du cerf, ont comme lui le pied Fendu. J'ignore s'ils ont son cri, car je ne les ai point entendus cri?r. Us sont beaux, fort grands, et vont avec les autres b^tes; mais je n'ai point vu qu'on les montat*. Pour le transport de leurs marchandise.s, les habitans se servent de boeufs et de bufHes, comme nous nous servons de chevaux. lis les emploient aussi en montures; et j'en ai vu des troupes dans lesquellcs les uns dtoient chargds der-matchandises, et les autres dtoient months. ♦ '. Le seigneur de ce pays e?toit Ramedang, prince riche, brave et puissant. Pendant long- temps il se rendit si rcdoutable que le soudan le craignoit et n'osoit I'irriter. Mais le soudan voulut le ddtruire, et dans ce dessein il s'entendit avec le karman, qui pouvoit mieux que personne tromper Ramedang, puisqu'il lui avoit donn^ sa soeur en mariage. En efTet, un jour qu'ils mangeoient ensemble, il I'arr^ta et le livra au soudan, qui le fit mourrir et s'empara de la Turcomanie, dont cependant il donna une portion au karman. Au sortir d'Antioche, je repris ma route avec mon mamelouck ; et d'abord nous edmes 3 passer une montagne nommde N^gre, sur laquelle on me montra trois ou quatre beaux cha- teaux minds, qui jadis avoient appartenu a des chrdtiens. Lc chemin est beau et sans cesse on y est parfumd par les lauriers nombreux qu'elle produit ; mais la descente en est une fois plus rapide que la montde. Elle aboutit au golfe qu'on nomme d'Asacs, et que nous autres nous appellons Layaste, parce qu'cn efTet c'est la ville d'Ayas qui lui domic son » Get animal ne peut 6tre un 4ne, puigqu'il a le pied fendu el que l'4ne ne !'• point. C'est probablemcnt une rtp^ce de gazelle, ou plulot un bubale. P nom. PIT 1*4 f . (, f T' ■ ■ '.j (.I -• I u. !•!::■.* ■h ■:■ f ■; J.J ' A' 'J? ilk ipi: lOfi VOYAGLS, NAUIGATIONS, P'oyage tk Apr6« qiioi ils noun apport^rent uiie doiizainc tie pains plats caill^, qu'ils appellent yogort. Ces pains, larges d'un pied. On les plic en cornet, comme unc oublie h noni. II s'dtend cnirc deux monta};nc<«, et t'avance dan* lea ferret I'etpce d'cnviron quinzc millet). Sn largeur ^ I'occidcnt in'a paru £trc de douze; mais KUr cet article jc in'en rapporte A la carle marine. Au pied de la montagnr, pres du chemin et aur le bprd de la mcr, sent leu rentcfi d'un chAteau fort, qui du c6{i de la terre i^toit d^fendu par un mar^cage ; de aorie qu'on ncr pnuvoil y abordcr que par mer, ou par unc rhausnee ctroile qui traverHoit le marai^. II <it inhabit(5, mais en avant H'^toient dtablis dcH Turromani. Ilii occupoicnt cent vingt pavilion^ lesi iins dc feutrc, lea autre de coton bleu et blanc, toui tr^it-beaux, toua atwc/. grandu pour loger A I'aifle quinze ou t*ci/.e pcrsonnes. Ce xont leurs maisonit, et, comme nuuii dans lr:i iiAlrcH, ilii y font tout leur manage, a I'exception du Ten. Nous noiia arr^tamev chez eux. lis vinrent placer devant nous une dc ccs nappes i cou- lisses dont j'ai parld, et dans laquelle il y avoit encore des mietles de pain, drs Tragmens de fromage et des grains dc raisin, avec un grand auartier de lait cail sont ronds et plus minces que des oubliei. pointes, et on les mange avec le caill^. Unc lieuc au-delu ^toit un petit karvassera (caravanserai) oCt nous logc&mes. Ces ^tablisse> mens consistent en maisons, comme les kans de Syric. £11 route, dans le cours de la journde j'avoift rcncontrt' un Ermin (Arm^nien) qui parloit un peu Italien. S'^tant aperqu que j'^tois chr^tien, il se lia de conversation avec moi, et me conta beaucoup de details, tant sur le pays et les habitans, que sur le soudan et ce Ramedang, seigneur de Turcomanie, dont je viens dc faire mention. Il me dit que ce der- nier ^toit un homme de haute taille, tr^s-brave, et le plus habile de tons les Turcs k manier la masse et I'^p^e. Sa m^re ^toit une chr^tienne, qui I'avoit fait baptiser ^ la loi Grdgoisc (selon le rit des Grecs) " pour lui oster Ic flair ct la senteur que ont cculx qui ne sont point baptisiez*." Mais il n'^toit ni bon chn'tien ni bon Sarrasin ; et quand on lui parloit des deux proph^tes Jesus et Mahomet, il disoit: Moi, je suis pour les proph^tes vivans, ils mc seront plus utiles que ceux qui sont morts. J Ses Etats touchoient d'un cdt^ ^ ceux du karman, dont il avoit ^pous^ la soeur; de I'autrc a la Syrie, qui appartenoit au soudan. Toutes les fois que par son pays passoit un des sujets tie celui-ci, il en exigeoit des phages. Mais enfin le soudan obtint du karman, comme je I'ai dit, qu'il le lui livreroit; et aujourd'hui il ponide toute la Turcomanie jusqu'a Tharse et m£me une journ^e par-de-1^. Ce jour-la nous logcdmes de nouveau chez des Turcomans, ou Ton nous servit encore du lait ; et I'Arm^nien nous y accompagna. Ce fut lik que jc vis fairc par des femmes ces pains minces et plats dont j'ai parl^. Voici comment ellcs s'y prennent. Elles ont une petite table ronde, bien unie, y jettent un peu de farine qu'elles d^trempent avec de I'eau et en font une p&te plus mollc que celle du pain. Cette pdte, elles la partagent en plusieurs morceaux ronds, qu'elles aplatissent autant qu'il leur est possible avec un rouleau en bois, d'un diam^tre un peu moindre que celui d'un oeuF, jusqu'^ ce qu'ils soient amincis au point que j'ai dit. Pendant ce temps elles ont une plaque de fer convexe, qui est pos^e sur un trepied et ^chaufTi^e en dessous par un feu doux. Elles y ^tendent la feuille de p&tc et la retournent tout aussitdt, de sorte qu'elles ont plus-tdt fait deux de leurs pains qu'un oublieur chez nous n'a fait une oublie. J'employai deux jours d traverser le pays qui est autour du golfe. II est fort beau, et avoit autrefois beaucoup de chAteaux qui appartcnoient aux chr^iens, et qui maintenant sont d^truits. Tel est celui qu'on voit en avant d'Ayas, vers le levant. II n'y a dans la contr^e que des Turcomans. Ce sont de beaux hommes, excellens archers et vivant de peu. Leurs habitations sont rondes comme des pavilions et couvertes de feutre. lis deroeurent toujours en plein champ, et ont un chef auquel ils ob^issent; mais ils changent * Les Chretiens d'Asie croyoient de bonne foi que les iniidiles avoient une mauvaise odeur qui leur ctoit particu- liire, et qu'ib perdoient par le baptime. U sera encore parU plut bas dc cette tuperstition. Ce baptime ^toit, »elon la loi Grigoise, pai- immersion. souvent la Brocquiive. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. \m •otivcnt Ac (ilacc, ci aloni ilt* cniportent avec eiix leiin maiiioni. Leur cnnttime (lan« re ras eat de ■ ,1 ,ri ■"'' , loe VOYAGES. NAUIGATIONS, Voyage dc t'cst \c n^trc. II est niou, ct a inoins d'y £tre accoutume, on a bien dc la peine a le in^cher. Pour leur viandc, ils la mangent crue, secharantir mon clieval, je le couvris avec mon caf'inaf, rcttc robe de feutre qui me servoit de manteaii. Mais moi j'eiis froid, ti il inc prit une maladie qui est malhonnete (le d^voicment) ; j'eusse m^me 6{6 en danger, san-' mon amc' lUck, qui me secouriit et qui mc fit sortir bien vite dc ce lieu. Nulls p. -times done de gi lid matin tous dciix, et entrAmes dans les hautes montagnes. II y a lii iin ctialeau -lomme Cublech, le plus 6\e\6 que je ronnoissc. On le voit a uiie distai'cc de deux jouriit'cs. Quelquefois cependant on lui tournc if dos, a cause dc ' ddtours qu'ocra'sionnent les nontagius ; quclquefois aussi ( u cease do le voir, parce qu'il est cach(5 par des haufcurs: n.ais op no pent p^n^trcr au pays du karman qu'en pnssant au pied de cellc ou il est bati. Le passage est ^troit. II a fallu m^me on quelqucs parties I'liUMir au ciseau; mais par-tout ii est denine par le Cublech. Ce chateau, le dernier *d'- reux qu'ont jjcrdu- les Armeiuens, appartient aujourd'hui au karman, qui I'a eu en .nirtagc a la mort de Hamedaiig. Ces niont:if;iics sont couvertes de neige en tout temps, ct il n'y n (lu'un passage pour les chevaux, quoiqii'on y tnuve de temps en temps de jolies petites plaines. Elles sont dan- gereuses, par les Turcrma.vs qui y sont r^pandus; mn's pendant Ics quatre jours de marche que j'y ai faite, je n'y ai pas vu une seule habitation. Qunnd on quittc les montagnes d'Armenie pour entrcr dans le pays du karman, on en trouve d'autres qu'il faut traverser encore. Sur I'une de celles-ci est une gorge avec un ch<^teau nomme L6ve, ou Ton paie au karman un droit de passage. Ce p^age dtoit aHisrm^ a un Grec, qui, en me voyant, mc reconnut a mes traits pour chr^tien, et m'arr^ta. Si j'avois ^t^ oblig^ de retourner, j'^tois iin homme mort, et on me I'a dit depuis : avant d'avoir fait une demi-lieue j'eusse ^t^ ^gor.;*^ ; car la caravane ^toit encore fort loin. Heureuse- ment mon mamelouk gagna le Grec, et, moyennant deux ducats que je lui donnai, il me livra passage. Plus loin est le chateau d'Asers, et par-de-la le chateau une ville nomm^e Araclie (Eregli). En ddbouchant des montagnes on entredans un pavs aussi uni que la mer; cependant on y voit encore vers la tramontane (le nord) quelques hauteurs qui, sem^es d'espace en espace, semblent des iles au milieu des flots. C'est dans cette plaine qu'est Eregli, ville autrefois fermee, et aujourd'hui dans un grand d^labrement. J'y trouvai au moins des vivres ; car, dans mes quatre jours de marche depuis Tharse, la route ne m'avoit oflert que de Peau. Les environs de la ville sont converts de villages habitus en tr^s-grande partie par des Tur- comans. Au sortir d'Er^gli nous trouvSmes deux gentilshommes du pays qui paroissoient gens de distinction ; ils firent beaucoup d'amiti^ au mainelouck, et le men^rent, pour le regaler, h un village voisin dont les habitations sont toutes creusdes dans le roc. Nous y passames la nuit ; mais moi je fus oblig^ de passer dans une caverne le reste du jour, pour y garder nos chevaux. Quand le mamelouck revint, il me i\\t que ces deux hommes lui avoient demande qui j'etois, et qu'il leur avoit r^pondu, en leur donnant le change, que j'etois un Circassien qui ne savoit point parler Arabe. D'Er^gli a Larande, ou nous allaines, il y a deux journ^eg. Cette ville-ci, quoique non close, est grande, marchande et bien situ^e. II y avoit autrefois au centre un grand et fort chateau dont on voit encore les portes, qui sont en fer et tr^s-belles ; mais les murs sont abattus. D'une ville a I'autre on a, comme je I'ai dit, un beau pays plat ; et depuis L^ve je n'ai pas vu un seul arbre qui fut en rase campagne. II y avoit a Larande deux gentilshommes de Cypre, dont I'un s'appeloit Lyachin Castrico; I'autre, L^on Maschero, et qui tous deux parloient assez bien Fran<;aisf . Ils me demanderent * Ce mot dernier signifie probablement ici le plus reeuli'-, le plus eloigne & la frontiire. t Les Lusipian, devenus lois dc Cyprc sur la fin tlu douzieme si^cle, avoient introduit dans cette ilc la lanpue Franyaisc. C'est en Cypre, au passajre de saint Im\\\s pour sa croisade d'ligypte que fut fait et public ce cinle qu'on appela Assises de Jt-rusalem, et (jui deviiit le code des Cypriots. La langue Fran9ai8e coiitinua d'fitre celle de la cour it des gens bien cleves. quelle ^■ ■• f.. Vf. i' T* 1 ■■ ■■ ' ■ t J 11. ' , JN-'v ''■''■ no VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Voyage dc quelle iJtoit ina patrie, ct comment je me trouvais la. Je leur r^pondia que j'^tois servitciir de moiiseigncur de Bourgogne, que je venois de Jerusalem et de Damas, et que j'avois suivi la caravaoe. lis me parurent tr^s-emerveill^s de ce que j'avois pu pasner : mais quand ilu m'eurent demand^ oil j'allois, et que j'ajoutai que je . retournois par terre en France vers mondit seigneur, ils me dirent que c'^toit chose impossible, et que, quand j'aurois milie vies, je les perdrols toutes. En consequence ils me proposirent de retourner en Cypre avec fux. II y avoit dans I'ile deux galdres qui ^toient venues y chercher la soeur du roi, accordde en mariage au fils de monseigneur de Savoie*, et ils ne doutoient point que le roi, par amour ct honneur pour monseigneur de Bourgogne, ne m'y accordSt passage. Je leur rcpondis qtie puisqiic Dieu m'avoit fait la grace d'arriver jusqu'a Larande, il me feroit probablement celle d'aller plus loin, et qu'au reste j'dtois rdsolu d'achever mon voyage ou d'y mourir. A mon tour je leur dcmandai ou ils alloient. Ils me dirent que leur roi venoit de mourir; que pendant sa vie il avoit toujours entretenu tr^ve avec le grand karman, et que le jeune roi et son conseil Ics cnvoyoit vers lui pour renouveller I'alliance. Moi, qui ^tois curieux lie connoitre ce grand prince que sa nation considdre comme nous notre roi, je les priai de permettre que je les accompagnasse ; et ils y consentirent. Je trouvai a Larande un autre Cypriot. Celui-ci, nommd Perrin Passerot, et marchand, demeuroit dcpuis quelque temps dans le pays. II dtoit de Famagouste, et en avoit et^ banni, parce qu'avec un de ses frferes il avoit tentd de remettre dans les mains du roi cette ville, qui etoit dans celles des G^nois. Mon mamelouck venoit de rencontrer aussi cinq ou six de ses compatriotes. C'^toient de icunes esclaves Circassiens que Ton conduisoit au soudan. II voulutd leur passage les regaler ; ct comme il avoit appris qu'il se trouvoit a Larande des chr^tiens, et qu'il soup^onnoit qu'ils auroient du vin, il me pria de lui en procurer. Je cherchai tant que, moyennant la moitie •I'un ducat, je trouvai a en achcter demi-peau de chevre (une demi-outre), et je la lui donnai. II montra en la recevant une joie extreine, et alia aussitut trouver ses camnrades, avec lesquelles il passa la nuit tout enti^re a boire. Pour lui, il en prit tant que le lendemain, dans la route, il manqua d'en mourir; mais il se gu^rit par une methode qui leur est propre: dans ces cas-la, ils ont une tres-grande bouteille pleine d'eau, et a mesure que leur estomac se vide et se d^barrasse, ilsboivent de I'eau tant qu'ils peuvent en avaler, commes'ils vou- loient rincer une bouteille, puis ils la rendent et en avalent d'autre. II employa ainsi a se laver tout le temps de la route jnsqu'a midi, et il fut gueri enti^rement. De Larande nous allames a Qulonguc, appel^e par les Grecs Quhonguopolyf- II y a d'un lieu a I'autre deux journees. Le pays est beau et bien garni de villages ; mais il manque d'eau, et n'a, ni dautres arbres que ceux qu'on a plant^s pr^s des habitations pour avoir du fruit, ni d'autre riviere que celle qui coule pr^s de la ville. Cette ville, grande, marchande, d^fendue par des- fosses en glacis et par de bonnes mu- railles garnies de tour;:, est la meilleure qu'ait le karman. 11 lui reste un petit chSteau. Jadis elle en avoit un trds-fort, qui etoit construit au centre. On I'a jet^ bas pour y batir le palais du roi J. Je restai la quatre jotirs, afin de donncr le temps a I'ambassadeur de Cypre et a la cara- vane d'arriver. II arriva, ainsi qu'elle. Alors j'allai demander k I'ambassadeur que, quaiul il iroit saluer le karman, il me permit de me joindre a sa suite, et il me le promit. Cepen- dant il avoit parmi ses esclaves quatre Grecs de Cypre rendgats, dont I'un ^toit son Iniissicr d'armes, et qui tons quatre fircnt auprcs de lui des eflbrts pour I'en d^tourner; mais il leur rdpondit qu'il n'y voyoit point d'inconvenient: d'ailleurs j'en avois tdmoigne tant d'envic qu'il se fit un plaisir de m'obligcr. * Louis, fils d'Amcdte VIII, due de Savoie. Il 4pousa en 1432 Anne de Lusignan fille de Jean II, roi de Cypre, mort au inoins de Juin, el soeur dc Jean III, qui alors etoit s^ur le trone. i Plus bas le co|)iste a ccrit Quohongue et Qutioiiisez bien peuple. Test en partie par des Turcomans; mais il y a bcauroiip d'herbages etde marais. La je traversal une petite riviere qui sdpare ce pays de Karman d'avec I'autre Karman que poss^de Arnurat-Bey, nommd par nous le Grand-Turc. Cettc portion ressemble a la premiere ; elle otlre comme olle un ])ays plat, parscmd qa ct la de montagnes. Sur notre route nous cdtoyames une villc a chateau, qu'on nomme Achanay. Pius loin est un beau caravanserai oii nous romptions passer la nuit; mais il y avoit vingt-cinq anes. Notre clief ne voulut pas y cntrcr, et il prefera retourner une lieue en arriere sur ses pas, jusqu'a un gros village ou ncuw logeamcs, ct oil iiou-i trouviimesdu pain, du fromagc et du lait. De ce lieu je vins a Karassar en deux jours. Carassar, en langue Turque, signifie pierre noire. C't>t In capitale de ce pays, dont s'est empar^ de force Amurat Bey. Quoiqu'elle ne soil point fermee, tile est marchande, et a un des plus beaux chateaux que j'aie vus, Q, quuiqu'il 'v'l 114 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Voyage de ^•^';f' quoiqu'il n'ait que de I'eau de citernc. II occiipe la cime dune liaulc roclic, si blen arrondie qii'on la croiroit taillee aii ciseaii. An has est la ville, qui I'entoiire do trois c6tds ; mais elle est a son tour eiivcloppee, ainsi que liii, par une montagiie en croissant, depiiis grcc jusqua mestrc (depiiis le nord-est jusqu'au nord-ouest). Dans le rente de la circonfdrence s'ouvrc nne plaine qiic traverse une riviere. II y avoit peu de temps que les Grecs s'^toient empards de ce lieu ; mais ils I'avoient perdu par leur lachefd. On y apprete les pieds de mouton avec une perfection et une proprcle que je n'ai vuea nulle part Je m'en rdgalai d'nutant plus volontiers que depuis Couhongue je n'avois pas mangd de viande cuite. On y fait aussi, avec des noix vertes, un mets particulicr. Pour ccla on les pele, on les coupe en deux, on les enfile avec une ficelle, et on les arrose de vin cuit, qui se prend tout autour et y forme une gel^e comme de la coUe. C'est une nourriture assez agr^ablc, sur-tout quand on a faim. Nous filmes obliges d'y faire une provision de pain et de fromage pour deux jours ; et je conviens que j Vtois degoAtd de chair crue. Ces deux jours fiirent employes a venir de Carassar a Cotthay. Le pays est beau, bien arrosd et garni de montagnes peu elevdes. Nous traversSmes un bout de for^t qui me parut remarquable en ce qu'elle est composde entidrcment de chenes, et que ces arbres y sont plus gros, plus droits et plus hauts que ceux que j'avois 6t6 a portde de voir jusque-la. D'ail- leurs ils n'ont, comme les sapins, de branches qu'a leurs cimes. Nous vinmes loger dans un caravanserai qui dtoit dloignd de toute habitation. Nous y trouvSmes de I'orge et de la paille, et il eflt 6t6 d'autant plus a\s6 de nous en approvisionner, qu'il n'y avoit d'autre gardien qu'un seul valet. Mais on n'a rien de semblable a craindre dans ces lieux-la, et il n'est point d'homme assez hardi pour oser y prendre une poignde de marchandise sans payer. Sur la route est une petite riviere renomm^e pour son eau. Hoyarbarach alia en boire avec ses femmes; il voulut que j'en busse aussi, et lui-mfime m'en prdsenta dans son gobelet de cuir. C'dtoit la premiere fois de toute la route qu'il me faisoit cette faveur. Cotthay, qiioique assez considerable, n'a point de tnurs ; mais elle a un beau et grand chateau compost de trois forteresses placdes I'une au--crvir d'avcrti-scment aux voyageurs qui, comme moi, auroient afTaire a des Grcrs. Tous ceux avec qui j ai eu a trailer ne m'ont laissd que de la ddfianre. J'ai tnnivc plus dc Inyaiite en Turquie. Ce peuple n'aime point les chrdtiens qui obeissent a r(5j'lir:e de Rcmc ; la soumission qu'il a faife depuis a cette dglise dtoit plus intcrcssec que sincere*. Au-si m'a-t-on dit que, peu avant mon passage, le pape, dans un concile ge- neral, les avoit declares schismatiqucs et maudits, en les dcvouaut a ^tre csclaves de ceux qui dtoicnt esclavcst. Pcia est unc graiule ville habitee par des Grecs, par des Juifs et par des Gdnois. Ceux- ci en soMt les niaitri.'s sous le duo de Milan, qui s'en dit le seigneur; ils y ont un podestat et d'autre^ officicrs qui la tjouvernent a leur mani^re. ' On y fait un grand commerce avec les Tiur-i ; niuis Ics Turcs y jouissent d'un droit de franchise singulier : c'est que si un de leuis esrl:i\cs s"echap])C et vicnt y chercher un asile, on est oblige de le leur rendre. Le port et le plus beau do tous ceux que j'ai vus, et niemc de tous ceux, je crois, que posse- dent Ics cr.rcticns, pui.sque les plus grosses caraques Genoises peuvent venir y mettre cchelle a terrc. Mais comme tout le monde sait cela, je m'abstiens d'cu parler. Cependant il m'a 117 * l"n 1 IW, .loan P;ilc(noj;uo II vint en Italic pour rcimir I'l'glise Grecque avec l;i Latine, et la reunion cut lieu I'amu'c fiiivimii' an concile tie i'loreiice. iNIiiis cetti; deinarclic n'ctoit ile hi part Jo rempereur, ainsi que le re- uian|ue la Iii(iei|uii're, (|ii'nue operation politicpie dietee par I'inleret, et (jui n'eut aucune i-uite. Ses etats se trouvoient dans uiie situaiioii si deplorable, et il etoit teliement. presse l)ar les Turcs, ipi'il cherchoit a se procurer le seeours des Latins ; et c'est dans cet espoir (ju'il etoit venu leurrcr le pnpe. Cette epoque de 1438 c-t reniarqn- able pour uotre voyaifc. Kile prouvc elle cioitres, subsistent encore aujourd'hui, aiiiKi que les colonnes. CcUcs-ci sont de niati^res ditrerentes, porpliyre, marbre, |p-anit, etc. ; et voild pourquoi le voyageur, du Pi-loponn^sc ; sa mite. qui n'etoit pas uaturalistc, les reprusente comine eiant de coiileurs diverses. t Cct cmi)ereur t'toit Jean Paleologue II ; son fr^re, Di'inetrius, despote ou prince Irene, filie de C.'onstantin Dragases, souverain d'une petite contree de la Macedoine j sa femme,' Marie Comntoe, filie d' Alexis, empereur de Trebisonde. X Ces ftrces devotes etoient d'usage alors dans I'eglise Grecque, ainsi que dans la Latine. En France on les ap- pcloit mystires, et c'est le nom que le voyageur donne i ceUe qu'il vit dans Sainte-ISophie. palais. 119 ?j :x 11 •'1 ffli i ii ■fil V' '' ; • i . ;■ i ll-'i. - f i h:* l^::H. ■>_-^ r .! ' il^r'i: 110 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS. Votjage (U palois, et oft jadii on faisoit dcsi jcux*. J*y vis le frt^re Ac rcmpprciir, deNpofe dc Mnr6c, 8'cxerccr avcc line vingtaiiic dViutrcii cavaliers. Charim dViix avoit un arc ; ils roiirniciit i cheval Ic lon^ dc I'cnccinte, jctoient leiirs chapcaiix en nvaiit ; puiH, quaixl ils I'avolcnt ddpasnd, ils tiroicnt par dcrrii^rc, rommc pour Ic pcrcer, ct cdui d'ontrc cux doiit l.i (liche atfci^jnoif Ic chapeaii dc plus pri's t^toit r<5|)ul<$ le pluH'Icibiic. C'est-li iin cxcrcicc qu'iU ont aduptd dcs Turcs, ct c'cst un dc ccux auxqu Is iU rlicrriicnt a se rcndrc habilcs. Dc cc c{\t6, pris dc la pninte dc I'anjjlc, est la belle <5^lisc dc Saint-George, qui a, en facede la Tiirquicf, uiu* tour a I'endroit ou Ic passage est Ic plus eiroit. Dc I'autrc crttd, :^ I'occidcnt, sc voit iinc tres-hautc colonne rarrcc portant dcs caractdres traca loi. Pris dc rette colonne it y en a trois autrcs, jjlacdes rur uno m^mo Iin;nc, et d'un mcuI morccau ciiacunc. Ccllcs-ci portoicnt trois chcvaux dores qui sont mainuMiant a VeniseJ. Dans la jolic^gliso dc Pantht'acrator, occupcc par dcsreligicux caloycrs, qui sont cc que nous appcllcrions en France moincs dc {'Observance, on montre une picrrc «u table de di- verscs coulcurs que Nicodimc avoit fait taillcr pour placer sur son tombeau, ct qui lui scrvit h poser Ic corps dc Notre-Scigncur quand il le dcscendit dc la croix. Pendant ce temps la Vicrge plcuroit sur Ic corps ; mais ses larmcs, au lieu d'y roster, tombdrent tuutcs siu* la pierrc, et on les y voit toutcs encore. D'abord je crus que c'dtoicnt des gouttcs dc circ, et j'y portai la main pour les tAtcr; jc me baissai cnsuitc, n(in de la regirder iiorizontalcmcnt et a contre-jour, et me sembla que c'cstoicnt gouttcs d'cau cngcildc^. C'cst la une chose qucplusicurspersonnes ont pu voir comme moi. Dans la mcme <5glisc sont les tombcaux de Constantin ct desainte Hcldnc sa mdre, places chacun a la hauteur d'environ huit pied-», sur une colonne qui sc terminc comme un diamant pointu a quatre laces. On dit que les V<;nitiens, pendant qu'lU eurcnt a Constantinople unegrande puissance, tir6rent du tombeau dc saintc II<5ldne son corps, qu'ils emportcrent a Venisc, ou il est encore tout cnticr. lis tentdrcnt, dit-on, la mdmc chose pour celui de Constantin, mais ils nc purent en vcnir a bout ; et le fait est asscz vraiscmblable, puisqu'on y voit encore deux gros morccaux brist's a I'endroit qu'on vouioit rompre. Les deux tom- bcaux sont coulciir dc jasprc sur le vermeil, comme une briquc (dc jasj)e rouge). On montre dans I'dglisc de Sainte-Apostole un tron<;on dc la colonne a laquelle fut at- tachd Nolrc-Seigneur pour t-tre battu de verges chez Pilate. Cc morceau, plus grand que la hauteur d'un homme, est do la m6me pierrc que deux autrcs que j'ai vus, I'une u Home, I'autre a Jerusalem ; mais cc dernier exc^dc en grandeur les deux autrcs ensemble. 11 y a encore dans la m6me <5glise, et dans des ccrcucils de bois, plusieurs corps saints qui sont entiers : les voit qui veut. L'un d'eux avoit eu la t6te coupdc ; on lui en a mis ime d'un autre saint. Au reste les Grecs nc portent point h ccs reliques le mfimc respect que nous. II en est de meme pour la picrre de Nicodcme et li colonne de Notrc-Seigncur: ce!le-ci est seulcment couvcrte d'une enveloppe en planches, et posde dcbout pr^s d'un pilier, a main droite quand on entre dans regiise par la portc de devant. Parmi Ics belles dgliscs jc citcrai encore comme wnc des plus remarquables celle qu'on nomme la Blaqiiernc, parcc qu'cllc est pr^s du palais imporial, et qui, quoiquc petite ct mal couverte, a dcs peinturcs avec pav»5 et rcvetemcns en marbrc. Je ne doute pas qu'il n'y en ait plusieurs autrcs if. On u'avoit point encore donin: Co nom aux provinces qucles Turc» ^loise- iloiint en Ivtn'Dpo. t lis sont niaintenant d Paris, ct il y tn a quatre. pend i I •?, hurl hm^-^:i M la Brocqui^re. TnAFFIQUES. AND DISCOUERIES. IM pend ni de I'f mpercur ni de sen odicirn. C'e«t-li un privilege qu'iln powtWent depiiit long- temps* : on dit mime que par deux foin iU out, avcc Icurs |{al^rc«, sauvrf de«Turc« la ville ; pour moi je rrny que Dieu I'a pluv gord^c pour leu Naintcii rcliquM qui aunt dedani que pour autre cho«e. he Tuic y entrelient auMi un oflTicier pour le commerce qu'y font fle« Hujet^, et cet offjcicr est, do m^mc que le bailc, ind(ur le lieu sans aucune pi^ce quelconque d'armure, et sans autre arme qu'un petit bilton. D'abord ils s'amusdrent ^ coiirir les una apr^s les autres, et cette manoeuvre dura environ une demi-heure On apporta ensuite soixante a quatre-vingts perches d'aune, telles et plus longues encore que celles dont nous nousservons pour les couvertures de nos toits en chaume. I.e marid en prit une le premier, et il courut ventre i terre vers la planche, pour I'y briser. Kile plioitet branloit dans sa main; aussi la rr)mpit-il sans clTort. Alors s't'lev^rent des criii de joie, et les instrumens de musique, qui ^toient des nacaires, comme chez les Turcs, se fircnt entendre. Chacun des autres cavaliers vint de mSme prendre sa perche et la rompre. Enfln le ninrid en fit lier ensemble deux, qui a la \6r\t6 n'^toient pas trop fortes, et if les bri.^a encore sans se blesser^. Ainsi finit la f^te, et chacun retourna chez soi sain et sauf. L'empereur ct son t pu- lus Latiiu. en 1304, couquitc d laquelle les Vil>li'. J La BrfKquierc dcvuit trouver ces joutet ridicules, parce qu'il 6toit accoutumc aus tournois de France, oii dfs chevaliers tout couyertu de fcr se battoient avec des cpC>e«, des lances, de» mauuefi, et oii trJs-frequemuicnt il y avoit des hommes tu6s, lileseis ou ecrase.s tous les pieds de« chevaux. C'cst ce qui liii fait dire par deux foi» que dans la joute des perche* il n'y eut per^:vlme de blesse. R Je iTiiuL-e, avoit I'te taite ])riAonniere en l4aU, par un onicier tie Jean de Luxembourg, guncral d«« t I'uis vendue par Jean aux Auglais, qui la firent bruler vive rannue suivuite. Cette vengeance atro tuute 1 Kuro|)c. A Coust»utinople le bruit public I'attribuoit au due; mais les (irecs ne p qu'vm prince chreticn cut etc capable d'une pareillc horreur, «t leur sembloit, dit I'auteur, que c'e m m \l '■ T ^ ,' ^f'^V'l ':\m HMi I'i' .i m i '-f ' •■ ; ■4 » ,1i , ^'■r '1;":. ' 'I lr,!J-ii-.;. :•: \\\ l''{> I9i VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Voyage de Je sortis de Constantinople le ^ Janvier 1433, ct traversal d'abord Rigory, passage jadis assez fort, et form6 par une valine dans laquelle s'avance un bras de mer qui pent bien avoir vingt ntilles de longueur. II y avoit une tour que les Turcs ont abattue. II y rcste un pont, une chauss^e et un village de Grecs. Pour arriver a Constantinople par terre on n'a que ce passage, et un autre un peu plus bas que celui-ci, plus fort encore, ct sur une riviere qui vient Id se jeter dans la iner. De Rigory j'allai a Thiras, habite pareilleinent par des Grecs, jadis bonne ville, et passage aussi fort qu? le pr^c^dent, parce qu'il est form^ de mdme par la mer. A chaquc bout du pont etoit une grosse tour. La tour ct la ville, tout a 6^6 d^truit par les T'lrcs. De Thiras je me rendis a Salubrie. Cette ville, situ^e h. deux journ^es de Constantinople, a un petit port sur le golfe, qui s'etend depuis ce dernier lieu jusqu'a Galipoly. Les Turcs n'ont pu la prendre, quoique du c6t^ de la mer clle ne soil pas forte. Ellc appartient a I'empereur, ainsiquc Ic pays jusquc-ia; mais ce pays,tout ruind, n'a que des vilhigespauvres. De Id je vins d Chourleu, jadis considerable, dcfruit par les Turcs et peupld de Turcs et de Grecs ; De Chourleu d Mist^rio, petite place fermde : il n'y a que des Grecs, avec un seul Turc a qui son prince I'a donn^e ; De Mist^rio a Pirgasy, oi\ il ne demeure que des Turcs, et dont les murs sont abattus ; De Pirgasy a Zambry, egalement d^truite; De Zambry a Andrenopoly ( Andrinople), grandc ville marchandc, bien peuplde, et situ^e sur une tr^s-grosse riviere qu'on nomme la Mariscc, a six journ^es de Constantinople. C'est la plus forte de toutes celles que le Turc possMe dans la Grice, et c'est celle qu'il habite le plus volontiers. Le seigneur ou lieutenant de Gr^ce (le gouverneur) y fait aussi son scjour, ct Ton y trouve plusieurs marchands Vdnitiens, Catalans, Genois et Florentins. Depui* Constantinople jusque Id, Ic pays est bon, bien arros^, mais mal peupl^ ; il a des valines fertiles, et produit de tout, except^ du bois. Le Turc dtoit a Less^re, grosse ville en Pyrrhe, pr^s du lieu de Thessalic oii se livra la bataille entre Cesar et Pompde, et mcssire Benedicto prit cette route pour se rendre auprcs de liii. Nous passAmes la Marisce en bateaux, et rencontrdmes, a pen de di>«tance, cin- quante de ses femmes, accompagndes d'environ seize eunuques, qui nous apprirent qu'ils les conduisoient a Andrinople, ou lui-meme se proposoit de venir bientdt. J'allai d Dymodique, bonne ville, fermde d'une double enceinte de murailles. Elle est fortifiee d'un cotd par une riviere, et de I'autre par un grand et fort chdteau construit sur une hauteur presque ronde, et qui, dans son circuit, pent bien renfermer trois cents maisons. Le chateau a un donjon oft le Turc, m'a-t-on dit, tient son trdsor. De Dymodique je me rendis d Ypsala, asscz grande ville, mais totalement d^truite, et ou je passai la Marisce une seconde fois*. Elle est d deux journdes d'Andrinoplc. Le pays, dans tout cet espace, est mar^cageux et difficile pour les chevanx. Ayne, au-deld d'Ypsala, est sur la mer, a I'embouchure de la Marisce, qui a bien en cet endroit deux milles de large. Au terns de Troye-Ia-Grant, ce fut une puissante citd, qui avoit son roi : maintenant elle a pour seigneur le fr^re du seigneur de Matelin, qui est tri- butaire du Turc. Sur une butte ronde on y voit un tombeau qu'on dit etre celui de Polydorc, le plus jeune des tils de Priam. Le p^re, pendant le sidge de Troie, avoit envoyd son fiis au roi d'Ayne, avec de grands tr^sors ; mais, apr^s la destruction de la ville, le roi, tant par crainte des Grecs que par convoitise des tr^sors, fit mourir le jeune prince. A Ayne je passai la Marisca sur ungros batiment, etme rendis a Macry, autre ville mari- time.a I'occident de la premiere, et habitue de Turcs et de Grecs. Elle est pres de llle de Samandra, qui appartient au seigneur d'Ayne, et elle paroit avoir ^td autrefois trds-consid^- rable; maintenant tout y est en mines, d Texception d'une partie du ciiateau. * Ici le copiste ecrit la Maresce, plus haul il avoit mis IVIareschc, ct plus haut encore Marisce. Cos variations d'orthographe sont iniiiiimcnt communes dans nos manuscrits, et souvent d'une phrase d I'autre. J 'en ai fait la remarque dans mon discours preliininairc. Caumissin, la Brocqnicrc. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. 123 Caumissin, quiwi trouvc ensuite apres avoir traversd une montagne, a dc bons murs, qui la rendent asscz forte, quoique petite. Elle est sur iin ruisseau, en beau et plat pays, lermd liar d'autres montagnes a I'occident, et ce pays s'etend, dans un espace de cinq a six jour- iiere, dit-on, que se livra la grande bataille de Thessale (dePharsale). Jc n'allai point jusq'a ccttc derni^re ville. Instruits que le Turc dtoit en route, nous I'at- tc!idimei4 a Yamgbat«!ar, village construit par ses sujets. II n'arriva que le troisieme jour. Son rscorte, quand il marchoit, ^toit de quatre a cinq cents chevaux"; mais comme il aimoit passionncmcnt la rliassc au vol, la plus grande partie de cette troupe etoit composee de fau- conniers ct d'ostricicrs (autoursicrs), gens dont il faisoit un grand cas, et dont il entretenoit, ine dit-on, plus de deux mille. Avec ce goflt il ne faisoit que de petites journj^-es, ct ses marches n'etoicnt pour lui qu'un objet d'amusement et de plaisir. 11 entra dans Yamgbatsar avec de la pluie, n'ayant pour cortege qu'une cinquantaine de cavaliers avec douze archers, ses esclaves, qui marchoient a pied devant lui. Son habillement c'toit une robe de velours cramoisi, fourree de inartre zibeline, et sur la t6te il portoit, comme les Turcs, un chapcau rouge j mais, pour se garantir de la pluie, par-dessus sa robe il en avoit mis une autre de velours, en guise de manteau, selon la mode du pays. 11 campa sous un pavilion qu'un avoit apport^ ; car nulle part on nc trouve a logcr, nuUe part on ne trouve de vivrcs que dans les grandes villes, et, en voyage, chacun est oblig^ de porter tout ce qui lui est necessaire. Pour lui, il avoit un grand train de chameaux ct d'au- tres betes dc sommc. L'apr^s-din^e il sortit pour aller prendre un bain, et je le vis k mon aise. 11 ^toit a cheval, avec son meme chapcau et pa robe cramoisie, accompagne de six personnes a pied ; je I'en- tcndis meme parler a ses gens, et il me parut avoir la parole lourde. C'est un prince de vingt-huit a trente ans, qui deja devient tr^s-gras. L'ambassadeur lui fit demander par un des siens s'il pourroit avoir de lui une audience et lui offrir les prdsens qu'il apportoit. II fit rdponse qu'allant a ses plaisirs il ne vouloit point entendre parler d'affaires; que d'ailleurs ses bayschas (bachas) ^toient absens, et que l'am- bassadeur n'avoit qu'a les attendre ou allcr I'attendre Iui-m6me dans Andrinople. Messire B^nddict prit ce dernier parti. En consequence nous retournames a Caumissin, ct dc la, apres avoir repass<5 la montagne dontj'ai parld, nous vinmes gagner un passage forme par deux hautes roches entre lesquelles coule une riviere. Pour le garder on avoit construit sur Tune des roches un fort ch&teau nommd Coulony, qui maintenant est ddtruit presque en entier. La montagne est en partie couverte de bois, et habitue par des hommes mdchans et assassins. J'arrivai ainsi a Trajanopoly, ville batie par un empercur nommd Trajan, lequcl fit beau- roup de ciioscs digncs de memoire. II dtoit fils de celui qui fonda Andrdnopoly. Les Sar- rasins disent qu'il avoit une orcillc dc mouton*. Sa viile, qui dtoit tris-grande, est dans le voisinage de la mer et de la Marisce. On n'y voit plus que des ruines, avec quelques habitans. Elle a une montagne au levant et la mer :ui midi. L'un de ses bains porte le nom d'eau saintc. * Trajano|H)ly ne fut point nommce ainsi pour avoir ete construite par Trajan, mais parce qu'il y mourut EUe existoit uvant lui, et se nommoit Selinunte. Adriin ne fut pas le p6re de Trajan, mais au contraire son fils adoptif, et c'est par-li qu'il devint son succes- gcur. Andrinople n'a pas plus ete fondec par Adrien que Trajanopoly par Trajan. Un treinblement de terre ravoil ruinee ; il la fit rebdtir et lui donna son noin. On doit excuscr ces erreurs dans un auteur du quinzi^me siecle. Quant 4 roreille de mouton, il en parle comme d'unc fable de Sarrasiiis. R 2 Plus tii% •!\r- !''i:..:i >,i,...L„t,|)-;, ifi. ' :-t" I, ■ ■t..'!"V>.., .J ' 1 -ki-jiiil;!. ■ ' ■ ■■■■! *''l«'' ^ 1.1 ;"■'■•«■* , m : ii, ,'■ 4 ■^' ■ if:-: ' ;;l|;r?"1.' m\ i'r. mil-. li^: :i-^ IM VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Voyage de Plus loin est Vyra, ancien chateau qu'on a d^moli en plusieurs endroits. Un Grec m'a dit que I'^glise avoit trois cents chanoines. Le chceur en subsiste encore, et les Turcs en ont fait une mosqiide. lis ont aussi construit autour du chateau une grande ville, peuplde main- tenant par eiix et par des Grecs. Elle est sur une montagne pres de la Marisce. All sortir de Vyra nous recontrdmes le seigneur (gouverneur) de la Gr^ce, qui, mand^ par le Turc, se rendoit aupr^s de lui avec une troupe de cent vingt chevaux. C'est un bel homme, natif de Bulgarie, et qui a 6t4 enclave de sin maitre ; mais comme il a le talent de bicn boire, ledit maitre lui a donn^ le gouvernement de Gr^ce, avec cinquante milled'tcats de revenu. Dymodique, ou je revin.t, me parut plus belle et plus grande encore qu'n mon premier passage ; et s'il est vrai que le Turc y a d^pos^ son trdsor, assur^ment il a raison. Nous fAmes obligd:) de I'attendre onze jours dans Andrinople. Enfin il arriva le premier de careme. Le grand calife (le muphti), qui est cliez eux ce qu'est le pape chez nouH, alia au-devant de lui avec tons les notable-) de la ville: ce qui formoit une troupe tr^s-nom- breuse. II en ^toit dedoient en Asie les Turcs, et qu'il d^signe sous le nom de GrAce ceux qu'ils avoient en-de9a du detroit, et que nous nommons aujourd'hui Turquie d'Europe. § Le sultan dont la Brocqui^rc fait ici mention, et qu'il a dcsigiie ci-devant sous le nom d' Amourat-Bay, est Amu- rat II, I'un des princes Ottomans les plus tCldbres. L'histoire cite de lui plusieurs conquetes qui d la verite sont la plupart posterieures au temps dont parle ici la relation. S'il n'en a point ^it davantage, c'est qu'il eut en tfite liu- niade et Scanderberg. D'ailleurs sa jjloirc fut eclipsce par celle de son ftis, le t'ameux Mahomet II, la terreur des Chretiens, tumommi le grand par sa nation, et qui, vingt ans aprds, en 1453, prit Constantinople et d6truisit le peu qui subsistoit encore de I'empire (Jiec. t La quarte s'appeloh ainsi, parce ((u'elle etoit le quart du chenct, qui contenoit quatrc pots et une pinte. Le pot fctoit de deux pintes, et par cons^ueut la ({uarte faiboit deux bouteiUus, plu» un deBii-setier ; et douze grondils, vingt-trois bouteilies. Au la la Brocquikre. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. 1'23 Au goAt pour les femmes il joint celiii des jeunes garqons. II a trois cents des premieres et une trentaine des autres; maiiii il se plait davantage avec ceux-cr. Quand \h sont grands il les recompense par de riches dons et des seigneuries : il y en a tin aiiqiid il a donn^ en mariage Time de ses soeurs, avec vingt-cinq mille ducats de revenu. Certaines personnes font monter son tr^nr ^ un denti-million de ducats, d'autres a un million. II en a en outre un second, qui consiste en esclaves, en vaisselle, et principale- ment en joyaux pour ses femmes. Ce dernier article est estiin^ seul un million d'or. Moi, je suis convaincu que s'il tenoit sa main ferm^e pendant un an, et qu'il s'abstint de donner aiiisi a I'aveugle, il epargneroit un million de ducats sans faire tort a personne. De temps en temps il fait de grands exemples de justice bien remarquables ; ce qui lui procure d'6tre parfaitement ob^i tant dans son interieur qu'au-dehors. D'ailleurs il sait main- lenir son pays dans un excellent (itat de defense, et il n'emploie vis-^vis de ses sujets Turcs ni taille ni aucun genre d'extorsion*. Sa maison est composde de cinq mille personnes tant a pied qu'i cheval ; mais a Tarm^e il n'augmente en rien leurs gages: de sorte qu'en guerre il ne depensepas plus qu'en paix. Ses principaux ofRciers sont trois baschas nu visiers-bachas (visirs-bachas.) Lc visir est un conseiller; le bacha, une sorie de chef ou ordonnateur. Ces trois personnages sont charges de tout ce qui concernc sa personne ou sa maison, et on ne peut lui parler que par leur entremise. Quand il est en Gr^cc, c'est le seigneur de Gr^ce (le gouverneur) qui a I'inspection sur les gens de guerre ; quand il est en Turquie, c'est le seigneur de Turquie. II a donnd de grandes seigneuries ; mais il peut les retirer ^ son gr^. D'ailleurs ceux auxquels il les acconle sont tenus de le servir en guerre avec un certain nombre de troupes i\ leurs frais. C'est ainsi que, tons les ans, ceux deGr^ce lui fournissent trente mille hommes qu il peut employer et conduire par-tout oii bon lui semble ; et ceux de Turquie dix mille, auxquels il n'a que des vivres a fourhir. Veut-il former une arm^e plus considerable, la Gr^ce seule, m'a-t-on dit, peut alors lui donner cent vingt mille hommes ; mais ceux-ci, il est oblig^ de les soudoyer. La p.iie est de cinq aspres pour un fantasain, de huit pour un cavalier. Cependant j'ai entendu dire que sur ces cent vingt mille hommt-s il n'y en avoit que la moiti^, c'est-a-dire les gens de cheval, qui fussent en bon ^tat, bien arrays de tarquais et d'^p^e ; le reste est compost de gens de pied mal ^quippds. Celui d'entre eux qui a une ^p^e n'a point d'arc, celui qui a un arc n'a ni ^pde ni arme quelconque, beaucoup m^me n'ont qu'ur Atan. Et il en est ainsi de^ pistons que fournit la Turquie : la moiti^ n'est ar- m^e que de batons ; cependant ces pistons Turcs sont plus estim^s que les Grecs, et meil- leurs soldats. D'autres personnes dont je regarde le t^moignage comme veritable m'ont dit depuis que les troupes qu'annuellement la Turquie est obligee de fournir quand le seigneur veut former son arm^e, montent a trente mille hommes, et celles de Gr^ce i vingt mille, sans compter deux ou trois mille esclaves qui sont d lui, et qu'il arme bien. Parmi ces esclaves il y a beaucoup de chr^tiens. Il y en a aussi beaucoup dans les troupes Grecques; les uns Albaniens, les autres Bulgares ou d'autres contr^es. C'est ainsi que dans la derni^re arm^e de Gr^ce il se trouva trois mille chevaux de Servie, que le despote de cette province envoya sous le commandement d'un de sea fils. C'est bien ^ regret que tous ces gens-la viennent le servir ; mais ils n'oseroient refuser. Les bachas arriv^rent a Andrinople trois jours apres leur seigneur, et ils y amenoient avec eux une pnrtie de ses gens et de son bagage. Ce bagage consiste en une centaine de cha- meaux et deux cent ciiiquante, tant mulets que sommiers, parce que la nation ne fait point usage de chariots. * Ceci est une satire indirectc des gouvememens d'Europe, ofk chaque jour leg rois, et meme les wigneun par- ticuliers, vexoietit ce ({w'xh appeluient leurs bommes ou leurs sujets par des tallies arbitnires «t det loiUiera d'inipots dunt les noins utoient aussi bizarres que I'asbicttc ct la perception en 4toient abusives. Messire m i III) If; 1 ^ ,. 'i'k-' ml IM VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Voyage dt Mcssirc Benedict, qui desiroit avoir dc liii line audience, fit demander aux bachas s'il pouvoit les voir, et ils repondircnt que non. La raison de ce refus ^toit qu'ils avoicnt bu avcc leur seigneur, et qu'ils «5toient ivres ainsi que lui, Ccpendant ils envoyerent le Icnde- nuiin chez I'ambassadeur pour Ic prdvenir qu'ils ^toient visibles, et il se rendit aussitdt chcz chacun d'cux avec des prcsens; telle est la coutume;' on ne pent leur parler sans apporter quclque chose, et il en est dc mcme pour les csclavcs qui gardent leurs portes. Je Taccoin- pagnai dans cette visite. Le jour suivant, dans I'apres dinee, ils lui firent dire qu'il pouvoit vrnir au palais. 11 monta aussitot a chcval pour s'y rcndre avec sa suite, et jc me joignis a elle : mais nous ctions tous a pied ; lui seiil avoit un cheval. Devant la cour nous trouvames une grande quantite d'hommes et de chevaux. La porte ^toit gard^e par une trcnfaine d'esclaves sous le gouvernement d'un chef, et atmds de ba- tons. Si queiqu'un se prescnte pourcntrer sans permission, ils iui disentde se retirer; s'il insiste, ils le chasscnt a coups de baton. Ce que nous appelons ia cotir du roi, les Turcs I'appellent porte du seigneur. Toufcs lea fois que le seigneur reqoit un message ou ambassadc, ce qui lui arrive presque tous It-s jours, il fait porte. Faire j)orte est pour lui ce qu'est pour nos rois de France tenir etat roval et cour ouverte, quoique cepcndant il y ait entre les deux ceremonies beaucoup de difli^rencc, comme je le dirai tout-a-l'heure. Quand I'ambassadeur fut entre on le fit asseoir pres de la porte avec beaucoup d'autrcs personnes qui attendoient que Ic maitre sortit de sa chambrc pour faire porte. D'abord les frois bachas entrdrcnt avec le gouvcrneur de Grece et autres qu'ils appcUent seigneurs, ba cliambre donnoit sur une trcs-grande cour. Le gouvcrneur alia I'y attcndre. II parut. Son vetemcnt ctoit, selon I'usage, une robe de satin cramoisi, par*dessus laquelle il en avoit, comme manteau, une autre de satin vert a figures, fourr^e de martre zibeline. Ses jeunes garcjons I'accompa-inoicnt ; mais ils ne le suivirent que jusqu'a I'entrde de la piece, et rentrerent. II ne resta pres de lui qu'un petit nain et deux jeunes gens qui faisoient les fous*. 11 travcrsa Tangle de la cour, et viut dans une galerie ou Ton avoit prepare un siege j)our lui. C'^toit une sorte de couche couverte en velours (un sopha), ou il avoit quatre ou cinei degres a monter. II alia s'y asseoir a la maniere Turque, comme nos tailleurs quand ils ira- vaillent, et aussit6t les trois bachas vinrent prendre place a peu de distance de lui. Les au- tres oflficicrs qui dans ces jours-la font partie de son corKige entrerent .. ■'■■'.;■ .< . •;■.' 'i ; 'n"' -: I'r'i 128 VOYAGES. NAUIGATIONS, Voi/age dt rrtmpatriote*, qur Ic prince vouloit r^duire en nervitude. D^scsp^rd de ne pouvoir rien ob- tenir, il Ic tua, ct fiit liii-m£me massacrd a riimtant*. I^e dixii'mc jour, nous allAmefl a la cour chercher n^ponse. Le seigneur <5tnit, comme la premiere foiM, Hiir son oi^ge ; maJH il n'y nvoit avec liii dan* la golerie que ceux de ses gens <]iii liii servoicnt a manger. Je n'y vis ni bnfTet, ni mdnestrels, ni le seigneur de Bosnie, ni Jes Valaqiies ; mais neulement Magnoly, fr^re du due de Chifalonic (Cdphalonie), qui se ronduit envers le prince comme un serviteur bien reapectueux. Les bachas eux-m6mes /toient en dehon', debout et furt loin, ainsi que la plupart des peraonnes que j'avois vues au- trefoiii dans I'int^rieur; encore leur nombre <;ards par son vainqueur, comme le vculent certains ccrivains, soit qu'il ait prri duns une cag^e de fer, comme le pri'tondent d'autres : ainsi I'historielte de I'aniliassadeur de Servie ne ptut le repfardi'r. JMais on lit dans la vie d'Aniu- ratli 1", p^re dt Bajuzet, et par consequent bisaieul d'Amurath II, un fait qui a pu dunner lieu d la falile de i'as>as- sinat. ('e prince, en 1389, venoit de remporter sur le despotc de Servie une victoire si)ri)al6e dans laquelle il I'avoit fait prisonnier, et il parcouroit le champ de bataille quand, paiisant aupr^s d'un soldat Tr^ballieu blessu d uiort, ce- lui-ci le rcconitQit, ranime seg fprce^ et le poignarde. Selon d'autres auteurs, le despote, qui se nommoit Lazare ou Eleazar Bulcowitz, se voit attaque par une j)uis- saiitc armee d'Amurath. Hors d etat de resister, il emploie la trahison : il gagne un des grands seigneurs de sa cour, qui feint de passer dans le parti du sultan, et I'assassinc. (Ducange, Familia; Bisant. p. 334.) \Lv&n, selon \mn autre relation, Amunth fut tue dans le combat; mais Lazare, fait prisonuier par les Turcs, e.ot par eux coupe en niorqeaux sur le cadjivrc sajiglimt de leur maitre. 11 paroit, d'apres le recit de la Brocquiere, que la version de I'assassinat du sultan par le Scrvicn est la veritable. C'e.it au moins ce que paroissent prouver les precautions prises d la cour Ottomane contre les ambassadcurs ctrangerc. Aujourd'hui uicoio, quand ils paroissent devant Ic souverain, on les ticnt par la nianche. d'or ^oijngede rien ob- :omnie la ses gens [Josnie, ni •). qui se x-mfimes s vues au- ■■ 1 associ^!3, Chretiens rent aussi ti'avois pu mc parut ite, Rur la t la Brocquih'e. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. 129 largeoit do iciir, mais li, leiir (lit conqufites, lit pour lui ances prd- IS de I'eni- ais trouves ;prouva Si- la veille de 1 me conta dnois qui arm^e re- a peine y e camocas mais sur harge. galemcnt D^guelar- de trente DJt un tissu traite avcc ir, conitnc It- vie d' Aniu- ile (le l'as>as- uelle il ravDit d uiurt, ct- par une puis- rs de sa cour, fs Turcs, est la veritabU'. irs ctraiitiers. d'or d'or cramoisi, et elle avoit Ic visage couvcrt, scion i'usagc de la nation, d'un voile tris-riche et orn^ de picrreries. Lcs dames jjortoient de m^ine de magnifiqucs voiles, et pour habille- ment les unes avoient des robes de velours cramoisi, lcs autres des robes de drap d'or sans fourrures. Toutes ^foicnt a clicval, jambe de-(ja, jambe de-la, comme des hommes, et plu« sicurs avoient de supcrbes sellcs. En avant et a la tete de la troupe marciioient trcize ou quatorze cavaliers ct deux mdnes- trels, di;alement a clieval, ainsi que quelques autres musicicns qui portoient une trompette, un tr^s-grand tambour et environ huit paires de timbales. Tout cela faisoit un bruit affreux. Apr^s les m'.isiciens venoit le present, et apr^s le present, les dames. Ce present consistoit en soixante-dix grands plateaux d'etain charges de diffiSrentes sortes de confitures et de compotes, et vingt-huit autres dont chacun portoit un mouton ^corche. Les moutons dtoient peints en blanc et en rouge, jet tous avoient un anneau d'argent sus- pendu au ncz et deux autres aux oreilles. J'eus occasion de voir aussi dans Andrinople des chaines de Chretiens qu'on amenoit vendre. lis demandoient I'aumonc dans les rues. Mais le coeur saigne quand on songe a tout ce qu'ils soufTrcnt de maux. Nous quittames la ville le 12 de Mars, sous la conduite d'un esclave que le seigneur avoit donn^ i I'ambassadeur pour I'accompagner. Cet homme nous fut en route d'une grande utilitd, sur-tout pour les logemens ; car par-tout oCi il demandoit quelque chose pour nous, a I'instant on s'emprcssoit de nous I'accorder. Notre premifcre journde fut k travers un beau pays, en remontant le long de la Marisce, que nous passames a un bac. La seconde, quoiqu'avec bons chemins, fut employee a tra- verser des bois. Enfin nous entr&mcs dans le pays de Macedoine. La je trouvai une grande plaine entre deux montagnes, laquelle pent bien avoir quarante milles de large, et qui est arros^e par la Marisce. J'y rencontrai quinze hommes et dix femmes enchain^s par le cou. C'etoient des habitans du royaume de Bosnie que des Turcs venoient d'enlever dans une course qu'ils avoient faite. Deux d'entre eux les menoient vendre dans Andrinople. Peu apr^s j'arrivai a Ph^ropoly*, capitale de la Macddoine, et bStie par le roi Philippe. Elle est sur la Marisce, dans une grande plaine et un excellent pays, oft Ton trouve toutes aortes de vivres et a bon compte. Ce fut jadis une ville considerable, et elle I'est encore. Elle renfcrine trois montagnes, dont deux sont a une extr^mit^ vers le midi, et I'autre au centre. Sur celle-ci etoit cons'truit un grand chateau en forme de croissant allong^; mais il a ^t^ defruit. On me montra I'emplacement du palais du roi Philippe, qu'on a de ni^me ddmoli, et dont les murs subsistent encore. Philippopoli est peupl^e en grande partie de Bulgares qui tiennent la loi Gr^goise (qui suivent la religion Grecque). Pour en sortir je passai la Marisce sur un pont, et chevauchai pendant une journ^e toute enti^rei travers cette plaine dont j'ai parl^; elle aboutit a une montagne longue de seize a vingt milles, et couverte de bois. Ce lieu ^toit autrefois infest^ de voleurs, et tr6s-dangereux a passer. Le Turc a ordonnc que quiconque y habiteroit fftt Franc, et en consequence il s'y est eleve deux villages peuplds de Bulgares, et dont I'uu est sur les confins de Bulgarie et de Macddoinc, Je passai la nuitdans le premier. Apr^s avoir travers^ la montagne, on trouve une plaine de six milles de long sur deux de large; puis une for6t qui pent bien en avoir seize de longueur ; puis une autre grande plaine totalement close de montagnes, bien peupl^e de Bulgares, et ou Ton a une riviere a tra- verser. Enfin j'arrivai en trois jours a une ville nommde Sophie, qui fut autrefois tr^s-consi- ddrable, ainsi qu'on le voit par les debris de ses murs ras^s jusqu'a terre, et qui aujourd'hui encore est la meilieure de la Bulgarie. Elle a un petit chateau, et se trouve assez pres d'une montagne au midi, mais situ^e au commencement d'une grande plaine d'environ soixante milles de long sur dix de large. Ses habitans son. pour la plupart des Bulgares, et il en est * C'est une eneur de copiste ; lui-mimc, quelques lignes plus bas, a ecrit Phelippopoly, et en effet c'est de Phi- lippopoli qu'il est mention. S dc m .|ui finit par citer d son tribunal et depo^cr le pape, tandis que lc pape lui ordonnoit de se dissoudre ct en convoquoit un autre A Ferrare, puis a Florence, avoit eiitrejiris de reunir I'cglisc Grecque d la L,iitine ; et c'est dans ce dcssein qu'il deputoit vers I'empereur. Cclui-ci se rcnuit ellectivement en Italie, et il signa dans Florence cette reunion politique et siniulee dont il a ete parlo plus li;iut. } On sera etonne de voir I'auteur, en parlant de la garnison d'une place de guerre, ne faire mention que de chevaux. Ci-des.-us, lorsqu'il a specific le contingent que le de.-pote etoit oblige de fournir d I'armce Turque, il n'a p;u-le que dc clievaux. Sans cesse il parle de ehevaux. C'e?t fi«'alors en Lurope on ne faisoit cas ([ue de la gen- darnierie, et que ri/ifantcrie ou pielaillc, prcs(iue toujours lual composce et mal armee, etoit coinptcc pour tr^s-peu. Toutes Lisunt. I que de iln'a I la gen- les-peii. routes la Brocqni^re. TRAFFIQUES. AND DISCOUERIES. Toutes cinq sont blen garnirs d'artillerie. J'y ai remarqud suivtout trois bombardes de tnctnil (canons de bronze) dont deux «5toient de deux piiiccs*, et Tune d'unc telle grosseur nuc jamais je n'en ai vu de pareillc : elle avoit quarante-deux pouces de large dcdena oil la picrre cntrc (sa bouche avoit quarantc-deux pouces de diam^tre); mais elle me parut courte poui' sa gro.-i'ieurf . Lc capitaine (commandant) de la place ^toit mcssire Mathico, chevalier de Aragouse (d'Arragon), et il avoit pour lieutenant un sien fr^rc, qu'on appeloit le seigneur frire. Siir lc Danube, deux journ^es au-dessous de Belgrade, le Turc possdde ce chlteau de Couiombach, qu'il a pris au despote. Cast encore une forte place, dit-on, quoique cepen- flant il soit ais^ de I'attaquer avec de I'artillcrie et de lui fermer tout secours ; ce qui est un grand d^savantage. II y entretient cent fustes pour passer en Hongrie quand il lui plait. Le capitaine du lieu est ce Ceynam-Bay dont j'ai parl«5 ci-devant. Sur le Danube encore, mais a I'oppositc de Belgrade, et dans la Hongrie, le despote pos- s6dc dgalement un ville avec cbflteau. Elle lui a ^te donn^e par rempereur|, avec plu- sieurs autrcs, qui lui font un revenu de cinquante mille ducats, et c'dtoit d condition qu'il deviendroit son homme^; mais il ob^it plus au Turc qu'a Tempereur. Deux jours apr^s mon arrivde dans Belgrade j'y vis entrer vingt-cinq hommes armds ii la mani^re du pays, que le gouverneur comtc Mathico y faisoit venir pour demeurer en garnison. On me dit que c'dtoicnt des Allemands pour garder la place, tandis qu'on avoit si pr^s des Hongrois et des Serviens. On me r^pondit que les Serviens, ^tant t.ujets et tributaires du Turc, on se gardcroit bien de la leur confier ; et que quant aux Hongrois, ils le rcdoutoient taut que s'il paroissoit, ils n'oseroient la d^fendre contre lui, quelque forte qu'elle filt. II falloit done y appeler des Strangers; et cette mesure de- venoit d'autant plus n^cessnire que c'^toit la seule place que I'empereur poss^ddt pour passer sur I'autre rive du Danube, ou pour lc repasser en cas de besoin. Ce discours m'i^tonna beaucoup ; il me fit faire des rdflexions sur I'^trange sujettion oil le Turc ticnt la Macddoine et la Bulgarie, I'empereur de Constantinople et les Grecs, le despote de Rascie et ses sujets. Cette ddpendance me parut chose lamentable pour la chr^tient^. Et comme j'ai vdcu avec les Turcs, que je connois leur mani^re de vlvre et de combattre, que j'ai hantd des gens notables qui les ont vusde pr^s dans leurs grandes entreprises, je me suis cnhardi a dcrire, selon mcs lumi^res, quelque chose sur eux, et a montrer, sauf correction de la part de ceux qui sont plus instruits que moi, comment il est possible de reprendre les etats dont ils so sont empards, et de les battre sur im champ de bataille. Et d'abord, pour commencer par leur personnel, je dirai que ce sont d'assez beaux hommes, portant tous de longues barbes, mais de moyenne taille et de force mediocre. Je sais bien que, dans le langage ordinaire, on dit fort comme un Turc ; cependant j'ai vu line infinite de Chretiens qui, dans les choses oii il faut de la force, I'emportoient sur eux ; et moi-m6me, qui ne suis pas des plus robustes, j'en ai trouvd, lorsque les circonstances exigeoient quelque travail, de plus foibles que moi encore. * Laremarque qwe I'auteur fait ici sur ccs trois canons sembleroit annonccr qiie ceux de bronze ^toient rares en- core, et qu'on les regardoit comme une soite de merveille. Louis XI en fit fondre une douzaine, auxquels il donna le nom des douzc pairs. (Daniel, Mil. Franc, t. I, p. 325.) f La mode alors etoit de faire des pieces d'artillerie d'une grosseur enorme. Peu de temps apr^s I'epoque oii ecrivoit notre autcur, Mahomet II, assiegeant Constantinople, en employa qui avoient ete fondues sur les lieux, et qui portoient, dit-on, deux cents livres de balle. La Chronique scandaleuse et Monstrelet parlent d'une sorte d'obus que Louis XI lit fondre d Tours, puis conduire d Paris, et qui portoit des ballesdc cinq cents livres. En 1717, le prince Eugene, apr^ssa victoire sur les Turcs, trouva dans Belgrade un canon long de pres de vingt-cinq pietb, qui liroit des l)oulcts de cent dix livres, et dont le charge etoit de cin(|uante-deux livres de poudre (Ibid. p. 323.) C 'etoit encore un usage ordinaire de faire ks boulets en gres ou en pierre, arrondis et tallies de calibre pour la pidce. Rt voild pourquoi la Erocqui^rc, parlapt de I'embnuchure du canon, emploie cette expression, " dedens od LA piEHiiE eutre". X Sigismond, roi de Bohcme et de Hongrie. On pretend que Sigismond ne les donna qu'en echange de Bel- grade. § Deviendroit son homme. Cette expression de la feodalite du temps indique I'obligation du service militaire et de la fidelite que le vassal devoit 4 eon suzerain. lis J33 ■'frl I'i'rii ■*r.(l i 13i VOYAGES. NAUIGATIONS, Voyage de ' f 1 '. 1 ' !■.. ) ■ ^ ' 1 .fl . _4 ^ 4 ' 1' 1 •'■ • , ; ''il:r lU lont gens diligent, s« Invent matin volontien, ct vivent de pen en campagnc ; He con* tentant de pain mal cuit, dc chair crue fi; i m ■',■«!■:*»(■. r;r ; »■ ■■ I',. ■, ,»i»,"' lit' •' •y-ii''-' ) .. :'ii 1 1;';'' ^? ']'iy: ilt: ,*■■■ ,i;:i*;; »* 'V 136 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Voyage de- sordre. Si Ton veut les poursuivre et les chasser, il fuient, et se dispeisent chacun de leiir cdt^, quand tn^ine on ne leur opposeroit que le quart de ce qu'ils sont ; mais c'est dans leur fuite qu'ils sont redoutables, et c'est presquc toujours ainsi qu'ils ont d^confi len Chre- tiens. Tout en fuyant ils ont I'art de tirer de I'arc si adroiteinent qu'ils nc manquent jamais d'atteindre le cavalier ou le cheval. D'ailleurs chacun d'cux porte attach^ a Tarpon de sa selle un tabolcan. Si Ic chef ou quelqu'un des ofliciers s'aper(;oit que I'ennemi qui poursuit est en ddsordre, il frappe troia coups sur son instrument ; chacun de son c6t6 et de loin en luin en fait autant : en un in- stant tous se rasseinblent autour du chef, " comme pourceaux au cry I'un de I'autre," et, selon les circonstances, ils reqoivent en bon ordre les assaillans ou fondent sur eux par pelotons, en les attaquant de toutes parts. Dans les batailles rang^es ils emploient quelquefois une autre sorte de stratag^me, qui consiste a jeter des feux a travers les chevaux de la cavnleric pour les epouvanter ; souvent encore ils mcttent en tdte de leur ligne un grand nombre de chameaux ou de dromadaircs forts et hardis ; ils les chassent en avant sur les chevaux, et y jettent le ddsordre. Telles sont les mani^res de combattre que les Turcs ont jusqu'a present mises en usage vis-a-vis des Chretiens. Assur^ment je ne vcux point en dire du mal ni les ddprecier; j'avouerai au contraire que, dans le commerce de la vie, je les ai trouv^s francs et loyaux, et que dans les occasions oi^ il falloit du courage ils se sont bien muntr^s : mais cependant je n'en siiis pas moins convaincu que, pour des troupes bien mont^es et bien commandoes, ce seroit chose peu diflicile de les battre ; et quant a moi je declare qu'avec moitid moins de nionde qu'eux je n'hesiterois pas a les attaquer. Leurs armdes, je le sais, sont ordinairement de cent a deux cent mille hommes ; mais la plupart sont a pied, et la plupart manquent, comme je I'ai dit, de tarquais^ de coiffe, de masse ou d'dpOe ; fort peu ont une armure complete. D'ailleurs ils ont parmi eux un tres-grand nombre de chrOtiens qui servent forcOment : Grecs, Bulgares, MacOdoniens, Albanois, Esclavons, Valaques, Kasciens et autres sujets du despote de Rascie. Tous ces gcns-la ddtestent le Turc, parce qu'il les ticnt dans une dure servitude ; et s'ils voyoient marcher en forces contre lui les Chretiens, et sur-tout les Fran- ^ais, je ne Joute nullement qu'ils ne lui tournassent le dos et ne le grevassent beaucoup. Les Turcs ne sont done ni aussi terribles, ni aussi formidables que je I'ai cntendu dire. J'avoue pourtant qu'il faudroit contre eux un gOnOral bien obei, et qui voulAt spOcialement prendre ct suivre les avis de ceux qui connoissent leur maniere de faire la guerre. C'est la faute que fit a Cnulumbach, m'a-t-on dit, I'cmpereur Sigisniond lorsqu'il fut battu par eux. S'il avoit voulu dcouter les conseils qu'on lui donna, il n'eAt point etd obligO de lever hon- teusement le sidge, puisqu'il y avoit vingt-cinq a trente mille Hongrois. Ne vit-on pas deux cents arbal6triers Lombards et GOnois arr^ter seuls rcflfort des ennemis, les contenir, et favo- riscrsa retraite pendant qu'il s'cmbarquoit dans les galeres qu'il avoit sur le Danube; tandis que six mille Valaques, qui, avec le chevalier Polonois dont j'ai parle ci-dessus, s'dtoient mis a I'ecart sur une petite hnuteur, furent tous taillds en pieces ? Je nedis rien sur tout ccci que je n'aie vu ou entendu. Ainsi done, dans le cas ou quel- que prince ou gdn(?ral chrdtien voudroit entreprendre la conqu^te de la Cr^ce ou m6me pOnOtrer plus avant, je crois que je puis lui donner des renscignemcns utiles. Au reste je vais parler selon mes facultds ; et s'il ni'echappoit chose qui dOplrtt a quelqu'un, je prie qu'on m'excuse et qu'on la rcgarde comme nulle. Lesouverain qui formcroit un pareil projet devroit d'abord se proposer pour but, non la gloire et la renoramee, mais Dieu, la religion, et le salut dc tant d'ames qui sont dans la voie de perdition. II faudroit qu'il filt bien assurd d'avance du paiement de ses troupes, et qu'il n'eflt que des corps bien fames, de bonne volontO, et sur-tout point pillards. Quant aux nioyens de solde, ce seroit, je crois, a notre saint p^re le pape qu'il conviendroit de les assurer ; mais jusqu'au moment oii Ton entreroit sur les terres des Turcs on devroit se faire une loi de ne rien prendre sans payer. Personne n'aime a se voir ddrober ce qui lui appar- tient, ct j'ai entendu dire que ceux qui I'ont fait s'cn sont souvent mal trouv^s. Au reste I oil quel- |u m6me reste je je prie , noil la It dans la ^upes, et Quant bit de Ics : se faire |ii appar- Vu reste la lirocqnidre. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. je m'en rapportc sur tons ces details aiix princes ct a messeigneurs dc lour conseil ; moi je ne m'arr^te qu'a I'espdce de troupes qui me paroit la plus propre a I'entreprisc, ct avec la- quelle je desirerois fitre, si j'avois a choisir. Je voudrois done, 1°. de France, gens d'armes, gens de trait, archers et arbal(?triers, en aussi grand nombre qu'il seroit possible, ct composes comme je I'ai dit ci-dessus; 2,°. d'Angle- fcrrc, mille honimes d'armes et dix mille archers ; '6°. d'Allemagne, le plus qu'on pourroit de gentilshommcset de leurs crennequiniers a pied ct a cheval*. Assemble/ en gens de trait, archers et crennequiniers quinze a vingt mille hommes de ces trois nations, bien unis; joigne/- y deux a trois cents ribaudequinsf, et je demanderai a Dieu la grace de marcher avec eux ; ct je rdponds bien qu'on pourra les niener sans peine de Belgrade a Constantinople. II leur suffiroit, ainsi que jc I'ai remarqud, d'unc armure Idg^re, attendu que le trait Turc n'a point de force. De pr^s, leurs archers tirent juste et vite ; mais ils ne tirent point a bcaucoup pres aussi loin que les notrcs. I.eurs arcs sont gros, mais courts, et leurs traits courts et minces. Le fer y est cnfonce dans le bois, et ne pent ni supporter un grand coup, iii faire plaie que quand il trouve line partie decouverte. D'aprtis ceci, on voit qu'il sufli- roit a. nos troupes d'avoir line armure Icgdrc, c'est-a-dire un l^ger harnois de jambesj, unc l^g^re brigandine ou blanc-hariiois, et une saladc avec baviere ct visidre un pcu large§. Le trait d'lin arc Turc pourroit fausser un haubergeon|| ; mais il s'emoussera centre une bri- gandine ou blanc-harnois. J'ajoutcrai qu'en cas de bcsoin nos archers pourroient se servir dcs traits des Turcs, ct que les leurs ne pourroient sc servir des n6tres, parce que la coclic n'est pas assez large, ct que les cordes de leurs arcs ctant de nerfs, sont beaucoup trop grosses. Selon moi, ceux dc nos gens d'armes qui voudroient dtre a cheval dcvroient avoir une lance Icg^re a fer tranchant, avec une forte dp^e bien affilee. Peut-etre aussi Icur seroit-il avantngcux d'avoir une petite hache ^ main. Ceux d'entrc eux qui scroient a pied porte- roient guisarmeU, ou bon dpieu tranchant** ; mais les uncs et les autres auroient les mains arnirtoient en avant une lame de tor ; d'autres qui, conunc le iieauim;, le couvroicnt en entier, haul et bas : ce qu'on appctoit visi^rc et baviere. II IlaulKji-jreoii, eottcdo niailles plus Uairc que le liaubert. Iltant cii maiUcs, die pouvoit etre fauss^ce plus aise- inent (|uc la brii;t»udinc, i'i'v vJ It; point assez bien arm^s pour former une colonne capable par son poids d'line forte impul- sion. Leurs lances ne valent rien. Ce qu'ils ont de mieux cc sont leurs archers, et ces archers ne tirent ni aussi loin ni aussi fort que les n6tres. lis ont aussi une cavalerie beaucoup plus nombreuse; et leurs chevaux, quoique infi^- rieurs en force aux ndtres, quoique moins capables de porter de lourds fardeaux, courent mieux, escarmouchent plus long-temps et ont plus d'haleinc. C'est une raison de plus pour se tenir toujours bien serr^, toujours bien en ordre. Si Ton suit constamment cette mdthode ils seront forces, ou do combattre avec d^savan- tage, et par consequent de tout risquer, ou de faire retraite devant I'armee. Dans le cas oil ils prendroient ce dernier parti, on mcttra de la cavalerie a leurs trousscs ; mais il faudra qu'elle ne marche jamais qu'en bonne ordonnancc, et toujours pr^te h combattre et a les bien recevoir s'ils reviennent sur leurs pas. Avec cette conduite il n'est point donteux qu'on ne les batte toujours. En suivant le contraire, ce seront eux qui nous bnttront, comnie il est toujours arriv^. On me dira peut-etre que rcster ainsi en presence et sur la diJfensive vis-a-vis d'eux, se- roit une honte pour nous. On me dira que, vivant de peu et de tout ce qu'ils trouvent, ils nous afTameroient bient6t si nous ne sortions de notre fort pour aller les combattre. Je repondrai que leur coutume n'est point de rester en place ; qu'aujourd'hui dans un en- droit, demain ^loignes d'une journee ct demie, ils reparoissent tout-a-coup aussi vite qu'ils ont disparu, et que, si Ton n'est point continuellement sur ses gardes, on court de gros risqucs. L'important est done, du moment ou on les a vus, d'«Jtre toujours en defiance, tou- jours pr6t a monter a cheval et a se battre. Si Ton a quelque mauvais pas a passer, on ne manquera pasd'y envoyer des gens d'armes ct des gens de trait autant que le lieu permettra d'en recevoir pour combattre, et Ton aura grand soin qu'ils soient constamment en bon ordre de hataille. Jamais n'envoyez au fourrsge, ce seroit autant d'hommes perdus; d'ailleurs vous ne trou- veriez plus rien aux champs. En temps de guerre les Turcs font tout transporter dans les viiles. Avec toutes ces precautions, la conqu^te dc la Grece* ne sera pas une entreprise extre- mement difficile, pourvu, je le repute, que I'armee fasse toujours corps, qu'elle ne se divise jamais, et ne veuille point envoyer de pelotons a la poursuite de Tennemi. Si Ton me de- mande comment on aura des vivres, je dirai que la Gr^ce et la Rassie ont des rivieres navi- gables, et que la Bulgarie, la Mac^doine et les provinces Grecques sont fertiles. En avanqant ainsi toujours en masse, on forcera les Turcs a reculer, et il faudra qu'ils choisissent entre deux extr^mites, comme je I'ai deja dit, ou de repasser en Asie et d'aban- donner leurs biens, leurs fen.mes et leurs enfans, puisque le pays n'est point de defense, ainsi qu'on I'a pu voir par la description que j'en ai donnde, ou de risquer une bataille, comme ils I'ont fait toutes les fois qu'ils ont passd le Danube. Je conclus qu'avec de bonnes troupes compos^es des trois nations que j'ai nommdes, Franijais, Anglais et Allemands, on sera sflr du succ^s, et que si elles sont en nombre suffisant, bien unies et bien commandoes, clles iront par terre jusqu'ii Jerusalem. Mais je reprcnds mon rdcit. Je traversal le Danube a Belgrade. II dtolt en ce moment extraordinairement gonfld, et pouvoit bien avoir douze milles de large. Jamais, de mdmoire d'homme, on ne lui avoit vu une crue pareille. Ne pouvant me rendre a Boude (Bude) par Ic droit chemin, j'allai a une ville champ^tre (un village) nommd Pensey. De Pensey j'arrivai par la plaine la plus unie que je connoisse, et apr^s avoir traverse en bac une riviere a Beurquerel, ville qui appartient au despote de Rassie, et ou je passai deux autres rivieres sur un pont. De Beurquerel je vins a Verchet, qui est dgalemcnt au despote, et la je passai la Tiste (la Teisse), riviere large et profonde. Enfin je me rendis a SOgading (Scgedin) sur la Tiste. Dans toute la longueur de cette route, a I'exception de deux petits bois qui etoient enclos * On a dvja vu plus haut que par le mot Gr^ce I'autcur entend les dm que lee Turc$ po$84doient en Europe. d'un la Brocqiiiire. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. I3i> d'lin ruisscau, je n'ai pas vu un seul arbre. Les habitana n'y brAlcnt que de la paille ou des roscaux qii'ils ramassent le long des rivldres on dans leiirs nombreux mar^cages. lis mangent, an lieu de pain, des gateaux tendres ; mais ils n*en ont pas beaucoup a mauger. sJg<*din est une grande ville champ6tre, composde d'une seule rue qui m'a parii avoir une lieue dc longueur environ. Elle est dans un terroir fertile, abondant en toutcs sortes de denrdes. On y prend beaucoup de grues et de bistardes (outardes), et j'en vis un grand raarclie tout reinpli ; inais on les y appr^te fort malproprement, et on les mange de mciiie. La Teisse fournit aussi quantity de poissons, et nuUe part je n'ai vu riviere en dnnncr d'aussi gros. On y trouve ^galement une grande quantity de chevaux sauvages k vcndre ; mais on sait les domter et les apprivoiser, et c'est une chose curieuse a voir. On m'a meme assurd que qui en voudroit trois ou quatre mille, les trouveroit dans la ville. Ils sont a si bon marche que pour dix florins de Hongrie on auroit un tr^s-beau roussin (cheval de voyage). L'cmperenr, m'a-t-on dit, avoit donn«5 S^g^din a un ^vdque. J'y vis ce pr^lat, et me sembia homme de grosse conscience. Les cordeliers ont dans la ville une assez belle eglise, J'y entendis le service. lis le font un peu a la Hongroise. De S^gddin je vins a Paele (Pest), assez bonne ville champetre sur le Danube, vis-a-vis Bude. D'une ville a I'autre le pays continue d'etre bon et uni. On y trouve une quantity immense de haras de jumens, qui vivent abandonndes a elies-m^mes en pleine campagnc, comme les animaux sauvages ; et telle est la rai.son qui fait qu'on en voit tant au marche de S^gddin. A Pest je traversai le Danube et entrai dans Bude sept jours apres mon depart de Belgrade. Bude, la principale ville de Hongrie, est sur une hauteur beaucoup plus longue que large. Au levant elle a le Danube, au couchant un vallon, et au midi un palais qui commande la porte de la ville, palais qu'a commence I'empereur, et qui, quand on I'aura fini, sera grand ct fort. De ce c6t^, mais hors des murs, sont de tr^s-beaux bains chauds. U y en a encore au levant, le long du Danube, mais qui ne valent pas les autres. La ville est gouvern^e par des AUemands, tant pour les objets de justice et de commerce que pour ce qui regarde les diff^rentes professions. On y voit beaucoup de Juifs qui parlent bien Fran pied de long environ, carr^s, mais un peu convexcs en dessus. Qui Ics verroit dans un chariot les prendroit pour dcs pierrcs. On Ic broie dans un morficr, et il en sort passablc- ment blanc, mais plus fin et nieilleur que tous ceux que j'ai goflt^s ailleurs. En travcrsant la Hongrie j'ai souvent rencontrd des chariots qui portoient six, sept ou huii personnes, et ou il n'y avoit qu'un cheval d'attcl^ ; car Icur coutume, quand ils veulent faire de grandes journdes, est de n'en mettre qu'un. Tous ont les roues de derriere beaucoup plus hautes que celles de devant. II en est de converts a la mani^re du pays, qui sont tr^s- beaux et si lagers qu'y compris les roues un homme, ce me semble, les porteroit sans peine suspendus a son cou. Comme le pays est plat et tr^s-uni, rien n'emp^che le cheval de trotter toujours. C'est k raison de cette dgalit^ de terrain que, quand on y laboure, on fait des sillons d'une telle longueur que c'est une merveille a voir. Jusqu'a Pest je n'avois point eu de domestique ; la je ni'en donnai un, et pris ;\ mon service un de ces compagnons masons Franqais qui s'y trouvoient. II etoit de Brai-sur- Somme. De retour a Bude j'allai, avec I'ambassadeur de Milan, saluer le grand comte de Hongrie, titre qui rdpond a celui de lieutenant de I'empereur. Le grand comte m'accueillit d'abord avec beaucoup de distinction, parce qu'a mon habit il me prit pour Turc; mais quand il sut que j'dtois chr^tien il se refroidit un peu. On me dit que c'^toit un homme peu sAr dans ses paroles, et aux promesses duquel il ne falloit pas trop se fier. C'est un peu la en gd- n^ral ce qu'on reproche aux Hongrois ; et, quant a moi, j'avoue que, d'apr^s I'idee que m'ont donn^e deux ceux que j'ai hant^s, je me fierois moins a un Hongrois qu'a un Turc. Le grand comte est un homme kg6. C'est lui, m'a-t-on dit, qui autrefois arr^ta Sigismond, roi de Behaigne (Boh^me) et de Hongrie, et deptiis empereur ; c'est lui qui le mit en prison, et qui depuis Ten tira par accommodement. Son fits venoit d'dpouser une belle dame Hongroise. Je le vis dans une joute qui, a la mani^re du pays, eut lieu sur de petits chevaux et avec des selles basses. Les jouteurs ^toient galamment habillds, et ils portoient des lances fortes et courtes. Cc spectacle est tres-agr^able. Quand les deux champions se touchent il faut que tous deux, ou au moins I'un des deux n^cessairement, tombent a terre. C'est la que Ton connoit siVement ceux qui savent se bien tenir en selle*. Quand ils joutent a I'estriv^e pour des verges d'or, tous les chevaiux sont de m^me hauteur; toutes les selles sont pareilles et tiroes au sort, et Ton joute par couples toujours paires, un centre un. Si I'un des deux adversaires tombe, le vainqueur est oblig^ de se retirer, et il ne joute plus. Jusqu'^ Bude j'avois toujours accompagne I'ambassadeur de Milan ; mais, avnnt de quitter la ville, il me pr^vint qu'en route il se separeroit de moi pour se rendre aupres du due. D'apr^s cette annonce j'allai trouver mon Art^sien Clays Davion, qui me donna, pourVienne en Autriche, une lettre de recommandation adress^e a un marchand de sa connoissance. Comme je m'^tois ouvert a lui, et que je n'avois cru devoir lui cacher ni mon ^tat et mon * En France, pour les toumois et les joutes, ainti que pour Ics batailles, les chevaliers montoient de ces grands et forts chevaux qu'on appeloit palefrois. Leurs selles avoicnt par-devant et par-derri^re de hauts arsons qui, par les points d'appui qu'ils lew fournissoient, leur donnoient bicn plus de moyens de resistcr au coup de lance que les petits chevaux et les selles basses des Hongrois ; et voil4 pourquui notrc autcur dit que c'est dans ks joutes Hon- gcoises qu'on peut reconnoitre Ic cavalier i\y\x sait bicn te wniir en selle. nom. (il: la Brocquidre. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUElUtS. nom, ni le pays d'oii je venois, et I'honneur que j avois d'appartenfr a monseiprnciir le due (due de Bourgogne), il mit tout ccia dans la lettre a sou ami, et jc in'en trouvai bieu. De Bude je vins a Thiate, ville champ^tre ou le roi se tient volonticrs, me dit-on ; puis d Janiz, en Aliemand Jane, ville sur le Danube. Je pas^ai ensuite dcvant une autre qui est formde par une tie du fleuve, et qui avoit 6t6 donn^e par Teinpereur a I'un des gens de monseigneur de Bourgogne, que je crois etre messire Rcuier Pot. Je passai par telle de Brut, situ^e sur une riviere qui separe le royaume de Hongrie d'avec le ducli^ d'Auiriche. La riviere coule a travers un marais ou I'on a ronstruit une ciiaussde longue et dtroite. Ce lieu est un passage d'une grande importance ; je siiis mdme persuadtJ qu'avec peu de monde on pcurroit le d^fendre et le fermer du cote de TAutriche. Deux lieues par-delii Brut I'ambassadeur de Milan se separa dc moi : il se rendit vers le due son maitre, et moi ^ Vienne en Autrichc, ou j'arrivai aprds cinq jours de marche- Entre dans la ville, je ne trouvai d'abord personne qui voulilt me loger, parce qu'on me prenoit pour un Turc. Enfin quelqu'un, par aventure, m'enseigna une hfitellerie ou Ton consentit h. me recevoir. Heureusement pour moi le domestique que j'avoia pris a Pest savoit le Hongrois et le haut Aliemand, et il demanda qu'on fit venir le marchand pour qui j'avois une lettre. On alia le chercher. II vint, et non seulement il m'oflTrit tous ses services, mais il alia instruire monseigneur le due Aubert*, cousin-gr rmain de mondit seigneur, qui aussit6t d^p6cha vers moi un poursuivantt* et peu apr^s messire Albrech de Potardof. 11 n'y avoit pas encore deux heures que jetois arriv^ quand jc vis messire Albrech descendre de cheval a la porte de men logis, et me demander. Je me crus perdu. Peu avant irton depart pour les saints lieux, moi et quelques autres nous i'avions arrets entre Flandres et Brabant, parce que nous I'avions cru sujet de Ph^d^rich d'Autriche J, qui avoit d^fie mondit seigneur; et jc ne doutai pas qu'il ne vint m'arr^ter a mon tour, et peut-etre faire pis encore. II medit que mondit seigneur d'Autriche, instruit que j'^tois serviteurde mondit seigneur le due, I'envoyoit vers moi pour m'offrir tout ce qui ddpendoit de lui; qu'il m'invitoit a le demander aussi hardiment que je le ferois envers mondit seigneur, et qu*il vouloit traiter ses serviteurs comme il feroit les siens m6me. Messire Albrech parla ensuite en son nom: il me prdsenta de I'argent, m'ofTrit des chevaux et autres objets ; en un mot il me rendit le bicn pour le mal, quoiqu'apres tout cependant je n'eusse fait envers lui que ce que I'honneur me permettoit et m'ordonnoit meme de faire. Deux jours apr^s, mondit seigneur d'Autriche m'envova dire qu'il vouloit me parler; et ce fut encore messire Albrech qui vint me prendre pour lui faire la reverence, Je me prd- sentai a lui au moment oii il sortoit de la messe, accompagn^ de huit ou dix vieux chevaliers notables. A peine I'eus-je salu^ qu'il me prit la mam sans vouloir pcrmettre que je lui parlasse a genoux. II me fit beaucoup de questions, ct particuliirement sur mondit seigneur; i:e qui me donna lieu de prdsumer qu'il I'aimoit tendrement. C'etoit un homme d'assez grande taille et brun ; mais doux et affable, vaillant et liberal, et qui passoit pour avoir toutes sortes de bonnes qualites. Parmi les personnes qui I'ac- compagnoient ^toient quelques seigneurs de Boheme que les Houls en avoient chassis, parce qu'ils ne vouloient pas 6tre de leur rcligi()n§. il se pr^senta dgalement a Uii un '^rand baron de ce pays, appele Paanepot, qui, avec quelques autres personnes, venoit, au nom des Hussites, traiter avec lui et demander la paix. Ceux-ci se pr^v'^^'ent d'aller au secours du roi de Pologne contre les seigneurs de Prusse, et ils lui faisoient de grandes offres, m'a-t-on dit, s'll vouloit les seconder ; mais il r^pondit, m'u t on encore ajoute, que s'ils ne se soumettoient a la loi de Jesns-Christ, jamais, tanr qu'il seroit en vie, il ne feroit avec etix ni paix ni tr^ve. * Albert II, due d'Autriche, depuis cmpcreur, a la mort de Sigismond. t Poursuivant d'ui-nies, sorte de heraut en usage dans les cours des princes. t FrediTic, due d'Autriche, empercur apres iflbcrt II. § FIouls, Hussites, disciples de Jean Hus (t(u'on pronon9oit IIous), sectaircs fanatiques qui dans cesiecle inoiidc- rent la Boheme dc sang, ct se rendirent redoutables par leurs armes. En Ul II Ml m m :..;.':?'l iiiK ■lii 142 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Voyage de \\<^f.l En eflfet, au temp!) ou il leur parloit il Ics avoit dc^Ja battus deux fois. II avoit reprn sur eux toute la Morane (Moravie), et, par sa conduite et sa vaillance, s'^toit agrandi i^ leiirs deoens. All sortir dc son audience je Pus conduit i\ celle de la duchesse, grande et belle femme, fille de I'einpereur, ct par lui h^riti^re du royaume de Hongrie et de Boh^me, et dea autre-* seigneuries qui en dependent. Elle venoit tout rdcemment d'accoucher d'une fille; ce' qui avoit nccasionn^ des f^tes et des joutes d'autant plus courues, que jusque-h\ elle n'avoit point eu d'enPans. Le lendeinain inondit seigneur d'Autriche m'envoya inviter h diner par messire Albrech, et il me fit manger i\ sa table avec un seigneur Hongrois et un autre Autrichien. Tou!» ses gens sont i\ gages, et personne ne mange avec lui que quand on est en prevenu par son maitre-d'hotel. La table etoit carree. La coutume est qu'on n'y apporte qu'un plat a la fois, et que cclui qui «<'en trouve le plus volsin en goAte le premier. Get usage tient lieu d'essai*. On servit chair et poisson, et sur-tout beaucoup de differentes viandes fort ^pieces, mais toujour* plat a plat. Aprls Ic diner on me mena voir les danses chez madame la duchesse. Elle me donna un chapeau de fil d'or et de soie, un anneau et un diamant pour mettre sur ma t6te, selon la coutume du pays. II y avoit 1^ beaucoup de noblesse en hommes et en femmes ; j'y vis des- gens tr6s-aimables, et les plus beaux cheveux qu'on puisse porter. Quand j'eus dte la quelque temps, un gentilhomme nomm^ Payser, qui, bien qu'il ne fAt qu'ecuyerf, ^toit chambellan et garde des joyaux de mondit seigneur d'Autriche, vint de sa part me prendre pour me les montrer. II me fit voir la r )uronne de Boh^me, qui a d'assez belles pierreries, ct entr'autres an rubis, le plus considerable que j'aie vu. II m'a paru plus gros qu'une grosse datte ; mais il n'est point net, el offre quelques cavitds dans le fond desquelles on aperijoit des taches noires. De 1^ ledit garde me mena voir les waguebonnesj, que mondit seigneur avoit fait con- struire pour combattre les Bohemiens, Je n'en vis aucun qui pAt contenir plus de vingt hommes ; mais on me dit qu'il y en avoit un qui en porteroit trois cents, et auquel il ne failoit pour le trainer que dix-huit chevaux. Je trouvai H la cour monseigneur de Valse, gentil chevalier, et le plus grand seigneur de I'Autriche aprds le due; j'y vis niessirc Jacques Troussef, joli chevalier de Zoave (Souabe): mais il y en avoit un autre, nommd le Chant, echanson n^ de TEinpire, qui, ayant perdu a labatailledc Bar un sien fr^re et plusicurs de ses amis, et sachant que j'dtois a monseigneur le due, me fit epier pour savoir le jour de mon depart et me saisir en Bavifere lorsque j'y passerois. Heureusement pour moi monseigneur d'Autriche fut instruit de son projet. II le cong^dia, et me fit rester a Vienne plus que je ne comptois, pour attendre le depart de monseigneur dc Valse et de messire Jacques, avec lesquels je partis Pendant mon sejour j'y vis trois de ces joutes dont j'ai parld, ;\ petits chevaux et ;\ selles basses. L'line eut lieu i\ la cour, et les deux autres dans les rues ; mais, a celles- ci, plueieurs de ceux qui furent renverses tomberent si lourdement qu'ils se blesserent avec danger. Mondit seigneur d'Autriche me fit oflTrir en secret de I'argent. Je requs les memes oflTres de messire Albert et dc messire Robert Daurestof, grand seigneur du pays, lequel, I'annife d'auparavant, ^toit alle en Fl indrc d^guis<', et y avo't vu mondit seigneur le due, dont il disoit beaucoup de bien. Enfin j'en rc^us de tr^s-vivcs d'un poursuivant Breton-bretonnant (Bas-Brefon ) nomme Toutseul, qui, apr^s avoir ^t^ au service de I'amiral d'Espagne, ^toit a celui de mondit seigneur d'Autriche. Ce Breton venoit tons les jours me chercher pour ailer a la messe, et il m'accompagnoit par-tout ou je voulois aller. Persuade que j'avoisdil d^penscr * Chez les soiiverains on faisoit I'essai des viandes a mesure qu'on les Icur servoit, ct il y avoit im officier ciiargi; ' MA ^ : ■iK ♦i';i''',ir i' -• |t.':|1:''iV m^^^ ' !' (■ ■•ffilf :■■■ ■ mniJ fc^S' 141 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Voyage dc dc Boh^mc. Elle appartient a monseigneur d'Autriche, et a pour gouverneur ledit seigneur de Valse. J'y vis madame de Valse, tr^s-belle femtne, du pays de Boh^me, laquelle me fit beau- coup d'accueil. Elle me donna un roussin d'un excellent trot, nn diamant pour mettre sur men chevcux, i la mode d'Autriche, et un chapeau de pedes ornh . i m 'M (* u i. '«»•! .^; ^■ ■m If R THE NAUIGATION AND VYAGES or Setoes llertomannu0» i GENTELMAN OF THE CITIE OF ROME, M; TO THE REGIONS OF ARABIA, EGYPTE, PERSIA, SYRIA, ETHIOPIA, AND EAST INDIA, BOTH WITHIN AND WITHOUT THE RYUER OF GANGES, ETC. IN THE YEERE OF OUR LORDE 1503. ^m '•.'"'i COMTETNING MANY NOTABLE AND STRAUNGE THINGES, BOTH HYSTORICALL AND NATURALI.. TRANSLATED OUT OF LATINE INTO ENGLYSHE, ■It' i iBi? laiciiattie ne is contayned, that with an oration h? inuite to the Castell suche as pleaseth hym. In th». other is declared the mynde of the Prynce, what he demaund- eth of his subiectes. When the letters be read, withal expedition they accomplishe his com- maundement, be it ryght or wrong, without respecte. This meanes the Prynce iiiuented to extorte mony. Yetspmetymes it commeth to passe, that the noble men are of suche strength, that they wyll not come when they are commaunded, knowyng that the tyrant wyll offer them violence. And therefore oftentymes when they knowe that the captayne of the Cas- tell wyll call them, they flee into tlie dominions of the Turke. This haue we geathered as toucliyng theyr maners, we haue also obsei .cd, that the watchemen in towres, do not geue warning to the garde with lyuely voyce, but with drommes, the one answearyng the other by course. But if any of the watchemen be so sleepye, that in the monient of an houre he aunsweare not to the sounde of the watche, he is inunediately committed to prison for one whole yeere. Of such thynges as are scene in the citie of Damasco. Cap. 6. AFter that I haue declared the maners of the Princes of Damasco, it seemeth agreeable to speake of some suche thynges as I haue scene there. And therefore to speake fyrst of the excellencie and beautie of the citie, it is certaynely marueylously wel peopled, and greatly frequented, and also marueylous ryche. It is of goodly buildyng, and exceedeth in abund- ance and fruitfulnesse of all thynges, and especiallye of all kynde of victuales, flesh, corne and fruites, as freshe damesenne grapes all the whole yeere : also Pomegranets, Oranges, Ly- mons, and excellent Olyve trees. Lykewyse Roses, both white and red, the fayrest that euer I sawe : and all kyndes of sweete apples, yet peares and peaches were vnsauery. The cause whereof, they say to be to much moysture. A goodly and cleare ryuer runneth about the citie: and therefore in maner in euery house are seene fountaynes of curious worke em- bossed and grauen. They r houses outwardly are not very beautyfull, but inwardly marueylously adourned with variable woorkes of the stone called Ophis, or serpentine Marble. Within the towne are many temples or churches, which they call Moscheas. But that %vhich is most beau- Theyr churdies, tyfull of all other, isbuylded after the maner of Sainct Peters church in Rome, if you respect the greatnesse, excepty ng this, that in the myddle is no roofe or couerture, but is all open : but about the rest of the temple, it is altogeather vaulted. There they obserue religiously the bodye of the holy Prophet Zacharie. The temple hath also foure great double gates of metal, very Thebodieof tiir fayre, and many goodly fountaynes within it. There are yet seene the ruins of many de- Jlj^'''"' ^"'"" cayed houses, which were once' inhabited by the Christians. Those houses they cal Cano- "^ nicas, and are of woorke both earned and imbossed. There is also to be seene the place where (as they say) our sauiour Christ spake to Sainct The place of the Paule these woordes, Paule, Paule, why doest thou persecute me, etc. This place is with- s™Kt'paui°! out the citie about a myle. There are buried the Christians that die in the citie. There is seene also the Tower in The prison ..r whiche Sainct Paule was committed to pryson, and ioyneth to the wall of the citie. jjh^ sainctP.uir that place of the Tower where Paule was brought foorth by the Angell, the Mahumetans do not attempt to close vp : Saying, that yf it be closed oucr nyght, they fynde it open agayne in the morning. I saw also there, those houses in the whiche (as they say) Cain slue his The ri«e «hf. brother Abell. These are on the other part of the citie a myle of, in a certayne valley, yet ^"" ''"' ^'" on the syde of a hyll. But let vs nowe returne to the stranger Solgiers, which they call Mamaluchos, and to speake somewhat howe licenciously they lyue in that citie. X Of ■ Abel. W ' '4 ' ■'Pi 1 154 ■■:';•' I The Msma- luket wages. How the Manulukcs abuse the The women of Damaico. Chaunge of husbandei and wyues. The Mahumet- ans wyues. Gotes mylke. Muihcromes, Asia the lesse nowe named Natolia or Tur- chia. Christians of Damaico. VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, or the Mamalukes of Damasco. Cap. 7. Vertomannm' ha( THe Mamalukes therefore, are that kynde of men, which haiie forsaken our fayth, and as s: aies are bought by the gouerner of Syria. They are very actiue, and brought vp both in learnyng and warlike discipline, vntill they come to great perfection. As wel the litle aa jf great, without respect, receiue stipend of the gouernour : which for euery moneth amounteth to syxe of those peeces of gold which they call Saraphos, besyde the meate and drynke of themselues and theyr seruantes, and also prouision for theyr horses. And ihe valiaunt they be, and of greater actiuitie, they are hyred for the greater wages. They walke not in the citie but by two or three togeather, for it is counted dishonour for any of them to walke without a companion. And if by the way they chaunce to meete with two or three women ( for they lay way te to tarry for them about suche houses why ther they know the women resort) lycence is graunted them, as they by chaunce fyrst meete with them, to bryng them into certaine tauerns, where they abuse them. When the Mamalukes attempt to descouer theyr faces (for they go with theyr faces couered) they striue with them because they wyll not be knowen. But when the Mamalukes persyste wantonly to discouer them, they saye thus vnto them. Is it not enough for you that you haue abused our bodyes a» pleaseth you, but that you wyl also discouer our faces : Then the Mamalukes suffer them to depnrte. But somctyme it chaunceth, that when they thynke to prostitute the daughter of some gentelmen or noble men, they committe the fact with theyr own wyues : whiche thyng chaunced whilest I was there. The women beautifie and garnishe themselues as muche as any. They vse sylken apparell, and couer them with cloth of gosampine, in maner as fyne as sylke. They weare white buskyns, and shooes of red or purple coloure. They garnyshe theyr heades with many iewelles and earerynges, and weare rynges and braslettes. They mary as often as them lysteth : for when they are weary of theyr fyrst maryage, they go to the chiefe preste of their religion (whom they call Cady ) and make request to hym to be diuorsed from theyr fyrst maryage. This diuorsment in theyr language is called Talacar^ : which graunted by the hygh Priest or Byshop, they begyn newe maryages. The lyke lybertie is also graunted to the husbandes. Some thynke that the Mahumetans haue fyue or swc rt/ues togeather, whiche I haue riot obserued : but as farre as I coulde perceyue they haue but two or three. They eate openly, specially in the martes or fayres, and there dresse they all theyr meates. They eate Horses, Cammelles, Bufles, Gotes, and suche other beastes. They haue great abundaunce of freshe cheese. They that sell mylke, dryue about with them 40 or 50 Gotes, which they bryng into the houses of them that wyll bye mylke, euen vp into their chamber.^, although they be three roofes hygh, and there mylke them, j haue it freshe and newe. These Gotes haue theyr eares a spanne long, many vdders or pappes, and are very fruitefull : There is great abundaunce of mussheromes, for sometymes there are seene 20 or 30 Cammelles laden with musheromes, and yet in the space of three thyes they are all solde. They are brought from the mountayncs of Armenia, and fron> Asia the lesse, whiche is now called Turchia or Natolia, or Anatolia. The Mahumetans vyse long vestures and loose, both of sylke and cloth. The most part vyse hose of gossampine, cloth and whyte shooes. When any of the Mahumetans by chaunce meeteth with any of the Mamalukes, although the Mahumetan be the woorthyer person, yet geueth he place and reuerence to the Mamaluke, who otherwyse would geue hym the Bastonado, and beate hym with a stafTe. The Christians also keepe there many ware houses of merchaundies, where they haue dyuers sortes of sylkes and veluet : but the Christians are there euyll entreated of the Mahumetans. The iorney from Damasco to Mecha, and of the maners of the Arabians. Cap. 8. • AFter that I haue largely spoken of Damasco, I wyll proceede to the rest of my vyage. Therefore in the yeere of our Lorde. 1503. the eight daye of the moneth of Apryll, when I had J fm yage. lien I had Travels to the East. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. 155 had hyrcd cerlayiie Cammclles (which they call Carauanas) to go to Mecha, and beyng then Carauina, » ignorant of the customes and maners of them in whose companye I shoulde go, I entred Cjm1"i«! ° familiaritie and friendshyppe with a certayne captayne Mamaluke, of them that had forsaken Mamiiuchi re- ( nr fayth, with whom beyng agreed of the price, he prepared me apparell lyke vnto that "«8»*. whiche the Mamalukes vyse to wenre, and geuyng me also a good horse, accompanyed me with the other Mamalukes. This (as I haue sayde) I obtayned with great cost, and many gyftes which I gaue hym. Thus enteryng to the iorney, after the space of thrte dayes, we came to a certayne place named Mezaris, where we remayned three dayes, that the Mcr- Meurn. chauntes which were in our company myght prouidethynges neccssarie, as specially Camels, and dyuers other thynges. There is a certayne Prince whom they cal Zambei, of great The rtince power in the countrey of Arabia : he had three brethren and foure chyldren. He noryshcth Jra"!"" '" fourtie thousand horses, ten thousand mares, and foure thousand Camels. The country where he keepeth the heardes of these beajites, is large, of two dayes iorney. This Prince Zambei is of so great power, that he keepeth warre with the Soltan of Babylon, the gouern- our of Damasco, and the Prince of lerusalem al at once. In the tyme of haruest and i^ju'sj^UJ" " geatheryng of fruile-i, he is geuen wholy to praye and robbyng, and with great subtiltic deceyucth the Arabians : for when they thynke hym to be a myle or two of, he is with them sodenly bctymcs in themornyng: and inuadyng theyr landes, carryeth away theyr fruifes, ^j^/^"" Wheat'e, and Barlye, euen as he fyndeth it in the sackcs : and so lyueth contynually day and nyght with suche incursions. When his Mares be weeried with continuall runnyng, he ^*""- resteth a whyle : and to refreshe them, geueth them Camelles mylke to drynke, to coolc them after theyr great labour. Those Mares are of such marueylous swyftnesse, that when I presently sawe them, they seemed rather to flee then to runne. Note also that these ^he Ar.by»ns Arabians ryde on horses only couered with certayne clothes or mattes, and weare none other ''"' ''" "''' vesture then only an inwarde coate, or petticoate : for weapon they vse a certayne long Dart of Reedes, of the length of ten or twelue cubites, poynted with Iron (after the maner of lauelyns) and frynged with sylke. When they attempt any incursyons, they marche in suche order, that they seem' to go in troupes : they are of despicable and litle stature, and of coloure betweene yealowe and blacke, which some call Oliuastro. They haue the voyces of Women, and the heare of theyr head long and blacke, and layde out at large. They are of greater multitude then a man woulde beleeue, and are among them selues at contynuall . stryfe and warre. They inhabite the mountaynes, and haue certayne tymes appoynted to robberye : for this purpose they obserue especially the tyme, when they are certayne of the passage of the Pylgryms and other thAt iorney that way to Mecha, then lyke thceues they lye in the way and robbe them. When they make these theeuysh inuasions, they bryng with them theyr wyues, chyldren, families and all the goodes they haue. Theyr houses they Houi«»bonieon put vponthc Camelles, for other houses haue they none, butlyueonlye in tentes and pai!y-xell',ei*«nd'"" lyons as do our Soldiers. Suche tabernacles are made of blacke wooll, and that rough and pauiiions. fylthy. But to returne to our viage. The eleuenth day of Aprill departed from Mezaris a company of Camels (which companie they call the Carauana) to the number of 35 thousand, with fourtie thousand men. But we were no more then threescore persons, of whom the Mamalukes had taken the charge to guyde and garde us, and the Carauana of our companie, whiche the Mamalukes diuided into Thu forftare of three partes, as some in the fronte, other in the myddest of the army, and other in a wyng'""'^"'"""'" after the maner of a halfe Moone, inclosyng the whole armie ; for in this order march the peregrines, which iorney in these regions, as hereafter we wyll further declare. But you Prom Damasw shall fyrst understand that Damasco is from Mecha fourtie dayes and fourtie nyghtes iorney.'"'**"'"' Departyng therefore from Mezaris we continued our iorney that day, vntyll the 22 houre of the day. Then our Captayne and guide Agmirus, after he had geuen the watch worde and signe, commaunded that euerye man shoulde rest and remayne in the place where the signe shoulde be geuen them. Therefore as soone as they hearde the signe by the sound of a Trumpet, they stayed, and after they had vnburdened theyr Camels, spent there two houres Perhaps wUiuhc to victual themselues and theyr beastes : then the Captayne geuyng a new signe, chargyng ""Trumre'ir"' X 2 theyr "m :vli <;Bi«»v^ 156 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Vcrtoinannus' Tn 'y.?.'i^ : Water. The burden of the Cimelle]. The feebloneise on OllF parte of the Arobi»ni. "^ theyr Camelles agayne, they departed spcedyly from thence. Eiiery Caniell hath at one feedying fyue Barly Icaue^, rawe and not baked, as bygge as a Pomegranate. Takyng horse, they continued that iorney the daye and nyght folowyng, vntyll 22 hourcs of the day, and at that houre they obseriie the order whiche we haue spoken of herebefore. Euery eight daye they draw water by dyggyng the grounde or sande : by the way neuerthelesse some- where are founde Welles and Sesternes. Also euery eyght daye, they rest theyr Camelles two dayes to recouer their strength. The Camelles are laden with incredible Burdens, and double charge : that is to meane the burden of two great Mules. They drynke but once in three dayes. Of the strength and valiantncsse of the Mamalukes. Cap. 9. WHen they tary and rest them ai the waters aforesaydc, they are euer enforced to conflict with a great multitude of the Arabians : but the battayle is for the most parte without blood- shed, for although we haue often tymes fought with them, yet was there only one man slayne for these Arabians are so weake and feeble, that threescore Mamalukes haue often put to the worst fyftie thousande Arabians. For these feelde Arabians which are called Pagans. Pagan i, are not in strength or force of armes to be compared to the Mamalukes, of whose The actiuitie of actiuitie I hauc scene great experience: among the whiche this is one. A certayne Mama- the Mamalukes. j^i^g laydc an Apple vpon the head of his seruant, and at the distance of about 12 or 14 pases, stroke it off from his head. I sawe likewise an other, who ryding on a sadled horse with full course (for they vse saddles as we doc) tooke off the saddle from the horse styll running : and for a space bearing it on his head, put it agayne on the horse, styll continuing his full course. Of the cities of Sodoma and Gomorrha. Cap. 10. PAssyng the iourney of twelue dayes we came to the playne or valley of Sodoma and Go- morrha, where we founde it to be true that is written in Holy Scripture: for there yet re- mayne the ruynes of the destroyed citie, as witnesse of Gods wrath. We may affyrme that there are three cities, and eche of them situate on the declining of three hylles : and the ruincs doe appeare about the heyght of three or foure cubites. There is yet scene, I wotte near what, lyke blood, or rather lyke redde waxe myxte with earth. It is easie to beleeue that those men were infected with horrible vices, as testifieth the baren, drye, filthie, and Manna, turned vnholsome region, vtterly without water. Those people were once fedde with Manna : but in bitter plagues. ^I^gjj they abused the gyft of God, they were sore plagued. Departing twentic myles from Lacke of water, thcsc citics, about thirtie of our company perished for lacke of water, and dyucrs other were ouerwhelmed with sande. Goyng somewhat further forewarde, we founde a little moun- tayne, at the foote whereof we founde water, and therefore made our abode there. The day Water dcmij> folowyng early in the mornyng, came vnto vs 24 thousand Arabians, ^skyng money for the so"did*"Abrahtm watcr which wc had taken. We answered that we would paye nothing, because it was gyuen with the phiiij- vs by the goodnesse of God. Immediately we came to hand strokes. We feathering > > selues togeather on the sayde mountayne, as in the safest place, vsed our Camelles in the sleede of a bulwarke, and placed the merchauntes in the myddest of the army (that is) in sodoeththe the myddcst of the Camelles, whyle we fought manfully on euery syde. The battayle con- '""'' tinned so long, that water fayled both vs and our enemies in the space of two dayes. The Arabians compassed about the mountayne, crying and threatenyng that they would breake in among the Camelles : at the length to make an ende of the conflicte, our Captayne as- sembling the merchauntes, commanded a thousande and two hundred peeces of golde to be giuen to the Arabians : who when they had receyued the money, sayde that the summc of ten thousande peeces of golde should not satisfie them for the water which we had drawen. Whereby we perceiued that they began further to quarrell with vs, and to demaunde some other thing then money. Whereuppon our Captayne gaue commaundement, that whosoeuer in all our companie were able to beare armes, should not mount vpon the Camelles, biu should with all expedition prepare themselues to fyght. The day folowyng in the morning, scndyng i 'fravela to the East. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. 157 aendyng the Camelles before, and inclosyng our army, beyng about three hundred in num- ber, we met with the enemiesj and gaue the onset. In this conflicte, we lost only a man nnd a woman, and had none other domage: we slue of the Arabians a thousande and fyue hundred, whereof you neede not mai leyle, if you consyder that they are vnarmed, and weare only a thynne loose vesture, and are beayde almost naked : thcyr horses also beyng as euyll furnished, and without saddles, or other furniture. Of a mountayne inhabited with lewes, and of the citie of Medinathalhabi, where Mahumet was buried. Cap. 11. IN the space of eyght dayes we came to a mountayne which conteyneth in circuite ten or twelue mylcs. This is inhabited with lewcs, to the number of fyue thousande or thereabout. They are very little stature, as of the heyght of (iue or si.\e spannes, and some muche lesse. UwetPigmei. They hauc small voyces lyke women and of blacke colour, yet some blacker then other. They feede of none other meate then Goates fleshe. They are circumcised, and deny not them selues to bee lewes. If by chaunce any Mahumetan come into their handes, they flay him alyue. At the foot of the mountayne, we founde a certayne hole, out of the whiche flowed aboundance of water. By fyndyng this oportunitie, we laded sixtienc thousand Camels: which thyng greatly offended the Icwes. They wandred in that mountayne, scat- tered lyke wylde Goates or Prickettes, yet durst they not come downe, partly for feare, and partly for hatred agaynst the Mahumetans. Beneath the mountaine are scene seuen or eyght thorne trees, very fayre, and in them we founde a payre of Turtle Doues, which seemed to vs in maner a miracle, hauyng before made so long iourneyes, and sawe neyther beast nor foule. Then proceedyng two dayes iourney, we came to a certayne citie named Medina- Ths citie of thaihabi : foure myles from the said citie, we founde a well. Heere the Carauana (that is, ^«''""''»""'"' the whole hearde of Camelles) rested. And rcmayning here one day, we washed our selues, and chaunged our shertes, the more freshely to enter into the citie : it is well peopled, and conteyneth about three hundred houses, the walles are lyke bulwarkes of earth, and the houses both of stone and bricke. The soile about the citie, is vtterly barren, except that about two myles from the citie, are scene about fyftie palme trees that beare Dates. There, by a certayne garden, runneth a course of water fallyng into a lower playne, where also passingers are accustomed to water theyr Camelles. And here opportunitie now serueth to confute the opinion of them whiche thynke that the Arke or Toombe of wicked Mahu- Ji" ''"«'™'j? <» met in Media, to hang in the ayre, not borne vp with any thyng. As touching which thyng, Mahumet.° I am vtterly of an other opinion, and affirme this neyther to be true, nor to haue any lyke- nesse of trueth, as I presently behelde these thynges, and sawe the place where Mahumet is Mjhumet was buried, in the said citie of Medinathalhabi : for we taryed there three dayes, to come to the MeciiT' true knowledge of all these thynges. When wee were desirous to enter into theyr Temple (which they call Meschita, and all other churches by the same name) we coufde not be .suffered to enter, without a companion little or great. They taking vs by the hande, brought vs to the place where they saye Mahumet is buried. Of the Temple or Chapell, and Sepulchre of Mahumet, and of his felowes. Cap. 13. His temple is vaulted, and is a hundred pases in length, and fourescore in breadth : the entry into it, is by two gates : from the sydes, it is couered with three vaultes, it is borne vp with 4 hundred columnes or pillers of white brick, there are scene hanging lampes about the numbef of 3 thousande. From the other part of the Temple in the first place of the Mes- chita, is scene a Tower of the circuite of fyue pases, vaulted on euery syde, and couered with a cloth of silke, and is borne vp with a grate of copper curiously wrought, and distant from it two pases ; and of them that goe thyther, is scene as it were through a lattesse. To- warde the lefte hande, is the way to the Tower, and when you come thyther, you must enter by a narower gate. On euery side of those gates or doores, are scene many bookes in M»humets maner of a Librarie, on the syde 20, and on the other syde 25. These contayne the filthie ^'''""'• traditions and lyfe of Mahumet and his fellowes: within the sayde gate, is scene a Sepulchre (that W: 'r I ■t'!;' 'M i .'is'- 1 1 '.; :;'! r, m ' o 158 VOYAOKS, NAUIGATIONS, Vertonwnnus' ■■'W ^''n i'm m *i ■^' 'HP':;: ; Nomotheo Turcamm. ThiiHali our men that have been in I'etila, call Mortui H(- li, that is Saint Hali. Diicotde and lectti of teliginn nmong the Ma- hiimetans, Tiirkei, and PiTiiani. Notr. Suu'h corne, such ihaHe. (that is) a digged place, where they say Mahumct \i buried and his fclnwes, which are these, Nabi, Bubacar, Othomar, Aiimar, and Fatoma: But Mahumet was theyr chicFe Captaynr, and an Arabian borne. Ilali was snnne in lawe to Mahumet, for he tnoke to wyfe his daughter Fatoma. Bubacar is he who they say was exalted to the dignitie of a chiefe counselier and groat gouornour, although he came not to the hygh degree of an apostle, or prophet, as dyd Mahumet. Othomar, and Aumar, were chiefe Captayncs of the army of Mahumet. Euery of these hauc their j)roper bookes of theyr factes and traditions. And hereof proceedcth tlic groat disscniion and discorde of religion and maners among this kynde of filthie men, whvie some confirme one doctrine, and some an other, by reason of theyr dyuers sectes of Patrons, I^octours, and sainfcs, as they call them. By this meanes, are they marneylously diiiidcd among them seines, and lyke beastes kyll themseluos, for such quarelies of dyuers opinions, and all false. This also is the chiefe cause of warre betweene the Sophie of Persin, and the great Turke, beyng neuerthelcsse both Mahumetans, and lyue in mortall hatred one agaynst the other for the mayntenaunce of theyr Secte.s, S;iintC8 and Apostles, whyle oucry of them thynketh theyr owne to bee best. Of the Secte of Mahumet. Cap. 13. NOw will wc speake of the maners and sect of Mahumet. Vnderstande therefore, that in the highest part of the Tower aforesayde, is an open round place. Now shall you vnder- stande what crafte they vsed to deceyue our Carauana. The first euenyng that we came lliyther to see the Sepulchre of Mahumet, our Captaine sent for the chiefe priest of the Temple to come to him, and when he came, declared vnto him that the only cause of his NahiisthenameCommyng thythor, was to visite the Sepulchre and bodie of Nabi, ay which woord is signi- A K« 'h« ''^^ *'"^ prophet Mahumet : and that he vnderstoode that the price to be admitted to the syght for vile march „n- of thcsc mystcrics, should 1)0 foiiTC thousando Seraphes of golde. Also that he had no pa- renfes, neyther brothers, sisters, kinsefolkes, chyldren, or wyue?, neyther that he came ihyther to buy merchaundies, as spices, or Bacca, or Narlus, or any manor of precious lewelles : but only for very /eale of religion and saluation of his soule, and was therefore greatly desirous to see the bodie of the prophet. To whom the Priest of the Temple (they call tl»cm Side) with countenance lyke one that were distraught, made aunswere in this manor, Darest thou with those eyes with the which thou hast committed so many horrible sinnes, de- syre to see him by whose sight God hath created heauen and earth : To whom agayne our Captayne aunswercd thus. My Lorde, you haue sayde truely : neuerthelcsse I pray you that »hop of Mecht. I niav fyodo so much fauour with you, that I may see the Prophet: whom when I haue seeno, I -will immediately thrust out myne eyes. The Side aunswered, O Prince, I will open all It seemeth that thviigos vnto thco. So it is that no man can denye but that our Prophet dyed hecre, who if IlhJ i'ih°*l,"°' ^^ would myght iuiue dyed at Mocha: But to shewe in himselfe a token of humilitie, and thereby to gyiie vs example to folowe him, was wyllyng rather heere then elsewhere to de- parto out of this worlde, and was incontinent of Angelles borne into heauen, and there rc- ceyued as equall with them. Then our Captayne sayde to him. Where is lesus Christus, the Sonne of Marie: To whom the Side answered, at the feete of Mahumet. Then sayde our Captayne agayne: It sufTycoth, it suflTyceth, I will knowe no more. After this, our Cap- tayne commyng out of the Temple, and turnyng him to vs, sayd, see (I pray you) for what goodly stiilfe I would haue payde three thousande Seraphes of golde : The samedaye at euen- yng, at ahnost three a clorke of the nyght, ten or twelue of the Elders of the secte of Mahu- met cntred into our Carauana, whiche remayned not paste a stone cast from the gate of the citio. These ranne hy ther and thy thcr, crying lyke madde men, with these wordes, Mahumet the Mahumet shai mossonser and Apostlo of God, shall rvso agavno, O Prophet, O God, Mahumet shall ryse rvc^ ^tr. with '-', ' ^^t^^^^t II I'll' 1 agayne, haue mercy on vs God. Our Captayne and we all raysed with this crye, tooke weapon with all expedition, suspectvng that the Arabians were come to robbe our Carauana; We asked what was the cause of that exclamation, and what they cryed ? For they cryed as FaUe miracles to doe the Christians, when sodcynly any marueylous thyng chaunceth. The Elders answered, Sawe you not the lyghtning whiche shone out of the Sepulchre of the Prophet Mahumet. Our (lies, .".uch people, siiche Priest. My lorde Bi- where he was buryed. The dtuyll he was. Christe at the feete of M:hu' met. ryse etc. with luda. confirme falK re' hsion, o in m m; as liu €) Travels to the East. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. 159 ryse I tooke jiuana; fcA as *rered, tumet. Our Our Captayne answered, that he sawe nothyng, and we also beyng demaunded, answered in lykc maner. Then sayde one of the old men, are you slaues ? that is to say bought men : meanyng thereby Mamaluke.s. Then sayde our Captayne, We are in decde Ma- mahikes. Then agayne the olde man sayde. You my Lordes, cannot see heaucniy thinges, as being Neophiti (that is) newly come to the fayth, and not yet confirmed in our re-Nfophiti. liyioii. To this our Captayne answered agayne, O you madde and insensate beastes, pl,^,,"'^^'*^'*'"'" 1 had thought to haue giuen you three thousande peeces of golde, but now, O you dogges and progcnie of dogges, I will gyue you nothyng. It is therefore to bee vnder- stoode, that none other shynyng came out of the Sepulchre, then a certayne flame which the priests caused to come out of the open place of the Towre spoken of here before, where- by they would haue deceyued vs. And therfore our Captnine commaunded that thereafter The fnbie that none of vs should enter into the Temple. Of this also we haue most true experience, and M'tiun^'" most ccrlayneiy assure you that there is neyther Iron or Steele, or the Magnes stone that in tht Ayre. should so make the toombc of Mahumet to hange in the ayre, as some haue falsely imagined : neyther is there any mountayne nearer then foure myles : we rcmayncd here three daycs to refreshe our company. To this citie victualles and all kynde of come is brought from Arabia Fcelix, and Babylon or Alcayr, and also from Ethiopc, by the rcdde sea, whiche is from this citie but foure dayes iourney. The iourney to Mecha. Cap. 14. AFter that we were satisfied, or rather wcaryed, with the filthincsse and lothesomenesse of the trumperyes, deceites, trifles, and hypocrises of the religion of Mahumet, we determined to goe forward on our iourney: And that by guyding of a pylot, who myght directe our course with the mariners boxe or compasse, with also the carde of the sea, cuen as is vsed in sayling on the sea. And thus bendyng our iourney to the West we founde a very fayre well or fountayne, from the which flowed great aboundance of water. The inhabitantes af- fyrme that Sainct Marke the Euangelist was the aucthour of this fountayne, by a miracle of God, when that region was in maner burned with incredible drynesse. Here we and our beastes were satisfied with drynke. I may not here omit to speake of the sea of sande, and of the daungers thereof. This was founde of vs before we came to the mountayne of the lewes. In this sea of sand wc traueiled the iourney of three dayes and nightes: this is a great bn»(Ie plaine, all couered with white sande, in maner as small as floure: If by euil fortune it so chauncc that any trauaile that way southward, if in the meane time the wind come to the North, they arc ouerwhelmed with sande. And although they shoulde haise prosperous wynde, yet are they so in- uolued with sande, that they scatter out of the way, and can scarsely see tlie one the other W pases of And therefore the inhabitants trauayling this way, are inclosed in cages of woodde, borne with Camels, and lyue in them, so passyng the iorney guided by pilots with maryners compasse and card, euen as on the sea, as we haue sayde. In this iorney also many peryshe for thirst, and many for drynkyng to muche, when they finde suche good waters. In these sandes is founde Momia, which is the fleshe of such men as are drowned in these sandes, and tliere dryed by the heate of the Sunne: So that those bodyes are preserued from putrifac- tiou by the drynesse of the Sand : and therefore that drye fleshe is esteemed medicinable. Albeit there is an other kynde of more pretious Momia, which is the dryed and embalmed bodies of kynges and princes, whiche of long tyme haue been preserued drye without cor- ruption. When the wynde blowetli from the northeast, then the sand riseth, and is driuen against a certaine mountayne which is an arme of the mount Sinai. There we found cer- tayne pyllers artificially wrought, whiche they call lanuan. On the lefte hande of the sayde mountayne, in the toppe or rydge thereof, is a denne, and the entrie into it, is by an Iron gate. Some fayne that in that place Mahumet lyiied in contemplation. Here we heard a certayne horrible noyse and crye : for passyng the sayde mountayne, we were in so great daunger, that we thought neuer to haue escaped. Departyng therefore from the fountayne, we continued our iorney for the space of 10 dayes : And twy«e in the way fought with fyfiie thousande Arabians, and so at the length came to the citie of Mecha, where al thinges were troubled louriifjr on the lande by carde and compasse a: on the lea. Thefountainer! Saiiiit Marke the Euanjelist. Thi: tea of sande. M:itef.ibiiIoiui>i. Monii Momia of Kynges bodies embalmed. Mount Sinai. The den where Mahumet liued in contemplation. mm im ■' :-,.:h ii''i 160 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Vertomannus' ■*i'M; .• ; '■}"<■•'• |;' -•.'If'.'; ■ I'' •■■'■•iji !■ M«h>ihekini- troublcd by reason of the warrcR betwcene two brethren, contendyng whiche of them ahoulde domcofMccha. pQjjgesse the kyngcdomc of Mecha. .,, . , ^h . . • •• Of the fourme and situation of the citie of Mecha : thythcr. Cap. 15. and why the Mahumetana resort Mccba, whiche Abraham Ortc> NincilkchMec- The Soltan of Media. Sacrifice to Abraham and Iiaac. Mtcha curaJ ef Uod. Water very deare. The ryuer Ni- lus. The red Sea. Arabia Fcclix. Many pilgrymes and ttrangers at Mecha. Why so many nation? resort to Mecha. NOwe the tyme rcquireth to speake somewhat of the famous citie of Mecha, or Mecca, what it is, howc it is situate, and by whom it is gouerned. The citie is vevy fayre and well inhabited, and contayneth in ronnde fourme syxe thousande houses, as well buylded as ours, and some that cost three or foure thousande peeces of golde : it hath no walles. About two furlongs from the citie is a mount, where the way is cutte out, whiche leadeth to a plaync beneath. It is on cuery sydc fortified with mountains, in the stead of walles or bulwark,s, and hath foure entries. The gouernour is a Soltan, and one of the foure brethren of the progcnie of Mahumet, and is siibiect to the Soltan of Babylon of whom we hauc spoken before: His other three brethren be at continuall warre with hym. The 18 daye of Maye, wc cntred into the citie by the north syde: then by adeclynyng way, we came into a playne. On the south syde are two mountaynes, the one very neere the other, distant onely by a little valley, which is the way that leadeth to the gate of Mecha. On the east sydc, is an open place bctweene two mountaynes, lykc vnto a valley, and is the waye to tlie mountayne where they sacrifice to the Patriarkcs Abraham and Isaac. This mountayno is from the citie about 10 or 12 myles, and of the heyght of three stones cast: it is of stone as hardc as marble, yet no marble. In the toppe of the mountaine, is a Temple or Meschita, made after their fashion, and hath three wayes to enter into it. At the foote of the mountayne are two cesterns, which conserue waters without corruption : of these, the one is reserued to minister water to the Camels of the Carauana of Babylon or Alcayr, and the other, for them of Damasco. It is rayne water, and is deriued far of. But to returne to speake of the citie : for as touchyng the mancr of sacrifice which they vse at the foote of the mountayne, wee wyll speake hereafter. Entryng therefore into the citie, wee founde there the Carauana of Memphis, or Babylon, which prevented vs eyght dayes, and came not the waye that wee came. This Carauana conteyned threescore and foure thousande Camelles, and a hundred Mamalukes to guyde them. And here ought you to consyder, that by the opinion of all men, this citie is greatly cursed of God, as appcreth by the great barrennesse thereof, for it is destitute of all maner of fruites and corne. If is scorched with drynesse for lacke of water, and therefore the water is there growen to suche pryce, that you can not for twelue pence buye as much water as wyll satysfie your thyrst ibr one day. Nowe therefore I wyll declare what prouision they haue for victuales. The most part is brought them from the citie of Babylon, otherwyse named Memphis, Cayrus, or Alcayr, a citie of the ryuer of Nilus in Egypt, as we haue sayde before, and is brought by the red sea (called Mare Erythreum) from a certayne port named Gida, distaunt from Mecha fourtie myles. The rest of theyr prouisions, is brought from Arabia Fcelix (that is) the happye or blessed Arabia : so named for the fruitfulnesse thereof, in respect of the other two Arabiaes, called Petrea and Discrta. that is, stonye and desart. They haue also miiche corne from Ethyopia. Here we found a marueylous number of straungers and peregrynes, or Pylgryms : Of the whiche, some came from Syria, some from Persi.n, and other from both the East Indiaes, (that is to say) both India within the ryuer of Ganges, and also the other India without the same ryuer. I ncuersawe in anye place greater abundaunce and frequen- tation of people, forasmuchc as 1 could perceyue by tarrying there the space of 20 dayes. These people resort thyther for diners causes, as some for merchandies, some to obserue theyr vowe of Pylgrymage, and other to haue pardon for theyr sinnes: as touchyng the whiche we wyll speake more hereafter. Of the mcrchmdics of Mecha. Cap. 10. FRom India the grcitcr, which is botl within and without the ryuer of Ganges, they haue poarlcs, i)rccious stones, and plentie of spyces : and especially from that citie of the greater India, m Tiaveh to the East. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUnRIES. Ml leyr le we haiie eater ndia. India, which is named Bangella, they haiic much njossampyne cloth and silke. They haue also spyccH frum Ethiopia : i\iu\ therefore wc must needes confesse that tiiis citic is a faniouH mart of many ryciie ihynges wliercof there is great plentie. Of the Pardons or Indulgences of Mecha. Cap. 17. LEt vs tiow relume to spcake of the pardons of pilgryms, for the which so many stranpjc nations resort thither. In the msddest of the cifie, is a Temple, in fashyon lyke vnlo tht'Mj^i,^. ColossuH of Rome, the Amphithealrum, I nicane, lykc viito a stage, yet not of muihied or hewed stones, but of burnt bryckes : for tiiis temple, lyke vnto an Amphitheater, haih fourc- scorc and ten, or an hundred gates, and is vaulted. The entrance, is by a discent of twelue slayers or degrees on euery part: in the church porche, are solde only iewels and pri>_iou3 stones. In the entry the gylted walles shyne on euery syde with incom|jarabIe splendotir. In the lower part of the temple (that is vnder the vaulted places) is scene a marucylous multi- tude of men : for there are fyue orsixe thousande men that sell none other thyng then swcetc oyntmentes, and especially a certayne odoriferous and most swQCte ponder, wherewith dead bodycs are embalmed. Ami from hence, all maner of sweete sauours are carried in maner into the countreys of all the Mahumetans. It passeth all beleefe to thynkeof the excecdyng swcetnesse of these sauours, farre surmounting the shoppes of the Apothecaries. The 23 dayc of Maye the pardoncs began to be grauntcd in the Temple, and in what maner we wyll nowc declare. The Temple in the myddcst is open without any inclosyng, and in the myd- dest also thereof, is a Turret, of the largnesse of syxe passes in cercuitie, and iuuolucd or a Turret m the hanged with cloth or tapestry of sylkc, and passeth not the heyght of a man. They enter ft^a! "*^ into the Turret by a gate of syluer, and is on euery syde besette with vessclles full of balme. Agawof sUucr. On the day of Pentecost, licence is graunted to al men to se these thynges. The inhabitantes aflTyrmc, that balme or balsame, to be part of the treasure of the Saltan that is Lorde of "'"""'"r Media. At euery vaulte of the Turret, is fastened a rounde circle of Iron, lyke to the ryng of a doore. The 22 day of Maye, a great multitude of people beganne earely in the mornyng before day, scuen tymesto waike about the Turret, kyssing euery corner thereof, oftentymes feelyng and handelyng them. From this Turret, about tenne or twelue pases, is an other Turret, like a Chappell buylded after our maner. This hath three or foure en- ^ Chw'i witli tryes : in the myddest thereof is a well of threescore and tenne cubites deepe : the water of JheVcmi'i'-.'" this well is infected with salt Peter or saltniter. Eyght men are therevnto appoynted to drawe water for all the people: and when a multitude of people haue seuen tymes gone rounde about the first Turret, they come to this well : and touchyng the mouth or brym thereof, they a stmunge bap. saye thus. Be it in the honour of God, God pardon me. and forgeue me my synnes. When lionlfTynrs!.' these woordes are sayde, they that drawe the water, ]iowre three buckettes of water on the headdes of euery one of them that stand neere about the well, and washe them all wette from the headde to the foote, although they be apparelled with sylkc. Then the doty ng Good meaniim fooles dreame that they are cleane from all theyr synnes, and that theyr synnes are forgeuen '"'''"''"'°'" them. They saye furthermore, that the fyrst Turret, whereof we haue spoken, wa^ the fyrst house that cuer Abraham buylded: and therefore, whyle they are yet all wette of the saydThc t,oi-erf washyiig, they go to the mountayne, where (as we haue sayde before) they are accustomed '^''"'"'"• to sacrifice to Abraham. And remaining there two daies, they make the said sacrifice to^'l"l^''-' Abraham at the foote of the mountayne. Abraham The maner of sacrificing at Mecha. Cap. 18. FOrasmuche as for the most parte, noble spirites are delyted with nouelties of great and sfraunge thynges, therefore to satisfie their expectation, I wyll describe theyr maner of sa- crifycing. Therefore, when they intend to sacrifice, some of them kyl three slieepe, somesaci:s«of foure, and some tenne: So that the butcherie sometyme so floweth with blood, that in one'''"'" sacrifice are slayne aboue three thousande sheepe. They are slayne at the rysyng of the Sunne, and shortly after are distributed to the poore for Gods sake : for I sawe there a great and confounded multitude of poore people, as to the number of 20 thousande. These make Y manv ( J 'm I' H'^rpS > 'clf'l^ii "iff- :'' h^l!::;';! 1, :[' 1 ,•:■■ *^ ,:> , r:'T . !'* " ■ ■-••..■■ ■ 'M '.i,. ■iU:ii U2 VOYAGES, NAUICATIONS, Vertomannus' Rtligion for I'oueiiir. CiA\, a prcicher, A goodly icr- mon. Soldiers trouble the word of Ood. Where ASr.i- ham lacrlfyced hit tonne Iuac> The Diuell ap- pearctb to Isaac. many and long dyclics in the feeldes, where they kccpc fyrc with Camel and of the gulfes of the rcdde sea and Persia. Then he began with more attentyue mynde, poltugaiem tiu in order to declare vnto me the cause why that marte was not so greatly frequented as it had Ewt pute*. been before, and layde the only faulte thereof in the Kyng of Portugale. But when he had made mention of the Kyng, I began of purpose to detracte his fame, least the Mahumetan might thinke that I reioyced that the Christians came thyther for merchandies. When he perceyued that I was of profession an enemy to the Christians, he had me yet in greater es- timation, and proceeded to tell me many thynges more. When I was well instructed in all thinges, I spake vnto him friendly these woonles in the Mahumets language, Menaba Me- nalhabi : That is to say, I pray you assist mee. lie asked me wherein. To hclpe me (sayde HipactUie, I) howe I may secretly departe hence. Confirmyng by great othcs, that I would goe to those Kinges that were most enemies to the Christians : Affirmyng furthermore, that I knewe certayne secretes greatly to be esteemed, which if they were knowen to the sayde Kynges, I doubted not but that in shorte tyme I shoulde bee sent for from Mecha. Astonyshed at these woordes, he sayde vnto mee, I pray you what arte or secrete doe you know ? I an- swered, that I would giue place to no man in makyng of all maner of Gunnes and artillerie. Then sayde hee, prayscd be Mahumet who sent thee hyther, to do him and his Saintes good seruice : and willed me to remaync secretly in his house with his wyfe, and requyred me earnestly to obtayne leaue of our Captayne, that vnder his name he myght leade from Mecha iiftiene Camelles laden with spices, without paying any custome: for they ordinarily payeP'ying •'"»»- to the Soltan thirtie Saraphes of golde, for transporting of such merchandies for the charge sTttn!"'" of so many Camelles. I put him in good hope of his request, he greatly reioyced, although he would aske for a hundred, affirmyng that myght easily be obteyned by the priuileges of the Mamalukes, and therefore desired him that 1 myght safely remayne in his house. Then nothyng doubtyng to obtayne his request, he greatly reioyced, and talkyng with me yet Y 2 more ti t the m ■■; A * *f,l ■■:*'! If 164 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS. Vertomannus' I! § ■ ■ " *'r' ■■■i- •] iJ' [i!-W- l ■ -(»■ 1 \.iK'\ Tlif rcilme of Dcclum ill Indu, Affliction cool- The citit of Zida. Popre Pilgryms thnt came from Mechj. From Aribia to Firsist The rrd se\ more freely, gaue me further instructions, and counsayled me to repayre to a certayne Kyns of the greater India, in the kyngdome and realme of Decham, whereof we will speake hereafter. Tiierfore the day before the Carauana departed from Mecha, he willed me to lye hydde in the most secrete parte of iiis house. The day folowyng, early in the mornyng, the trumpefter of tlie Carauana gaue warning to all the Mamalukes to make readie their horses, to directe their iourney toward Syria, with proclamation of death to all that shoulde refu*c;l Gczati. It hath a commodious porte, and very fayre, where weThecitieof found about fourtic and iVuc Brigantines and foistes of dyuers regions. The citie is harde '" * by the soa sydo, and the I'rincc thereof, is a Mahumetan. The soile is fruitful, lykc vnto Italic : It l)earefh Pome • 1 1 * I Allen looKC. a soyle not mu< h vneipLill, it is walled on two sydes: The reste is inclosed with m nintaynes, t ,p. i.v hauyng on them f\uc fortresses. The citie conlevneth sixe thousande houses. Theyr e\er- Uyngandsdiygg cise of bying and selling, bcgynneth the sceonde houre of the nvg'U, by reason ofextrccme hcatc in the day tyme. A stone cast from the citie, is a mountayne hai.yng on it a furticsse. The ■■mu !■ .'li ' -m ; 'lli ..:5,?!w:;v:'';;. 16^ VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Veriomannus* > ■ ■ ■ v^ TheAucthour taken and put in prison! Picade the Moonlce writetli tliat Christians •re founde in all regions sauing in Arabia and Egypt, where thejrare most hated. The woordei of them that pro- fcsse the religion of Mahumeti Soldiers horse, men of Christian Kttiiopians of the dominio of Presbitcr lo- hannes. Ahliyssini, vn- der Prcitei: lohn. The shyppes lye neare the footc of the mountayne : it is certaynelye a very goodly citie, and the fayrest of all the cities of Arabia Foelix. To this as to the chiefe marte, the mer- chauntes of India, Ethiopia, and Persia, haue recourse by sea, and they also that resorte to Mecha. Assoone as our Brigantines came into the hauen, immediately the customers and searchers came aborde, demaundyng what we were, from whence we came, what merchaun- dies we brought, and howe many men were in euery Brigantine. Beyng aduertised of these thinges, immediately they tooke away our maste, sayles, and other tackelynges of our shyppes, that we should not departe without paying of custome. The day after our arryuyng there, the Mahumetans tooke mee and put shackles on my legges, which came by occasion of a certayne Idolatour who cryed after mee, saying O Christian Dogge, borne of Dogges. When the Mahumetans hearde the name of a Christian, inconti- nent they layde handes on mee, and brought mee to the Lieuetenant of the Soltan, of that place, who assemblyng his counsayle, asked their opinion if I should bee put to death as a spye of the Christians. The Soltan himsclfe was out of the citie, and therefore his Lieutenaunt who had yet neuer adiudged any man to death, thought it not good to gyue sentence agaynst mee, before the Soltan should be aduertised hereof. And therefore I escaped this present daunger, and re- mayned in custodie fiftie and fyue dayes, with an Iron of eightiene pounde weyght hangyng at my feete. The seconde day after I was taken, many Mahumetans in great rage resorted to him, whose office wag to make inquisition of treason. These a few dayes before, by swymmyng hardly escaped the handes of the Portugales, with the losse of theyr foistes and Barkes, and therefore desired greatly to bee reuenged of the Christians: affyrmyng with out- ragJous crye, that I was a spye of the Portugales. But God fayled not to assyst me : for the master of the prison perceyuing the outrage of the Mahumetans, and fearyng that they would offer me violence, made fast the gates of the prison. After that fyue and fiftie dayes were paste, the Soltan commaunded that I should be brought before him : and so, set vppon a Camel with my shackles, I came in eight dayes iourney to the place where the Soltan laye and was brought to liis presence in a citie named Rhada : for there the Soltan had assembled an army of thirtie thousande men, to make warre agaynst the Soltan of the citie of Sana, whiche is three dayes iourney from Rhada, and situate partly on the declining of a hyll, and partly in a playne, very faire to be seene, well peopled, and hauyng plentie of all thinges. When I came before the Soltan, he began to aske me what I was, I answered that I was a Reman, professed a Mamaluke in Babylon of Alcayr, and that of religious mynd to discharge my conscience of a vowe whiche I had made to see the bodie of Nabi the holy Prophet, I came to the citie of Medinathalhabi, where they say he is buried: and that in all cities and countreys by the way, I hearde honourable reporte of his greatnesse, wisedome, and singu- ler vertue, and therefore ceassed not untyll I entred his dominions, moste desirous to see his face, yeldyng thankes to God, and Nabi, that it was nowe my chaunce to be presented be- fore him : trustyng that the equitie of his wisedome, would thereby consyder that I was no spye of the Christians, but a true Mahumetan, and his seruant and slaue. Then sayde the Soltan, saye Leila illala Mahumet resullala ; which wordes I coulde neuer well pronounce, eyther that it pleased not God, or that for feare and scruple of conscience I durst not. There- fore when he sawe mee holde my peace, he commytted me agayne to pryson, commaundyng tiiat I shoulde be straightly looked vnto, where 16 men of the citie were appoynted, euery day foure, to watche me by course. So that for the space of thre monethes, I had not y fruition of heauen, during which miserable time, my diet was euery day a lofe of myllet, so litle that seuen of them woiilde not haue satisfyed my hunger for one daye: But if I myght haue had my fyll of water, I woulde haue thought my selfe happie. Within three dayes after the Soltan marched with his army of thyrtie thousande footemen (as we haue sayde) and three thousande horsemen, to besccge the citie of Sana. These horsemen borne of Christian pa- rentcs, and blacke like the Ethiopians, and why!e they were yet very young, were brought in the kyngtiome of Prcster lohn, named in Latine Presbyter lohannen, or rather PrecioiUS lohanncs. These Christian Ethiopians, are also named Abyssini. They are brought \p in discipline I •:'h n i iii, Travels to the East. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. 167 discipline of warre, as arc the Mamalukes and lenetzares of the Turkes. This Soltan hath them in great estimation, for they are the garde of his owne person, and therefore liaue greater v;nges, and in number foiirescore thousande. They coiier their bodie with a sindon, a gard of foun like vnto a cloke or cape, putting out oiiely one arme, and are besyde naked without any wj^'mei""'* other apparell. In the warres they vse rounde targettes, made of bufles hydes, with cer- Tirgetws. tayne litle barres of Iron to strengthen them. The^^e targets are paynted very fayre with sundrye colours, and very commodious to resyste dartes, and are in largenesse as muche as the mouth of a barell : the handle is made of woodde, as bygge as they may well holde in theyr handes, and shoitc brodc swordcs. At other tymes, they vse also vestures of lynnen cloth of sundry coloures. Also of gossampine or Xylon, othcrwyae also named lioinbasine. In the warres, cuery man beareth with hym a slyng, which he casteth fyrst shakyng it often siynjcs. about his head. When they come to 40 or 50 yeeres of age, they make them homes, by wreathyng y heare of their beds, so bearyng two homes lyke young Gotes. When they procede to the warres, fine thousande Camels iblowe the army, all laden with ropes of bom- basine. How the women of Arabia, are greatly in loue with whyte men. Cap. 5. AFter the army was departed, I was intontinent commytted to prj'son, as I haue sayde. Ilarde by theprysone was a long entrie in maner of a clovster, where somtyme we were per- mitted to walke. Ye shall further vnderstande, that in the Soltans place remayned one of his three wyues, with twelue young maydes to wayte vppon her, very faire and comely, after theyr maner, and of coloure inclynyng to blacke. The fauoure that they bore me, helped me very much, for I with two other, beyng in the same pryson, agreed that one of vs should countcrfytte him selfe to be mad, that by this deuice, one of vs myght helpe an other. In Counterftt mad- fine it was my lotte to take vppon me the mad mans part, and therefore stoode me in hande ""''• to do suche follies as pertayne to madnesse. Also the opinion whiche they haue of mad foikes, made greatly for my purpose : for they take mad men t' be holy, and therefore suf- fered me to run more at large, vntyll the Eremites had geuen iudgement whether I weare holy, <>r ragyng mad, as appeareth heareafter. But the fyrst three daycs in which I began to shew my madnesse, weryed me so muche, that I was neuer so tyred with laboure or greened with payne, for the boyes and rascau people sometyme to the number of 40 or 50 hurled stones at me almost without ceassing, while in the meane tyme againe I paid some of them home with lyke wages. The boyes cryed euer after me, callyng me mad man. And to shewe it the more, I raryed alwayes stones with me in my shyrt, for other apparel had I none. The quecne hearyng of my follies looked oftentymes out of the wyndowcs to see me, more for a secrete loue she bore me, then for the pleasure she tooke in my follyes, as aftcrwarde ap- peared. Therefore on a tyme, when some of them, muche madder then I, played the knaues with me in the syght of the queene (whose secrete fauour towardes me I somewhat perceyued) that my maddencsse mygV ' sceme more manifest, I cast of my shyrt, and went to the place before the wyndowes, where the queene myght see me all naked : wherein I perceyued she tooke great pleasure, for she euer founde some occasion that I myght not goe out of her syght : and would sometymes, with all her damoselles wayting on her, spende almost the whole daye in beholdyng me; and in the meane season diuers tymes sent me secretly muche good meate by her maydens, and when she saw the boyes or other doe me any hurt, she badde me kyll them, and spare not, reuyling them also, and callyng them doggcs and beastes. In the pallace was nouryshed a great fatt sheepe ; for there are some of such cxcecdyng bygnessc, tliat only the tayle wayeth 11 or 13 pounde wcvght. Vnder the coloure of mad- sheepewUh fi- nesse, I Inyd hand on this "sheepe, saying, Leila illala Mahumet resullala: which wordes the '^Jj'/j^^ s"" Soltan before, when I was brouglit to his presence, wyllyd me to say, to prooue whether I were a Maluimetan or a professed Mamaluke. But the beast answeryng nothyng, I asked hym yf he were a Mahunetan, lewe, or Christian. Aud wyllyng to make hym a Mahu- A^^^tp^^ade metan, I rehearsed agaynv^ the sayde woordes, Leila illala Mahumet resullala, (that is to* »"°«»»* saye) ■Mi ,/. 'A m m:w 11' "■■ ..! :4: H/ , •*.\<- 169 Hunger miketh •Fpctite. VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Veriomannus' which arc the Madnesse taken for holynessc. Hecemytes Ma- humcuns. A holy vowe. A holy saint. The fleete of Indii, saye) there is one God and Mahumet his cheefe Propl spcakc in prnfessvng theyr fayth. But when ihe beast yet answered nothyng, I broke his legges with a staft'e. The queene tooke great pleasure in these my niadde lollyes, and com- maunded the fleshe of the sheepe to be geiien me to eife : I nnier ate meate with more, or better appetite. Also three dayes after, I likewise kyllcd an A^sc that was wont to bryng water into the pallacc, because he refused to be a Mahu nctan, and to say those woordes. The same tyme also I handeled a lewe so euyll, that 1 had almost kylled hym, one in the meane tyme callyng me Christian dogge, dogge bori.c. With which words beyng very anj,ry, I mst many stones at him : but he agayne hiirlyng at ine gaiic ine a stroke on the brest, and an other on tlie syde, wliicli greened me vt-ry sore. And because I coulde not fo- lowe hym by reason of my shackles, I returned to the pryson, and stopped the doore with a heape of stones, and there lyued in great payne for the space of two dales without meate or drynke : And therefore the queene and other thousrht me to be dead, but the doore was opened by the quecnfs comniaundcmcnt. Then these dog^es deryding me, gaue me stones in the steede o( bread, nid pccces of whvte marble, s ying that it was sugcr : other gaue me clusters of Gnipes full of sand. But partly that they should not suspeqt that I countcrfeyted madnesse, I :\te the grapes as they gaue me tliein. When the briiite was spred that I lyued two dayes and nvghtes without meate and drvnkc? some began to suspect that I was a holy man, and some that I was starke madde. And thus being diuided into diuers opinions, they consulted to send for certayne men, of who n they hane such opinion of holynesse, as we haue of Heremytes: these dwell in the mountaynes, and leade a contemplatyue lyfe. When they came vnto me to gene theyr iudgement what mnner of man I was, certayne mer- chantes asked them yf I were a holy man or a madde man. These were also of diuers opi- nions, some adyrmyng one thyng, and some another. Whyle they were yet debatyng this matter for the space of an houre, I pvssed in mv handes, and hurlde it in theyr faces: whereby thcv agreed that I uns no Sainct, but a mad man. The queene scyng all this at the wyndowe, laughed well theriat among her mavdens, and sayd thus to them. By the good- nesse of God, and by the head of Mannmct, this is a good man. The day folowyng, when in the mornvng I founde hym a siccpe that had so sore hurt me with stones, I tooke hym by the heare of the head witli both h.indcs, and with my knee so pounched hym on the sfo- niackc, and battered his face, th.it I left hvm all bloody and half dead. Which thyng the queene seeing cryed vnto mr saying, kvll the beast, kyll the dogge, whereupon, he ran his way, and came no more in syglit. When the President of the citie heard that the queen fa- iiourcd me, and toke pleasure in my mad sport, thynkyng also that I was not mad, coni- inaunded that I shouldc goe at lybcrtie within the pallace, only wearyng my shackles : Yet euery nyght was I put in another prvsnn in the lower jiart of the pallace and so remayned styl in the courtc i'w the sp;ice nl 20 dayes. In the meane tyme the queene wylled me to go a huntyng with her, whiche I refused not, and at my rcturne, I fained me to be sicke for wccrinesse. So continuyng for the space » f eyght dayes, vnderthe colonre of siekenes, the queene often sent to me to know how I did. After this, fyndyng opportunitie, I de- clared to the queene that I had made a vosv to God and Mahumet to visite a certayne holy man in the citie of Aden, a' d desyred her to geiic me leaue to go thytiicr. Whereunto she consented : and commaunded immedi.itly a Cammell and ^,'j vSarraphes of goldc to be dely- uercd me. Ther.'nrc y day follcwv ng, I tonke mv iorney, and in the space of eight dayes, came to the citie of Aden : and shortly after my commyng, visited the man of whom ',as so great reporle of holynesse, and whom the people honoured for a saint. And this onely be- cause he had euer lyued in great pnuertie, and without the company of wome.i. And heare are scene p any other such : But douhtlesse all nche lose theyr laboure, bevng out of the fayth of Christ. Wiien I had perlourmed my vowe, I fayned that 1 had recouered health by my- rade of that holy man and certilied the queene thereof, desyryng that I myght tarye there a whyle, to visyie lykewyse certayne other men in that countrey, of whom was the lyke fame of holynes'c: whiche excuse I dcnised, because the (Icete of India woulde !iot yet depart from thence for the space of a moneth. In the meane tyme I secretly agreed with a certayne c.np- tavnc Travels to the East. ! at the good- , when lym by Ihe sto- iig the ran his een fa- coni- Yet layned me sicke kenes, I de- holy lo she dcly- tlayes, as so ly be- hcare of the y my- lere a nir of t from f!lp- tavnc •X TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. 169 tayne of tl)at nauie to goe with hym into India, and made hym many fayre premisses to rewarde hym largely. He answeared that he woiilde not go into India before he had fyrst ben in Persia: whereunto I agreed. Of ihe cities of Lag! and Aiaz in Arabia Foelix : And of the martts of Aiaz and the towne of Dante. Cap, 7. THe daye followyng, mounting vppon a Camell, and making a iorney of 25 myles, I ramc to a certayne citie named Lagi, situate in a great playne, well peopled, hauing abund- aunce of Oliues, and fleshe, with also great plentie of corne, after our mancr : but no vines, and great scarsenesse of woodde. The inhabitauntes are vnciuile and rusticall people, of the nation of vagabunde and feelde Arabians, and therfore but poore. Departing fro hence one dais iorney, I came to another citie named Aiaz, situate vppon two hyllcs, with a great plaine betweenc them, and hath in it a notable fountaine, and therefore diuers nations resort thither as to a famous mart. The inh-,■ Of ■:» i't.",',f Travels to the East. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. Of certayiie places of Ethiopia. -Cap. 14. 171 IN the syxt chapter here before, I haue made mention howe departing from the queene I Went to the cJtie of Aden, where I coiienaiinted with a certayne pilot to goe with hym into India, and that he woulde not go thyther before he had fyrst made a viage into Persia, and that at my fyrst beyng in the citie of Aden, he couldc not yet for the space of a moncth depart from thence: Diiryng whichc tyme, I traucyled the regions and cityes, whereof I haiic spoken, vnto tiiis my rctiirne to Aden. Nowc therfore accordyng to ovir agreement to traiiaylc diners countreys and regions, committing our selue.s to the sea, we were by incon- stant fortune and sundry tempestes, deterred from that viage: for whereas we were noweTemptsi. syxe daycs sailyng on our waye to Persia, a sodayne contrary tempeste droue vs out of our The viage to wayc, and cast vs on the coast of Ethiope. Our barkes were laden with rubricke (that is, a|'jli?^p^ certayne redde earth) which is vsed to dye clo»h : for yecrely from the citieof Aden, departe fyl'teene or twcntic shyps laden with rubricke, which is brought out of Arabia Foelix. Beyng Rubricke therefore thus tossed with sformes, we were dryuen into a port, named Zeila : where we rc- niayned fyue daycs to see the citie, and tarryc vntyll the sea were more quiet. Of the citie Zeila in Ethiopia, and the great fruitfulnesse therof : and of certayne straungc beastes scene there. Cap. 15. IN this citie, is great freequentation of merchandies, as in a most famous mart. There is marueylous ab':ndn'ue of gold and luerye, and an innumerable number of blacke slaucs, soldc for a smaa p^^ r: these are taken in warre by the Mahumetan Mores, out of Ethyopia, of the kyngdome oi" "resbiter lohannes, or Preciosus lohannes, whichc some also call the Kyng of lacobins or Abyssins, beyng a Christian : and are caried away from thence into Persia, Arabia Foelix, Babylonia of Nilus or Alcair, and Mecha. In this citie iustice and good lawes are obserued : the soyle beareth Wheate, and hath abundaunce of flesh, and diners other commodious thynges. It hath also Oyle, not of Olyues, but of some other thyng, I knove not what. There is also plentie of hony and waxe: there are lykewyse certayne shee^)C, haiiyng their tayles of the wcyght of syxeteene pounde, and exceedyng fatte, the head and necke are blacke, and all the rest whyte. There are also sheepe altogeather whyte, hauing tayles of a cubite long, hangyng downe lyke a great cluster of grapes : and haue also great lappes of .skynne hangyng from thcvr ihrotes, as haue Bulles and Oxen, hangyng downe almost to the grounde. There are also certaine Kyne with homes lyke vnto Hartes homes, these are wylde : and when they bee taken, are geuen to the Soltan of that citie as a kyngly present. I sawe there also certayne Kyne, hauyng only one home in the middest of the forehead, as hath the Vnicorne, and about a spanne of length, but the home bendeth Iwckwarde : they are of bryght shynyng red colour. But they that haue Hartes homes, are cnclynyng to blacke colour. Conye is there good cheepe. The citie hath an innumerabie multitude of merchants : tiie walles are greatly decayed, and the hauen rude and despicable. The kyng or Soltan of the citie is a Mahumetan, and entertayneth in wages a great multitude of foote men anci horsemen. They are greatly geuen to warres, and weare onlyc one loose syngic vesture, vs^ we haue sayde before of other. They are of darke ashye colour, en- In the warres, they are vnarmed, and are of the sect of Mahumet. Golde. lutry. Blacke slaucs. Presbiter lohan- nes, kyng of lacobins .ind Abyssins. Iustice and good lawcs. Sheepe with great tayles. Palearia. Kyne with Hartes homes. Kyne with only one liorne. dining to blacke Of Barbara, an Uande of Ethiope. Cap. 16. AFterthal the tempcstes were appeased, wee gaue wynde to our sayles, and in shorte tyme arryued at an liande named Barbara, the Prince whereof is a Mahumetan. The Uande is not great, but fruitfull and well peopled : it hath abundance of flesh. The inhabitants are of colour enclynyng to blacke. AI theyr ryches, is in heardes of cattayle. We remayned here but one day, and departvng from hence, sayled into Persia. Z 3 The J-',(. '-'"m I 'ft ,y*ii j->r < H:v ^'h • !, ' !'■ [■ '' ! It ■■, •'■'■ Ii' ,''!■ ji. •i ,.,( M'.i':)!-::;! 172 Diuobander> rumi. The Soltan of Cambnia, Ooa. Giulfar. Mctchct, Oroius. Pcailes. Fyshyng for pcailes. Dyutrs vndcr the water. Chvaiani or Chorashan. Great abuo- dauDce of 5ilke. Plentie of Corne. Rubarbe of t()reum. Cap. 4. IN this iorncy I came to a certiiyne great ryuer, whichc in the inhabitantes iangua^jo cucn at this day c is named Eufra, which I very ly thynivc to be Euphrates, considcryng also thcThfriufrE 3f. ^I'o i)y the do the loftcP'" Prr-cinus sfonj. 'Ihi; Italic Rra- Procecdyr hande, I came in the space of three dayes to an other titic, named Schyra. Thi-i hatli onci) one pryncc, and he a Per^ian Mahumetan, and snbiecte to none other Here are foundcal sortes of precious stones, and especially the stone Eranon, whiche delvuerctli men from ' • t }• 1 1 r '^n 1 ■' • PI !• V • 1 non and iur- witchecraltes, maunesse, and learetulncsse, proceedyng ol mclancouc. It is the stone com- quci. monly called the Turquesse. They arc brouglit in great abinidaunce from a citic named Balascam, where is also great plenlie of Castorcum, and sundrye kyndes of colourcs. And Baiascim. heere I notifie vnto you, why there is found lille true Castoreum among vs, because it is ^•'"°"^'""- adulccrate by the Persians before it come to our handes, for these people are greatly ijeiien to the counlerfettyngof suche thynges, as I saw by experience before my nc eyes: forwiilvng on a time to prouc the odoriferous strength of pure Castorcum, I nawe certayne, that had experience hereof, do in this maner. They tooke the bladder of Castoreum, and fouro of them oui' ai'trr an other, put it to their noses to smell. The sauour of it was so strong, that it made thcyr noses bleede : and by this profc, they knew it to be pure Castorcum, and not countcrfcct. I asked the Per^ian whether Castorcum (as other the lyke vngmcnts or druggcs) would sone loose his strength. He answered, that the strength of that sauour myght be preserucd the space of ten yerecs, yf it were not coun- tcrfcct. The Persians are very courteous and gentle people, lyberall and gratious one to an Comendartnrt m* other, and fauorable to strangers : and this I spcake as I haue founde and scene by cxperyence ''^' l'"•'^"■• Duryng the tyme that I was there, I founde a certayne Persian merchant, who the yeere before knewe me in the citie of Mecha : he was borne in the citic of Eri in Corozain. As soone as lie sawe me, he spake to me in this maner, Lodovicke what God or fortune hath sent thee into these countrcys : Art not thou he whom not long scnce I knewe in Mecha.'' To whom I answered, I am certaynely the same, and am now come hyther for the great desire that I haue to see the worlde. Praysed be God, sayd he, that I haue nowc found a companion of my iorney, that is taken with the same desire that I haue : and therfore for the space of fyfteene dayes we remayned togeather in a citie named .Squilaz. He exhorted me not SiijiUi. to depart from hym, but that we should togeather, by his guydyng, trauavle the cheefe jiartes of the world. Ivnteryng therefore on our iorney, we came fyrst to a place named Sainct Bragant. •''''"ct B.-3s>i.i. Of the citie of Sainct Bragant, bygger then Babylon. And of the kyng of Persia, named tlie Sophie. Cap. 5. THey saye that the citie of Sainct Bragant, is bvgger then Babylon : the kyng of the citie, is a Mahumetan. The mcrchantes saye that when it pleaseth hym, he assembleth an armic Aiurni.eoi of threescore thousande Horsemen. The people are of colour enclinvn;r to whytenesse, and «''""""« '■">"- II rrii • 1 , /• • r 1 p II r 1 "'"' horsemen. verye warrelyke men. Ihis we say only by eniormation ot other: lor we coulde not safely passe any further, by reason of the great warres which the Sophie then made agaynst those Warbetweenr Klahumetans, which are of the sect and religion of Bubachar, Othomar, and Omar. These Ij" ^°'''',!f j^t were the felowes of Mahumet, as we haue written before of Mahumet and his felowes. The Turke, for the Persians abhorre these as heretikes and false doctoures, although they themselues also be ^|js'^"-^^.^|^j Mahumetans of an other secte, whiche is of Mahumet and Hali, whose doctrine they embrace HoH of M,ihu- and esteeme for most perfect and true religion. Here therefore the sayde Persian, my gocde J^fy^J^lj^Hj^i'"" friende, and ioyfull companion of my iourney, sayde thus vnto mee. That thou mayest vn- derstande (Lodouicke) the vnfayned good will that I beare thee, and the desyre I haue that a sure friend in our friendshyp may be knyt with indissoluble bandes, and thereby to assure thee that I will "'""""• not fayle thee in thy necessitie, I haue a Nyese named Samis, whom I wil gyue thee to wyfe. Samis in theyr tongue, signifieth the Sunne (for shee descrued so to be called for her tinguler beautie) and sayde furthermore, that he dvd net trauayle the worlde for lacke of , r n ■ Xm ;,1 i'vi 174 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Vertomminus* vt;;i''\. It : ._^ j^r , •■'v^,. ' ii, .■' J:i!|'M.r Cheo. Tlif ryuor InJns. Thrrjtir of Note ihr jiitrfre of lyiicri C'lntrjiyr tj 40 ihippes hje with tylkc .inj boinhjiin?. Pithagorici. Good pcoplci They may seeme the succc.^ours cf Darius and Poms. 'J'hc gicjt pompe of the kynj of Cambaij. £lephantes. Monstrous great lyppes. A straunjc hijtorie of i Kyng acci'.j- tomcd to ca'.': poyfon. of any flnnij;, but only for his pleasure and clcsyrc of knowledge. And thcrefnre pass\ nj^ no rurlhcr, by reason of the warrcs (as we liauc sayde) we returned to the citie of tri, where he en(cr»eyned nice in his house honourably : and shewynjj niee his Nyese, instauntly desyrcd mee to take her to wyfe. But I, hauyng my mynde olherwysc dcstinatc, woulde not scn, for tlicy obscrue the cxfinisitc rule ol" iusticc, doyng no worse to other, then they woiiklc to be di nc to thcni. As touchviig thcyr apparel!, sonic of thcin go nal'.ed, and otiicr couer onely the\r priuities. On thcyr headcs, they weare fvllettes of purple Cdlour. They them sclues are of darke velowe colourc, commonly called Lconell co!,;ure. This Soltan maynteyneth an army of 2>) thousandc horsemen. Euery mornvng resort to his pallace, fyfiie men, syttyng on Elcphantcs. Their oflice is, with all reuerencc to salute the king or Soltan, the Elcphantcs also kncelyng downc. In the mornyng assoone as the kyng wakcth, is hcarde a groat noyse of Drumnies, Tambartes, Tymbrellcs, Waytes, and also Trumpettes, with dyuers other nuiNirall instruments, in reioycyng that the kyng lyucth. The lyke da they whyle he is at dinner: and then also the men svftyng on the Elephantes, make hym the like reuerencc as before. We wyll in due place speake of the wytte, customes, and docilitic of these bcastcs. The Soltan of this citie, hath his vpper lyppe so grosse, that it is a monstrous thyng to beholdc : Insomuche that soinetvme he beareth it vp with a fillet, as women do the heare of theyr heades : his bearde is whyte and long, cuen vnto the nauell. He is so accustomed to poyson from his infancie, that he dayly eatcth some to keepc it in vse. And although he hym selfe fcelc no hurt thereof by reason of custome, yet doth he thcrebv so inijioyson hym selfc, that he is povson to other: for when he is disposed to put any of hi^ iioblemen to death, he causcth hym to be brought to his presence, and to stande naked Travels to the Eaut. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUKIUKS. 175 "iiir- k>!I tcrs, sal- ihcy tlicr licv oltaii lace, ng or kcth, )ettes, ■;e do hyin anil it is et, as auell. it in ith he o put tande lakcil naked before hym. Incontincntc he cateth crrfayne friiites (wliithe fhry call Chofdlos) lyke vnto Nuttemeggcs : and cateth also the Icaiics of rertaync hcarbc), whiciic they call Tambolos, addyng also thereto the ponder of beaten oyster shcllcs. And a whyle cIiawyngA vcnnmm al these togcather in his month, he spittcth it vpnn hyin whom he desyroth to kyll, who'''"'s- being sparkled therwith, dyeth, by force of the |)oyson witiiin the space of halfc an liourc. lie cnterfaincth about fourc thousand concnbines : for when .socucr he hath Ivne wiili any (if them, she with whom lie hath lyen, dyeth the daye folowing, beyngby hym iiiipoysoned. Hciyko i.c get. And therefore when hechangeth his shyrt, or other apparell, no man dare wciire it: and ihy'u",,,. for this cause he hath great change of apparell My companion cn(|nired diligently of the men hanfs by what mcanes he was of so venomous nature : They an>wercd, that the Soltan his father brought him so vp of a chylde with poison by litle and litle, with prescruatiues so accustomyng hym thereto. But let vs now returnc to speakc of the maners of the j)eopIe: lor the most part they wcarc but only one syngle vesture, and arc very warrelyke men : also greatly geuen to merchandies. The fniitfulnesse and plentilulnesse of the region can not bespoken. It is frequented almost of al nations. Thcrforc I'rom this citic, and from an Cint fruitful- other (wherof we wyll speake hereafter) diners and innumerable sortes of merchandies, arc "^^^"f f„""j'.'''''' transported to almost all the regions of the worlde, and especially to the Tnrkes, Syrians, ciundies. Arabians, Indians: also to diuers regions of AfTrike and Ethiopia: principally exceedyng abundance of sylke and Bombasyne, and therefore is this Soltan marueylous rych. He pimic of syikf kcepcth ill maner contynnall warrc with the kyng of logn, wliose roalme is fyfteene dayes The kyn? of iornty from Cambaia, and reacheth very farre cuery waye. This kyng mayntayneth an ,'„*J' "" ''"'"' armie of JO thousand fyghtyng men: he and all his people are Idolatours. lie lyneth in contyniial progressc, with a mightic trayne at the charges of the people : and contynually Cominujii carrieth about with hym fourc thousand tcntes and jjauiliona : also his wyfe, children, con- ^[''^.'^"Jmi cubines and slaues, furthermore, fourc or fuie of most couragious horses : likewysc innsknttes, coucubm-:. moonkeys, Parrottes, Leopardes, and haukes. And in this order he walketh almost oner all India. The kynges apparell, is a double gotes skinne, one coueryng his brcst, and the other his backc, with the hearysyde outward : he is of wesel colour cnclining to blackencsse : The colour oi as arc the most part of these Indians, beyng in maner scorched with luMto of >]:: Snnnc. '*"' ''"^""' They wearc al earerings, precious stones, and iewels of sundry sorts : some coiier tlicvr body with a single, light, and thinne vesture, puttyng out one anne naked. The kyng and ccr- taine of his noble men, paynt their faces with ccrtayne swecic gonimcs and spices : and some also other partes of their bodies. They are ledde with many v.iyne superstitions : for some professe neuer to lye on the grounde, some to lyue in continual silence, as though they were speechlesse, hauing two or three appointed by signcs to seme them mcate and drynkc. Thev haue all homes hangyng about theyr neckes: and therefore wlien they come to any Hotncs. citie, they blowe theyr homes all at once, to make the inhabitantes afrayde, as do thcv that with vs keepe Crowes or Rookes out of the come. Then commyng to talke with the citizens, they dcmaund victualles and what soeuer other thynges they stande in neede of. Whyle the kvng any tyme resteth a whyle in one place, almost alt the wliolc armye gardyng his person about his pauylion, fyue or syxe hundred in the meane tyme raungc abroade togeather to Wanjdvr.f geat what they can. They tarry not past three dayes in one place, but are euer wanderyng pJJ',^';^,,^ after the maner of the vagabunde Egyptians, Arabians and Tartars. The region is not fruite- ful, but rough, with craggie mountaines. The houses of the citie are despicable: the citie is also without walles. This kyng is cnemie to the Soltan of Machamir, and vexeth hvm greatly with diuers incursions. Of the citie of Ccull, and the maner of the people. Cap. 3. DEpartyng from Gambia, in twelue dayes iorney I came to a citie named Ceull : the land that lieth betweene them both is called Guzerat. The kyng of this citie, is an Idolatour : Guierjt. they are of darkc yealowe colour, or Lion tawnyc : some were suche slender apparell as they whom i k'v,' ■"'11 'II ^.:* tU't '■:0 ;'.^i ■ f4 .;1'f ,^'\m IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I 1.25 lttl2J 125 •50 ^^~ B^B 12.2 1^ Uii ^ V] r ^;. y Photographic Sdences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14SS0 (716) S72-4S03 ^"V' V ^ .*% JIG VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, VcrtomaniiHs' Uoliiour.'. Idol.lfrs. T.;i.i.t' Mirn.,U.kjs. Whiif men. whom wee haiic spoken of befurc : other nrc naked, eoiicring onlye thcyr pryuities. They arc prompt to the warrcs. and vhc swonl«"><, bowes, dnrtes, slynjjes, and roundo targeties. They hauc engines to beat downe walk-s. and to make great slaughter in an armie : the citie hath walles, and is distant from the sea hut three myle?. A fayrc ryuer runneth by the cilic, l)v the whiche nnirh merrhniidies is bmught thyther. The soylc beareth almost all inaner of fruites, except Vync--, Walniittes, and Cliessnuttes. It hath alsoWheate, Barlic, aiul other kyndes of come. Here is made great plentie of Bombasine cloth. They are surh Idolalours as arc they of Cderut, of wliom wc wyl speakc hereafter: yet are there in the citie many nicrchanfs Malunnclans. Tlicy exercise iustice. The kyng entertayneth but a small armic. There arc many horses aiul kync. Two dayes iorney from hence, is a citie named Dabuly, hniiin;; ,i <:r. at ryuer niiMiyng by it. It hath walles after thcmanerof ours. The soylc is fruitcfn!, nnri the cilic beaulifiill. There arc innumerable merchauntes Mahu- mctans. The kvng is an Idolater, and hath an armvc of 30 thousande men. Thcv arc in niancrw iyke vnto the other, and of the same colour. Of Gog.i, an Ilar.de of India. Cap. 4. DEpnrfyng from he::ce, I came to tlic IKind of Goga, not past a myle destant from the continent, Tliis [)ayeth yeerely trvlM)ie to the kyng of Dechan a thousand peeces of golde, of flic value of the Snraphcs of Bahvlon, bauyng en (he one syde the Image of the dyiieli. and on iho oti'.er sydo. ccrfavne •.iiknoweii caractcs. Vppon the sea coaste of one syde of this Ilatidc, is a fowue hi!\l(!i-(l after the m..iiers of ours. The goucrnonr is a certayne Cap- tayiie of .soldiers nnii.cd Saiiain: he hath in his regiment foure hundred Mamalukes, and is also a Mamaluke hym !«cifc: and therefore wlien he fyndcth any whyte men, he entertayneth tiiem frendly, and grticth them stvpende of twcntie Snraphcs of golde cuery moneth. But he fyr-it maketh prufo of their strength and vaii.intncsse bv wrestlvng : and if they be not foiindc meete lor the w.^nr -, he puttelii them to handy craftes. This Captayne with onely hi.s foure hundred Mani.nhikcs, grenfiy vexetli the king of Narsinga. Departvng from hence, in cyght d.iyes iorney by iainie, I came t'» the ciiie of Dechan. Of Derhan, a vcrv f.iyre citie of India. Cap. .5. THe kyng nr So!t;m of Drtlian, is a Mahumofan, of whom the foresjvde captayne Mam,i- liike is enfrcd in wages. This citie is beaulifull in syght, and the soyle very frtiitefull and pleniilull in tnaiicr of all tliyngcs necess.nrie. The kyng is accompted a Mamaluke. and with hym '.ib thousandc men of liis dominion of horsemen and footi-men. The citie is beau- A f.ijTf puUace. tilicd with a mnnieylous fiyre pallace, and the pallace .ndourncd with many fayre roome-i, f'>r before you come to the kyngfs chandler, you must p.isse by 44 other chambers, for the sol- Irrs of the chambers are so onlcrlv disposed, that one chamber siyll geucth cnlrye into an (ifhcr, vntyll yen come to the Ia>t. The citie is compassed with a wal, after the maner of the Christians. The hoii-^es are not vncomely. The kyng vseth incredible pompe, and regal n-.acini(ire;-{ .\ They that wayte vppon his person wearc vppon thcyr shooes or starpins Ru- bies and Dlamondes, an pliant. Howe the Ele- phant is armed. The Elephant vnderstandeth the voyce of hit keeper. The Elephant can not abjde fyre. The ttrcngth of the Elephut. The Elephants hiue ioyntei ia their leggei. Tlif hande of tlir tlrphant. The tetth of the Elephant lAlucry. and pleasures. There is no landc more commodious for haukyng and huntyng, for it hath large playnes and goodly woods: a man would saye it were an earthly Paradyse. The kyng and people are Idolaters. He is a prince of great power, he hath an army of foure thoii- sande horsemen. And yet is it to be noted, the price of a good horse there, to be no lesse then foure or fyue hundred of those peeccs of goldc whiche they call Pardais : And somc> tyme it so chaunceth that a horse is soldo for eight hundred of those pecces of goldc. The cause of which great price is, that they are brought out of other countrcys : and that they haue no Mares, being forbyddcn by the commaundement of the kynges, streightly chargyng the portes to be kepte, least any mares should be brought into the countrcy. Ilee hath also foure hundred Elephantes to serue in the warres : and lykewyse as many Camclles, of the kynde of those swyfte runnyng Camelles which be commonly called Dromadarii. And here me seemeth good opportunitie to say somewhat of the docilltie, «gilitie, and wyt of Ele- phantes, as wc haue promised. Of the docilitie, agilitie, and wit of Elephantes. Cap. y. THe Elephant, of all foure footed beastes, and ncxtc vnto man, is most wittie and docible, and not farre from humane scnce, and surmounteth all other beasts in strength. When the Indians bring them to the warres, they put great packesaddelles on their backes, suche as in Italic they vse for the great Mules. These packesaddelles they gyrde vnder theyr bellyes with two chaynes of yron. \'^ppon the saddelles, they place on euery s)de a litle house, or if you will, rather call them Turrettes, or Cagies, made of wood : eucry Turret conteyneth three Men. Betwcene the two Turrettes sittcth an Indian on the backe of the beast, and speaketh to him in his owne language, which the beast vndcrstandelli and obeycth : for it is certaine that no other beast approchcth so neare to the vndcrstanding of man, Sciien men therefore are thus placed vppon one Elephant when tliev goe to tiie wars, and all armed with coates of fence, Targets, Bowes, Lances, Dartcs, and Slynges. Also the tninke or snoute of tlie Elephant (which of the Latine is called Promuscis, or Proboscis, and of some, the hande of the Elej)hant) is armed, and hath a sword fastened to it of the length of two cu- bites, very strong, and of a handfull in breadth. And thus furnished, they procecde to the battayle. When it is requisite to goe forwarde, or backwarde, the goucrnour sittyng aboue, gyueth them an instruction with such voyces as they are accustomed vnto: for sometyme he sayth thus to the beast, Stryke here, stryke there, forbeare here, goe forewarde there, turiie this way, and that way. All which woordcs he vnderstandeth and obeyeth without spurre or brydell. But where it so chaunceth that by casting of fyre, they are with feare dryuen to flyght, they can by no meanes be stayed. And therefore these people haue many subtile dcuises howe they may feare them with fyre, which this beast, by the sense of naiure, fcareth aboire all thinges, and therefore flyeth ia maner at the syght of fyre. And to speake some- what of theyr strength, as I haue by experience, I remember that when I was in the citie of Canonor, certayne Mahumetans drue a shyp aland, turnyng the shyp, after the maner of the Christians, with the fore end towarde the lande, and laying vnder it three rowling beames. Then three Elephantes commodiously applied, drawyng with great force, and bendyng downe theyr heades to the ground, brought the shyp to lande. But many haue thought that the Elephantes haue no ioyntes in theyr legges, and that therefore they could not bende theyr legges : which thyng doubtlessc is false, for they haue ioyntes as haue other beastes, but in the lowest parte of theyr legges. The females are more fierce then the Males, and much stronger to beare burdens. Sometime they are taken with furie or madnesse, and testifie the same by disordinate runiiyng here and there. One Elephant excecdcth the bygnesse of three Bufles and not viilyke of hcarc. They haue eyes lyke swyne, and the snout or trunke very long, wherwith they put and therefore may it well be called the hande of the throate, much lyke the mouth of a Sowe, and with holde fast stickes or staues, and them rule as it were with a hande. I sawe also the trunke of a tree ouerthrowen by an Elephant, which ^ men attempting, could not doe. The two great teeth or tuskcs, are placed in the highest iawe. Ech of their cares, are two hand- ful meate and drinke into their mouth : the Elejjhant. The mouth is vnder the trunke is holowe, and can ther- D'avels to the EaU. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. 179 fills byg, whether the beast be of the byggcr or lesse klnde. The fcete are like vnto such roiiiul thickc trenchers of wood as be commonly vscd. The foote conteincth fyue hoofes, in roiuidncssc like vnto great Oy>tcrs. The laylc is lykc to the tayle of a Buflc, ft)iire handfiill long, and of thyii iic.irc. The females are also bigger then the males, they are of sundry Tiifi>ygn«M of bigncs, for some arc of 13 handliils high, and other of H handfuls, and soiue also haue'' ''"""' been scene of sixtiene handfuls. They goe slowly, and walowing, and therfore some that haue not ben vsed to them, are moued to vomite cuen as it were on the sea. Yet is it a pleasure to ryde on the young Elcphantes, bicause they goe softly like anibeling Mules. When you mount of them, they stoope and bend their knees, that you may easily ascendc. They are neuer brydeled, neythcr vse theyr keepers any halters to gouerne them. Of the ingendering of Elephantes, and of the magniflccnce & riches of the king of Narsinga. Cap. 10. Wllen they ingender, they resorte to the medowes or woods, for by a certaine naturallThenaturaii shamefastnes.se they doe it not but in secrete places; Althoug some Aucthors haue written gj'^jph",","" that Elephants engender backward. Some take it for a great present to giue the king the member or pi.sscil of an Elephant, whiche perhappes they doe for the exceedyng great price The pUkH of of Elephantes: for some are solde there for fyue hundred peeces of golde, and some (as'" ''' '" they say) for two thousande: which peraduenture, is not for their greatnesses of bodie, but rather for ccrtayne properties, wyt, and docilitie, wherein some farre exceede other, euen as among men. And I dare wellsav that I haue seene some men much inferior to Elephants Men of itiw»n. in wyt and .sense. Therefore the kyng of Narsinga, in riches and dominion^ farre exceedeth E"irph"nMl^' *" all kynges that cuer I haue scene or hcarde of. The citie in situation and fayrenesse, repre- T'". "'^''",'''^ senteth the citie of Milanc, except only that is in a declining place, and lesse equal. Other Nariaiga." kingdoms which are subicct to this, lye round about it, as the kingdome of Ausonia and Ve- nice lye about Milanc. Their ikamini (so are the priestes named) tolde me the king re- ceiueth dayly of that citie for tribute or reucnue, the summe of twelue thousandes of those a peat iributf peeces of golde whiche they call Pardios. He maynteyneth an army of many thousandes of '"''*'" "''^" men, for he liueth in continuall warre with his borderers. He is an Idolatour, and honoureth uoiaten. the deuyll, euen as doth tiie kyng of Calecut. They that are of the rychest sorte, vse a slender inwarde apparell or pcticote, not very long, and bynde theyr heades with a phillet or broade bande, of sundry colours, after the maner of the Mahumetans. The common sorte, coucr onely their priuities, and are besyde all naked. Tiie kyng weareth a Cappe of cloth of golde, of two handfuUcs long : when he goeth to warre, he weareth a vesture of bombasine, and thereon a cloke adourned with plates of gold, hauyng the borderer garde a rich ciokt. besette with all sortes of precious stones and lewclles. His horse with the furniture, is ca-Jj^^^^gf^c teemed to bee woorlh as muclie as one of our cities, by reason of innumerable lewelles of kyng of Nu great price. When he goeth a huntyng, three other kynges beare him company, whosc^'"^"' office is to be eucr nearc him, and guyde him. When he maketh any iourney, or rydeth abrode, he is accompanyed with six thousand horsemen : And therefore it is manifeste that not only for these thynges whereof we haue spoken, but also for dyuers other of lyke mag- nificence, hee is one of the greatest Kynges in the worldc. He coyneth money and peeces coyne of jou* of golde named Pardios. Also other siluer money of lesse value, whiche they call Fano, """* "'""' conteynyng the value of sixtiene of the smallest money of copper. Traueylers may here goe safely through all his dominions, if they can avoyde the daunger of the Lions. Of theyr Daungcr of dyet and order of lyuyng, I will speake more largely where occasion shall serue to wryte of ^i"""'' Calecut. This kyng of Narsinga, is a great friende to the Christians, and is in great amitieriiekyngof with the kyng of Portugale : and therefore the Portugales are here friendly and honourably ^"f'"i" '"'^"^ J «fi: iLi i-i'.. » I i.-n^ to the kyng of vsed. Wrien 1 had remayncd m this citie n any dayes, I returned to the citie of Canonor. Portugaie. And after I had remayned three dayes, I entered further into the lande, and came to a citie named Trompata, about twelue myles from Canonor. The inhabitauntes are Idolatours. The citie of It is neare vnto the sea, and therefore there are seene many merchantes Mahumetans. They Trompata. lyue moderately and haue in maner none other ryches then nuttes of India, but there are A a 3 very 1; 180 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Vertomanntts' ^%^ MthumetiDi. Pinibra, Ciragol. Caltcui. Thf kyng cf Calecui, aOod uu Uic cirth. TTif ciiie of Calccac. ■■;il'. ' :'' HOUKS iliuiJcd. Very lowe houiesf Houst! of small fricf. K!olatry anil scruyng ol the deiiyU. One God. Ficudo|ilatonici. The deuyll I'linccof thii woildc. Dcumo, quasi Dxmon. The Chapell of the deuyll. The deuyllj chayrc uf ma- ipstie. Difference be- iwetne the Popes crowne and the deuyllea. A wcU fauoutcd Prince. The deuylles crdinary dyct, anj dcintic meate. Bramini. Dtachmiai. tery fayrc trecn to make shyppcs. There are in the citic ahoiic fiftienc thoimandc Mahume- tans, although the Kyng be an Idolatoiir. Departyng from hence, I came to the citic of Pandara : and from thence passyng by the citie of Capngot, 1 came at the length to the ramons citie of Caleciit. And to be brecfe, I haiic here puerpasscd to spcakc largely of many other people and kyngdomes, as are these, Chiannl, Dabul, Bathecalo, Onoiid, IJan- golor, Canonor, Ciichin, Cacilon, and Calonue, which I haiic done, to the cnde that I may entreat of Calecut, as the chiefest, and as it were the head and niefropolitanc of all the cities of India, for it is certayne that the Kyng of Cnlcciit in royail maicstic exccedeth all the kynges of the East, and is therefore in theyr laiigiingc called Sainory, that is to say, God on the earth. The fyfth booke of East India, and fyrst of the famous citic of Calcrut. Cap. I. THe citie of Calecut, is situate vppon the continent or firnic landc, and the sea beatcth vppon the houses of the citie. There is no porte : hut on the South syde about a mylc from the citie, i< a ryuer which runneth info the ocean sea by a narrow month. This runneth by many braunches into the playne fcckles, and is of the inhnbitantcs by iliuers trenches dis- pearscd to water the grounde. It is not past the depth of three or fonrc Ibote of water. The course of it bendeth towarde the citie, and runneth into it. The citie is not compassed with walk's, but conteyneth in r ircuite sixe thousande houses, not adherent or ioyning togeathcr after the maner of ours, but by a certayne sj)ace distant one from the other, eyther for fearc of fyre, or by ignorance of the builders. It is a myle of length. The houses are despicable, as no hyghcr from the grounde then a man on horsebacke, and are for the mtist parte coucred with boughcs of trees, in the steedc of t'ies or other «oncrvng. The cause whereof they say to bee, that in digging the grounde fyue or syxe handfiill depth, water immediately issueth foorth. And therefore they can layc no deeper foundations to bcarc the weyght of any greater buyldynges. The houses of merchandyso, or warehouses, are solde for fyftiene or twentic peeccs of golde. But the common houses, are of no greater price then two peeces of golde at the most, and some for lesse. Of the kyng of Cnlecut, and of their Idolatrie. Cap, 2. THe kyng of Calecut and his people, are gyuen to Molatrie and seruyng of the deuyll: yet deny they not but that there is one great God, maker of hcaiien and earth, and fyrst and chicfe cause of all thinges : Hut they .nddc thereunto a fable, saying that God coidde take no pleasure of his principate or dominion, if hcehim.selfc shoulde take vppon hym the gouorne- inent of the worlde, and therefore that he gaue the vicarage of that gouernatince to the deuyll, who (they say) was sent from heauen for that purpose, and to iiidge the worlde, rendcryng vnto men well or euyll, according to their deseruyng. This deuyll they name Deumo. But the great God him selfe they call Tamerani. The kyng hath a Chapel in his Pallace, where he honoureth this Deumo : The Chapell is open on euery syde the breadth of a vaulte of two pases, and is no hygher from the grounde then three pases. Tlie cntraunce is by a doore of wood, garnished with earned woorkc, conteyning the dyuers monstruous fourmes and shapes of dcuvlics. In the myddest of the Chapell, is a seate of maiestie made of copper, with also a deuyll of copper sittyng in it. Tliis deuyll hath on his head a cro\s'ne, after the mancr of the bvshop of Home, but this hatli overplus fourne homes, his mouth gapyng, with foure notable teeth, a deformed noxc, louryng and grymme eyes, a threatenyng looke, crooked haudes lyke a fleshc hooke, and frcte not much vnlyke the fcete of a Cocke: A monster doubtlesse horrible and fearefuU to behoide. I/i euery corner of the Chapell sit such deuylles of shining copper, as though they were of llamyng fyre, deuouryng soules miserably. These sonles are about the bygnesse of halfe a finger, and some little bigger. He puttcth one soule into his mouthe with the ryght hande, and with the Icfte hande taketh an other from beneath. Euery mornyng the priestcs (whom they rail Bramini) washc the Idoll with rose water, and perfume him with sweete sauours, and lying prostrate on the grounde, pray vnto him. They sacrifice vnto him once a weeke. Thcyr maner of sacrifice Travels to the East. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. 181 is this. They haiie a little cubbarde lyke vnto an Altar, three handfiilies hygh, foure handfuIsThemanetof brode, and fyue handfuls lonj; : this cubbard they strawe with all maner of floiircs and sweete d"","" *' '''* pouders. Then hauyng a proat Chafingdyshe, or the lyke vessell of sihier, full of burning coles, they put the blood of tho Cocke thereon, and also cast thereon innumerable sweete caiiui Eku> saiiours: In the iiicane tynic also with sensours in theyr handcs, they goe rounde about the ''■""■ Altar, inakynjr pn-fume with IVankcnsense, ringyng a little siluer bell all the whyle of the sacrifice. They kyll the Cocke with a siluer knyfe, and the knyfe also being rayed with l)Io()(l, tiiey put oiten in the lyre, ihat no parte of the blood be lost. Sometyme hauyng the knyfe in theyr hande, they make certayne straunge gestures, much lyke to those which the masters of fcnse \se in S'"y"o ^^ ^""yf'yig of strokes. They neuer cease puttyng to more coles and spices or perfumes, vntyl all the blood of the Cocke be burnt. The priest that a goodly priett olfcrcth the blood of the Cocke, hath his armcs and feete garnyshed with siluer plates and ch,pui"" pendantej, in such sorte, that whyle hee moueth, they make a certayne noyse, much lyke vnto sonettes or haukes belles. He hath on his breast a certayne bosse, conteynyng I know not what secrete figure, which may seeme to be the .secrete caract or signc of some mysterie. The sacrifice being linished, he taketh both his handes full of wheate, and goeth from the offcryng of Alter l)ackew.ird lyke a Crcuicc, neuer mouyng his eyes from the Alter, vntyll he come™''"" to a certayne tree: where openyng his handcs, hee casteth the wheate on the tree. Then holdyng his handes aboue his head, he retiirneth to tnc Alter, and taketh away all that is thereon. Of the mancr which the kyng vseth at his meate. Cap. 3. THe Kyng doeth not sit downe at his meate, before foure of the priestes offer it to the de- uyli, in this maner. Lifting theyr handes aboue theyr heades, with also many other fantasti- call gesticulations, and murmuryng voyccs, they o(H?r the meate to the deuyll, and spende The deuyil is long tyme in those cercmonyes, to the end that the Kyng should eate no meat that is not J'"^''""^''" '*** lirst ofT'ered to the deuyll. They offer the meate in a tray of wood, and therein laye it vppon the brode leancs of a cerfavne tree. His meat is Hyse, and dyuers other thinges, as fruite, (leshc, and fyshc. He sittcih on the grounde without cloth or Carpet. The priestes in the chapUns of mcane tyme stande roiindc about him, but approcheth no nearer then foure or fyue pases, obseruyng diiiqenily the Kinges woordes. When the kyng hath lefte eatyng, the priestes carry away all that is Icfte, and in a certayne place thereto appointed, oHer it to certayne i ihinke the Crowes, wliich tSey kcepe for the same purpose: And therefore being vsed to be thus fedde, ^^'j''^'^'^^^ geather togeather at a signc gyuen them, and eate vp the meate. These crowcs are therefore Crowes, of them esteemed holy: and therefore it is not lawfull for any man to take them or hurtc Crowes ewecm- Of the Priestes of Calecut, called Bramini. Cap. 4. THcsc Bramini, are in place with them, as are the chiefe priestes or byshoppes with vs. "^j^'fjj'fo"""' Therefore when the kii.g shall marrie, he lyeth not with his wyfe before shee be defloured 5,'em KiueV by the Archbyshop, yet taketh he not this vppon him without rewarde : for the kyng gvncth ^ fcood'JJ^"""" him for his labour fiftie preces of golde. Only the ' yng of Calecut keepeth this custome. Of the dyuers sortes of Idolaters in the citie of Calecut. Cap. 5. THc chicfcst Idolaters, and of the greatest dignitie, are the Bramini. They of the se-p,;„,„jnjgt„. condc order, arc named Naeri : And in the same place with them, as are with gentelmen,teimeii. whose oHice is when they go abrodc to beare swoordes, targettes, bowes, launces, and other weapons. The thyrde order consysteth of mecanike or handle craftes men. In the fourth place, are vitaylcrs, and suche as make prouision of fyshe and fleshe. Next vnto these, are they that geathcr Pepper, Wyne, VValuuttes, and suche other fruites and spices. The last and barest sort, (named Ncradi) are they thatsowe and geather Ryse. These as the inferiourpooremeahau* tribe of men, are in such subiection to the Bramini and Naeri, that in payne of death they "° ""''•'■ may approche no nearei vnto them then 50 pases. And therefore they lye lurkyng in cer- tayne 1 1 ' w. u "a I ' -l ; , :|i i 4 ;| :|| '^''\ 1 *^"^ % !' 1 w. ri .»<• 5!" mn 181 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Vertomannus' Thry are not troubled with girderobci, or iiukynj them redye mornyng tnd cuenynj;. Tlie kynget children suc- ceed not to in- hetite the kyng- domt. Whit paynes the |iriestri lake for thryr liuyng tnd what scr- uice they do the Vasiordei. Moornyng for the death of the kyng. Chastitic and ibstinence. Meatct that moue to Ic- chetie. Great frend- Jkyppe. tayne nhadovres and darke placn and maryRheM, lest they ithoiilde Ritddenly rhaunce to tneete vith them. Wherefore when they come ahrodc, that they may be hearde a farre of, they cryc with a loude voice I wotte near what, that they may be hrarde of the sayde liramini and Naeri, least beyn<; soddcniy betrayyed, they shoiildc be put to death. Of the apparcll of the kyng, quecnc, and Inhabitanios «>f the ciiie of Caleciit. And of their mancr of fccttyng. Cap. G. THe apparell of the kyng and queenc, is litle or nothyng diirt'ryn!' from the other Idola- ters : among the whichc the Mahiimetans (as strangt-n*) arc not to be accomptcd. They couer onely thcyr prinie partes with bombasine cloth or sylke, and are bcsyde all naked, barefooted aUo, and bareheadded. But the Mahnmctnns wenre single apparell, reachyng only vnto the nauel. The women are apparelled eiicn as arc the mpn,sauyng only that they lette theyr heare growe very longe. The kyng and nobiliticof the citie, eatc no fleshe ex- cept they fyrst a.ske counsayle of the Priestes. But the common people may cate what fleshe they wyll, excepte the fleshe of kyne. But they of tiic basest sortc, named Nirani and Foliar, may eate onely fyshcs dryed at the Sunne. Of theyr custome after the death of the kyng. C.ip. 7. AFtcr the death of the kyng, if he haiie any male chyldren lyuyng, or brethren, or bro- thers chyldren, they succeede not in the kingdome: for of auncient lawe and custome, the septer pertayneth to the kynges systcrs sonnes, of whiche if there be none, it commeth to the next of the blood: And this for none other cause (as they save) but that the pricstcs hauc defloured the queene. When the kyng goeth abrodc or on huntyng, the priesies, be they neuer so young, keepe the queene at home, and rcmayne necre about her: for there is nothyng more acceptable to the kyng, then that the priestcs shoulde no keepe companye with the queene. And therefore the kyng may well thynke that the chyldren borne of her, are not to be numbred amongst his chyldren, and thcrfore taketh the chyldren of his .«ysters, to be neerest of his blood, and ryght inheritours to the crowne. When the kyng is dead, ail his subiectes, by cutlyng theyr beardes and shauyng theyr headdes, testifie lu.w ^rceuously they take his death. Yet hearein they vse not all one fashion, for some cutte onely part of the heare of theyr chynne, and some parte of the heare of theyr head, and other all : and so cuery man as he doth phantasic. Duryng the tyme that they celebrate the funerals of the kyng, they that lyuc by fyshyng, forbeare fyshyng for the space of eight dayes. And when any of the kynges wyucs dye, they obserue the lyke ceremonyes as for the death of tlie kyng. The kyng sometyme, by a certayne supersticion, abstcyneth from venery, or the company of women, for the space of a yeere : and lykewise forbearcfh to eate certayne leaues, whiche they call Betolas, beyng the leaues of Assyrian apples : which they vse not onely for dilicates, but also because theyr propertie is to moue men more greatly to wanton lustes. For the same purpose also they cate a certayne fruite named Cotlblo, somewhat lyke vnto Dates. Of theyr chaungyng of wyues. Cap. 8. THe gentclmen and merchauntcs, to shew great curtcsie and frendshyp one to the other, vse sometyme to chaunge wines, and therein vse this maner of speache: My freende, we haue nowe of long tyme lyucd togeatber as faythful frendes, and therefore for the lastc ac- complyshement of our frendeshyppe, if it so please thee, lette vs chaunge wyucs. Content sayth the other, for I beare thee euen as good wyll. The wyues refuse not to agree on the condition herein also, to please theyr husbandes. Then the one bryngeth his wyfe to the other, saying : Woman, this man shall hereafter be thy husbande. The other sayth the lyke to his wyfe also. Thus all partes beyng agreed, they depart with frendly embrasyng: But the chyldren remayne with the fyrst husbande. These Idolatars haue also diuers other customes : for among some of them, one woman is maryed to seiien husbande.s, of the whiche euery of them hath his nyght by course appoynted to lye with her : And when she hath m I I I Travels to the East. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. 185 hath brought foorth a chylHc, she may geue it or father it to whiche of them she lynteth : Who may in no case refuse it. The maner of fccdyng of ihc common people, of the Idolatars, and of theyr lusticc. Cap. 8*. LYing along on tlie groundc they eatc theyr mcate out of a traye of copper : for spoones, Oioftnuis. lliey vsc certayne Icaucs of trees. Theyr meatc commonly, is Ryse, fyshe, spices and fniites, of the commoner sort. The labouryng men or ruder sorte, cate so fylthyly, that The punyih* puttyni? theyr foulc handes in the potte, they take out ryse by handfuls, and so thriM it in J^""/""" tlieyr mouthc!?. They vse this kyndc of lusticc for homicide. Where any hath slaync a man, he is thus punyshed. They haue a kynde of gah)ws made in mancr of a double crosse, where whyle the murthcrer is tyed fast, one thnistrth a stake through his bodye, where the Btnynj. pooro wretchc so han^eth Milyll lie be dead: Hut they that wnnnde or hurt any man, re- decme ihe faiiltefnr mony paydr to the kyng. They that are in dcbtc, are thus enforced to payc the same. The creditour fyrst demaundeth his monve : and if it be founde that the a «tr«uinf mi- dcbitour brcake promyssc, then he to whom the mony isowyng, goeth to one of the kynges J||bM? ''""'"°* scriueners (whiche are sayde to be a hundred) and before hym makyng dewe proofe of the dcbte, recciueth of hym a greene wande of a tree, with aucthoritic to prosecute his debitour vntil he haue found him, where when he hath arrested him, with these woordes (go no fur- ther before thou paye mo) thryse rehearsed, he saytit furthermore thus. I charge thee by the head of Bramini, and ijy the head of the kyng, not to sturre from this place before thou payc me. Ti>ere is no shyfte but eyther to paye incontinent, or there to loose his lyfe. But D«««^' fordtbtr. if he be found alone, and escape after the sayd woords, he is euer after adiudged a rebell, and therefore shall it be lawefull for any man to kyll hym whersocuer he is founde, within the kynges dominions. Of the honoring of Idolles. dp. 9. WHen they praye to theyr Idolles, in the mornyng before the Sunnc ryse, they resorte to Outward cknijTH the pooles or ryuers to washc them : And fo at their cnmmyng home to theyr houses (where '"*^' they keepe theyr Idolles) they touch nofhyiig before they praye to the Idolles prostrate on the groundc sccre;itly : while they prnyc, they make certayne deuylyshe gesticulations lyke mad men, so maruelously defourmyng theyr faces, eyes, and mouthes, that no man can be- holde it without horrour : and thus contynuc their prayer a quarter of an houre. When the tyme of eatyng approcheth, they may not fal to theyr vittayles, before some one of the gen- tlemen haue dressed it, and set it in order. But this custome is obserued onely among the gcntclmen or noble men. The women haue none othe- charge or care, then to dresse and Womfm beautilie them stiues, for their husbandes vse not to h iv to do with them before they be *"*' *" curyously washed, and perfumed with sundrye sweete s. 'i urs. When the women go abrode, cieaiy Wom«iw it is marueilous to beholdc howe they are behanged with I gwels and pretious stones, on theyr cares, amies and leggcs. Of theyr mancr of warre. Cap. 10. Tlley haue in the citic certayne maistcrs of fence, that teach them how to vse the swoord, Maiitenof the target, the launce, and suche other weapons. When the kyng proceedeth to the warres, he is furnyshed with an armie of a hundred thousande footemen, for of horsemen there isThekyngei no vse, but onely Elephantes: for the kyng hym selfe rydeth on an Elephant. They that"'"'^" are next to the kyng, weare about theyr iicaddes, fyllettes or bandes of sylke, of crymisyn or scarlet colour. Theyr wc.npons are certayne crooked swoordes, targets, launces, and bowes. Their Weapom. The kynges ensigne, is a certaine thyng made of bowes of trees, implicate round like the The kyngei couering of a tub, borne vp on a rccde. This is borne so that p shadow thereof may couer '""*'"' the king from theheate of the Sunnc: and is in their tongue, called Somler. When both the armies approche within three arrowe shoote, the kyng sendeth his Braminos into the tentes The rrte«tn of his enimies, in mauer of haroldes to chalengc a hundred of them to come foorth (if they •»';"«>'''«•• ** -1 \ •* cnalcnge tc dare) comb>ite. ,*l 'M ■ 'J^ \f\ '"A: ,tM w, ''^U ' .'i.'.n 'iila *■ » ' V w ■■Mi ■'!■ '.x 1 -:% nrVt 184 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Vertomannut' w vk km: Ite'i. Li'. ■ I' and litle blood' >hcd. tlarc) to combnt npaynst a hundred of his Nacrcg, which before we Mid to be hiH gentrhnrn and chicfc sircn^ih of his army : which message done, bofh sydp« prepare them aclitefl to the batayle, and in llic midway, fyrst a hundred fv^lit with a hundred. Tlie whiche if they shouhle feyj^ht continually for tlic space of three dayrs, would nciier stryke with tlie poynt, A|itke ihem if they wyll any more. And thus for the most parte make tbcy an ende of the quarell and battuyle, without great slaughter of men. The kyng Homctymes rydeth on an Elephant, and sometymcs alno i^ borne by hiii noble men, named Naeri. When he proceedeth, there I'olowe hym a great multitude of mynstrels, makyng a great noyse, with Tymbercis, Taniberels, and uuclic other inatrumt-iitt-s. The stypende of the Naeri is foure Carlines ciiery moneth in peace, and syxe in tynie ol warre : tlicsc haue theyr teeth very blacke, by eatyng of a certayne hearbe, wiiichc they much vse. When any of these arc slayne, their bodies arc burned, with great {M)mpe, and many superstitions, and also theyr ashes reserucd : but the common sort are burycd, in diuers maners, for some arc buried in their houses, some in their gardens, and other in feeldes, niedowes, or wooddes. They coyne mony here, as in ^ citie of Narsinga. When I was there, there was in ^ citic Coynrd money, merchants of almost all partes of the East, and especially a great number of Mnhumetans, M"ch»untekrt-and njauy also of the region of Mclncha, and Bangclla : other also of Tarnassari, Pego, and ' Ciriomandcl : some lykewysc of the llandes of Zcylan, and Sumatra, whiche is Taprobana: other of Cholon, Caicolon, and Bathecala ; and almost innumerable other, of nations whose names arc better knowen to vs, as Persians, Arabians, Syrians, Turkes, and Ethiopians, and also many of the kyngdome of Narsinga, strangers of so many nations, were in the citie of Calecut whylc I rcmayned there. Vndcrstand furthermore, that the Idolators vse not to sayl on the sea, but tiiat is ajipoynted to the Mahumeians, as meeter men for that purpose. Mihumetans of And there is "ii the citic of Calecut more then fyfteene thousande Mahumetans, whiche were tJetut. borne in the same citie. Of their shippcs and mancr of sa>''yng on the sea. Cap. 11. THeyr Shippes are made no Icsse then may suf >4or the burden of foure or fyue hundred Miiiiireti. BUckewetta. The dead gen- telmeii ate burnt, but the poore men ate jiuryed '1 heyt ihipfes. Ankers of mar- ble, on eucry lyde two- Tonne, and ail open without any couerture. In the ioyntes of their Shippes they put no Toue, but ioyne the plankes so artilicially, that they holde out water very well : yet do they pytche the ioyntes, and make them fast with nayles of Iron. They do not forbearc Towc for lacke thcrof, for they haue great plentie of hempe and flaxe. They haue plankes or boordes and postes of diuers sorics, for they haue as good wood and better then we. Theyr saylcs are of Bombasine cloth, and doubled in the neather part, whereby they geather more wynde, and swell thercwitli, lykc a bagge : and in this they passe vs, vsyng but only synglc sayles. They vse ankers of marble, of the length of eygiu spannes and on euery syde twoo : these they hang in the sea by double ropes, and besyde these, hane none other ankers. They haue certayne appnynted tymes and seasons, of saylyng: for some tymes serue best for one coast, and some other, for other coastes and viages. The changes and also contrarietie of Seasons of the tymcs, is tlicrc greatly to be consydered : for wlien with vs al thyngcs for heate are almost toonn.""""" ■"'-■"rched, then haue they large siicwres, as in the monethes of .May, lune and luly. Their shippes are of diuers quantities, as with vs, and tlierfore also of diuers names. They haue Dyucrs fashioni onc sort of vcsscIs madc of onc whole peece of wood, like a trough, veri long, sharpe and o!h''t msei"'' narowe : in these they vse both sayles and ores, and are therfore swyfter then our Galleys or foystcs. The Pirates vse these very much. The best of their shippes are made in an Uandc named Porcai, not furrc from Calecut. Of the Court or Palace of the Kyng of Calecut Cap. 12. A gocdiy palace. THc Pulacc of thc kyng of Calecut conteyneth no lesse then a myle in circuite, the wall traveh to the East. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. 185 Imiinofihr druyll to pjr- iiytn the kiii|(( piUcc. Thf rychf irwcli which the kin| wcatcth. The kytig of Pottu(alts wirro agaynit the kyng of Calccut. The Frfuchf poip amung prtcious irwell Inestimablr trcatuic. IS i« not hygh, the buyldinp; in fayrc, with beamei or postci* wel ioynyng the framr, and cu- riously wroufiht and earned with the figuren and shapes of denyls on eiiery cydc. Why the walks be no hygher, we haiie declared before, where we haiie spoken of the lowc buyldyng of the houses of the citie: the caiiie wherof (as we haue saidc) U the vnstabic groiinde, su fill of water, that they can dygge no deapth to lay fiindation to beare hyghcr buyldyngcs. But what pearles and precioti.s stones the kyng wcareth vpon hym, can not be expressed for the grentnesse of the thyng : for doubtlesse it exccedeth all estimation. Although at the tyme of my beyng there, he waa not geucn to ioyfulncsse, but lyued in greefc of mynde, aswcl for the warrcs which the kyng of Portugale made agaynst hym, as also that he was diseased with the Frenchc poxe, which had now entred into his throte : ncuerthelesse, his fares, armcs, handes, legges, and feete, were so beautyfully and rychly garnyshed with all sortes of iewels and precious stones, that it can not be spoken. His treasure is esteemed so vnmeasural)Ie, that it can not be conteyned in two wonderful great cellars or warehouses. This treasure consystctli of precious stones, plates of golde, and also so muche coyned golde as may suflicc to lade a hundred Mules, as theyr Bramini reportc, to whom it is best knowen. They saye also that this treasure was geathered and rcserucd by tweluc kynges whiche were before hym, and that in his treasurye is a cofer of three spanncs in length, and two in breadth, ful of only pretious stones, of price inestimable. Of the spice.') of Calecut. Cap. 13. PKppcr is geathered in the feeldes about the subarbes, and also in ccrtaync places within Prpper. the ciiic. The staike of pepper is very weake and lykc vnto vines, which can not beare it The peppef selfc, without the hclpc of a stake or proppe, and is muche lyke vnto an luie, and in lykc"" inaner creepeth and embraceth .suchc trees as arc neerc vnto it. This tree (or rather bnshe) is dispcarscd into sundry branches, of the length of two or three spannes, and hath the leaues lykc vnto the leaues of an Assyrian apple, but that these are somewhat thycker and fatter. On euery twigge hangesyxc clusters, no bygger then Dates, and lykc vnto clusters of lifleCiuitfrsof grapes, and of the coloure of vnripc grapes, but growe thycker. They are geathered in ^'^^"' the moneth of October and Nouember, inclynyng yet to grecne colour, and are so layde on mattes, and set in the Sunne to drye, where in the space of three daycs, they become blackc, as they are brought hyther. The fruitefulnesse of these, proceedeth onely of the symple qoodncsse of the soyle, without helpc of loppyng or pruning. This region beareth also Gyngcr, whiche is doubtlesse a roote, and is somctyme dyggcd of the weight of 12 unces, cinger. it entreth no deeper into the grounde then three or foure handefuls. When they dygge it out, they leauc the knotte or ioynt of the roote in the pitte, and couer it agayne with earth, as a seede for more agaynst the nexte yeere. It is founde in an equall soyle, as are the My- ral)olanes: yet is the earth where it groweth, of very redde coloure. The staike, is muche lykc the staike of a young pcare tree. Of the fruites of Calecut. Cap. 14. IF 1 sliduld describe all the sortes of straunge fruites that are scene there, it would rather Fruitei miykc require a volume, then a brecfe rehersall of them particulerly : for they haue not only many"""' greatly diflering from ours in fourme, sauour and tast, but also those of the kynde of such as we iiaue, diUcr in maner no lesse. Whereby may the naturall Philosopher consider howe a pwiojophicai those thinges which are all of one kynde, diflTcr according vnto the nature of the soile and ^^"'jf^;"!,™ ^[ iliuers situation vnder the heauens. By which natural cause, and alteration, some fruites «h'ng"ofoi.r and secdes, by transplanting into a better soilc, become more perfect in their kind, as bigger, '''""''■ iayrcr, sweeter, and more fruitfull : .As also contrariwise, the contrary, by transplanting into a worse soilc, or colder region : which diuersitie is scene, not only in plantes and hearbes, but also 1 bcastcs, and euen in man kynde. It is very strange to consider howe diuersly trees beare theyr fruites and seedes, as some in one parte of the tree, and some in an other. There is in Calccut a fruite which they name laceros: the body of the tree, is of the bignesse of a Pcare tree : the fruite is of the length of two handfuls and a halfe, and as byg as the a grwt fmitc thygh of a man. The fruit groweth out of the body of the tree vnder the branches, andS;°7o3«°f\;*. B b some""- Yi\ 186 Rypc tnxittt In Dtctmbcr. A rtuilt of lun- diy lUKt. Ont fniitr wnhin an other. A Im with very bro^ luvci. Two huiiiind fruitti on cucry t\o if !»elf«', is of very on. mid. of l)Ic;i«ant taste. They mifTrr but ono parte of the tree to brinj; fuorth friiite: for on the other •""• parte or Hyde, they ciitic and woiinde the tree in diuers placri eiiery morning and cuening, and powrc into the wounded plares a rertayne liquor, which drawelh o«it of the tree a inise, Wyn« nf rum which falleth into vesnells placed t( receyue it, and «o receyue they cuery day and nyglit in ^1,"'^" "' * cuery vessell, a cuppeof most previous liquor, which somctymes also they sccth at the fyre, puttmR euer more vnto it, vntill it come to the strength of Aqua viljc, and troubicth the l)raync both in wauour and drynkyn^, as docth most strong wyne. On an other braunchc of the same tree, they geather lykcwyse suger, but not very sweetc. The tree beareth fruite A»r«»»h«t continually : for there are scene on it both the olde anddryc fruites of the season paste, and ^Bunuiiiyi'i also grcene fruites of the newe spring. It beareth not before the fifth yeere. These trees <•>« whole y..if are foundc in the space or distaunce of about two hundred myles. They arc so greatly esteemed, that in the myddest of most cruellest warres, it is not lawfull for any man to hurt them, euen in the landes of their enemies. They Ivuc but to the age of *i."> yccres. They prosper best in sandy grounde, and are set or planted as are Walnuttes. This region hath also other fruites wherof they make good oyle. "!'• HoKC they sowe Ryse. Cap. 16. Tlley tyll the ground and plough it with Oxen as we doc : when the tymc approcheth to pimt,hiinof snwe Ryse, they testifie the ioyfulncsae of that day with all sortcs of instrunientcs, singing •''«»■<""><««• and dauncing. And in the way of their good speed, that all thinges may prosper the better, (as they bclccue) they disguise ten men in apparcll, to the similitude of the three deny lies, Adiunceof and daunce about them with all the noyse of theyr instruments. And thus celcbratyng the ^^J'^)'J|'J;^^^ festiuall day, they pray the deuylles good grace to sendc them plenticof Ryse. onti ricit tuoci honoi et tntlos Howe thcyr Phisitiansvisite sickefolkes. Cap. 17. ««>> pWiiekf. of him whom they (worse then deuylles) honour for Ciods vicare. Eyther meanyng per- haj)pcs by this meanes, to call agayne the sicke man alm<»st dead. When the inhabitantes a rem«dic liaue so ingorged them selues with so much meate, that they be sicke in theyr stomakc, they '^" '"'^'yn- take the ponder of the rootcs of ginger, and makyng it in fourme of a strupe, wi«h p"*tyng some liquor vnto it, drinke it all vp, and within three dayes recoucr theyr he' i. or theyr Exchaungers, Bankers and Brokers. Cap. 18. THcir cxrhauiigcrs and bankers, haue weyghtes and balances so little, that the boxc, with the wcightrs and all that parteineth therto, passeth not the weight of an ounce, and are made fyae wfithin so iiistc, that the weight of a heare will cast them. When they will trye true goldc from false, or *'"* '"'»"'^"- base from fyne, they vse the touche stone, as we doe, but haue this more then we : They haue a ball composed ( I know not wherof) and lyke vnto waxe, and when they have first rubbed the goldc on the touche, they rubbelikewyse the touche on the sayd ball, where then thespoties of the goldc remayne, and thereby they knowe a more exacte proofe of the finenesse or basencsse a maunge «- of the gold. When the sayde ball is full of gold, they melt it in the fyre, and geather the gold E"™X Vync which it had imbibed. These exchangers are but grosse witted men, and ignorant of the arte goUc from bur. which they profe.sse. In buying and selling of merchandies, they vse this maner. They haue a broker, whose heipe they vse in these aflayres. Therefore when the merchauntes come thyther, Pro»eneta. then the broker hauyng with him a vayle or scarfe, taketh the seller by the ryght hande and a mptntitious couercth it with the vayle. Then doth the merchant number on his fingers, from one vnto a " ^"'/mng''"'''"* B b 2 hundred '4 l ill M 1 m m t *'.* I'" * ' ■ i '■ % 188 VOYAGES. NAUIGATIONS, Vertomannm Litl« paync or hundred thousand, priully and secretly, and then the seller also with lyke numbryng of his fingers and ioyntes, vntyll he come to the number of the price of his merchandies. Then the broker goeth agayne to the buyer, and coueryng his handes with the vayle in lyke maner, and numberyng of his fingers, certifieth him howe muche the seller demaundeth ior his ware, then the buyer agayne, by feelyng and numbryng the brokers fingers, signifieth what he will gyue the seller for his mcrchaundies. And thus the broker goeth to and fro, shcwyng both theyr meanyng with silence vntyll they be agreed. They sell theyr cloth by measure, but theyr spices and icwells by weyght. Of the inhabitantes of Poliar and Hiraua, and how they nourysh theyr children. Cap. 19. coKfornourin ^^^ womcu wcanc theyr children when they come to the age of three monethes, and of children. aftcrward nourysh them with Goates milkc and when in the morning they haue giucn them milke, they tomble them in the sandes all foule and filthie, where they let them lye all the day, and are so scorched of the Sunne, that farre of them seeme like Bufles Calues. I newer sawe more deformed or filthie creatures: at euenyng, theyr mothers gyue them milke ag.iyne. By this kindeof wylde bringing vp, they become men of marueylous dextcritie in Funimbuii. swiftuessc of ruunyug, and other thinges of great agilitic, as to walke vppon ropes, swym- myng, leapyng, vaultyng, and such lyke. Of fourc footed beastes, foules, ani! birdes of Calecut. Cap. 20. THere are many beastes and kyndes of birdes, as Lions, wilde Bores, Hartes, hyndcs, Bufles, Kyne, Goates, and Elephantes : yet not all engendred there, but brought thyther partly from other places. There are also parottes of sundry colours, as greene, purple and other mixte colours. There is such multitude of them, that there are men appointed to keepe them from the Ryse in the fieldes, as we vse to keepe Crowes from the corne. They are marueylous crying and chattering, and of small price, as one solde for two pense or halfe a souse. There are many other birdes much vnlyke to ours, which euery mornyng and euen- yng make so great a noyse and sweete singing, that nothing can be more pleasant or de- lectable to heare, and therfure the inhabitantes lyue in great pleasure, and in maner as it were in an earthly Paradyse, in continuall spryng and florishyng of flouresj hearbcs and trees, all the yeere long : besyde also the goodly and holsome temperatcnesse of the ayre, being neither extreme hotte uor colde, but in maner in temperature of continuall spring tyme. That region hath also Monkeys, which are there of small price. These are very hurtfull to husbandmen, and such as line by tillage of the grounde : for they clyme the trees of those goodly Indian Nuts and precious fruite, wherof we haue spoken here before, of the which they make wyne, which these beastes do spill, and cast downc the vesselles that arc made faste there to receyue the sayde liquor of wyne. Of certayne Serpentes which are scene in Calecut. Cap. 21. THere are certayne Serpentes, of such bignesse, that they are equal to swine, theyr heads are much greater then the heads of Bores : they are foure footed, and of the length of foure cubites, and are engendred in marishes. The inhabitantes say that they are without poison, and doe not otherwyse hurt then by byting. There are furthermore three kindes of Serpentes : of the which, some are of so strong poison, that if they drawe neuer so little blood, present death foloweth, whiche thing chaunced oftentymes whilest I was there. Of these kindes of serpentes, some are of the bignesse of an Aspe, and many much bigger. Of these there are a very great number. The cause wherof (they say) is this : That the kyng of Calecut, of a certaine foolishe superstition, maketh so great accompt of these Serpentes, that he causeth litle houses or cottages to be made for them, belecuyng that they haue vertue against ouer much raine, and ouerflowing of riuers, and therefore if a man kill any of them, he is punished with death, as though he had killed a roan : and the like punishment is also for him that killeth a cowe. They greatly esteeme these Serpents, bicause (as they say) they came from heauen, and therfore they take them for h'eauenly spirites, which they affirm Cy Popingayes or Parottes. A great noyse of billies. An earthly Paradyse. Continuall spring ami temperate ayre. Monkeys doe much hurte. Crocodiles with- out poison. Three kyndes cf urpcntes. Setpentet luper- stiiiously keptc and nourished. Death for kyllyng a Ser> peat or * C«wc. 7)'avel5 to the East. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUET^IES. 189 Of nffirmc, for that only with touching, they bring present death. And this is y cause that there are many serpentes, being thus permitted by the commaundemeiit of the king. Thcst- Bycause thfy .serpents know the Idolaters inhabitants from Mahumetans, or other strangers, and wil sooner^"'"'''"''' venture vppon them. When I was there, I came into a house where ci/!;ht men layc dead and greatly swolne, whiche the day before were killed by these serpents, yet doe they cs- tceme it for good lucke, when going abrode, they meet with any of them. Snixmition. Of the lightes and Lampes which are scene in the Pallace of the Kvng of Calecut. Cap. 22. IN the kynges Courte or Pallace, are diucrs mansions, and very many chambers, and there- fore in the euenyng when it waxeth darke, there are scene innumerable burning Lampes. In the hall of the pallace, are scene ten or twelue candelstickes laton, very fayre, and o f Goodly candci- cunnyng workemanshyp, muche lyke vnto goodly fountaynes, and of the lieyght of a man. ""^^''"°'^'''"'""* In echo of them are dyuers vesselles, and in euery vessel three candels lyght, of two spannes length, and great plentie of oyle. In the first vessel!, are many Lampes made of cordes of P"'/*'""'' bombasine cotten. In the myddle part, is scene a narower vessel, also full of lampes and °^'"'' lightes. In the lowest vessell also the like number of lightes. But in another vessel in the innumerable toppe of all the candelsticke, are in maner innumerable lightes, mainteyned with oyle, and ^||j|" '"'' haue matches of bombasine cotton. At the angles or corners of these candelsticks, arc the rh^ jjuyu ,„. Images of deuils, whiche also holde the lightes that are in the kinges presence. When any "e'h ■" the of the kinges blood dyeth, hee sendeth for all the Bramini or pricstes of his realme, andchambe'r. commaund them to mourne for the space of a yeere. At theyr commyng, hee banqueteth Mourning the them three dayes togeather, and at theyr departyng, giucth eche of them fyue peeces of"""*^*'""" golde. Of the great multitude of Idolaters which resort to Calecut, for pardon of their sinnes. Cap. 23. NOt farre from the citie of Calecut, is a certayne churche or Temple, compassed about The temple of with water, lyke an Hand, builded after an auncient fashion, hauyng a double order of pil- J5"iie^" '" lars, much lyke the Temple of sainct lohn de Fonte in the citie of Rome. In the middest of the Temple, is an Altar of stone, where the people sacrifice to Idolles. Betweene the pillars on hygh, is a Boate of the length of two pases, and full of oyle. Also roinide about the Temple, are many Trees with an innumerable multitude of Lampes and lightes hangyng Trees behmgej on them : The temple also it selfe, is as ful of lyghtes. The 25 day of December, resorteth w'*Limiws. thyther an infinite multitude of people, from all partes, euen for the distance of 15 dayes iorney, and especially of the priestcs, to whom parteyneth the order of sacrificeyng : But washing before they do not sacrifice vnto theyr Idolles before they washe them sclues in the water whiche isHoiyoyieinthe about the Temple. When the priestes assende to the place whereas in the boate fylled with neade of holy oyle (as we haue said) they sprincle the people with the sayd oile, but annoynte onely their*""* heads : Who beyng so annoynted, may then proceede to the sacrifice. On the one syde of the altar, where they sacrifice, is scene a most horrible fourme of a deuyl, to whom the Sacrifice to tu people, prostrate on the grounde, pray vnto, and then depart to theyr houses and countreys. g'uJies" o"/" By this meanes they beleeue that all theyr sinnes are quite forgeuen them, and therefore for»ynn«. the space of three dayes, they lyue there in safegarde, as if it were in Sanctuarie: and for Sanctuary. that tyme, is it not lawfull for any man to arrest or trouble an other for what so euer i;JJ^th!iVieadeih quarrell. Certainely I neuer saw in any place a greater multitude of people assembled, to perdition,cu. except in the citie of Mecha. •^ The syxt booke contaynyng the voyage of India. Of the cities of Caicolon, and Colon. Cap. 1. MY faythfull companyon Cociazenor the Persian (of whom I haue made mention here be- >re\ rnnsvrlrrvniT thnt Viu tlio inomif'c nf urnrroa unA imminent rlaiinorefg thcrC WaS HOWC UO sore warres and great The kyng of citie had conspired ^°""J-„',he with <'t'< "^ Calecut. j£iif hr -rt. 190 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Vertomannus' Caicolon. Pepptr Christians of Colon. An armie of 10 thoubinde horsmeni P'irlet. with the Mahumetans for the murther of eight and fourtic Portiigalos (whiche was done at my beyng there) I thought it best in tyme to depart from thence. This facte so greatly moiied the kyng of Portugalc to reuenge, that he hath since that tyme kepte hostile warres agaynst them, and greatly consumed them, and defaced their citie. We therefore departyng from thence by a very fayre ryuer, came to a citie named Caicolon, disfaunte from the citie of Calernt fifiie leagues : the inhabitantes are idolaters. There is great aboundancc of Mer- cltaundies, and great frcqucntation of merchauntes: the soyle beareth of the best kynde of Pepper. The kyng of the citie is not very rych. In apparel and maners, they diner litle from them of Calecut. Heere we founde certayne merchantes, Christians, named of the li'nrThomas.''' P'""'^^-'''''"" "^ **'''"* Tliomas the Apostle. They obserue the fastyng of fourtie dayes, as we do, and belceuc in the de.ith and resurrection of Christ, as we do, and therfore celebrate Ea>ter after our mancr, and obserue other solemnities of our religion, after the manerof the Greckrs. They iirc commonly named by the names of lohn, lames, Matthias, and Thomas. Departyng from thence, in the space of three dayes iorney we came to an other citie, named Colon, about Hs-entie myles distant from the aforesayde. The kyng is an idolater, and a prince of great power, hauyng euer an armie of twentie thousande horsemen : there is a very fayre port. Ncare to the sea syde the soyle beareth no corne, yet great aboundance of fruite and pepper, as in the citie of Calecut : but by reason of the warres we remayned no longer heere. Not farre from hence, we saw men fyshe for pcarles, in maner as we haue saydc before of the citie and Ilande of Ormus. Of Cyromandel, a citie of India. Cap. 'i. Tile citie of Cyromandel is by the sea syde, and distant from the citie of Colon scucn dayes saylyiig. The citie is very large, but without walles : it is subiecte to the kyng of Narsinga, and is within the syght of the Hand of Zaylon. After that you are past the poynt of Comcriii, the soyle beareth plentie of Ryse. This citie is in the way to diners great regions and cities: It is inhabited with innumerable Mahumetans merchantes, rcsortyng thyther from many countreys. There arc nospyces, but aboundaunce of fruite, as in Calecut. I founde there certayne Christians, who affyrine that the bodye of sainct Thomas the Apostle is there in a certayne place, about twelue myles from this citie, and also that there are certayne Christians whiche rclygiously obserue the holy body : and that the Christians are euyll vsed, because of the warres whiche the kyng of Portugall hath made agaynst the people of these countreys. Also that the Christians are sometyme murthered secretly, lest it shoulde be knovven to the kyng of Narsinga, who is in amitie and friendshyppe with the kyng of Portugall, and greatly fauoureth the Christians. The cause whereof (as they saye) is also partly by reason of a certayne niyracle, whiche was this. The Christians on a tyme had a great conflicte with the Mahumetans, where one of the Christians beyng sore wounded on his arme, resorted incontinent to the sepulchre of saint Thomas, where makyng his prayers, and touchyng the holy place, his arme was immediately healed. Whereupon (as they saye) the kyng of Narsinga euer after greatly fauoured the Christians. Here my companion soldo muche of his wares. But by reason of the warres betweene the kynges of Narsinga and Ternaseri, we determined to depart from hence. And therefore saylyng oucr a gulfe of 20 leagues with great daiinger, we arriued at an Hand named Zailon, very large, as containing in circuite a thousand mvles. Of the Ilande of Zailon, and the precious stones founde there. Cap. 3. IN this Ilande are foure kynges of great dominion, by reason of the largenesse of the Ilande. But because of the warres among them at my beyng there, I could not tarye long to haue particular knowledge of the region and maners of the people. There ar^ in the Ilande many Elephantes. There is also a very long mountayne, at the foote whereof, are founde many precious stones, named Piropi, commonly called Rubines or Rubies. The mer- chauntes iewelers, come by them by this meanes. Fyrst, goyng to the kyng, they bye of hym a certayne measure of that grounde where suche stones are founde, of the largenesse of a cubite euery way. The price of this, is fyue pieeces Zeilon. Comerin. The bodre of Thomas the Apostle. The Icyng of Narsinga frende to the Portu- galls. A miracle at the sepulchre of S. Thomas. Foute kynges in one Hand. Elephantes. Uiibie stones. 1 1 ,1 ! i iii'/f'' if sS^ p. '■ mm «1U i, i |||l Travels to the East. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. 191 the long the lare ler- here fyiie eces How Cinamomr is geathered. A denne where Adam lyued ia penance. Temperate re- gion! vnder the Equinoctiill lyne. SafTran auii 0A ^'t * T' ? *■ " I » §m %t' V WjUe beutes. Peicockes. Falcons. Popinsayet. A great and fayrc foule. Cocke fyghting. FtuitefuU Ootes. Rammes with bucket beroci. Cinor.isyng of »aimes. Oxen, Kyne, Sheepc, Gotes, Hogges, Hartes, and Hyndes The wylde bcastes, are Lionn, Wolues, Cattes of the mountayne, and also Muskecattes. In the fecldes are many Pca- cockes, and those kynde of Egles whichc we call falcons. Popingays also or Parottes, mar- ueyloiis fayrc, of the which some are white, and other of seiicn colours. There is likewise great plentie of Hares, and Partriges and diners other sorte's of great byrdes liuyng by praye, muche bygger then Eagles : for of the vpper parte of their beckes, they make haftes for swoordes. The becke is of yelowe colour, distincte with crimsinc, very fayre and b6autifull to be scene. But the byrde is blackc and purple, with certaynewhythe feathers intermyxt. There are also the byggest Hennes and Cockes that euer I sawe : and therefore thinhabitant* and Mahumetans which dwell there, take muche pleasure in Cockefyght, and laye great wa- gers in that kynde of sporte. I haue scene them fyghte for the space of syxe houres, and yet sometymes they kyll one an other at the fyrst stroke. There are certayne Gotes farre ex- ceedyng ours in byggenes«e, and muche fayrer: these are so fruitefull, that at one byrth they bryng forth foure young kyddes. There is so great abundance of beastes, that twelue wea- thers are sold for one peece of golde to tlie value of a crowne or pistolet. There are also certayne weathers or rammes with homes lyke vnto buckes homes, and are muche bygger and fyercer then ours. Theyr Buyffles are not so fayre as ours. The region hath also abundaunce of fyshe, very bygge and good, and of small price. These people eate all maner of beastes, excepte kyne. They eate on the grounde without carpet or other cloth : yet haue they vessells of woode ar- tificially made. Theyr drynke is water and suger: theyr beddes are raysed from the grounde, after the maner of ours. Theyr couche is of bombasine cotton, and the coueryngcs of sylkc. Theyr apparell, is a cloke or mantell of bombasine or sylke, with one arme out, all bare. But some of the merchauntes, weare inner vestures or shirtes of sylke or bombasine cloth. They go all barefooted except the priestes, whiche weare on theyr heads certayne raylcs or crestcs of two spanncs long, with a knotte on the crowne lyke vnto an Acorne, and sparkled with goldc. They delyght also in earynges: but weare neyther rynges nor braslettes. The colour of the inhabilantcs inclyneth to whyte, for the temperature of the climate or ayre, is colder then at Calecut. Theyr maner of tyllage, and geatheryng of fruite, is lyke vnto ours. Of the maner which the kyng of Tarnassarie vseth, when he permitteth his wyfe to be defloured of white men. Cap. 8. THis kyng vseth not to geue his wyfe to the priestes to be defloured, as doth the kyng of Calecut, but committeth this facte to whyte men, as to the Christians or Mahumetans, for he wyll not suffer the Idolaters to do this. The inhabitantes lykewyse haue not to do carnally with theyr wyues, before some whyte man, of what so euer nation, haue fyrst the breakyng of them. The maner of burnyng dead bodyes in the citie of Tarnassary. Cap. 9. \VHen the kyiijj; or any of the priestes or gentlemen dye, their bodies are burnt in a prcat fyre made of a pile of wood : then all the whyle they sacrifice vnto the dcuyll. Their ashes are reserued in certayne pottes of the earth of Samos, and buryed in theyr houses. They sacrifice in y shadows of trees as do they of Calecut. Whilst the bodyes are burnyng, they cast in the lyre all maner of sweete sauoures, as Aloes, Myrre, frankensense, Storar, Sandals, Corall, and innumerable suche other sweete gummes, spices, and trees. These make the fyre muche greater, encreasyng the flame by reason of theyr gummositie : in the meane tyme also they ncuer ccasse to make a great noyse with Trunipettes, Pipes, Drummes, Tambarells, and suche other instruments, not muche vnlyke the ceremonies which in olde tyme were vsed among the gentiles in canonisyng theyr saintes. Furthermore, duryng these funeralls, there are 15 or 20 disguised lyke deiiyls, whiche continually waike rounde about the fyre, with many strange gesticulations, after the maner of reioycyng. The wyfe also of the burned kyng or priest, standeth by the fyre alone, without the companye of any other woman, lamentyng and beatyng her breast. These ceremonies are done the seconde watche of the nyght. Within fyfteene dayes after, the wyfe biddeth to a banquette all her husbande." Siiiil Travels to the East. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. 193 The wyfe hum- eth her sclfe af- ter the deith of her hutband. Daunayng de- uyllci. Sacrifice to the deuyll. The hygh way CO hell. Great respecte of fame and ha> neitie. hushandrH kynsfolkcs, and when they come at a dayc appoynted, they go al to the place where her hiisbande was burnt, and at the same houre of the nyght : then commeth foorth the wyfe, garnyshed with all her iewells and best apparell, vsyng therein the heipe of all her kynsfolkes. In the same place is made a pytte, no deeper then may serue to receiue the wo- man : This pytte, is sette about with rcedes, and the reedes are couered with a cloth of sylke, that the pytte may not be scene. In the meane tyme also a fyre is made in the pyt, with sundry sortes of sweete woods : and the wyfe, after that her gestes haue well banqueted, eat- eth very muchc of a certayne mcate whiche they call Betola, whiche troubleth her mynde as though she were halfe madde or drunken. In the meane whyle, a great companye of suche theyr musitions as we haue spoken of before, apparelled like deuyls, with burnyng stickes in theyr mouthes, daunce fyrst about the pytte, and then make sacrifice to the great deuyl Deumo. The wyfe also in the meane season runneth vp and downe lyke a madde body, with countenaunces of dauncyng and reioycyng. Then turnyng her to them that are disguised lyke deuyls, she commendeth her selfe to theyr deuoute prayers, desiring them for her to make intercession to the great Deumo, that alter this transitorie lyfe, it may please him to receyiie her into the company of his Angelles. After the ceremonies are fynished, shee taketh her leaue of ail her kynsfolkes, whiche stande rounde about her, and neare vnto the pitte, then with sodaine outrage and a loude crye lil'tyng vp her handes, she hurleth her selfe into the burnyng pit, which done, her kynsfolkes, standing neare vnto the fyre, couer her with litle fagottes of sweete wood, hurlyng also thereon much pitche, that the bodie may the sooner be con^^umed : and except the wyfe shoulde doe this after the death of her husbande, she should eucr after be esteemed an cuyll woman, be hated of all men, and in fine, in danger to be slayne both of her owne kynsfolkes and her husbandes, and therefore shee goeth to it the more willingly. The kyng him selfe is present at these pompes: which are not commonly vsed for all men, but only for the kynges, priestes, and noble men. or the iustice which the inhabitantes of Tarnassari obserue. Cap. 10. IF any kyll a man, he is adiudged to death, as in the citie of Calecut. Of ginyng and re- ceyuyng, iustice is ministred, as proofe may be made by writing or witnesse. They wryte Writ)ii|. in parchement lyke vnto ours, and not in barkes of trees as doe they of Calecut. When they contende for any thyng, they resorte to the gouernour of the citie, to whom the kyng hath giuen full aucthoritie of iurisdiction : and if any merchaunt straunger dye there with- out cliildren, he may make no inheritour, but all his goods is due to the kyng: when the kyng is dead, his chyldren succeede in the kyngdome. When the inhabitantes dye, theyr goods are equally diuided among theyr chyldren. Howe the Mahumetans are buried in the citie of Tarnassari. Cap. 11. Wllen any of the Mahumetan merchantes dye, they are embaulmed with many spices and sweete gummes, and theyr bodies put in Coffins of wood: with chiefe regarde that theyr heades lye towarde the citie of Mecha, which is from thence Northwarde. Mecha. Of the dyuers sortes of theyr shyppes or other vesselles. Cap. 18. THey haue Brigantines very shalowe, and with flatte bottoms, which drawe but small depth of water. Some also vse foistes, hauyng two or double forepartes, and two Masters, and are open without any couerturc. There is an other kynde of shyppes of burden : Of the which, some beare the burden of a thousande tunnes. In these they carry Botes and other »>mall vesselles, to the citie of Melacha, when they goe for spices. Of Bangella, a great and riche citie of India, and of the great power of the kyng. Cap. 13. IT is now tyme to speake further of our viage, and of our proceeding therein. Therefore packyng vp our wares, and committyng vs to the sea, we came in twelue dayes saylyng to a citie named. Bangella, distant from Tarnassari seuen hundred myles. This citie in fruitful- The dtie of nesse and plentifulnesse of all thinges, may in maner contende with any citie in the worlde. b«"8«ii»- C c The ...pi I;. I :,,,;' ' ' t ' ■* il M 194 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Vertotnannus' •Spicci and lilkc. Richc mcr chantci. Christiiiu. Lignum Alors. Laserpitium. Bclzoi. Castoreum. CluUtiaiiPrinces »Bder the great CbamofCabay. An wmyof two Tlic kyiigdome and dominion of this citie is exccedyng larj;c. The kyng hath an army of two und'men**'"" hundfcd thousandc fuotemen and horsemen Mahiimetans, and is of so great power, that he kcepeth sore warreswith the kyng of Narsinga. The region is soplentiftill in all thynges, that there lacketh nothyng that may serue to the necessarie vscs or |)leasiircs of men : for there are in maner all sortes of beastes, good and holesome fruites, and plentie of corne : Spices also of all sortes. Lykcwysc of bombasine and sylke, so exceedyng great nboiindance, that in these thinges, I thinke there is none other region comparable with this, and therefore here are very many rich merchantes, for enery yeere departe from hence, fyftie shyppes laden with clothe of bombasine and sylkc, into the cities and countrcys of Turchia, Syria, Arabia, Persia, Ethiopia and India. There are also many mcrchaunt straungers, whiche bnye prc- Prtcioui nonet, cious stones of the inhabitauntes. Of certayne Christian merchiiuntes, which exercise mcrrhandies there. Cap. 14. HEre we founde many Christian merchantes which were borne in the citie of Sarnaii, as they tolde vs. They resorte thyther, as to a great marte, with cloth of silke and wood of Aloes, and Laser, which yeldeth the sweete gumme named Laserpitium, commonly called Belzoi, beyng a kynde of myrre. They bryng also Castoreum, and diners other sweete sa- uours. The sayde Christians tolde vs also, that there be in that kyngdome, many Christian Princes, subiect to the great Cham, of the citie of Cathai. The apparell of these Christians, was Chamlet, loose and very full of pleytcs, and lyned with bombasine cloth. On thcyr heads they weare certayne coppen or sharpc poynted cappes, of two hnndfuU hygh, of scarlet colour. They are white men. They acknowledge one God in Trinitie, and are bap- tised after our maner. They beleeue the doctrine of the Apostles and Euangelistcs. They wryte backewarde, after the maner of the Armenians. They celebrate the birth and burial! of Christ, and obserue fastyng the fourtie dayes of Lent as we doe. They celebrate also certayne sainctes d.ayes. They vse no shooes, but weare loose hose of silke, garnished with dyuers Jewels. On theyr fingers they weare Ringes, with stones of incomparable splendour. At meate, they vse no table, but eate lying on the grounde, and feede of all sortes of (leshe. They affyrmed also, that there are certayne Christian kynges (whiche they call Rumi) of great power, confynyng or borderyng on the dominions of the great Turke. When these Christians had scene the precious merchaimdies of my companion, and specially a great braunche of Corall, they earnestly desired him to goe with them to a certayne citie, where they promised him that by theyr procurement he shoulde sell his ware at great auantage, if he would buye Ruble stones, and that he might therby easily geat aboue ten thousande peece.-* of golde : Affirming that those kynde of stones were of muche greater value in Turkey. Whereunto my companion answered, that he would goe with them if they would departe in shorte space. We will (sayde they) departe euen to morrow : for here is a foist whiche de- parteth hence to morowe, and taketh her viage to the citie of Pego, whyther we de.^yre to bryng you. My companion consented the rather to hid request, bicause he was aduertised that he should fynde there certayne Persians his countreymen. Therefore with this good companie departyng from the citie of Bangella, and saylyng ouer a great gulfe lying on the South syde, wee came at the length to the citie of Pego, a thousande myles distaunt from Bangella. Of Pego, a famous citie of India. Cap. 15. THe citie of Pego, is not farre from the sea, and is situate vppon the continent or fyrme lande. A ver\ fayre ryucr runneth by the citie, by the which merchandies are caried to and fro. The kyng of the citie, is an Idolater. The inhabitauntes, in apparell, liuyng, and maners, are lyke vnto them of Tarnassari : but of whiter colour, as in a colder region, somewhat lyke vnto ours. Tlie citie is walled and the houses buyldcd, and very fayre, of stono and lyme. The kyng hath a myghtie armie both of footemen and horsemen, and hath in his armie Pensionarie Christians, b. rne euen in the same region. Theyr wages, is euery moiieth sixe of those peeces of gnlde which tliey cal Pardaios, and is payde then? out of the Kynges treasury. They haiie abundance of corne and flesh, an in Calecut. Here are but fewe ChristiahPrinres ncarethcTurkes dominions. Corall of great pryce. Rubies. 9m Idolaters. White men. Christians. 1 Travels to the East. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUEUIES. 193 fewe Elcpliaiifes, yet other beastes and foiilc'', as in Calcriit. Here are also trees for buyldyng, and to make shvppcs, the fayrost that euer I sawe: also cxrcedyng great Recdcs, Great Rtedci. as byg as the bodie ol" a gnissc man, or a tubbc. Here are likevvysc siuit Cattes, or MiiskcMujkeC«tei. Cattcs and of small pryce, a^ three for one peece of golde. There are fewe merchandycs in this citie, except precious stones, and specially Rubies: which neuerthclesse are brouiihtP«"<»u««oii" thyther from another citie named Capela, beyng towarde the East thirtie daycs iourney, J," prTa'."'' where arc als) founde precious stones named Smaragdes or Emeraldes. When we arryued atsnuraciMor Pego, the kyng was absent fyue and twentic dayes iourney, in a place where he kepte^"""^''"' warre agaynst the Kyng of Aua. But shortly after, he returned with great tryumphc for the victorie which he had agaynst his encmie. Of the munificence, humilitie, and great richesse of tlie Kyng of Pego. Cap. 16. THis kyng vseth not suche pompes and magnificence as doeth the kyng of Calecut : But is of suche humanitie and affabilitie, that a chylde may come to his presence and speake with him, being neuerthelesse very ryche. It is in maner incredible to speake of the ryche Great riches of lewclles, precious stones, pearles, and especially Rubies, which he weareth, surmounting in |,'*';"",J"o^„. value any great citie. His fingers be full of Ringes, and his armes all full of braselcttes of golde, all beset and moste gloriously shinyng with suche precious stones. His legges also and feete beyng garnyshed in lyke maner. His eares lykewyse are so laded with suche lewelles, that they hangdowne halfe a bandfuU. The splendour or shinyng of these lewelles a kyng ihinjnj is so great, that if one see the king in the darke night, he shineth in maner as it were the *",^,""''''' beames of the sunne. At good opportunitie the Christian merchantes spake to the kyng, and certified him that my companion had brought sundry merchaundies of great estimation. The kyng answered, that they shoulde come to him the day folowyng, bycause that, that The kyng jam. present day, he shoulde sacrifice to the deny 11. Therefore the nexte day he sent for vs.^^u '*'"''"'*" willyng that my companion should bryng with him suche merchandies as he had. The which the kyng toke great pleasure to behold, and not without good cause : for among other thinges, there were two great branches of corrall, of such bignesse and fayrene^.se, as noConiL man there had euer scene the lyke. The kyng astonished at these thinges, asked the Chris- tians, what men we were. They answered that we were Persians. Then sayde the kyng to his interpretour, aske them if they will here make sale of theyr merchandies. To whom then my companion sayde thus. Most honorable Prince, all these are yours, take them, and vse them at your pleasure. Then sayde the kynge agayne. These two yeeres past I haue kepte continuall warre with the kyng of Aua, and therfore my treasure of money is con- sumed : But if you ^\\\\ bargaine by the way of exchaunge, for precious stone(>, and espe- cially Rubies, I will so dcale with you, that it shall not repent you. Then sayde my com- The kyng a«d panion to the Christians : I pray you gyue the kyng to vnderstande, that I desire none other contTnde'or thyng then the beneuolence of his highnesse, and therefore that I desire him to take of my Uberaiitie. merchaundies what lykcih him best, and tliat without money, or permutation of any other thing. When the kyng heardc this, he answered, that he had hearde by reporte that the Commenti«io» Persians were very curtuous and liberall men, and that he neuer knewe so liberall a man as"^'*''^""*"' this was, and swore by the head of the deuyll, that by this occasion he would proue which of them two should be most liberall, and therefore callyng vnto him a Page of his chamber, commaundcd him to fetche a casket of precious stones. This casket was of the breadth ofA casket fuU of a spanne and a halfe, cuery way square, and full of Rubies: hauyng also within it sundry^"'''"" receptacles or boxe*, where the stones were sorted in order. When he had opened the casket, he commaunded it to be set before the Persian, willing him to take of those pre- cious as many as he would. But my companion the Persian, yet more moued to liberalitie by this the Kinges munificence spake to the kyng these woordes, O most honourable Prince, I perceyue your beneuolence to be suche towarde me, that I sweare by the holy head of Mahumet, and all the mysteries of his religion, whereunto I am professed, that I freely and gladly gyue vnto you all my merchaundies : for I doe not trauayle about the worlde for ^aynes of richesse, but rather of desyre to see the worlde. In the which thereto, I neuer founde any thyng wherein I so greatly reioyced, as in the beneuolence and fauour which C c 2 your .i ■<» !'i 1 i- m W' nM 1 Kir i \wi i' li*' IK k- 1 k i,j'tiii \\ 19G VOYAGES. NAUIGATIONS, rfr/omflnnui' A Princely lyftc. Ctlouts. A ryutr of y myles brodc. The llande of Sumetra or Tapi obana> J 'our tnaicstie hath shewed me. The kyng answered, W) It thou yet contend^ with ince in iberalitie ? And with those woordes, tuoke out of the casket, (oF cucry boxc some) as many Rubies as he coulde holde in hishandc, and with this rcwnrde (whiche was two hun- dred Rubies) shewed his kyngly munificence and beneuolcncc tuwardc the Persian, saying vnto him. Take these, I pray thee, for thou shalt not refuse them. lie gaue also to eche of the Christians two Rubies, which were woorth a thousand crowncs to be soldc : but those which he gaue the Persian, were esteemed woorth a hundred thousand crownes. This Kyng therefore doubtlessc in munificence passeth all the kynges of the worlde, and in mancr no lesse in richesse : for he receyucth yeerely of his siibiectcs two hundred thousand peeccs of golde. This region bryngeth foorth all sortes of colours, and grent plentie of bombasine nndsilke: bnt these great riches, the kyng consumeth on his souldicrs. Not long after, newes were brought that the kyng of Aua was commyng with a myghtie force, whom the kyng in maner with an innumerable army went to resist. Here also in certaync places we sawe women burned, after the maner of Tamassari. Of the citie of Melacha, and the great ryucr of Gaza. Cap. 17. Within two dayes after, taking ship, we sailed westwarde towarde the citie of Melacha, and arryued there in eight dayes saylyng. Not farre from this citie, is a famous ryucr named Gaza, the largest that cuer I sawi-, conteyning '<25 myles in bieadtli. On the other syde, is secne a very great llande, whiche they call Sumetra, and is of old writers named Taprobana. The inhabitauntes say that it conteyncth in circuite fvue hundred myles. When wee came to the citie of Melacha (which some call Melcha) \vc were incontinent comm.iunded Chilli or China, to come to the Soltan, being a Mahumctan, and subiecte to the great Sohan of Chini, and payeth him tribute. Of whiche tribute, they say the cause is, that more then fourescore yeeres past, that citie was buylded by the kyng of Chini, for none other cau«c, then only for the commoditie of the hauen, being doubtlesse one of the fayrest in that Ocean, and therefore it is lykely that many shyppcs should resorte thythcr for merchandies. The region is not cuery where fruitcfull, yet hath it sufficient of whcate and fleshe, and but little wood. They haue plentie of fuules, as in Calecut: but the Popingays are much fayrer. There is also founde Sandaluni, and Tynne. Lykcwyse Elephantes, horses, sheepe, kync, Pardalles, Bufles, Peacockes, and many other bcasfes, and foules. They haue but few fruites, and Spicei and siUie. therefore there is no merchandies to be soldc but spices and silke. The j)eople are of blackyshe ashe colour. Theyr apparcll is like to the Mahumetans of the citie Memphis, otherwise named Cayr, Alchayr, or Babylon of Nilus. They haue very large foreheades, rounde eyes, and flatte noses. It is dangerous there togoe abrode in the night, the inhabi- tantes are so giucn to murder and robbery, for they kill one another lyke doggcs, and tliere- fore the merchantes remayne in their shyppes all the nyght. The people are fierce, of euyll condition, and vnruly, for they will obey to no gouernour, being altogcather giuen to sedition and rebellion, and therefore say vnto theyr gouernours, that they will forsake the counfrey, if they stryue to bynde them to order, whiche they say the more boldly, bycausc they are neare vnto the sea, and may easily departe into other places for these causes, we spent no long tyme here : but hyring a Brigantine, we sayled to the llande of Sumatra, where in fewe dayes sayling, we arryued at a citie of the llande named Pyder, distaunt about fourescore myles from the continent or firme lande. Of the llande of Sumatra, or Taprobana. Cap. 18. WE haue sayd here before that the llande of Sumatra, conteyncth in circuite fyue hun- dred myles. The citie where we fyrst arryued in the Hand, is named Pider, hauyng a very fayre port. I beleeue veryly this llande to be Taprobana, as also most autours do agree. It is gouerned by foure kynges, and all Idolaters, in fashions, apparell, and maner of lyuyng, not muche differyng from the kyng of Tarnassari. The women burne them selues after the death of theyr husbandes, as do they of whom we haue spoken before. They are of whitinhe roloure, with large foreheades, rounde eyes, and of brasyll colour. They weare theyr henre long, and haue very brode and flatte noses and arc of despicable stature. lustice is there well Popingayes, Sandalum. Tyn. Vnr\tly People. Anarchia. The Uanile of Saniatra or Samutr.'. Foure liynges ii one Hand. Women burne them seluei. lutticc. W or w oi m 11 I'*!' 1m pllj'lli^' wi w ilH 1 1 ji i Travels to the East. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. 197 well obscnied. Tlicir inony is of goldc, sylucr, ami lynnc. The goltlc coync, hnih on the t^nyn*"*™"/"' one sydc, the graucn head of a deny II : and on the other syde, a wagon or charrctte drawcii and'ynnc."' with Ulcphantes). The sylucr inony hath the lyke coyne : tennc of these, arc valued for F-icpii»iK««. one of golde. Hut of the lyiine coyne 25 make tlie value of one of goldc. Here arc scene more Elephantes, bygjier, ami fayrer then in any other place that I haue been. This people hath no experience of warrcs, but are geuen altogcather to gayncs and mcrchandics. They are hospitable, and enferteync strangers frendly. Of an other kynde of Pepper. Also of «ylke, ami the precious gummc called Laserpitium, or Belzoe. Cap. ID. IN the saydc Hand is a kynde of long Pepper in great abundance. Pepper in theyr Lo^b P'pp*'- language, is called Molaga.and is much longer and whiter then that which is brought hither : yet lighter and hotter : it is sold there not by weight, but bi measure as wheat with vs. It is there in so great abundaunce, that there is carycd from hence yeercly twentie shyppes laden with Pepper. This is carycd to Cathay, and is there well solde, by reason of the Cathay or Cat.ii coldnesse of the region. The tree that beareth this kynde of pepper, hath a greater body,'" '"*'""■ and larger and flatter leaucs, then the pepper tree of Calecut. This llande beareth also Syike of tin plentic of sylke, whiche for the most parte, is made after our inaiier. There is another sorte, '""" which the trees bryng foorth of them selues in the wooddes and feeldes, without menage or drcssyng : but this is woorse then the other. Here also groweth the Laser tree, whiche bryngeth forth the precious gumme named Lascrpitium or BeiztE, as the inhabitantes and ^-^J'^"""" " mcrchauntes tolde vs : but because I haue not scene it, I 'vil speake no more of it. Of three sorfcs of the tree of Aloes, ''ap. 20. FOrasmuch as varietie dclightefh, and the wel disposed miiid can neuer be satiate with contemplation of the marueylous and sundry woorkes of God in nature, thcrfore that the reader may take the more pleasure, or at the least fcele Icsse tediousnesse in the reading of these thyngs, I haue thought good to wry te somewhat more of suche thynges as I haue scene. You shall therefore vnderstande, that there is no great plentie of true Aloes or Laserpitium Liiie tme aiom brought to vs, because it is brought hythcr from the furthest partes of the worlde. Vnder-" ""?«'"""• stande furthermore, that there are three kyndes or sortes of Aloes, greatly difteryng in good- nesse. The perfectcst, they call Calampat, whiche the afore-saide llande bryngeth not forth : But it is brought from the citie of Sarnau, not farre from the place where the sayde Aloes Samau. Calampat is engendred, as the Christian merchauntes or companions tolde vs. There is an other kynde of Aloes, named luba (orLuba) brought hytherby thisryuer, I knowe not from whence. The thyrd kynd, is named Bochor. The saide Christian merchants tolde vs also, that none of the fyrst and best kynde of Aloes is brought vnto vs, because it commeth from the c.ith,ny and kyngdomes of Cathay, Chini, Macym, Sarnau, andGrauay, countreys mucherycher then ours, °,'^y"''''' """' hauyng muche greater abundance of golde, and kynges of great power and rychesse then are ours: And also that the sayde kynges take great pleasure in such kynd of sweete sauoures, and vse them niuchc more then our princes do : So that by this meanes, the true kynde of Aloes is woorih euen in the citie of Sarnau, tenne crownes the pounde weyght. How the gummes of Aloes and Laserpitium, are proued. Cap. 21. WE came by certcine experience to the knowledge of the two sweete gummes of Aloes and Laserpitium, as we were tauglit by the sayd Christian merchants our companyons : for one of them had a certayne portion of tiicm both, and had of that best sorte of Aloes, named Calampat, about the quantitie of two ounces: of the which, my companion takyng a peece in his hande, and holdyng it fast and close for the space tiiat one may thryse saye the Psalme of Miserere mei Deus, the Aloes thereby beyng heat, at the openyng of his hande gaue a Aloes of very sauourc of incredible sweetnesse, and suche as I neuer felte of any other thyng. He tooke '"""^ """"'• also of the common Laserpitium or BelzcE, the quantitie of a Walnutte, and agayne halfe arhe proofeof pounde of that whiche commeth from the citie of Sarnau, to compare the one to the other : Lastrpitium. And so puttyng them both in sundry chafyng dyshes, with burnyng coles in a close chamber, that ;.;* 10 1 ' ''ilA c i i M ll l'^^ I .); i*,J -■■'J ' "*) ■ ,>! -V^ ^ n ^fV ,|«i':>.,,.l|i!ff m m 'it r.l ^' '4' ■1 1. 0r[ 108 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Vertomaniius' l.ien, mer- •thaoKi «»c. Swymiueri. Orcit tMth of Elcphantet. Orcit Serpents. thai whiche was of the byffgncsMC of a Wahiutc, in swcctc sauoiir far exceeded the other which woH halfo a pnunde in weight, and wouldo doiihtlrssc sn hniie done though it had ben of two fionndc weight. In tliis rejjion i'* also foundc Lncra, or Larta, wherewith in made a shynyng rcdde colour. It is the giiuimc of a tree, not nuichc vnlyjic our Walnuttc tree. There are al-.o mindryc kindcs of bcastes, siichc as we haiie. Of diners mcrchaiitcs in the llandc of Sumatra, or Taprobana. Cap. 22. IN the sayde citic of Pyilcr, in the llandc of Sumatra, I .sawe many curious workcs, very artificially wrought, a.s fync Cophincs or baskets, garnished >vith goldo, nulde for two crowned the pcecc : I sawe aUo there in one streatc* fyue hundred cxchaungcrs : there are so many bankers. Hither, a.s to a famous mart, resort innumerable merrhantcs. The inhabitantcs wcare ManteU of sylke, and Syndone, made of Bombasine. The region hath plentie of ^liyppMof J wood, and trees, very commodious to make such shippcs as they cal Gnnchos, hauyng thrcr Mfaunje fjthion. injmjgj,^ j^yQ fQj.j, p^rtcs, and also two sternes or goucrnal.s on both sydcs. When tlity sayle in the Ocean, and haue nowe gcuen wyndc to the ."ayle.s, yf afterwarde it shal be needefull to haue more sayles, not changyng the fyrst, they go backward without turnyng the ship, and v.syng only one mast. They are most expert swymmcrs, and haue skyll to make fyre in an instant. Thcyr houses arc of stone, and very lowe. In the place of coueryngesor tyle.«, they vse the skynncs or hydcs of a fyshe, called Tartaruca, foundc in that sea of India. I saw so luigious a hydc of this monster, that it wayed a hundred and three poundcs. I sawe there also great teeth of Elephantes, a>iMiif ehould in maner differ nothyng from bcastes. Their colour is whylcr, and tlie region colder. MinucodirCoi This Ilande bryngeth foorth Clones, as do also many other litle and desolate Ilandcs 'y'"g r,''^°''^'[^^', ,„, about it. The body of this tree, is not much vnlyl^e the Boxe tree, and hath Icaucs lyke vnto the Cinamome tree, but rounder, and almost lyke the Bay leafe. When they waxe rypc, the inhabitauntes beate them downc with reedes, laying fyrst mattes vnder the trees. The grounde is sandie, and the region so low vnder the Horizon, that the North starrc can not be scene there. They sell Clones At the double price that Nutmegs are solde, and scl ciouf s dmcr t!iem by measure: for tlicy are vtterly without knowledge of weyghtes. then hjuimtni. Of the Hand of Bornei. Cap. 25. AS we were togeather talkyng of our voyages, the Christian merchantes spake vnto me in this maner. Onr dearly beloucd freendc, forasmuch as by the grace of God, we arc come thus farre in s;ifetie, yf it please you, wc wyl go see one of the fayrest Ilandes in the worlde, and very ryche, and suche as I beleeue you neuer sawe : but we must fyrst go to an other The iiandc o* Hand named Bornei, for there shal we haue bygger vessels : for we must nccdes p.isse a Oynu.1. Bornei. dcepe and rough sea. Then sayde my companion, do as shall please you, for we are con- tented to go with you. Therefore hyryng a greater foyst, we directed our iorney to that Ilande both by dayc and nyght, sayling alway southwardc : By the way we passed foorth the tyme with pleasant talke. The merchaunt men asked me many thynges of the ceremonyes and solemnities of the Christian religion vsed among vs : And when I made mention of the Veronica (commonly called the Vernacle of the face of Chryst) and of the heads of Peter Vcronfci or and Paule the chiefcst of the Apostles, and also of many other saintes, they aduertysed mc Tht"h«ddei or secretly, that if I woulde go with them, I shoulde become a great man for the knowledge of P«cr and Paule. suche great thynges. But beyng deterred by the greatnesse of the iorney and fearyng that then I should neuer haue come home, 1 refused to go with them. At the length we came to the Hand of Bornei, distant from Monoch about two hundred myles, and is somewhat byg- The iiande of ger, but mnchc lower beneath the Horizon or Equinoctiall. The inhabitantcs are Idolaters, ^(,ui„. of sharpe wyt, and maner of lyuyng not greatly to be discommended. Their colour incly- neth more to whytenesse. They wearc not all one maner of apparell, for some weare shirtes of bombasine cloth, other mantells of chainlet, and other also sharpe cappes of red coloure. They obserue iustice and good order. Tiiis Ilande yeeldeth yeerely great abundauncc of Camphora, which they sayd to be the gumme of a tree: but 1 dare not affyrme it, because Camphon. I haue not scene it. Here my companyon hyred a lyght shyppe or barke for a hundred pecces of golde. Of the obseruations vsed in the nauigation to the Hand of Giaua. Cap. 26. AFter that we had made prouision of vittayles sufHcient for the voyage, we directed our iorn«v m ■# i ) ■ m • v't' 200 VOYACJES, NAUICJATIONS, Vcrlomannut' iir n l1- The North it* in these rejjions : and nayd that he a^o vsed the lode stone, I et iui^e it euer ninonelh to the North; and saydc furthermore, that on the other sydc of that Ilande, is a rert.iyiie people, whithc in saylynp olwcruc eir- tayne siarres, contrary to the Septentrions, for that llie sayde people arc Antipodes to them ol' luiropa Sarmatiar, and that they inhabitc as cdlde a re};ion and rlimat, and as nearo viifa the pole /\ntartike, as is manifest hy the shorlnc'sc of the davi beynj; Imt fourc houres long in their wyntcr: of whithc talkc we lookc j^rcnt pleasure. Of the Ilande of Gyaua, and the mancrs of the people. Cap. 27. Tllerfore proeecdynj; on our iourney fvue dayes saylyng \vc rame to the sayde Ilande, beyn^ very >;rcat and larf;e, and hauyng in it many kyngdomes, and kynges, beyiig all Ido- laters, and of diners maners of lynyng : for .some of them honor Idolles, after the maner of Calccut : some also honor the Sonne, and some the Moone : other take kync for their Idolles: and some, the fyrst thyng that they meete in the mornynfj, take for the Idol of that day : other also honor the picture or similitude of the dcuyll. This Ilande bryngeth foorth sylkc, whichc growcth of it selfe in the wu(Mides, and also the fayrest Smaraj^des or Emcraldes that are in the world : there is likcwy.sc plentie of (lolde, and Copper. The soyle is fruitefull of Corne, and all sortcs of friiiles, as in the eitie yli or redde colour, and tiatfe no.scs, wcaryng iheyr heare long. There isi a great multitude of foules and birdes, but vnlyke vnto ours, except I'eacockcs, Turtle dooue, and Crowes. They gre.itly ol seme iustice, and good order. For theyr apparell they vhc mantels, or clokes, of Hombasinc cloth, or sylkc, or Chamlet, euer wearyng out one arme. They vse no coatcs of fence, or arniurc because they haue no warres: but when they tra- ueylc on the sea, they vse bovves, aiid inipoysoned arrowes made of Rccdes. They vse also certayne long and holowe siaues (which we call Trunkes) through the which after our mancr, they blowc little arrowes, so infected with ]>oyson, that if they raysc neuer so little blood, death foloweth incontinent. 'J'hey haue no Gunnes or other ingines. They eate all sortes of (leshe. fyshe, and fruites, yet some fccdc of one kynde of mcate, and other of other, as them listeth. Of theyr cruell mancrs in selling their parentes to the Anthropophagi to be eaten. Cap. 2S. Tlle inhabitantes of the sayd Ilnnde (they I mcane which feedc of fleshe) when they see theyr parentes so feeble by age, that they scruc for no vse, but are tedious both to them seines and other, they bryng them to the market or fayre, and sell them to the Anthropo- phagi, which vse to eate mans fieshe. They that buye them, kyll them out of hand and eate them, l.ikewyse when any young person among them, falleth into any .suche sickenesse, that by the iudgement of theyr wyse men he can not escape, to the ende that he should not vnprofitably lynger in paynes, his brethren and kynsfolkes sell hym to the Anthropophagi. When my companion, beyng detested with these cruell maners, shewed in countenance that he detested this horrible inhumanitie, a certayne merchaunte of the inhabitantes sayde thus vnto hym : O Persians, no sacrifice can rcdeeme your sinnes, in that you giue so fayre fleshe to I lie vvoormes to be eaten. Thcrfore abhorryng these beastly maners, we returned to our shypj)c, not intendyng any longer to tarry there. Of the strange course of the sunne in the Hand of Gyaua. Cap. 29. WHyle vvc rcmayncd here, the Christian merchantes euer desirous to shew vs new and strange W'V K1 TtnvrlH to the Emt, TUAFFIQUF.S. AND DISCOUriUKS. as drowned. But to returne to our sayde Christians. God is my witnesse howe earnestly I persuaded them, neuer thereafter to make any more ar- tillerie or Gunnes, to the great contempt and indignation of God, and detriment of our R«r(nituiMe. holy fayth. When I had sayde these woordes, the tearcs fell from the eyes of Peter Antonie. But lohn Maria ( who perhappes had not so great desire to returne to his countrey ) said that it was all one to him, to dye there, or in the citie of Rome : and that God knewe what he bad decreed of him. Within two dayes after, I returned to my companion, who marueyled where I had been, fearing I had ben eyther sicke, or departed. I tolde him that I was all nyght in the Temple, lest he should suspecte my great familiaritie with the Christians. Of the commyng of the Portugale shippes, to the citie of Canonor. Cap. 32. WHyle I remayned here in the lodging of my companion, there came to him two Persian merchants from the citie of Canonor, saying that they had som euyll newes to tell him : wher- with seemyng to be somewhat troubled, he asked what was the matter : There are come (sayde they) twelue shyppes of Portugale, wjiich we haue scene with our eyes. Then sayde he. What maner of men are those ? They are (sayd the Persian) Christians, armed with har- nesse of shining Iron, and haue builded an inexpugnable fortrcsse in the citie of Canonor. My companion hearyng those woordes, turned to me, and sayde, Lodouicke, what maner of men are the Portugales ? To whom I answered, that they were a nation of mischeeuous peo- ple, gyuen to none other thyng then piracie and robbyng on the sea. He was not so sorie to heare this, as I was glad of theyr commyng. Howe I playde the Phisitian, and counterfect holinesse, lest by my colour I should be taken for a spye for the Portugales, before I could come to their ships. Cap. 33. AFter the rumor was spred of the Portugales arryuyng, I began to thinke what was best to be done, and thought nothyng more safe and easie among this people, then to geat some opinion of holinesse by hipocrisie, and therefore all the day tyme, I lurked in the Temple, liuN'ng without meate, as all the people thought : but in the nyght, I ate fleshe in the house of Peter Antonie, and lohn Maria. And by this meanes, none had other opinion of me, but that I was a Sainct, and therfore might after a fewe dayes gee abrode in the citie without auspition : orliaauncr. A lewe that made Gunnes and shjrppcs, wai diowncd. Prcdfitinatian. A fbrtreue of the Portugales in the citie of Canonor. HIpocriiie. A Saint by hipocrisie. me, lOUt ion: Travels to the East. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. 203 siispition : and to helpe the matter withall, it chaunced in the meane tyme, that a certaine rich Mahumetan of the citie of Calecut was very sicke, hauing his belly so buunde, that he could not doe the necessities of nature. And bycause he was a friende to my companion, and his disease increased, he asked me if I had any skyll in phisicke : I sayde, that my father was a Phisitian, and that I had learned many things of him by experience. Then I pray you (sayd he) do what you can to helpe this my friend. We went therefore togeather to the sicke man, whom my companion asked where he felt him selfe most greeued. In my head (sayd he) and my stomacke, hauyng also my belly so sore bounde, that I can not goe to the stoole. Then my companion agayne in his presence, desired me to consider his infirmitie, and take vpon me to minister vnto him some medicine. My companion had tolde me before, that he was a great eater and drinker. Therefore, takyng him by the hande and feelyng his pulse, I sayde that his stomacke and bowelles were full of choler, by reason of surfeytyng, and therefore that it shoulde be good for him to take a glister. Then sayde the sicke man. Do what you wil, I wil abyde your order. Then made I a glister of egges, salt and suger,A|liitcr.. adding also butter and certayne hearbes, such as came first to my memorie vpon the sodayne, and in the space of a day and nyght, I gaue him fyue glisters, but all in vayne : for besyde the paynes which he endured, he was rather woorse then better, insomuche that it re- pented me of my enterprise : But it was nowe best to set a good face on the matter and attetnpte an other way, but the last erroure was woorse then the first. Yet still putting him in good hope, I vsed him thus. I made him lye grouelyng on his belly, and then tying a straunge^^ cordes on his feete, I raysed vp the hynder partes of his body, so that he rested only vppon JTitter.""^ ° his brest and handes, and as he laye, ministred a glyster vnto him, and let him so hang for the space of halfe an houre. My companion beholding this straunge kynde of practise, sayde vnto me, Lodouicke, is this the maner of mynistring to sicke folkes in your countrey ? It is, sayde I, yet neuer but in case of extremitie. Then smylyng, he sayde, I beleeue it will heale him one way or an other. In the meane tyme the miserable man cryed, saying in his language. It is enough, it is enough, for my soule now departeth. We comforted him, di- siryng him to haue patience yet a whyle. In maner immediately after, his belly was losed, and auoyded matter as if it had been out of a gutter. Then when wee had let downe his bodie, hee auoyded as much as myght almost fyll a pale, and shortly after, the payne of his head and stomake, and also the feuer ceased : whereof we were all very glad. And by this aduenturous cure, I began to bee in great credite among them, by the meanes also of my counterfect holincsse, and therefore whereas he would haue giuen me tenne peeces of golde, I would take but only two, and gaue them also incontinent to the poore. These sely soules Seiysin.Ur belecued so much in my hypocrisie (which I shewed no lesse in countenaunce and grauitie, forbearyng also openly to eate fleshe ) that well was he that myght haue me in his house or kysse my handes and feete. The reporte also of my companion, affyrmyng that he mette with me fyrst at Mecha, where I was to see the bodie of the holy Prophet Mahumet, encreased greatly (and specially among the Mahumetans) the opinion they had conceiued of my holi- nesse. But in the meane tyme, secretly in the darke nyght, I resorted priuily to the afore- sayde Christians, by whom beyng aduertised that twelue of the Portugale shyppes were nowe arriued at Canonor, I considered that nowe woulde bee good oportunitie to escape : and therefore remaynyng there yet seuen dayes, I learned all that I coulde of the prepara- tions which the kyng of Calecut and his people made agaynst the Portugales, both touching his army, ?rtillerie, and other thinges parteyning to the warres. But before I come to speake of my maner of departing, it wil here not be from the purpose, to declare howe the Mahumetans call the people to theyr churches, and of theyr maner of praying. Howe the Mahumetan pricstes call the people to theyr Churches. Cap. 34. THeyr priestes and other ministers of the Temple (of the which there is a great number) obserue this maner to call the people to the church. Certayne of these ascende to the highest Tower of the Temple, where first blowing three or foure brascn Trumpets, in the Trumi tuts m. gteede of belles, they crye to the people with a loude voyce, to resorte to the Temple to bcUe""''' '' prayers. Then stopping one earc with their finger, they say in their owne language these D d 2 woordes: -J 'v ^n If? V! -•fl 'vl, •'ii -,'. : -p. ■■'I-. I *;-■ ■■ :.i'iM, .li;A-J IP" mi-'' ■'' IllillJ '■■'■.•■''■■'■' ',*,'■ 1. ISM' ,i I'' gOi VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Fej7o?HflnnMs' Not all that say WOOrdCS Lord, Lord, 8lc Some of them say that he is rysen. GoJ the fither. The virgin Marie. Merchantes of Calecut. Alia u eccubar. That is to say, God is great, and a^^ainc, God is great: Come to the Temple of the great God, Come to pray to the great God : God is great, God is great, God was, God is, Mahumct the messenger of God shal ryse. They inuited me also to the Temple, and desired me to pray to God for the Mahumetans, whiche I dyd outwardly, but of much other meanyng then they dyd. Of the maner of praying among the Mahumctans. Cap. 35. THey haue certaine dayly and vsuall prayers, as we haue, in the which they call God their father, and vouchsafe to name the virgin Marie full of grace. They pray not before they haue ben washed. Then standing in order, after the priest hath prayed, they pray also in their own language. Here to my companion, I fayned my selfe sicke, and founde diuers other occasions to depart from thence, and to go to Canonor. Well sayd he. It shall not be long ere I come thyther to you, and in the meane tyme, with my letters, I will commend you there to a friend and countrcy man of myne, a riche merchant, who for my sake shall giue you good intertaynement. What subtiltie I vscd to depart from Calecut, to go to the Portiigalcs. Cap. 3G. THe daye before I departed from thence, I made the .sayd Christians priuif of my intente. In the meane tyme my companyon ioyncd me in company with two other Persian mer- chauntes, whiche were myndcd also to go to Canonor : for there was in the citie of Calecut many merchauntcs of Persia, Syria, and Turchia. Therefore the I'yrst day of December, I, with the other two Persians, liyryng a lyght shyppe, gaue wynde to our sayles to proceede on our voyage. But see what chaunced suddenly, wc had scarsely sayled as farre as a man may shoote an arrowe, but foure of the inhabitantes of the order of them whiche they call Naerosare gen- Nacros (of whom WC haue spokcH before) cryed to the goucrnour of the shyp to drawe jvyllge's gatds.' neare the iande in the kynges name. When they vnderstode who we were, they asked why they caryed me away without makyng the kyng priuie thereto: Then sayde the Persians, This Mahumetan that is heere with vs, is a holy man, and goeth in our company to the citie of Canonor. They answeared, tliat they knewe me to be a man that had wrought myracles. Neuerthelesse, that because I could speake the language of the Portiigalles, it was to be suspected least I should bewraye theyr secretes to them, and tell them of the nauie and ar- mye which the kyng prepared agaynst the Portugales, and therefore commaunded the go- uernour of the shyppe to cary vs no further. He obeyed theyr commaundement, and left vs on the shore. Then sayde one of the Persians, Let vs returne to Calecut. To whom I aun- sweared, Take heede what you do, for so shall you be in danger to loose all your sylkes if it be knowen that you haue payde no custome to the kyng. Then sayde the other Persian, What then (by your aduise) is it best for vs to do: I aunswered, that it was best for vs to go somewhat further by the shore, vntyl we myght fynde some barke : whereunto they agreed. Therfore we, and ourslaues laden with our fardells, went so twelue myles along by the shore. But what feare I was in, in the meane season, I commytfe to wyse men to iudge. But as God would we founde there a poore fysher man with a boate, with whom we agreed to bryng vs to Canonor, where we arryued late in the euenyng. Incontinent wc went to the mer- chaunt Persian, to whom I had letters of commendation from my companyon. The tenour of the letters was, that he shoulde receyue me into his house, and enterteyne me frendly, vntil his commyng : Also that whatsoeuer frendeshyp he shewed vnto me, lie woulde ascribe it to be done vnto hym selfe : furthermore, that I was a holy man, and ioyned with hym in neere amitie and frendeshyp. When the merchaunt had redde the letters, he layde his hand on his head, and sayde vnto mc. By this head you are welcome to me, and shall be here in safctie, and caused a good supper to be prepared for vs. After sayde vnto me, Lette vs go waike to the sea syde. I agreed; and in to the place where the Portugales shyps laye at anker. I am not secrete ioye which I felte in my selfe at the syght of these shyppes. well the plat;e where the Portugales had buylded their fortresse, determynyng to come thyther the nexte daye. Howe supper, the Persians short tyme we came able to expresse the In the way I marked Travels to the East. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. 205 Howe I fleddc to the Portiigales from the citie of Canoiior. Cap. 37. me )we THe daye folowyng, when I sawe best opportunitie, I went towarde the forfresse of the . . Portiigales: and by the way meetyng with two Portugales, in the Spanyshe tongue I asked them where was the fortresse of the Portugales. Then sayde they to me. Art thou a Christian? I am (sayde I) by the grace of God, Then sayde they agayne, from whence comme'^t thou ? from the citie of Calecut sayde I. Then come wilh vs (sayde they) for we wyli bryng thee to the gouernour This gouernour was one maister Laurentius, sonne to the Viceroye. So I went with them to the fortresse, whiche is not past foure furlongs from the citie. At the tyine of our commyng, the gouernour had not yet dined. When I came to his presence, Tht Ooucrnmirc I fel downe on my knees, and prayed hym with al humilitie for Christes sake, to whom I was fortK-"-. "" consecrated by baptisme, to haue compassion vppon me, and to deliuer me from the hands of those infidel! dogges. When it was nowe noysed in the citie that 1 was escaped to the Christians, there beganne a sturrc and mutinie, in maner of a tumulte, Whiche when the gouernour vnderstode, commanded al his Captaines, souldiers, and other officers, to place their artillerie, and order all thynges in redynesse, least the people in sudden rage should attempte any thing agaynst the fortresse. But al thynges were pacified in short tyme. Then the gouernour, takyng me by the hande, brought me into a certayne hall, and there de- maunded of me, what the kyng and inhabitantes of Calecut imagined or deuiscd to do agaynst the Christians : I enfourmed hym of all thynges, as farre as I knewe, hauyng diligently searched to vnderstand all thcyr doyngcs. When the gouernour was thus by me aduertysed of theyr secretes, he appoynted a galley to bryng me to the Viceroye, who was then in the citie of Cucin. The Captayneof the gallie, was named lohannes Seranua. When the Vice- Thf viceroye roye saw me. he receiued me very fauourably. 1 certified hym also of al thynges: Saying py'^'ugj"^" furthermore vnto hym, that if I myght by his fauoure obteyne pardon and assurance for the in^ia. sayde two Italians, Peter Anionic and lohn Maria, which before had made artillarie for the infidel princes, I woulde procure that they shoulde returne to the Christians, and do them ryght good seruice, and that I was well assured, that they dyd that by constraint : Also that they desyred none other thing then safe condji^and mony for theyr charges. He was glad of this, and graunted my request. Whereupjvn within three dayes after, he sent me with letters to his sonne, the gouernour in the citie of Canonor, with commaundement to deliuer mc as muche mony as shuulde suffice for the charges of the Christian exploratours orespions of the t Me of Calecut. 1 went therefore incontinent to Canonor, where I agreed with one of the idoiatours (who for pouertie had gaged his wife and children) to cary letters to Calecut to lohn Maria and Peter Antonie. The content of which letters was, that the Viceroy had graunted them pardon and safe conducte and also money for their charges: Aduertysyng them to make none priuie to this thyng, and especially to beware least it shoulde be knowen to theyr slaues or concubines (for eche of them had a concubine, a child, and a slaue) further- more to Icaue al theyr goods behynd them, except thynges of great price, as mony and iewelles : for they had a very fay re Diamond of the weyght of 32 caractes esteemed to be woorth a Diamond of 35 thousande crownes. They had also a pearle of the weyght of 24 caractes, furthermore, two [[Jouwnd"' ^^ thousande rubies : of the whiche, some were of the weyght of one caracte, and some of cro*""- one and a halfe. They had also 64 braslettes, garnyshed with many iewelles: lykewyse in redye coyne, a thousand and fyue hundred peeces of golde. But see what commeth of to Beware of much couetousnesse. Whyle they thought to haue saued all, they lost all, and theyr lines """""'"'"'■ therewith : for not contentyng them selues with the aforesayde ryches, they woulde needes also carye with them (notwithstandyng the aduertisement we had geuen them) foure Cannes, three Munkeis, two Muskecattes, and two of those wheeles whcrwith precious stones are polyshed. All whiche thynges, were the onely cause of theyr death : for whereas so many thynges coulde not be secretly conueyed, one of theyr slaues certified the kyng of Calecut hcereof, who at the fyrst woulde scarsely beleeue it, for the good opinion he had conceyued of them : yet sent foure of his garde (of them whiche are called Naery) to kncwe if it were true. But the slaue, perccyuyng that the kyng woulde deale fauourably with them, went to the bygh Priest or Bishop of the fay th of the Mahumetans ( whom they call Cady) and The Byshop of ' ' ■' •' ' I 1 theMahu- toide mtwns. Concubines aiiJ slaues. m :1? 1 1 !? .-a Hi :» ■!;(,;«, ili''' 1 906 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, yertomannuii TbcMihu- meuni connirc the death of the Chrittiani. Ad Oration, The death of lohn Maria and Peter Antonye. The Ftenche foxc. tolde hytn all that before he had tolde the kyng of Caleciit : Addyng inoreoiier, that the sayde Christians had disclosed theyr gecretes to the Pnrtugales. When the Bishop viuierstode these thynges, he called a counsayle of all the Mahun.etan merchnuntes, wyll\ ng them, of the common treasurie, to geue a hundred peeces of golde to the kyng of Gio«<;hi (who was then at Calccut) and to speake to hym in this maner. It is n(>t vnknowen to you (most noble prince) howe a fewe yeercs past, when your maiestie came hither, we receiued you with more honorable enterteinement then we are nowe able to do : The cause whereof, is no lacke of good wyl, or knowledge of our deuetie towarde your hyghne^se, but rather the great and manyfolde iiiiuries and oppressions whiche we haue susieyned, and do dayely susteyne by our mortal enimies the Christians, whereof we haue, at this present, example of two Christian traytors of this citie, whiche haue disclosed to the Portugales al our secretes, and therefore we make most humble petition vnto you to take of vh a hundred peece^^ of golde, to commaund them to be slayne. When the kyng of Gioghi hearde these woords, he consented to theyr petition, and fortwith appoynted two hundred men to commyt the mur- der: And that they might be the lesse suspected of the Chr:stian8, meanyng soddenly to kyll them in theyr house, came by tenne and tenne as though they came to demaunde theyr accustomed rewarde. But when the Christians sawe so great a rompany assembled about theyr house, they suspected that they sought somewhat elles then theyr rewarde or ofleryng, and therefore incontinent takyng theyr weapons, they fought so manfully at the wyndowes and doores of theyr house, that they slue syxe men and woounded fourtie But at the length, some of the Gioghi, shot at them certaine iron arrowes out of crosse bowes, with the which they were both slayne, the one beyng sore wounded in the head, and the other in the bodie. As soone as they sawe them fail downe, they cutte theyr throtes : and takyng the hotte blood in the palines of theyr handes, drunke it vp, with contumelious woordes agaynst the Christians. After this murder, the concubine of lohn Maria came to Canonor, with her young Sonne, whom I bought of her for eyght peeces of golde : and causyng hym to be baptysed, named hym Laurence, because it was saint Laurence daye. But within a yeere after, he dyed of the Frenche poxe, whiche disease had then dispersed almost through all the worlde, for I haue seene many infected with it foure hundred myles beyonde Calecut. They call it Pua, And they affyrme that this disease was neuer seene there past 17 yeeres before. It is there more grceuous aud outragious then with vs. Of the Nauie of the citie of Calecut, and of the memorable conflicte betwene the Chriiitians and Mahumetans. In the whiche the Portugalcs with incredible valiantnesse gaue theyr eniniics the overthrowe. reioyced at their victoric. Cap. 38. And howe the kyng of Canonor IN the yeere of our Lorde 1506. the fourth daye of March, woorde was brought vs of Thenauieefthe the death of the sayde Christians. The same daye, from the cities of Calecut, Pauan, Ca- «Ji7nst ihe'po" pajjOt, Pandaram, and Trompatam, departed a great nauie of two hundred and eyght shippes, tugais. of the whiche fourescore and foure were great shippes, or shippes of burden, and the rest The Mahu. wcre drvuen with Ores, after the maner of foystes, whiche they call Paras. The Nauie was wetan soldiers, manned with in maner innumerable Mahumetans, shewyng themselues very braue in apparel of purple sylke and Bombasine, with also theyr hygh and sharpe cappes, after theyr maner, of the same colour, lyned with sylke : wearyng also on theyr armes many bracelettes, and on theyr haides haddc gloues, cmbrodered and garnyshed with diucrs kyndes of workes : for weapons, they had Tiirky bowes, swoordes, launces, peltes, and all sortes of gunnes, after our maiicr. When we sawe theyr Nauie proceedyng in order, and well instructed, it seemed farre of iyke a wood, the mastes presentyng the similitude of trees: Whiche thyng seemed so litle to deterre vs, that we were in sure beleefe, that our God and Christe woulde geue vs the viclorie agaynst the blasphemers of his holy name, the Idolatours and Sarasens, old enemies of our religion. And therefore the valiant knight and gouernour, the sonne of the honorable lord Don Francisco Dalmeda, viceroy of India, who had there the supreame go- uernement of twelue shippes, with the assistaunce of the Admirall of the Nauie, when he pawe the great force of the enemie, myndfull of his accustomed vertue, with sounde of trumpet W'V Travels to the East, TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. 207 trumpet assembled all the souldiers, and spake to them in this) maner. My deare Frcndcs^ The oration of and brethren in one God, and one fayth of lesus Christe, nowe is the tyme cdme when yoiijjjj^c^"!!?""' ought to remember, that as lesus Christe spared not, ney ther feared to gyue his precious soidi«ri. body to death for our sakes: euen so, except we wyl shewe our seUies most vnkynde, and vnworthy so great grace of God, it shal be our dueties to spende our liues in the defence of his glorie, and our holy fayth, assuring our selues of the victorie against these dogges, hateful to God, and progenie of the deuyl. Now therfore fyghtyng in his name, and vnder the banner of his holy crosse, shew your selues manfull and valiant: for nowe is in you the power to great eternal fame, in mainteyning the quarel of our aauiour. Therefore with me, lyftyng up your hartes to God, and your armes with force and courage, let vs gyiie the onset on these dogs. When the gouernour had sayd these wordes, the priest went vp to the hyghest part of the ship, and holdyng in his hand the picture of Christe nayled on the crosse, sh.'^wed it vnto the souldiers, exhortyng them to remember the commaundementes of God, and the holy fayth and baptisme whereby they were consecrated to God, puttyng no doubt in the forgeuenesse of theyr sinnes, dying in so godly a quarell: and then blessyng them, with inuocation of the name of God, he pronounced the sentence of absolution and forgeuenesse of theyr sinnes. The exhortation of the priest, so moued the hartes of all men, that the teares ranne from our eyes for ioy and great desire we had to die in tlie quarel. In the meane time the nauye of the Mahometans made sayle towarde vs. The same daye our Admirall with two foystes made towarde them, and passyng betweene two of Then»uieof the theyr greatest shyps, discharged his ordinance on both sydes: whiche the Admyrall dyd, to ^'j^^JJ^miniiof proue the strength of those shyppes, which they chiefely esteeme, and trust most vnto : the chiistians. But this daye was nothyng done woorth the memorye. The day folowyng, the Mahumetans with full sayles drewe neare the citie of Canonor, and sent vs woorde by a messenger, that if we woulde permytte them to go whither they woulde, they woulde not haue to do with vs. Our Admirall answeared, that the Christians coulde not so forgette the periurie of the The quini md Mahumetans, in violatyng theyr faith and promyse made by common consent, when they """"J"""^** woulde not suffer the Christians to passe that way, but contrary to theyr fayth and promyse slue 47 Christians, and robbed them of foure thousande peeces of golde : and therefore badde them passe further if they durst, and they shoulde well knowe of what reputation and spirite the Christians are. Then sayde the Mahumetans, Mahumet wyll defende vs, and confounde the Christians : and with those woordes, assaulted vs all at once with incredible furie, thynk- The Mahum*. yng to haue passed through, hauyng no further to sayle then 10 myles from the shore. But "|,"jj'""'« our Admiral of purpose suffered the enimics to come nearer vntyl they were ryght ouer against the citie of Canonor, meanyng there to set on them with all his force, that the kyng of Canonor beholdyng the conflicte, myght be witnesse of the valiantnesse of the Christi- ans. Then when the trumpetter of the Admirals ship sounded the battayle, and gaue the signe, incontinent he assaulted two of theyr greatest shyppes. Heere I am not able to ex- presse the exceedyng noyse of theyr Drummes, Trumpets, Tambarels, and other such in- numerable, which they vse in this case. The Admiral hym selfe, in maner contemnyng The viiyant- all theyr meane shippes, passed through theyr nauie, and inuaded one of theyr greatest nesse of theAd- shippes, castyng theron chaynes and grasples, to fyght with them at hande strokes : but they "" cast of the rhaynes thryse, yet the fourth tyme the chaynes tooke such holde, that the Christians entred into the ship, where they made such hauocke and slaughter, that all theAgrcatsUueh. Mahumetans of that shippe (which were sixe hundred in number) were slayne, Jnsomuche "J|^|,^|j' '^'''" that there was not one left alyue to tell newes. The Admirall encouraged by this victorie, inuaded another of theyr great shippes, whiche had chayned it selfe with a foyst of the Christians, where was also a great conflict, in the whiche were slayne aboue fyue hundred Mahumetans, and theyr ship sunke. The Mahumetans discouraged by this defeate, assaulted our twelue foystes with al their force, and carycd them away. But heere the man- The valiantnesse hood and valiantnesse of lohn Scranus, the captaine of the Galley, shewed itselfe, who only "^ '""^ ^""'""' with one Gaily made suche a slaughter among the Mahumetans, that it mayseeme incredible: for he so fiercely inuaded them that had caryed away the foystes, that he recouered them all, ■ ',.^a 208 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Vcrtomannua slayae. cif Simon Mar- tin. A Stnitaeeme. Tennf Malui- met.in shyps soonke with the all. nnd siinke two other of the Mahiimetan shippes. In these warres, God of his grace so Fcwe chtiitiam prospcccd thc Christians, that few of them were slayne, but many wounded. The conflict *' continued from mornyng, vntyl the darkenesse of the nyght made an ende of the battayle, 1 mny not hccre forgeat to speake of the niarueylouH aduenture and Godly zcalc of Simon Martin, captaync of one of our shippes : for it so chaunced, that thc Brigantine in the which I was, dcpartyng somewhat from our nauic, gaue occasion to our enemies to pursue vs, for incontinent foure of the Mahumetan shippes assayled vs, and put vs to much trouble, in- somuch thnt 1.5 Mahumetans had nowe entred into our Brigantine, and we were con- ThrvaiinimifueStrayned to flee to the Poupe, as to the safest pKnce; But the valiant captayne Simon Martin, '" "'-' jipynff the dauiigcr that we were in, and that the Mahumetans were entred into our Brigan- tine, leapt into it fiercely, and caliyng vpon the name of lesus Christ, fought so valiantly, that he slue sixe of the Mahumetans: whcrby we, beyng incouraged, assisted hym in such sort, that the Mahumetans cast themselucs into the sea, where some were drowned, and some escaped by swimmyng. Therfore when the Mahumetans knewe that the Christians had the victorie, they sent -!■ other foistes to helpe the first. But when the captayne of our Brigantine sawe this, he tooke certayne emptie Tubbes, in the whiche gunne ponder had ben kepte before, and stoppyng (hem with flaxe, placed them in such sort, that they seemed far of, like peeces of great artillerie: then laying a little gun ponder by the flaxe, and holding a fyre sticke in his hand, as though he would fire to the Gunne, the Mahumetans thinking that it had ben a gunne indcedc, were thereby put in such feare, that they departed. The Admirall yet further pursuing the enemyes, gaue them an other great ouerthrow, and tooke seuen of theyr foistes, laden with all sortcs of merchandies, and soonke tenne other with the shotte of great artillerie, of the whiche one was laden with Elephantes. Therfore when the Mahu- shot of great ar- metans sawe the sea now almost couered with the bodies of their slaine men, and their chiefe tiiierie. shippcs some taken, some soonke, and some spoiled, were out of all hope to recouer, and The Christians thepforc saucd themselucs bv fleeing. But the Christians, seeing vet hope of further \ic- had the victorie. . ■,•.,, •' ,• " , ■ i • i i i i i tone, and the Mahumetans so discouraged, thought it not best to leaue them so, but rather uppon such prosperous succcsse, to take opportunitie, and vtterly to destroy them : and therfore the Admiral, seeing his men ioyfull of the victorie, and desirous to pursue the enemie, folowed the Mahumetans, and gaue them a new batayle, whiche lasted all day and all nyght, whilest the Christians in the nyght tyme slue them euen in theyr fleeing, and soonke almost all their shippes. In the meane tyme certayne of our foistes sawe a shyppe of burden of the enemie, wanderyng out of the way, and made sayle thyther with all hast. But the enemies in short space seeing themselues ouermatched, hurled all their cariages into the sea, and trusting to swimmyng (wherein they are most experte) caste themselues after. But our men folowed them euen to the shore, with launces, crosbowes, and stones, so killing them as they swamme, that the sea was coloured and polluted with their blood. Yet by swimming many escaped, by estimation about the number of two hundred, for they are in youth so brought vp in swimming, that they swamme in thc sea almost twentie myies, of- tentimes so diuyng vnder the water, and rem.aynyng there so long, that they deceyued our syght : for sometymes we thought that they were soonke, and sometyme agayne seeyng them flote on the water, it so troubled our sense, that we thought we had scene some phan- tasie or vision : but t'ley were in manor all destroyed by one mischaunce or an other, and especially a great number in the great shyppes which were soonke by shot of the great ar- tillerie. The day folowyng, the Admirall sent great Brigantines and Gallies to the shore, to number the dead bodies, whiche the sea had caste vp : they were founde to be about three Thekyngof thousandc, bcsydc them also which the sea had deuoured. The kyng of Canonor, beholdyng n'lcTanantneise ^'' thcsc tliyugcs, was greatly in loue with' the Christians, and commended their vali- ofthei'ortu. auntnesse and vertue, and not vnwoorthily : for to speake that I haue scene, T h,i",c ben in many sore warres, yet neuer sawe I more valiant men, then the Portugales here shewed themselues to be. But when we thought that we had nowe made an ende of these Tragidies, we had in mancr a woorse to begyn, for it so chaunced, that in fewe dayes after, the kyng of Canonor, who fauoured Ail other great cunflicte. The Mahume- tans slaync in swimming. The M.ihume. tins experte in swimmyng. Travels to the East. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIF.S. !W9 \e in of. our lired fauoiirccl us, dyed: In whose place succeeded an other mortall cncmie to the Christians, nnd ThfdMthofthc I'liendc to the kyn"; of Calcrut. by whose heipe and rychcsse hce was aduaunced to the J".^ " kyiiffdonic of Canonor. He tlierelbre assembled his power to make newe warrc a;;aynst the a mve expedi- ('hristians, with u'rcat expedition and haste, bycause he supposed that a j;reat parte of theyrJ^^i^'V^^i^^"'^'^'''''" iiumitions was nowe wasted, and tiicy also sore wccrycd, and for the most parte wounded. And to further his attcmptc, the kyng of Calecut sent him 'ii peeces of great artillcric. This i-oi's Carres, warrc beganne the scuenth day of April!, and continued viityll the ^t) of August, before nil ihiiiges were pacilicd. It were hcere to long to declare howe in these warrcs also the Christians bch:iued them seines manfully agaviist the Mahumetans, which neuer cncountrcd with them fewer then fyuc or sixe and twentic thousande in number, hauyng al-o with 5;i'''^'"'''i"' them a luuulrcd and fourtie peeces of artillerie, and were armed after tiic maner of the in- n„.,ansariii. habitauntes of Calecut : but the Christians with harncsse after our maner. ''^^'^'^■• These Infidelles vse this order in thevr warres. Thcv diuide thevr army into many wvnges, Tiie order of the , 1 r 1 ' 1 I " 1 I ■ " Mahumttans euerv wyng conteynyng the number ot two or three thousande men, and only one wyngt;.,,,,^!.. procccdeth to the battaylc, the rcstc attendyng what ende or successe they haue, before they atio;iipt any further. But whilest these wyngcs are nowe marchyngto ioyne in baltayle, it jjasscth all ima^inatidn to thynke, with howe great a iioyse oi' innuincrall musicall instru-instrumentcs. mantes, after iheyr niancr, they fill the eares of all the army, to encourage them to fyght, while in the meane season also, a great number runneth before the army with marueylous flames of artilici dl fyres : and in fine, gyue the onsette with suche outragious furie and outcry Outragious that two thousande of them were able to feare tenne thousande that had no experience of these thyngcs. But see the goodncsse of G d, who ncucr forsaketh them that belceue fayth- fully in his holy religion. Eiien nowe in the cxtremitic of these troubles, our men beyng in mancr ouerchar ;cd with the multitude of theyr enemyes, and long warrcs, sodayne ncwes was brou'jht that a newe nauie of Portugales was arrvued at Canonor by the conductc of the '''^ "">'"'"? "f ,. . 1 T-v fi. • 1 /> till • " 1- I 1 I'll a iicwc Nainc valiant knyght Don Iristan de Lugna: \\ hom we nnmcdiately aducrtyseu with howe greeuousofportugaiis. warres wee \vcre oppressed. Who incontinent sent vs, in ccrtayne Barkes, three hundred valiaunt Souldiours, well armed with harnesse, after the maner of the Christians. When wee sawe these, we rccoucred our spirites, in such sortc, that if our Admirall woulde haue permitted, we woulde haue burnte the citie of Canonor. But when the Mahumetans vn- The Mahu- ! II 1 I I II i. 1 • II 1 It metans i-etke to oerstoode the newe succours that we had, ail discouraged in myndc, they sought ail mcanesm,,keptaco«ith to make peace with the Christians, and assygned one named Mamalmaricar, a man of great •'"'^'''"'"'•"'^" r\ches and wysedome among them, to bee intermediatour, and to make the conditions of peace, lice thercl'orc vnder safe conducte, came to vs to common of the matter. We tolde iiim, that we coulde make no peace without the consent of the Viccroyc, who was then in the citie of Cucin. The Admirall thought it beste not to contempnc the conditions of peace, for that duryng the tyme of the warres, they coulde not sende thcyr shyppes laden ^vith■''^'>=^'^»«™"- merchaundies into Portugale, and therefore by the consent of the Viceroye, the peace ''""'' was concluded. But nowe, to myngle some delight with these sorowes, vou shal he.are a pleasant fable Apicasaumfabie. wonrthie to be put in inemorie. Therefore all thinges beyng pacified, as I walked in the citie of Canonor, I met with certayne mcrchantes Idolatours, with whom I was acquavntcd before the warres, who in thcyr language sayde thus vnto me. Are you our fiiende: yea sayde I. Then we pray you in the way of friendship, shewe vs that Christian which is muclie hygher ^linct Christo- and stronger tiien any other of the Christians, and kylled in maner euery daye about twentieliMGiai"' of the Mahumetans, and resisted the dartes of (iftie Naeros (these are of the garde) and escaped without htirte : I answered, that that Christian was not nowe in the citie, but was gone to Cucin to Viceroye. But when I better considered the matter, I sayde thus vnto then, are you my friendcs ? Yea, we are, sayde they. Then sayde I, That souldier that fought so valiauntly in the battayle, was no Portugale. Then sayde they : of what countrey was he then ? I answered agayne, that he was the God of the Portugales, and the great G . of all the world. Then sayde they. Verily you speake the trueih, for we heard the Mahu- metans say, that it was not the Portugales, but the Portugales God, that gaue them the The enemyes ouerthrowe, and therefore we thynke your God to bee better then theyrs, although we know '""''^'"'' ''"' ■m fi ■ 'M ■ ']•■■■' i'-»' iiNlJI E e God gaue tlie himvictorie. 210 VOYAGIiS, NAUIGATIONS, Vn'lomannus m'i- JPfe'SlT' -'f. •■■■ Siinplr and ■gnorint people. Messis miilta, scd oprrarii paiici, etc. Ihe M.i;s;. No more cjn wyscr men then they. Iniiuuiucrsaiid of great agililie. The Ilande of Monzambrich, Melinda. The ky"S of Poitugalts do- mioloti of Etdiopia. 'I'he conquestes of Tristan de Cugna. Sacutaia. Cumt:iis. Pende. Zaphal.l. Guide. Blacke Mahu- mctans. Troglodita;. Ethiopes. Iiimnot: Ami by this mcanes it was bruited oiicr all tlie countrcy, that the Muhumetans were (uicrcoine rather by the iissi.staunce of God, then by tiie strength of men, for these people arc very simple and i^jnoraiint, and astonyshcd in nianer at ciiery thynjf, for some when they sawc one of our company hauyn<; n little bell in liis hnnt'.e, and hearile the novse of the bell when he moucd hU hand, and nu noyse wlien he set it downc, thev tookc it lor a myracle, sayini>- one to an other: doubt lfs.,i' thcyr God is the greatest God, for when they louche the bell, if spcaketh, and when they touche it ni t, it sayeth nothyng. They tookc pleasure and admiration to beholde the soIcmniticM of the Masse. And wliei) the priest lylud vp the holy bread or host, 1 saydc vnto them, beholde here the God of the Portugalcs, and of ail the worlde. Then sayde they, You say truly: but wc can not perccyiic it. This banc I saydc, tli:it you may hereby knowc what simple and igno- rant people these are: yet arc they very };rcat inchaunters, and ran inchauntc Serpentes, wiio-e poyson is so strong, that they kyll only with touchyng. Thev are also of incredible agilitie, and therefore e.xcell in vaultyng, leapyng, runnviig, swynimyng, tumblyng, walk- yng on ropes, and such other exercises of lyghtnesse and agilitie. The scucnth booke, entreating of the viage or Nauigation of Ethiopia. Cap. 1. THey that will take vppoii them to wrytc any hystorie had needc to bearfi well in memorie what they haue promyscd and taken in hande, lest for thcyr ])aynes and well meanyng, they be rewardc with shame and rebuke, and therfore whereas in the beginnyng of this buoke, i promysed to \vr)te of the Nauigation of Ethiopc, I will with tlie description of this viage, make an cnde of my long traueyle, and spcakc of such thinges as I sawe there by the way, in my returnc from India into my long desired countrcy, in the company of the Portugales. Of diners and many Ilandes of Ethiope. Cap. 2. TUcrcfore the seuenth day of December, wc directed our iourney towarde Ethiope, tra- ucrsing fvrst the great giilfc, and saylyng foure hundred myles, came to an Ilande named Monzambrich, vndcr the dominion of the kyng of Portugale. But before we arryued there, we sawe by the way many townes parteiiiing to the Portugales, and also many strong for- tresses in the kyngdonics of Milinda and Mombaza. The kyng of Portugale, hath also ccr- tayne fortresses in Monzambrich and Zaphala. But if I should hero speake of the memorable factes of the valiant knyght Tristan dc Cugna, at his returne from India, I should take in hande a thyng farre aboue my reaciie : beyng suche, as descrue rather the commendations of Homer and Virgil, for he inuaded and subdued the great cities of Gogia, Pati, and Craua, with also the gootlly Ilande of Sacutani, where the kyng of Portugale hath erected certayne fortresses, and omit also to speake of many other Ilandes whichc wc sawe in the way : as the Ilande of Cumcris, and sixc other which beare j)lentie of ginger, sugcr, and dyuers other goodly fruites, and abundance of (leshe; also the most fruitfull Hand of Pende, likewise subiect to the kyn^ of Portugale. Of the Ilande of Monzambrich, and the inhabitantcs thereof. Cap. 3. Tllis Ilande (as we haue sayde) is subiecte to the kyng of Portugale, as is also Zaphala. From the Ilande of Monzambrich, is brougl)t niucii golde and oyle, but is brougiit thyther from the firme lande. The Ilande is not byg, and is inhabited with blacke Mahumetans, Ivuyng in maner in necessitie of all thinges, yet hath it a commodious porte. They haue no corne but that is brought from the continent, where also he went alande to see the countrcy, wiiere wc sawe nothyng but a vagabunde and rascall kynde of blacke men, coucryng only thcyr priuities with leaucs of trees, and are besyde naked, and the women in lyke nianer. Thcyr lyppes are two fingers thickc, thcyr forehcaddes very large, theyr teeth great, and as white as snow. They are fcarefnll at the sight of euery thyng, and especially when they sec armed men. Therefore seeing thevr fearcfulnesse, and knowing them to be without weapons that can doe any great hurfc, only sixe of vs well armed, bearyng also with vs Hargabuses, and hatiyng in our compaiic a blacke slaue that somewhat knewe the countrey, we began to enter further into the lande: and when we had gone forwarde onedayes iourney, we fouiulc many 1 lala. Vthcr tans, c m) trey, only aner. ndas sec pons uses, in to uiulc many •y Travels to the Ewit. TKAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUEIUKS. 811 ni;i!iy hcardcs of Hicplianfcs. Here the slauc fliat vvas our <;iiydc, f,:Hic \.s r.niiisayic to t;ike Hcirjrior lyrebraiidcs in our li:indes, l)yc:iusc these bea-te- fearc fyre ahoue iill lliin<^cH, I'.iit vvc once }.[''|]""I^' .,„ iluTsnccJ to fyndc tlirc leina'c rilrpijaiits, whicli liad very lately li'.Miigli! ioorth theyr Calnen, uriy.itui fyjf. and ihcrelorc fearrd not the fyre: but witliout all (eare, fol(!\vetes holy name, ought to pray to almyghtic God to assyst hym in so godly an en- terprise. Of re nee gascar. ;' ' * , '» ■' 'k I . ■§ 1 S13 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, &c. Virlomannus' Travels, $»t. Great Whale fvshefc Of the Cape called Caput Buna' Spci. That is, the Cape of good hope. Cap. 4. DKpartyntc from llie Cape named Caput Bonne Spei, when wc had nowe sayled aboutc two Tcmprt. hundred myles, there rose suddenly a tempest with eontrarye wyiide. Tlie cause whereof was, that we had on the lelte hande the llandc of S;iint Laurence, and many other litic Ilandes, from whence blowerh for the most part a great gale t)f wynde. And therefore for the space of seuen daycs, beyng iierc daungerousiy tossed to and fro by the rajjes of the sea and wynde, at the length we escaped, by the grace of God. But proceedyng about two hun- dred leagues, a newe tempest rysyng so scattered ourshyppes in tlie space of syxedayes, that wemettenot togeiithcragayiie vntyll wcarryiied at Luxburne in I'ortugale. I was in theshyppc AnexcceJyng of Barlhelmewc, a Florentine, citizen of l-uxburne. The shyppe \v.is named Saint Vincent, great rycHes uf >' vcsscI of excctdyng capac Itlc, and laden with seuen thousande tonnes of all sortes of •py«'- spyccs. In the way wc passed also by an other Hand, named the Hand of saint Helen, where wesawe certayne fyshes of such enorme and monstrous byggenesse, that one of them was as byggc as a great house. When they ryse aboue tlic water, they yane or gape so wyde, that the vpper iawe couereth al the forehead, as it were a souldier in sliynyng harne«se. Agayne when theyswymme on the l)rymme of the water, the forhead is scene the breadth of three great paces. And when they swymme in the sea, they so trouble the water, and come so neere the shyps, that we were fayne to discharge al our artillarye to dryue them away. Shortly after we founde an llande, named the Ilande of Asccntion, where we sawc n.'ny fowles, about the byggnesse of our Duckes, so symple, without sus])icion or learc, that we tooke them with our handes: but shortly after they were taken, thoy shewed an incitf'iole lierce- nesse. I thynke veryly that they neuer sawe any man before, they so behelde vs before they were taken, and were as styll as if they had ben astonyshed : for in that Ilande wesawe no lynyng creature, saue only innumerable fyshes and the sayd byrdes. After we had passed this Ilande many daye.s saylyng, as though we were nowe cimie to our ownc worlde, the North starre, and guardions of our maryners, appeared vnto vs. And here oportunitie serueth well, to confute the opinion of them that thynke that men maye not sayle in regions subiect to the siyiyng by the pole Antartikc or south pole, by the guide of the north .starre, for it is certayne, that the KgiOTs'benVath Portugalcs saylc by tiie guyde of the north starres, although they be vtterly :««'; needle, with the stone which euer naturally respecteth the north pole. A fewe dayes after, we arryued at the fayre region, where are scene many Ilandes, named the Ilandes of Asture.s, so named for the multitude of those Egles whiche we commonly call Asturcs. These Ilandes are diuersely named : for some are named Pici, Martii, some De Coruo, also de Floribus, Sancti Georgii, Gratiosa, and Feial. Departyng from hence, we came to the Ilande of Ter- tiera, where we remayned two daycs. All these Ilandes are marueylous fruitefull, and haue plentie of all thynges necessary for mans lyfe. Departyng from hence, in seuen d.iyes sayl- yng, we came to the goodly citie of Luxburne, or Vlisbona in Portugale. At my commyng thyther, 1 was brought to the kyngcs presence, whose handes ki.ssing with most humble re- uerence, I thanked his maicstie for the great fauour I had found at the hands of his subiectes and officers in India. He entertayned me most gratiously in his courte. vntyll I had inlburmed hym of all thynges whiche I had obserued in my voyage to India. A fewe dayes after, I shewed his hyghnesse the letters patentes whereby his Lieuetenante the Viceroye of India, gaue me the order of knyghtliood, dcsyryng his inaiestic to confyrme the same liy his great scale : which my petition, he immediatly graunted. And tiuis departing from thence with the kynges pasporte and safe ronducte, at the length after these my long and great trnuavlcs and dangers, I came to my long desyred and natiue countrey, the citie of Rome, by the grace of God, to whom be all honour and glory. THE DESCRIPTION OF A VOYAGE MADE OV CERTAINE SHIPS OF HOLLAND INTO THE EAST INDIES, WITH THEIR ADUENTURES AND SUCCESSE: TOGETHER WITH THE DESCRIPTION OF THE COUNTRIES, TOWNES. AND INHABITANTES OF THE SAME: WHO SET FORTH ON THE SECOND OF APRILL, 1595, AND RETURNED ON THE 14 OF AUGUST, 1597. TRANSLATED OUT OF DUTCH INTO ENGLISH BY W. P. lontion : IMPRINTED BY lOHN WOLFE. 1598. t . S3 1 ^M'V P f ( $ • III ill .■'ir' ; - ' i J, m f'Hii ^■m Ff .?.)-« ml TO THE RIGHT WORSIIirFULL SIR LIMES SCUD A MORE, KNIGHT. Right worshipfull, this small trcatie (written in Dutch, shewing a late voyage perl'ormcd by certain Hollanders to the Islandes of laiia, part of the East Indies) falling into my handes, and in my iudgcment deserving no lesse commendation then those of our Countrey- men, (asCaptainc Uaimondc in the Penelope, Maister Foxcroft in the Marchant Royall, and M, lames Lancaster in the Edward Bonauenture, vnto the said East Indies, by the Cape dc Bona Spcrance, in Anno 1591, as also M. lohn Newbcry, and Raphael Fich ouer land through Siria from Aleppo vnto Ormus and Goa, and by the said Raphael Fich himselfe to Bcngala, Malocca, Pegu, and other places in Anno 1583. as at large appearcth in a booke written by M. Richard Haclcte a Gentleman very studious therein, and entituled the English voyages) I thought it not vnconuenient to translate the same into our mother tongue, thereby to procure more light and encouragement to such as arc desirous to traucU those Countries, for the common wealth and commoditie of this Realme and themselues. And knowing that all men are not like affected, I was so bold to shrowd it vnder your worships protection, as being assured of your good disposition to the fauoring of trauell and trauellers, (and whereby it hath pleased God to aduance you to that honourable title, which at this present you beare) and so not fitter for the protection of any then your selfe : and as a poore friend wishing all happincs and prosperity in all your valiant actions. Which if it please your worshippe to like and accept, it may procure the proceeding in a more large and ample discourse of an East Indian voyage, lately performed and set forth by one lohn Ilughcn of Linschotcn, to your further delight. Wherewith craning your fauor, and beseeching God to blesse your worship, with my good Ladie your wife, I most binnbly take my leaue : This 16. of lanuarie. 1597. Your Worships to commaunde W. Phillip. •'IP I 1> , Ffy "HiifSfe n,i.-<> if m. m m J. m m ',;■■!< TO THE BAYUEFES, BURGHEMAISTERS, AND COUNSELL or THE TOWN OF MIDDELBORGH IN ZEELANDli IT may well bee thought (Right worshipfull) as many learned men are of opinion, that the actions and aduentures of the ancients long since done & performed, haiie beene set forth with more show of wonder and strangenesse then they in truth deserued : the reason as I think was, because that in those daics there were many learned and wise men, who in their writings sought by all meanes they could to cxcell each other, touching the description of Countries & n.itions: And againe to the contrarie, for want of good Historiographers and writers, many famous actes and trauels of diners nations and Countries lie hidden, and in a manner buried vnder ground, as wholly forgotten and vnknowne, vnlessc it were such as the Grecians and Romanes for their owne glories and aduantages thought good to declare. But to come to the matter of voyages by sea, it is euident to all the world, what voyage lason with certaine yong Grecian Princes made to Colchos in the Oriental Countries to winne the golden Fleece, as also the trauels by Hercules performed into Libia in the West partes, to winne the Aurea Mala or golden apples of Hesperides, which notwithstanding neither for length, daunger, nor profite, are any thing comparable to the nauigations and voyages, that of late within the space of one hundreth years haue been performed & made into the East & West Indies, whereby in a manner there is not one hauen on the sea coast, nor any point of land in the whole world, but hath in time beene sought and founde out. I will not at this present dispute or make an argument, whether the Countries and nations of late yeares found out and discouercd, were knowne to the auncients, but this is most certaine, that not any strange worke or aduenture was, or euer shall be performed, but by the speciall grace, fauour and mightie hand of God, and that such are worthy perpetual memory, as with noble minds haue sought to efl'ect, and be the first enterprisers thereof, and with most valiant courages and wisedomes, haue performed such long and dangerous voyages into the East and West Indies, as also such Kinges and Princes, as with their Princely liberalities haue imployed their treasures, shippes, men and munitions to the furtherance and performance of so worthy actes, which notwithstanding in the end turned to their great aduancementes and inriclung with great treasures, which by those meanes they haue drawn, & caused in great abound- ance to be brought from thence, in such manner, that the King of Spaine nowe lining, (h.iuing bith the Indies in his possession, & reaping the abundant treasures which yearly are brought cut of those countries) hath not only (although couertly) sought all the means he could to bring all Christendome vnder his dominion, but also (that which no King or country what^otuer although of greater might then he hath euer done) hee is not ashamed to vse this [Kisii', Nee spe, ncc metu. And although the first founders and discouerers of those Countries haue alwayes sought to hinder and intercept other nations from hauing any part of their glovie, yet hereby all nations, & indifferent persons may well know and per- ceiuc the speciall policie, and valour of these vnited Prouinces, in trauelling into both the Indies, '!-^ :' .:3m 218 THE EPISTLE. Indies, in the faces, and to the great griefe ofthoir many and mighty enemies. Wherby it is to be hoped, that if they continue in their enterprises begun, they will not onely draw the most part of the Indian treasures into these Countries, but thereby disinheritc & spoyle the Countrie of Spayne of her principail rcucnucs, and treasures of marchandises and trafiques, which she continually vseth and receyucth out of these countries, and out of Spayne are sent into the Indies, and so put the King of Spaine himselfc in ininde if his foolish deuise which hee vseth for a posie touching the new world, which is, Non sullicit orbis, like a second Alexander niagnus, desiring to rule oucr all the world, as it is manifestly knowne. And be- cause this discription is falkn into my handcs, wherein is contayned the first voyage of the Low-country men into the East Indies, with the aduenturcs happened vnto them, set downe and iustificd by such as were present in the voyage, I thought it good to put it in print, with many pictures and cardes, whereby the reader may the casilier perceyue and discerne, the natures, apparels, and fashions of those Countries and people, as also the manner of their shippes, together with the fruitfulnesse and great aboundance of the same, hoping that this my labour will not onely be acceptable vnto all Marchants and Saylers, which hereafter meane to traffique into those Countries, but also pleasant and profitable to all such as are desirous to looke into ^.o newe and strange things, which neuer heretofore were knowne vnto our nation. And againe for that all histories haue their particular commoditie, (specially such as are collected and gathered together) not by common report, from the first, seconde, orthirde man, but by such as haue jeene and beene present in the actions, and that are liuing to iustifie and verifie the same: And although eloquence and words well placed in shewing a history, are great ornamentes and beautifyinges to the same, yet such reports & declara- tions are much more worthy credite, & commendabler for the benefit of the commonwealth, which are not set down or disciphered by subtill eloquence, but showne and performed by simple plaine men, such as by copiousnesse of wordes, or subtiltie do not alter or chaunge the matter from the truth thereof, which at this day is a common and notorious fault in many Historiographers : And thinking with myselfe to whome I were best to dedicate the same, I found it not fitter for any then for the right worshipfull Gouernours of this famous Towne of Middelborgh, wherein for the space of 19 yeares I haue peaceably continued, specially be- cause your worships do not onely deale with great store of shipping, and matter belonging to nauigation, but are also well pleased to heare, and great furtherers to aduance both shipping and trafBques, wherein consisteth not onely the welfare of all marchants, inhabitants, and cittizens of this famous City, but also of all the commonwealth of the vnited Prouinces, hoping your worships wil not onely accept this my labour, but protect & warrantise the same against all men: Wherwith I beseech God to blesse you with wisedome, and godly policie, to gouerne the Commonwealth: Middleborgh this 19 of October. 1597. Your worships seruant to command Bernarot Langhenez. A niUKFE BRIEFE DISCRIPTION OF A VOYAGE PERFORMED BY CERTAINE HOLLANDERS, TO AND FROM THE EAST INDIES, m I: m KFE THEIR ADUENTURES AND SUCCESSE. THe ancient Historiographers anJ discribers of the world haiie much commended, and at large with great prayse set downe the diners and seuerall voyages of many noble & va- liant Captains (as of Alexander Magnus, Scleiiciis, Antiochiis, Patrocles, Onesecritus) into the East Indies, which notwithstamiing haiie not set downe a great part of those coontries, as not being as then discoiicred, whereby it is thought and iudged by some men, that India is the full third part of all the world, because of the great Prouinces, mighty citties and famous Islands (fuK )f costly marchandises, and treasures from thence brought into all partes of the worlde) that are therein: Wherein the auncient writers were very curious, and yet not so much as men in our age : They had some knowledge thereof, but altogether vncertaine, but we at this day are fully certified therein, both touching the countries, townes, streames and hauens, with the trafiques therein vscd and frequented, whereby all the world, so farre distant and seperated from those strange nations, are by trade of marchandises vnited there- vnto, &c therby commonly knowne vnto them : The Portingalles first began to enterprise the voyage, who by art of nauigation (in our time much more experienced & greater then in times past, and therefore easilier performed) discouered those wild Countries of India, therein procuring great honour to their King, making his name famous and bringing a spe- ciall and great profite of all kindes of spices into their Countrie, which thereby is spread throughout all the worlde, yet that sufficed not, for that the Englishmen ( not inferiour to any nation in the world for arte of nauigation ) haue likewise vndertaken the Indian voyage, and by their said voyages into those Countries, made the same commonly knowne vnto their Country, wherein Sir Frances Drake, and M. Candish are chiefly to bee commended, who not oncly sayled into the East Indies, but also rounde about the world, with most prosperous voyages, by which their voyages, ours haue beene furthered and set forwarde, for that the con- dition of the Indies is, that the more it is sayled into, the more it is discouered, by such as saylc the same, so strange a Countrey it is; So that besides the famous voyages of the Countries afore- said, in the ende certain people came into Holland (a nation wel known ) certifying them, that they migiit easily prepare certaine shippes to sayle into the East Indies, there to traffique & buy spyccs etc. By sayling straight from Hollande, and also from other countries bordering about it, with !i ■M I've ' f|.*^! ]f'm ;[i''..;,i j] ■m 220 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Thefoure Hollander t' ■ii '«i' t ,»<*< III < with desire to see strange and rich wares of other Countries, & that should not be brought vnto them by strangers, but by their owne countrey men, which some men would esteeme to be impossible, considering the long voyage and the daungers thereof, together with the vnaccustomed saylinges and little knowledge thereof by such as neuer sayled that way, and rather esteeme it madnesse, then any point of wisedome, and folly rather then good con- sideration. But notwithstanding wee haue scene foure ships make that voyage, who after many dangers hauing performed their voyage, returned againe and haue brought with thein those wares, that would neuer haue beene thought conlde haue beene brought into these countries by any Holland ships ; but what shoulde I herein most commende eyther the wil- lingnesse and good performance of the parties, or the happinesse of their voyage ? whereof that I may giue the reader some knowledge, I will shew what I haue hearde and beene in- formed of, concerning the description of the Countries, customes, and manners of the na- tions, by them in this voyage scene & discouered, which is as foUoweth. In the yeare of our Lord 1595. vpon the JO. day of the month of March, there departed from Amsterdam three ships and a Pinnace to sayle into the East Indies, set forth by diners ^'shVssetsaTe ^'^^ Marchautcs : The first called Mauritius, of the burthen of 400. tunnes, hauing in her sixe " demie canon, fourteene Culuerins, and other peeces, & 4. peeces to shoot stones, and 8 K men : the Mayster lohn Moleuate, the Factor Cornelius Houtman : The second named Ho;- landia, of the burthen of 400. tunnes, hauing 85. men, seuen brassc peeces, twelue peeces for stones, and 13. iron peeces, the Mayster lohn Dignums, the Factor Gerrit van Buiningen, the thirde called Amsterdam, of the burthen of 200. tuns, wherein were 59. men, sixe brasse peeces, ten iron peeces, and sixe peeces for stones, the Mayster lohn lacobson Schellinger, the Factor Reginer van Hel : The fourth being a Pinnace called the Doue, of the burthen of 50. tunnes, with twenty men, the Mayster Simon Lambertson : Which 4. ships vpon the 21. of the same moneth came vnto the Tassel, where they stayed for the space of 12. daies to take in their lading, and the seconde of Aprill following, they set saile with a North east winde & following on their course the fourth of the same moneth they passed the heades ; The sixt they saw Heyssant, the 10. of April they passed by theBarles of Disbon : With an East and North East wind, the 17. of Aprill they discouered two of the Islands of Canaries : The 19. Palm, and Pic, Los Romeros, and Fero : The 25. of Aprill they saw Bona visita, the 16. they ankered vnder Isole de May : The 27. they set sayle againe and held their course South Southeast. The 4. of May, we espied two of the King of Spaines ships, that came from Lisbone, and went for the East Indies, about 1000. or 1200. tunnes each ship, with whom we spake, and told them that we were bound for the straights of Magellanes, but being better of sayle then they wee got presently out of their sight. The 12. of May being vnder fine de- grees on this side the Equinoctiall line, we espyed fine ships laden with Sugar, comming from . the Island of S. Thomas, and sayled for Lisbone, to whome we gaue certaine letters, which were safely deliuered in Holland. Departing from them and keeping on our course, vpon the fourth of Iiine we passed the Equinoctial line, where the extreame heat of the ayre Their victuaiies spoylcd all our victuailcs : Our flesh and fishe stunke, our Bisket molded, our Beere sowred, spoytV"'' o""* water stunke, and our Butter became as thinne as Oyle, whereby diuers of our men fell sicke, and many of them dyed ; but after that we learned what meat and drinke we should They passed the carrlc with vs that would keepe good. The 28 of lune wee passed the sandes of Brasill, by X." ° "" the Portingalles called Abrolhos, which are certaine places which men must looke warely vnto, otherwise they are very dangerous. These sandes lie vnder 18. degrees, and you must passe betweene the coast of Guine and the sandes aforesaid, not going too neer eyther of them, otherwise close by the Coast there are great calmes, thunders, raines & lightnings, with great stormes, harde by the sands men arc ill daungcr to be cast away: and so sayling on their course, first East South East, then East and East and by North. Vpon the seconde of luly wee passed Tropicus Cancri, vnder 23. degrees, and ^. The 13. of the same Month, we espied many blacke birdes. The 19. great numbers of white birdes, and the 20. a bird as bigge as a Swan, whereof foure or fiue together IhIjH hi I: m : si'-i! Ships voyage. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. H^l together is a good signe of being neere the Cape do bona Sperance. These birdes arc 1^^"'l°l^l'^ alwaies about the said Cape, and are good signes of being before it. spcr' n'e. °' ' The second of August we saw the land of the Cape de bona Sperance, and the fourth of the same Month we entered into a haucn called Agne Sambras, where wee ankered, and found They entcKd good depth at 8. or 9. fadome water, sandy ground. |,';;°,^snc s«n. The 5. day we went on shore to gather fruite, therewith to refresh our sicke men, that were thirty or 33 in one shippe. In this bay lyeth a smal Islande, wherein are many birdes called Pyncuius and sea Wolues that are taken with mens handes : we went into the countrey and spake with the inhabitantes, who brought diucrs fresh victuailes aborde our shippes, for a knife or small peece of Iron, etc. giuing vs an Oxe, or a sheepe etc. The sheepe in those Countries haue great tayles, and are fat and delicate. Their Oxen are indifferent good, hauing lumps of flesh vpon their backes, that arc as fat as any of our good brisket beefe : the in- habitantes are of small stature, well ioynted and boned, they goe naked, couering their mem- bers with Foxes and other beastes tayles: they sceme cruell, yet with vs they vsed all kind of friendship, but are very beastly and stinking, in such sort, that you may smell them in the wind at the least a fadome from you : They are apparelled with beastes skinnes made fast about their neckes: some of them, being of the better sort, had their mantles cut & raysed chcckcrwise, which is a great ornament with them : They eate raw flesh, as it is new killed, and the entrailes of beastes without washing or making cleane, gnawing it like dogs, vnder their feet they tye peeces of beastes skinnes, in steed of shooes, that they may trauel in the hardwaycs: We could not see their habitations, for wee saw no houses they had, neither could wee vnderstande them, for they speake very strangely, much like the children in our Countrey with their pipes, and clocking like Turkey Cockes : At the first wee saw about thirtie of them, with weapons like pikes, with broade heades of Iron, about their armes they ware ringes of Elpen bones : There wee coulde finde ney ther Oringes nor Lemons, which we purposely sought for. The II. of August we hoysed anker, sayling towards the Island of S. Laurence, and the 22. of the same month we had a contrary wind that blew North East : The 25. a West winde, and With whn so held our course East North East : The 28. there blew a South East wind, & the 30. a South '^of.ulx'na. West winde, and our course lay North North East to sayle to the Isle of S. Laurence. The first of September wee discouered the point of the Islande of S. Laurence, vnder 16. de- grees, and the third day we saw the Island being very desirous to go on land, for that many of our men were sicke, whereby wee coulde hardly rule our shippes, or bring them farther without healing, or refreshing of our men. The 9. of September lohn Schellinger sent out Theyhadgrtat his boate lo rowe to lande, where they founde three Fishermen, of whome for two or three "or^Ses!' kniues they had great store of fishes. The 13. we entered into a small Bay, but because wee founde no good anker ground, as also being very foule we sayled out a^aine. The 14. we saylcd vnder a small Island about a mile or 2. great, by the Hollanders called their Church yarde, or the dead Island, because many saylers dying in that place, were buried in the African earth, and the 29. of the same Month died lohn Dignumsz Mayster of the Lyon of Holland, and was buried the next day after. There lohn Peters of Delft Sayler of the Hollandia, & Koelken van Maidenblick of the Amsterdam were set on shore vpon the Island of S. Laurence, where they were left, because tliey had committed certaine notorious crimes. Slcane time the Pinnace was sent out to looke for fresh water, which hauing found, the boat returned to bring vs newcs, and therewith the fleete sayled thither, and the 10. of Oc- tober the shippes ankered before the Riuer, and went on shore, where we found good pro- \iisi()n of all necessaries, the inhabitantes being very willing thereunto, bringing vs of al things that we needed, where for a Pewter Spoone wee had an Oxe, or three sheepe. The 11. of October we went on shore with a boat full of sicke men, and the next day we were assaylcd »^ow the wiue by a company of wild men, against whom our weapons little preuayled, for they hurt one of ""5",""^^'^,^ our men and tooke all that we had from vs, whereby vpon the thirteenth of the same Month, themtoinsconce wie were forced to insconse our selues with peeces of wood, and braunches of trees, making "'"''""' Cabins within our Sconse, for that the 15. of October they came againe, but then we tooke G g one, '•-if. m "'' i« ..;?;! W 222 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Thcfoure Hollanders The nianei & cuitomc of iht wild peofle. The ivilde men broght things abordc to com- fort them. The inscription of one of their kings. The wildc )'eo" pie taint; on borde their ships ind nemed very iritndly. one, and slew another of tliem. The 19. of Nouember our Pilot Claes lanson was intrapped and miirthercd by the wild people, althongli we vsed all the means we could to helpe him, but they Feared no weapons, about ten or twchie dayes after wc tooke one of them that paidc for his death. The lirst of December our men hauiiig for the most part recouered their healthes, were all carryed aborde the ships : in that parte of Madagascar the people are of good condition, and goc naked, onely with a Cotton cloth before their priuie mem- bers, and some from their breasts downward : Their ornaments are Cojjper ringcs about their armcs, but Tin rings ate more esteemed with them, and therefore tinnc with theiii is good marchaundise. Their Oxen haue great himpes of fat vj)on their backes : Their sheepes tayles way at the least tweliie pound, being of ai\ ellc long, & two and twentie inches thick. They gauc vs six of those sheepe for a tinne Spooiie : They dwel in cottages and line very poorely : they feare the noyse of a peece, for wilh one Caliuer you shall make an hundred of them runne away : Wee coulde not perccyue any religion they had, but after wee were informed that they helde the law of Mahomet, for the two boyes that wee tooke from of the land, shewed vs their circumcision : There wc found no fruit of Tambaxiumes, but great numbers of Parrats, Medicals, and Turtle Doues, whereof we killed and eat many. The second of December we burned our sconse, and fourteene of our men going further into the Islande brought certaine of the countreymen prisoners, and being abord our ships taught them what they shoulde doe. The thirteenth of December wee hoysed anker, mind- ing to holde on our course for the Islands of laua, & for that by reason of the pleasant- nesse of the ayre we had in a manner all recouered our healthes, we set our course East and by North, and East Northeast. The nineteenth of the same Month wee were seperated by foule weather, & the 2'i. with great ioy we met againe. The tenth of lanuarie Vechter Willemson dyed, being a verie honest man, and Pilot in Molenaers shippe, for whome we were much grieued, and the same day we determined to put back againe for the Islande of S. Laurence, for as then wee began againe to haue a great scouring among our men, and many of them fell sicke: But presently therevpon we espied the Islande of Saint Mary, and the next day being arriued there, some of the inhabitants came abord our shippes with a basket of Ryce, Sugar canes, Citrons, Lemons, 8e Hens, whereof we were very glad, as being phisicke for vs. Tiie 13. 14. 15. 16. and 17. dayes we were on land, where we bought Ryce, Hens, Sugar- canes, Citrons and Lemons in great aboundance, and other kinde of fruitcs to vs vnknowne, also good fish, and greene Ginger : There we tooke a Fish, which thirteen men could hardly pull into our shippe, and because the Island was little, and we had many men, wee entred into the Bay of the firme land with our Pinnace, where for a string of Beades of small value we had a tunne of Ryce: The King came abord our Pinnace to see it, & was as blacke as a Deuill, with two homes made fast vpon his heade, and all his body naked like the rest of the countrey people. This Island lyeth about a small mile from Madagascar, about 19. degrees Southward from the Equinoctiall line (Madagascar or S. Laurence is an Jslande belonging to the Countrey of Africa, and lyeth Southwarde vnder 26 degrees, ending Northwarde vnder 11. degrees by the inhabitants it is called Madagascar, & by the Portingallcs the Islande of S. Lau- rence, because it was discoucred on S. Laurence day : The riches of this Island is great, it aboundeth in Ryce, Ilonnic, Waxe, Cotton, Lemons, Cloucs etc. The inhabitantes are blacke and go naked, but the haire vpon their hcades is not so much curled as those of the Mo- sanibique, & they are not ful so blacke.) The 23. of lanuary we ankered before a Riuer where likewise wc had all kind of neces- saries, and after that we went to lie vnder a small Islande within the same Bay. The 25. of lanuarie there came some of the wild people aborde our ships, making signes to haue vs go on land, which we did, and there we had good Ryce & other fruits in great abundance. On the left side of the entry of the Riuer lyeth one of their Townes, and on the right hand two townes, where we had most of our trafique. The 26. of lanuarie wee had interpreters, whom we made to drink wine, wherewith they were as drunk as bcastes. The Ships voyage. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIIiS. ^:mf. Tlic manner & condition of the people inhabiting in the ,<;;rcat Bay of Antogilj on this side the Equinoctiall line vnder 16 degrees, on tiic South side of the Island Madagascar. IT is a very great Bay, about ten mile broadc, behind it lyeth a hi<;Ii Island, and three small Islandfr: there is good harbour against all windes. The Island is inhabited, and there- in groweth all kindes of fruites, it hath a great fall nf water that comincth down out of the liillcs, where we laded all our water, and halfc a mile from thence within the land, there runneth a great Riucr, wherein likewise there is much water to be had, when you enter into the Riucr about a quarter of a mile inward on the left hand, ther is a smal towne or village, not closed nor fortified, in it there is al)out iiJOO. houses, & on the right hand where the Riuer diuideth it selfe, there is two other such Townes : They were all compassed with palles, and the houses were placed about two foote aboue the ground, vpon foure or line palles or stakes of wood, and all the vppcr partes of reede and strawe. The cause why W''y'>'jif ^ their houses are made so high from the ground is to auoide the danger of venemous beastcs hiXihuus <'>' that are there in great aboundance, as Serpents, Snakes, Camelions, and other kindes of ""''• bcastes. The people are very blacke, .but their hayre and beardes are not so much curled as the right Mores, nor their noses nor lippes so great nor flat. They are subtill and strong people, much addicted to drinking, for they will bee as drunke as Swine, with a kind of drinke made of Honie & Ryce. They go naked, onely that about their midles they weare ^,'^°„'^ij'J.'[„°[, a cloth made of the barke of a free, drawne in small thrcedes : they make and vse very line in thatcouu- Mats to sitte vppon : They haue no great store of weapons, for that halfe of them are vn-'"^'" prouided, and tiiat they vse is a speare of nine or ten foote long, with a great wooden Tar- get : They arc very fearefull of our Caliuers, for 5. or sixe men with Caliuers will cause great numbers of them to flie away : We taught them what our peeces ment, for wee per- ceyucd that they knew them not, before they had proued them : at the first they thought they coulde carry no further then their owne lengthes, for they knew not what they were : Their Kinges ornamcntes were ten or twelue Copper Rings about his armes : if we had had such Ringes with vs, wee might haue sold them at what prices wee woulde. They likewise vse beades of Glasse, which they weare about their armes and neckes, by them esteemed for great ornaments : for a boxe of beades of small value, we had an Oxe, or three or foure Sheepe ; rounde about this Bay are townes and villages, where you may haue of all things to refresh your selues, Lemons and Citrons are there greater and better then in Por- tingall : Likewise Oringes, Ryce, Hennes, Goats, Honie, and many other sortes of fruites, and to conclude it is the best Bay in all the world to refresh ships. Being on land we were wel entertayned, and must of force drink with them of their drinke made of Hony and Ryce: There w;e trafiqued with them, and had sufficient of euery thing, but euery night we went aborde our shippes. The third of February we had so great a storme, that most of our ankers were lost, and we ran vpon the land in great daunger to cast our ships away, but God holpe vs, for the storme ceased, and then we went to hoyse vp our lost ankers, and so againe went to anker vnder the Island, glad that we had so well escaped that daunger. The fift of February we went to seeke for our boats, but the wild men had smitten them in peeces, & taken out the nailes, thinking likewise that our shippes woulde haue beene ca :l, '(■ %:. •■•llv.ftf m m m m ■m u > ■ :■ sri-i VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Tliefoia'e HoUandert i:i;i but when they sawe eight or nine of their fellowes dead, they fled into the woodcs, and wee entering vpon the lande set fire on their houses, whereof we burnt about twentie or thirtie. The 9. of Februarie we sailed on the other side to buy cattle, and other necessaries, but they seemed vnwilling to deale with vs, but we threatning to burne their houses, they brought vs Cattle and fruites inough, with all things else to our desires. The 12. of Februarie wee hoised anker, and set sayle out of the great Bay of Antongilf, being well prouidcd of all necessaries, we put out with a North wind, the Bay stretching Northeast and Southwest : The 2. of March we had a West windc, our course being East and East & by North towards laua. In March and Aprill about the Islande of Brandawe, we found that our Compasses helde two Strikes to farre Northwarde, and we coulde not per- ceiue the sands that are set downe in the Portingalles sea Cards, but we saw many turnings of streames, and we were much troubled with calmes, but with tlie new Moone we had winde enough out of the West & North West. The 27. of May we found the water abord our shippes to bee much lessened, and therefore eucry mans portion was but halfe as much as he was wont to haue ; so that each man was allowed but foure draughts euery day, which was but a small quantitie. Whereby through the extreame heat we endured great thirst, so that at that time a draught of water abord our ship was worth a Riall of 8. The first of luly we saw the Islande of Emgano, whereat we much reioyced, because of the great thirst wee endured in our shippe, and when wee made neerer to it, we perceyued it to be an Islande lying before the straightes of Sonda, vnder 9. degrees on the South side of the line. The sixtof luly we put somewhat nearer to the land, and there we saw sixe or seuen canoe>s lying vnder the shore, but farre off, and durst not make toward vs : in the end we manned out a shalop & rowed to land, but they made from vs, & when our men were hard by the shore, there we saw about 40. or 50. of them standing vpon the shore with their bowes ; wherewith our men durst not land, for they seemed to be a cruell kind of people, and altogether wild, for they went all naked, not hauing any thing before their priuy mem- bers. They, were of a reddish colour, but when our men saw no aduantage they turned again vnto their shippes. The seuenth of luly we saw the point of the land of Sumatra, which is a verie high land descending downewarde with a long end. The 11. of the same Month we were close vnder the land, where there lay an Island, and there we ankered. The 12. of July in the morning we saw certaine ships, whereof one came vnto vs, wee rowed vnto it with a shalop, and spake with it, but we could not vnderstand them, but they shewed vs where we should haue water, which made vs glad, that wee might once againe haue our bellies full of water : it being almost foure Monthes that wee had not scene any land, nor taken in any fresh victuailes. We sent our Pinace to the firme land of Sumatra, there to seeke for some reliefe : for that where we lay there dwelt not any man. The 13. The nwn'i^of of luly the Captain or principall ruler of Sumatra came abord our ships to see them, which SumatMscom." was doue with great solemnitie, hee being apparelled after the Turkish manner, with a Diing on bord. wreath about his heade, and a fearefull countenance, small eyes, great eye browes, and little oeard, for a man might tell all the haires vpon his chinne : he brought vs a present of Betele, which are leaues which they continually chaw, and eat it with chalke. This Island of Sumatra or Taprobana (as it is saide) is the greatest of all the Orientall Islandes, it is diuided from the firme land of Malacca by a straight and dangerous sea, by reason of many Islandes and cliffcs that are within it ; Out of this Island as some men are of opinion, Salomon had his Gold wherewith he beautified the Temple, and his owne pallace, and then in the Bible it should be named Orphir, for certainly Sumatra is rich of mynes of Golde, Siluer, and Mettall, and the inhabitants therof are very expert in melting of brasse peeces : Therein is a fountaine of pure Balsame, the Portingalles haue no fortresse therein, yet they traffique in certaine haucns, specially in Pedir and Campar : There is also in this Island a place called Manancabo, where they make poinyardes and daggers, by them calde f cryses. ■% Ships voyage. TRAFFIQUES. AND DISCOUERIKS. 22r. cryscs, which are much esteemed in those Countries, and those of Malacca and laua, hold them for their best weapons, and with them are very bold. The same day our Pinnace returned againe vnto vs, bringing vs good newes, that wee were welcome vnto the Countrey people, and brought vs certainc Indian Nuttes or C'ocus, Melons, Coconb>''rs, Onions, Garlicke, and a sample of Peper and other spices, which liked va well. The fourteenth of lune we laded in some fresh water. Right ouer against Sumatra, on the South side of the Equinoctiall lyeth the Islande of laua Maior, or great lau.i, and these two Islandes arc dciiidcd by a straight commonly called the straight of Sunda, which lyeth between these two Islands, bearing the name of the principall hauen of laua called Sunda : In this channel there runneth a great streame, and course of narrow waters, through this straight M. Candish an Englishman passed with hh ship, comming out of the South sea from new Spaine. laua beginneth vnder seuen degrees on the South side, and so stretchcth East and South 1.^)0. miles long, it is very fruitful!, spe- cially of Ryce, Catle, Hogge«, Shccpe, Hcnnes, Onions, Garlikc, Indian Nuttes, and all kinde of spices, as Clones, Nnlmeggcs, Mace, etc. Which they carrie to Malacca. The chiefe hauen in the Islande is Sunda Calapa, there you haue much Pepper, better then that of India, or of Malabar, & there you may yeareiy lade 4. or 50(X). Quintales of Pepper Portingall waight, there likewise you haue great store of frankencense, Camphora, & some Diamants: but they haue no other kinde of money but a certaine peece called Caixa, as bigge as a Hollands Doibt, but not so thicke, with a hole in the middle to hang it vpon u string, in which manner they commonly hange hundrethes or thousandes together, and with them they know how to make their accounted which is two hundred Caixas make a Sata, and fiue Satas make a thousand Caixas, which is as much as one Crusade of Portingall, or three Carolus Gilderns, Flemish money : Pepper is solde by the sacke, each sacke waying 45. Catten waight of China, each Catte as much as 20. ounces Portingall waight, and each sacke is worth in that Country at the least 500U. Caixas, and when it is highest atG. or 7000. Caixas : Mace, Cloues, Nutmegs, white and blacke Beniamin, Camphora, are sold by the Bhar, each barre waying 330. Catten of China : Mace that is faire & good is commonly worth from 100. to 120. thousande Caixas : Good Cloues accordingly, and foure Cloues called Bastan are worth 70. & 80. thousand Caixas the Bhar : Nutmegs are alwaies worth 20. & 25. thousand Caixas the Bhar: White and blacke Beniamin is worth 150. and ISO. thousand Caixas, ard sometimes 200. thousand. The wares that are there desired and exchanged for spices, are diuers sortes and colours of Cotton Linnen, which come out of seuerati Pro- uinces ; and if our Cambricke or fine Hollande were carryed thither, it would peraduen- ture bee more esteemed then the Cotton linnen of India. The 15. of lune there rowed a scute called a Prawen harde vnder the lande by vs, wee called him, but not against his will, and shewed him siluer, and other wares that liked him well, he bad vs make towards the strand, and told vs of Bantam, saying that there we should haue al kinds of Merchandise. Then we made signs vnto him that if he wold bring vs to Bantam, we wold pay him for his labor, he asked vs 5. rialles of 8. and a red cap, which we graunted vnto, and so one of the men in the scute came on bord the Mauritius, and was our Pilot to Bantam, where we passed by many Islandes. The nineteenth of luly as wee sailed by a towne, many Portingalles horded vs, and brought vs certaine Cociis and Hens to sell, which wee bought for other wares. The 22. of the same Month wee came before the towne of Bantam, within three miles of it, and there ankered vnder an Island. The same day about euening a scute of Portingals borded vs that were sent by the Gouernour to see what ships we were, & when we shewed them that wee came thither to traficke with them, they told vs, that there was the right Pepper country, & that there we might haue our lading, that new Pepper was readie to be gathered, and would be ripe within two Monthes after, which pleased vs well, for wee had already beene fifteene Monthes and twelue daies vppon our voyage, hauing endured great daungers, miseries and thirst , many of our men by sicknesse being dead. The , . 1 1 ' vl^ VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, The foil re Hollander $ 1} fJc,- m The 23. of lime wee Iioyscd our ankers, and went close to the towne of Bantam, and ankered hardc l)y 4. small Islands, that lie right North from the Towne : the same day the Sabander (who is there one of the greatest oflicers next the King) ramo abord our shippcs, asking vs what we would haue, we said we were come to buy I'cppcr and other spyces, and that wee had readie money, and ccrtaine wares, whereof we siicwed iiim some parte, •which hee liked well, saying that there wee might haue lading enough, shewing vs great countenance. The some day likewise there came a great number of scutes vnto our ships, bringing all kinds of victuailes tosei, as llcnnes, Egges, Cocus, Ilonana■»; . ■:',:';'lj ;W8 m > !*■■:':. VOYAGES. NAUrCATION'S, TJicfoure IloUamkn what people come thither, what wares arc there most desired, what nntinti!} bring them thither, or come to fetch them, together with their religion, customer, & manner of house keeping. HAntam lyeth in the I^lande of laua maior, about 2.'>. miles to sea ward within the Isle, between Sumatra and laua : On both sides of the Townc tliere runneth a Uiuer, about 3 foot and a half deep, so that no shippes can enter into them: The Towne is compassed about with a Uiuer: The towne is ahnost as great in compasse as the ohl townc of Amsterdam : The wals are made with flankers : They hauc great numbers of Peeces therein, but they knowe not how to vse them, for they feare them much : all their I'ecces are of brasse, & they haue many brazen bases. Their wallcs arc not aboue two foote thickc made of brickes: cilery flanker hath diners mastes and peeces of wood, which they vse when they arc be- siei^cd by their enemies. The houses are made of straw and reedes, standing vpon 4. wooddcn postes. The rich haue their chambers all hanged with silken Curtins, or els with cotton linnen : Their houses arc most placed vnder Cocus trees, whereof the towne is full : Without the wallcs are many houses, wherein strangers for the most p. it hauc their dwell- inges. The towne hath three great market places, wherein dayly there is markets holden, where you may buy all kindes of wares, and where there commeih a great number of people, very strange to beholde: Within the towne there is a great church or miiske of wood, wherein they obserue the law of Mahomet : Gentlemen & men of any qualitie haue their owne muskes in their houses. The towne is not built with streetes, nor the houses placed in order, but very foule lying full of filthy water, which men must passe through, or leape ouer, for they haue no biidgcs: In the towne there is great resort of diuers Countries and nations, as of Malacca, Dengula, Malabar, Guihercters of Pegu, Sani Malicas, Banda, China and of many Kingdomes that haue great traffique for Pepper, that groweth rounde about Bantam, which in August and September is ripe, there you haue Nutmegs, out of the Island of Banda, and Clones from Moluca, which the Portingallcs doe most buy vp: Wee bought Nutmegs there for a blank a pound: All victuailes and ncrf-ssaries arc there in great aboundance to be had, as Hennes, Ilartes, Fish, and Ryce, and diuers kindes of fruites, as Auanas, Cocus, Bonanas, Manges, Doroyens, Licca, Pruna, Grapes, Oranges, Lemons, Pomegarnets, Cocombers, Melons, Onions. Garlicke; but breade they haue none, but in steade of it they eate Ryce: Beefe is there the dearest victuaile, for an Oxe in that place is worth 7. 8. or 9. Rialles of 8. The Chinars haue the greatest and most trafficke in that towne. They come thither in the Month of lanuarie, with 8. or 9. great shippes, bring- ing all sorts of Porseline, silks, Damanke, gold thread. Iron pannes, and lauas money called Caixas, whereof 12000. make a Ryall of eyght: They are hanged vpon sfringes by two hun- dred together, for the which they both buy & sel al kinds of marchandises, and there they lade Pepper which they rarrie into China : Without the towne they haue a great place wherein they commonly vse to sell their wares, and there they dwell, and haue g'-cater and better houses then any are within the towne, all made of reedes, onely that in ci ery house they haue a square place made of stone, wherein they put their wares to keepc them from burning, as some riche men in the towne likewise haue: The Chinars are very -^iibtill and industrious people, and will refuse no labour nor paynes to yearne money, there ihcy make much Aqua vita; of Ryce and Cocus, and tralTicke much therewith, which the lauars by night come to buy, and drinke it secretly, for by Mahomets law it is forbidden them. The Chinars liue there with free libertie: When they come to remaine there for a yeare or more as they thinke good, they buy themselues a wife or two, or more as they thinke good, and liue together like man and wife, and when they meane to depart, they sell their wiues again, but if they haue children they take tliem with them & so returne to China : They hauc no special religion, but pray vnto the Deuill, that he would not hurt them, for tliey know that the Deuill is wicked, and that God is good, and hurteth no man, therefore they thinke it needlesse to pray to God. They acknowledge not the resurrection of the deade, but when a man dyeth they thinke he neuer riseth again : In their houses they haue great painted Deuils, before the which they place wax candles, and sing vnto them, praying them not to Shtpn voya.Ke. TR AFriQl'F-^, AND DISCOUKRIES. tW to hurt them, and the more mon>*troii«< that their shapes be, the more they honour thetn. These people line very hanlly ami poorely within Hantam, for there is not any woric or • labour how (illhy soeiier it be, but they will do it to E;ct money, and when they hauc ;;ottfn something f!iey rclurnc a^aine to China. They are vcrie like lewes in our countrey, for thev nciier goe without a paire of balianres, and all thin^et is trood wares with them, aiul are ready to do any seruiee. When we ramc lirst before Bantam, they eamc fiiery day in gi«Mf companies into our shipper, and there set out their wares to sel, as siikes, sowing silkes, and porselines, so that our vpper deckcs were full of pcdlcrs, that wee could hardly waike vpon the hatclies. The manner, coniliti< 'i, customo, {juiii^, standinj;, apparrll, housekeeping, wares, and bthauiour of the lauars in Jiaiilam. THc lauarH and inhabitants of Bantam, arc proudc and obstinate, with a very stately pace, they hold the law of Mahoitiet, which they hauc not had aboue 35. ycares, for as yet there are many heathens amon^ them that neucr were made Mores: it is a very lyini>;and thceuish kind of people, not in any sort to bee trusted. Their apparcll both of rich and poorc is a cotton cloth, and some of silkc about their middles, which they tic about them with a girdle, the vpper parte and from the knees downewarde all naked; most of them goc bareheaded, but the principallest of them hauc a wreath or Turkish roule about their heades, and some _^ little cappes ; Their priestes come out of Meca in Arabia, and are yellowe of colour : Their whit wMpii weapon is a poinyard, which they call Crisis: it is made with hilt.s, and the handle is a Dcuil •'"^i'"'""' cut out of wood or bone : the sheathes are of wood : with them they arc very boldc, and it is accounted for a great shame with them if they liaue not such a Dagger, both yong, old, rich & poore, and yong children of fine or sixe yearcs olde, and when they go to the warrcs they hauc targets, and some long speares, but most of them such poinyardes: They vsc neyther great shotte nor caliuers when they go against their enemies : for a small matter one King wil make warre against another. When we came first before Bantam, we ofTered to make a contract with the Gouernor and the counsell of the townc, that they should deliuer vs a certaine quantitie of Pepper, and wee wouldc goc with our shippes before Palimbam, and heipe them to reuenge the death of their Kings vppon their enemies, for (as they said) we might goe within a bowe shot of the towne with our shippes, and the Towne is but of wood without walles, so that we would presently haue beaten it downe to the ground. They offered vs some of their principall Gouernours to be left for pledges in our shippes, and their men woulde sayle in their fustes, such as shoulde go on land, and we should doe nothing els but shoote out of our shippes, but our Captaines would not do it, considering our small number of men. The lauers take as many wiues as they will, and are able to maintaine; How many but the common people hauc but one, & some two married wiucs, and some !0. 20. and """"'"J' '"'"• liO. concubines ; For a small matter they will sende their married wiues home agayne vnto their fathers, when they hauc layne fine or sixe dayes with them, saying they like them not, and so their marriage is vndone, when they desire it. The manner, customc, housholding, chiidbcnring, sporting & clcanlinessc of the women in Bantam. THe women of the towne are well kept from such as arc circumcised, whereof the rich men haue many, and from other men or their friendes, for their ownc sonnes may not come into the house where the women arc. They lie all naked and chaw Betelle, and haue a slauish woman that continually scratcheth their bodies, that is, such as are married women, but sucli as are concubines arc as v iting Gentlewomen to the married womeni whc.i they goe out to giue them more maiestie, and those that haue the greatest number are of most estimation : The Concubines haue but fewe children, for the married women poyson their children, and these concubines are bought and solde : by their apparell a man can hardly discerne the richc from the poore, for they goe ail with a Cotton cloth about their bodies vp to their breastes, •jnd bounde about their middles with an other cloth, bare footed and their heads vncouered, H h their m . i.Wjl M ■ ■ m m m^^' 230 How Pepper groweth in that roiintrcy. VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Thefourc Hollanders A letter sent by our men in the town that were kept pritsncri. Th«y went nearer to the towue. their hayre bound right vpon the top of their heads in a hcape, but when they arc in their pride, they wearc crownes vpon their heads, whereof some of them are of pure goide, and ringes of golde, and some of silucr about their armes, euery one according to their abilitie. They are very curious about their bodyes, for they >vashc thei'nsclucs at the least fiue or sixc times cuery day : they ncuer ease themsclucs nor haue the company of their husbandes, but they presently leape into the water and vrash their bodicit, and therefore the water that runneth through Bantam is very vnholesome; for euery one washcth themselues in it, as well pockic as other people, whereby wee lost some of our men that drunkc of the water: The women are verie idle, for they do nothing all the day but lie downe; t!ie poore slaues must doc all the drudgerie, and the men sit all day vpon a mat, & chaw Betele, hauing ten or twentie women about them, and when they make water, presently one of the women washoth their member, and so they sit playing all the day with their women; Many of them haue slaues that play vppon inslrumcntes much like our Shakebois, they haue likewise great basons whereon they strike, & therewith know how to make good musicke, whereat the women daunce, not leaping much, but winding and drawing their bodies, armes and shoulders, which they vse all night long, so that in the night time they make a great noyse with basons and other instruments, and the man he sitteth and looketh vpon them, cuerie one of tlie women striuing to doe her best that she may get her husbands fauour and her secreat pleasure. The Gentlemen, Citizens, and marchantes haue their Gardens, and fieldes without the towne, and slaues for the purpose to labour in them, and bring their maisters all kindes of fruit, Hice and Hennes in the towne, as also the Pepper that groweth there, which runneth vp by an other irco, as Hoppes with vs, and groweth in long bunches like Grapes, so that there is at tlie least 2(X). graines in one bunch : it is first greene, and after it becommeth blacke, and is there in great aboundance, so that it is the right Pepper countrey ; for when we came thither they said vnto vs, Aqui ai tanta Piniicnta, como terra, that is, here is as much Pepper as earth, and so we found it, and yet we departed from thence by our ownc follies, without our lading of Pepper: Wee staide for new Pepper, meane time the Portingalles sent their letters into cuery place seeking to hinder our trade : At the first we might haue sufficient, for there we founde enough both to buy for money or to barter. We likewise had money and wares sufficient : we might easily haue had sixe or eight hundred tunnes, as we were aducrtised by some of the countrey, that we should presently buy, for that the Portingalles sought all the means they could to hinder vs, as after it appeared; and therefore he that thinketh to come soone enough, com- mcth oftentimes too late, and we vsed not our time so well as it fell out. The 29. of August we had a letter sent vs by night from our men that were in the towne, that lay in a maner as prisoners, to will vs to let our pledge go a shore, otherwise they feared they shoulde hardly escape with their lines, and great danger might fall vpon them : this pledge came aborde with the 9. slaues. The 30. of August wc sent the pledge and the rest of our lauers to l;\nd, with promise that he would do the best he might to get our men leauc to come aborde : about euening of the same day wee had ncwcs from our men by foure of our saylers that as then they were better vsed, saying they thought they should come aborde when two shippcs were gone that mcnt to saile for Malacca, being laden with Nutmegs and other things. The first of September, and the 2. 3. and 1. wee sent many letters to the Goucrnour and hec to vs, and likewise to our men that were in the towno, being nine in number, all our best marchants and captains, hauing with them about 6. or 7000. Guildcrncs in marchandise, and they againe to vs. The 5. of September when wee perceyucd that dclayes were daungcrous, wee went close to the towne with all our 4. shippes, and so neerc that we had but two fadome muddie grounde, and presently with twoof ourboates for our securitiewec set vppon three lauan shipj)es, whereof two were laden with fish and Cocus, wherein wee founde a man of China, being of some account. The third ship was laden with 20. tunnes of Clones, 6 tunnes of Pepper, and some Benioni, and Piementa da Rauo, wherein we founde fiue Malabardes slaues to the Portingalles, whom wcc Ships voyage. TRAFFIQUKS. AND DISCOUERIES. 831 wee likewise tookc, & they xvcre very willing to goe with vs, thereby to bee eased of the slauery wherevnto the Porlingais put them, and perceyuing that the Portingalles went often to and from another shippc that lay not farre from v«i, we took our Pinace and made towardes it, and being hardc by it, the Portingals left it & set it on fire : This ship had the richest wares in it as the Portingalles slaues tolde vs, for it was laden with fiftie tunnes of Clones, which were burnt in it. The sixt and seuenth of Seplcmbcr we hearde no newes, so that wee went close to the Towne agayne, shooting with our great Pecccs into it, slaying diucrs of the people (as after we were informed:) They likewise shot with their Pecces agaynst vs, which the Portingalles did, for that the lauars hauc little or no skill at all therein, and are very fearefnil of them, and although they had many pecces in the towne, yet they did vs no other hurt then onely shot one of Molenares halfe masts in peeces. The senenth of September wee had a skirmish, which was in this manner, we perceyuing a laiian ship vnder saylc, sent our Pinace with sixe and twentie men in her to fetch it in, which the lauan shippe perceyuing fleddc behinde an Islande, where our Pinace followed him a skirmish be so fast that shec fell a grounde, which the townes men perceyuing, made them rcadie with'„*"7nd»4. '" foure and twentie boates full of men, all armed after their manner, and set forwarde in goodbo*"- order, being diuided in two companies, seuen on starre bord, & 17. on lardde bord of the Pinace, in order like a halfe Moone, threatning vs with their spearcs, they thought by reason of their, great number of men, that they had already taken it, but it fell out otherwise, for they in the Pinace, perceyuing them comming, shotte among them, and they were so near vnto her that we could not shoot at them : and when they were harde by the Pinace, sheegotte a fldtc, as they thought to take her, hauing cast out an anker in good time, and thereby wounde theiiisclucs off the grounde, but for haste they were forced to cutte their Cable, because they had not time enough to winde it vppe, and with all they shotte one of their boates vnder water. The Pinace drawing her boate after her, the lauans presently leapt into it, and ciitte a sunder the roape that heldc it, which they immediately stole from vs, thrusting with their Speares in at the loopc holes. Seuen of their Boates being round about vs were so sharpely paide with the iron peeces, stone peeces, and Caliucrs, that the 17. others durst not come so necre vs: I thinke there were at the least I0(). of them that neuer carryed newes how they sped in that skirmish, for eucry boate had at the least 60. men in it, and they were so thicke in them, tliat they could not help themselucs, nor did any thing els but shake their spearcs, and they shot but one base : their arrowes hurt vs not, and so the Pinace returned agayne vnto our shippes, sayling close before the towne, ami shooting into it with her ordinance: They shot out of the towne, but it hit her not, because they shot with stone pellets, wherewith you cannot shoote so certainly as with iron bullets. The 8. 9. and 10. of September we had letters from our men out of Bantam, by the which they willed vs not to shoot any more, for that the Goucrnour threatned to set them vpon stakes: Houtman wrote they were in good hope that they shouldc bee put to raunsome, which wee counselled them to doe as well as they might. The 1 1 . of September we had a letter from Houtman, and one from the Gouernour, wherein The contents of bee wrote that he would set our men at libertie, so we would be quiet, but if we desired warrc, f' ^oucrnors he woulde once againe come and visite vs in another sort: wee nunswercd him that there he should find vs, that wordes were but wind, & that he should set our men at a reasonable ransome, and thereof send vs an answere the next day. The 12. and 13. of September wee had no answere out of the towne, and we had want of water, and could get none thereabouts but that which came out of the towne, for that the Gouernour had taken order that we should get no water about the towne, so that we hoised ankers to go sceke some. The 17. of September we came before 'i. or 4. Islands which Molenarc and Shellenger sayled betweene, and for that the streame rannc so strong there, they were forced to goe so nigh the shore, that they might almost leape on lande, whereby they escaped great danger, but the other shippe and the Pinace sayled about the Islands, and so met with the other two, and H h 2 casting letter. VV'i'A w'-'n '■^'ii >. S8@ VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Thcfoure Hollanders How the I.iuts vsed our men bciug ptUen(;rs. The miner of their ran'ome. ii casting forth their ankers went on shore, where wee spake with men that saide they would shew vs where wee shouide haue water, so we would giue them two Caliuers. The 18. 19. 20. 23. and 34'. we stayed to lade water, for it was hard to get, and we were forced to keep good watch, which done hoysing ankers againe, wee sayled towardes Bantam, holding our course Eastwarde. The 27. we sayled Northeast towardes the lande oflaiia maior. The 28. setting sayle agayne, we kept East Northeast along by the coast of laua, & about noone because of the great streame that runneth in the straight, wee were forced to anker, and the 30. day wee set sayle againe. The first of October in the euening wee came to a great Islande, being three miles from the towne, and there we ankered finding good clay ground. The 2. of October wee had a letter from our men, how they were seperatcd one from the other, and kept by the Gentlemen of the towne, and their wares parted among them. The 3. 4. and 5. when wee were againe before the towne, we had other letters, tliat by our comming they were better vsed, and hoped to bee set at a reasonable ransome, and that they promised that one of our men should come abordc, so he would returne againe into towne, that shouide by worde of mouth certifie vs what hope they were in, and the cause thereof, that we might the better belieue it. The G. of October in the night one of our men came aborde, and shewed vs what had past, when we shotte into the towne, how they were seperated and kept clo«e prisoners, aivl cruelly threatned by the lauers, whereby they still expected when they should bee put to death, and howe they sought all the meanes they coulde to make them to deny their faith, and be- come Mores, but they remayned constant, and saide they woulde rather die, and that they had by force shauen three of our men after the Morish manner, and how the Portingals had sought all the meanes they coulde to buy them for slaues, oflering money for them that they might sende them to Malacca, how they were set at libertie againe, & might goe where they woulde within the towne, and so they hoped all would be well, and that they shouide bee set at libertie for some small ransome, and that the Goucrnour asked them 3000. llialles of 8. but they hoped to bring him to 2000. whereat we much reioyced. The 8. 9. and 10. of October we passed oner to make some agreement with them that we might be quiet. The 11. of October they ngreede vppon a ransome of 2000. Kyallcs of eyght, and were con- tent, that what goodes soeuer we had taken from them, wee shouide keepe as our owne, and for our goodes that they had stolen, and forcibly taken from our men within the towne, they would kecpe them, and so exchange one for the other, they likewise were content to quit vs of all our debts, that we ought within the towne °yther to the Gouernor or to any other man, and that from thence forwarde we should be free, and traffique in the towne, both to buy and sell when it pleased vs, & with their good willcs as we had done, and before we paide our money, the towne was to sende two men aborde our ships, which done, we were to pay the halfe of our ransome, and vpon the payment thereof, they shouide set halfe of our men at liberty, and that h.nlfc of our men being come aborde, wee wrre to pay the other halfe of our ransome, which \vas 1000. llyalles of eyght ; which being performed, their two men, and their other halfe of our men were on both sides to bee deliuered and sette free, and without contradiction it was performed. The 12. and 13. this agreement being ended, diners victuailers came aborde our shippcs to sell vs Ilennes, Egge.>j, and all other kind of vi« 'uailes. The 1-4. we gaue ccrtaine presentes in signc of good will, to such as had shewed vs fauour when we were in contention with them. The 15. 10. 17. and 18. some of our Factors went into the towne, where they bought cer- taine Pepper, & brought it abord our ships. The 19. they went again into the towne, & bought a greater quantitie at .5. sackes for one Catti, mindiiig in that sorte encry day to take in our lading, but it fell not out as wee desired, for the Portingalles that coulde not brookc our company, made such means to the Gouernour, that Mi.'i •■ fillips votjagf. TRAFFIQU1':S, AND DISCOUEltlES. tliat he gaiie commandemeiit that we should buy ho more Pepper, before we had paide 1400. Riallcs of 8. which he challenued of vs because we had cast anker within his streame, where- vpoii our Marchantcs went and agreed with him, which done wee thinking to buy Pepper as we did before, the Gouernour againe commanded to the contrarie, whereby we perceyued their dcccipt, in that he w(ild not hold his word. The countrymen would gladly haue solde their Popper, as also the Chinars, Arabians, Mahometitians, and secretly some Portingalles, but when wo saw wee could not get it out but with great daunger, wee thought it not con- uenieiit to buy : and when wc spake vnto the Gouernour, touching the holding of his worde, lie made vs answero, that he had no bones in his tongue, and that therefore he couide speake that uliich he nicnt not to doc : and to say the truth most part of the lauars are a kind of de- ceitfuil people, for whatsocuer they say and presently performe, that shall you be sure of and no more. The 25. of October there came an Ambassador into Bantam sent from Malacca to theGouer- nor with a present of I0(J00. Kials of 8. desiring him to forbid vs both his towne and streame, that woe might not traflique there. Whereof wee were aduertised by the Sabandar and other of our fricndes coniisclli g our men to get them out of the towne, and not to returne again, otherwise they would be in daunger to be stayed againe, and we hauing sent a man into the towne to saue him from being holden prisoner, our iiost where we lay being on shore was forced to bring him out C(HUTed with corfaine mattes; so that vppon the 26. of the same month all our trafficke and friendship with them ceased: but our hoast being our friende, rame secretlv aborde our ships, and shewed vs that he and his company had two ships lying before the towne, laden with Nutmegges and Mace that came from Banda, for the which hee agreed with vs at a price, \pon condition that we should seeme to take them by force, that • crcby he might colour his dealing with vs : wherevpon the first of Nouember we sailed • to the towne with all our ships, and set vpon the two lauan shippes, wherein we found ,. number of .SO. slaues, (hat knew nothing of their maisters bargaine made with vs, so ' .i they began to resist vs, wherewith we shot among them, and presently slew 4. or 5. of thcin, tic rest leapt oner borde, and swamme to land, which done we tooke the two ships, and I)ut their lading into ours: The Portingallcs shippe that brought their Ambassadour, lay close vnder the shore, whercvnto we sent two of our boats, but the Portingals that were in her shot so thicke with their peeces vppon our men, that our boates were forced to leaue them with losse of one of our men, but our shippes shot in such sorte with their ordinance vppon the Portin- gall shippe, that they spoyled and brake it in peece , wherein their Captaine was slaine, and the victuailcrs that stil brought vs victuailcs to sell, tolde vs that with our peeces we had slain three or foure men within the towne, & that the towncs men began to make an armie of ships to set vpon vs. i he 2. of Nouember we espyed a shippe that came toward Bantam, which we ioyned vnto with our boats, and being ncere vnto it, they spread their fights, which were of thicke mattes, and began to defend themselues ; our men shot among them with stone peeces and Caliuers, and they defended themselues with great courage, hauing halfe pikes wherewith they thrust at vs, &' that serued likewise to blow arrowes out of them, for they were like trunkes, out of the which trunkes they shot so great numbers of arrowes, that they fell as thick as hayle, and shotte so ccrtainely, that therewith they hurt at the least eyght or nine of our men, but the arrowes are thinncand light, so that their blaste couide not make them enter into the flesh abouc the thicknesof two fingers, onely the head of the arrowe (which is made of reedc, and loose stayeth in the flesh) when wc shot with our Caliuers they ranne behind their fightes, but whc they perceiued that their matted fights could not defende them, and that they were killed tiirough them, they entered into their boatc, and by strength of oares rowed from vs, leaning viieir shippe, wherein wc founde two dead men, and we slew three more of them as we rowed alti <• their boat, so that in all they lost fine men, as we after heard, and that they were fo the nuiTiLtr of 40, which done, wee brought their shippe to ours, wherein we found good «tore of Ryce aid dryed fish. The 233 Why the Go- iiernor forbad vs trafficke. Howihey tooke two lauan shi}'^. Ttiey fought with J Porting gall shippe. They fought with a l.iuait ihippc. A Xi . I: '. i'Mi Mf f! if:l mm. ;*i., t i)F*l|.f ' ' 23i Tht mirchanti follow them with warn. How the Tn- diirs betrayoj them. VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, TJiefourc Hollanders The 6. of Nouember, pcrceyuing not any hope of more traRicke for vs with those of Ban- tam, wee hoised anker and set sayle, setting our course towardes the straight of Sunda. The scucnth of Nouember wee came and ankercd before a Riuer of freshe water, about sixe miles from Bantam, where wee tooke in our prouision of water: thither certaine Mer- chants followed vs with Porseline, telling vs that they were sory for our departure, & that they longed for our returne againe. The thirteenth of Nouember wee set saylc, and about euening wee came before lacatra, in time past called Sunda Calapa, which hath beene a rich Towne of marchandiae, but vppon some occasions and by reason of their hard vsage the Marchants had withdrawen themselues from thence, therefore at this present there is little or nothing to doc. lohn Hughen in bin bookesaith this to be the principal towne of traflicke, but that is long sithence, for now there is not any trade of marchandise. The fourteenth of Nouember wee sent two of our men into the towne, hauing some of theirs in pawne, who tolde vs that many of the inhabitantC'* were gone out of the towne with all their goodes, being in great fearc of our peeces, and there wee had great store of victuailcs. and much more then wee required brought abord our ships. The 18. wee set saile from lacatra, and being about two miles from the towne, our shippe railed Amsterdam fell vppon a cliffe, but it got off againe without any hurt, and therewith wee presently made towardes the straight. The 2. of December we passed by 3. towncs which we might easily perceiue, we Iikewi.se passed by Tubam, and ankered vnder Sidaya. The 3. of December there came men out of the towne, and desired vs to stay, saying that there we might haue Cloues & Nutmegs aa many as we woulde, bringing certaine banketting stuffe (as a present from their King) vnto Schelengers ship, because it lay nearest to the land, and they came most abord it. The 4. of December they came again into Schellengcrs ship, bringing certaine prcsentes with them, and among the rest a certayne birde that coulde swaliowc fycr, which is a very strange fowle, and was brought aliue to Amsterdam, which after was giuen to the states of Holiande lying in the Hage, and some good fruites, willing vs to sonde a man on .shore, t(» see their spices, whereof they said they had great store : wherevpon we sent a man out of the Amsterdam, and with him an interpreter, one of the Portingalles slanc'', they leaning three or foure of their men aborde our shippes, for pawnes till his returne : when our man came to lande hee was well vsed,and there they shewed him fortie or fiftie bals of Cloues; which done they brought him before the King, that promised him great fauor, and told him tliat the next day he wold himselfe come aborde our ships, and deaic with our Captaines, and with that he let our man depart. The b. of December we expected the Kingcs romming aborde, putting out all our flagges and streamers, and about noone there came 8. or 9. indifferent great shippes full of men from off the shore, wherein wee thought the King to bee, but when they were almost at vs they diuided themselues, three of them rowing to Shellengersi ship, and when they horded him, they thinking the King had been there, Reymer van Ilcl as Factor and the Maister came forth to rcceyue him, but the lauers entering all at once, Reymer vrm Hel said, What will all these people do aborde the shippe, for there w.is at the least two hundred men, who all at one time drewe out their poinyarde.s, and stabbed our men that neucr suspected them, so that presently they had slainetwelue of the shippe, and two sore wounded, that boldly withstoode them : the rest of our men being vnder hatches presently tooke their pikes, and thrust so fast out at the grates, that the lauers woulde haue forced the middle part of the ship, wherein was two entries, but our men standing at them with their swordes in hande draue them out, not ceasing still to thrust vp with their pike.s meane time they kindled fier, lighted their matches, and shot ofl their stone peeces that lav aboue the hatches, wherwith they began pre- sently to flie, most of them leaping oner bord, and swam to their two boates, that lay harde by our shippes, whereof one with a great peece was presently striken in peeces: The rest of our ships hearing vs shoote in that manner, entered into their boats, and miide towardes th em. Ships xuyagc. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. ?i35 *i!-' them, rowing hardc to the three Indian fustes, wherein were at the least 100. men, and shntte among them with their pecccs, wherewith they leapt into the water, euery man swim- ming to shore, and we with two boates after them, hewing and killing them as our deadly enemies, whj vnder pretence ol' friendshippe sought to murther vs, and wee handled them in such sort, that of two hundred men there got not nboue thirty of them to lande, the rest of their fustes lay farre off and beheld the light : Three of their fustes thought to rowe to the Pinace to lake her, which they might easily haue done, as hauing not abouc 7. or 8. men in her, being busie to set vppe a newe maste, but when they perceyued their men to bee so haiuleled in the Amsterdam, and that they leapt oucr bordc, they turned backe againe, and in great haste rowed to land, so that at that time they got not much by the bargaine, and no .small griefe to vs, for there wee lost 12. men, that were all stabbed with poinyards, their names The names of were lohn lacobson Schellenger, maister of the ship, Reymer van Hel Factor, Gielis Giele- ''"'' ""!\' j" son Gentleman, Barent Bonteboter, Arent Cornedrager, Cornells van Alcmuer, Simon lanson, Wiltschut loos tlie Carpenter, .Adrian de Metselar, one of the Portingalles slaues, and (WO boyes, whereof one was but tweliie yeares oldc, whereby wee perceyued them to be a kindc of cruoll people, for they had giuen the lifde boy and all the rest of our men at the least VZ stahbes a peecc after they were dead. The same day :.bout eiicning we hoysed ankers, and set saile, hauinr, manned the Am- sterdam with men out of our other shippes, and so helde our course Eastward. The 6. of December we came to a great Island called Madura, where we ankered, and in the euening two of their men came aborde our shippes, with message from their Gouernour, saving that we were welcome, desiring vs to stay there, for he would trafficke with vs, and sell vssomc Pepper, as they saide, but wee beliened them not. The 7. of December there came another boat abord, bringing certaine fruiies, saying that the next day their Gouernour would come to sec our shippes. The 8. there came a great fuste and three smal boats, from off the land all full of men, saying their Gouernour was among them : we willed them not to goe to the Amsterdam, but to the Mauritius, but they woulde not, but made to the Amsterdam, thinking because there had bcene so many murthered in her, there was not many men aborde her at that time, and when they were within a pykcs length of her, (although they were directed to the other shippes) they remembring their late mischance, shotte off three or foure stone Peeces full laden, wherewith they slew and hurt many of the Indians, wherevpon they presently leapt ouer bord, & wee with our boates follrwed after and slew diuers of them, taking ten or twelue, thinking by them to know what their intent was to doe, but they coulde not certific vs, and therefore we let them go againe onely keeping two boyes, who long after stole out of the shippe, and swamme to lande : They tolde vs that the Gouernour being a Bishoppe or chiefe instructor of the countrey, was within the boate and slaine among the rest, hee had therein likewise a little boy one of his sonnes who wee likewise tooke, and sent to lande : The Bishoppe was of Meca, and much esteemed of among them, a great Clearke, and Gouernour ouer all the rest of the Countrey : There was a lewell found about him, which as yet is kept. About euening we hoysed ankers, & set sayle, & the 11. of December we came to two small Islands, where wee ankered, there wee fo'-'.ide none but poore people and fishermen, that broug!.i .s lish. Hens, and other fruit to sell. The 13. wee set sayle, and the 14. wee had a West winde, which they call the passage winde, that would haue serued vs well to saile to Moluccas, from whence wee were not How hut tUy distant aboue two hundred miles, and as then it was a good yeare for Clones, which hap- J""*''"" M"- pcneth euery three yeares : It was told vs that we might there haue a Cabbin laden full of Clones, wherevpon wee determined to sayle thither, but because wee had already indurcd a long and troublesome voyage, and but ill manned, wee woulde not, longing to bee at home : This contrary wind holding vppon the foure and twentie of December wee came to an Islande where we had beene before. The .ilj ;,i ■ i' ^ .1 m III r i ffVii Mji ■ ■ .itrt,;:.;' MM ^ tell':' :: 336 Thf Atiister- dam set ou tiic. The Pinjcc on ground. VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, The foure Hollanders The 25. of December lohn Moleiiaer maistcr of the Mauritius, dyed sodainely, for an hower before hee was well, and in good health. The 28. 39. 30. and .'il. of December wee were busied to take all the wares, sayles, and other thinges out of the Amsterdam, her victuailes and furnitures seruing for our voyage homewarde, & lying vnder that Island, we had victuailes brought vs euery day as much as wee needed, both fish, Hens, venison and fruit, and at reasonable price, but there we could get no water. The 11. of laiuiary when we had vnladen the Amsterdam we set her on fier, letting her burne, taking her men into our shippes. The 12. of lanuarie we iset sayle again, some desiring to sayle Eastward, others Westward, but in fine wee set VVestwarde to sayle once againe to Bantam, wherewith the Mauritius sayled Southeastwarde, to gette about the Island of laua, r»nd wc followed her. The 14. of lanuary we once againe percevued the East point of the Island of Madura, and held our course Southward : on that side of Madura there lycfh many small Islandes, through which wc sayled. The 16. in the morning our Pinace fell on groundc vpon tlu* coast of laua, not far from Pan- norocan, where she shotte off three peeces, at the which warning wee made thither with our boates, and by the helpe of God got her off againe : There we s;iw a high hi! that burnt, vnder and aboiie the fire hauing a great smoakc, most strange to behold. The 18. of lanuary we entered into the straight that runneth betwcene laua and Baly, and by reason of the hard & contrary streame that ran therin, we were forced to anker vpoii the coast of laua, where \vee found good anker ground. The 19. wee set set sayle, and when wee came necre to the coast of Baly, we jntered into a rough streame, and our shippes draue liackeward, as swiftly as an arrow out of a bow, and there we found no anker ground, nor any anker could haue holden vs, but Molcnaer got the coast of laua and ankered, which in the ende wee likewise did, and ankercd at the least three miles from him, and so much we had driuen backe in the space of halfe an hcure. The 20. of lanuarie wee went and lay by our other ships. The 21. of lanuarie there came two barkes to the Mauritius, wherein there was one that coulde spcake good Portingall, who tolde vs tliat the towne of Ballaboam was besieged by a strange King, that had marrvcd the King of Ballaboams daughter, and after he had iaine with her he caused her to bee slaine, and then came to besiege her father. This towne of Balla- boam lyeth on the East end of the Island of laua, and is the same towne where M. Candish was when hee passed that way, and the old King wherof he writcth was as then yet liuing, being at the least 160. years of age. There we saw great numbers of Bnttes, that flew oner our shippes, and were as bigge as Crowes, which in that Countrey they vse to eat, as they say : About noone we came before the towne of Ballaboam, so neare vnto it, that we might easily see it, and there we lay behind a high point of lande, thinking to take in water. The 22. of lanuarie we tooke our Pinace, and sayled about the shore as ncere the land ns possible we might, to seeke for fresh water, but we found none, for the Rincr that ran through the towne was paled vp (by them that lay befoie it) so that no man might passe either out or in, but onely on the lande side, and that with great daungcr : The same day there came 2. or 'i. men abord our shippe, that stole out of the towne by night, and came from the King, to desire our help with our great shot, which wcc coulde not doe ; because that thereabouts it was very shallow, and we might not go neere i. with our siiippes ; they tolde vh they had great want of victuailes within the towne, whereby many of them were already deade for hunger, and much desired our aide, but it was not in vs to doe. Those that besieged the towne were Mores, but they in the towne were heathens, and as yet had not receyued Mahomcts lawe, and that (as wee heard after) was the cause of their warre: There wee sawc many Storkes flying and sifting in the fielde: with vs we cannot imagine where the Storkes remainc in winter time, but here wcc sawe them in the winter time. The iiwi'i m Shift voyage. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES, 937 !ie The 24. of lanuarie we sayled from thence, pcrceyuing nothing for vs to get, and tooke our course right ouer to the Island of Bally. The 25. we came to Bally, where one of their barks borded vs, telling vs that there we should find a Riuer of fresh water, and of all thinges els suflicient to scrue our necessitic!;, wherevpon wee ankered. The 26. of lanuarie our Pinace sent her boat to land, to ee the Riucr, and there one of our men was sent on shore, but when he was on land he found nothing, but an armie of ten thousand men, that ment to relieue the towne of Ballaboam, and the Riucr was nothing worth to lade water, wherevpon our men came on borde againe : Their Generall thouglit to haue gotten some great pray out of our shippes. The 27. of lanuarie we set sayle to finde a conuenient place to refresh vs with water and other prpuision, for wee were informed by a man of Bengala, that of his owne will sayled with V9, and that had beene in Bally, that there wee should finde water and other thinges to serue our necessities, so that by night wee ankered vnder a high pointe of lande on the South West ende of Bally. The 28. of January one of their boates borded vs with sixe or seuen men, saying that their King was desirous to deale with vs for such wares as hee had, and sent to know from whence we came, and we said wee came out of Holland. The 29. and 30. there came more men aborde our shippes, but as wee suspected that was not the right hauen, for the people came rowing in great haste a far off, and the man of Bengala could not tell what to say, but the King was thereabout, and euery day sent vs some fruit. The first of February wee had two hogges brought aborde our shippes, that wee bought for two Ryalles of eyght, and we eate them very sauerly. The 2. of Februarie, we set saile that wee might get aboue the point, where wee thought to finde a better place for freshe water, but by reason the winde was contrary, wee coulde not doe it, but were forced to anker again. The 3. of February we set saile againe, and then wee had a storme, so that our saile blew euery way, and because of the contrarie winde we could not reach aboue the point, but were constrained to anker, but the Mauritius and the Pinace got past it, although thereby the Mauritius was in no little daunger, but because the Pilot had laid a wager of 6. Rialles of 8. that hee woulde get aboue it, hee would passe, what daunger soeuer it might be, and sayled close along by the cliflTes, whereby wee lay at anker without companie. The 4. and 5. wee set saile once againe to get aboue the point but could not reach it. The 6, we had a letter from Rodenburgh, that certified vs how the Mauritius lay at anker at the least 7. or 8. miles beyond the point, and he that brought the letter came with it ouer land ; and at the same time there was a man sent on lande with a small present for the King, that we might winne his fauour. The 7. our man came on borde againe, and brought vs newes how Rodenburgh with one of the Portingalles slaues, being on lande were against their willes led before the King, but the saylors of the Mauritius had gotten men for pledges. The 8. of lanuarie, the same man went on land out of our shippe with more presentes of veluet and a caliuer, the better to get the Kinges fauour, which liked him well, and de- sired vs to bring the ship nearer to the towne, saying he would send vs water, and other things sufficient to supply our wants. The 9. we sayled into the cheeke with our shippe, & ankered about a small halfe mile from the land, & being ankered there came at the least 70. boates of the Countrey to see our ship, and the King sent vs word that hee was desirous to heare vs shoote off 5. or 6. of our great peeces, wherevppon wee shot fiue of our greatest peeces, and the King stoode vppon the shore to see them. The 10. we had a letter from Cornells Houtman, to wil vs to come to them, for that there they had founde a good place for water, and of all other necessaries, so that about euening wee set sayle, leau'ng two of our men and a Portingall slaue among the Indians, whome the I i Kins; t } ''■■*(•':■' % m ..1 ■ ■ ::'^* m m w ,1 !,! mi m\ 238 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Tlte foure Hollanders VM King promised should come vnto vs ouer land, yet that night wee could not reach aboue the point, meane time we perceyued our Pinace that came to helpe vs. The 16. we got by the Mauritius, that had already laden in her water, and hooped her vessels, wherevpon we began presently to do the like, and to visite our vessels that were almost spoyled. The 17. our men whome wee left with the King came ouer land vnto our shippes, and then we bought great store oF cattle and fruit. The 18. 19. 20. and 21. wee imployed our time to lade water, which wee had verie easily, and refreshed our selues with Cattle, Hogges, fruit, and Lemons sufficient. There came one of the Kinges principall officers with our men ouer land, to pleasure vs in all things we desired, he was very desirous to haue some present of vs. The 22. .of lanuarie two of our men that sayled in the Mauritius stayed on lande, but wee knewe not the cause : it should seeme some great promises had beene made vnto them, for as we vnderstoodc, the King wa.s very desirous to haue all sortes of strange nations about him, but our people were therein much ouerseene, for there they liued among heathens. Two of our *'^** neyther knewe God nor his commandementes, it appeared that their youthes and wilde menitaycd with hcades did not remember it, one of their names was Emanuel Rodenburgh of Amsterdam, the indiaiu. jj^g other lacob Cuyper of Delft : within a day or two they sent vnto vs for their clothes, but wee sent them not. The 23. 24. and 25. we made a voyage on land, and fetcht as many Hogges abord our shippes as we could eate. The 25. of Februarie we hoy$>ed ankers, minding to set saile & so go homeward, leauing our 2. men aforesaid on land, but because it was calme weather we ankered, and went once ngaine on lande, and the 26. of the same Month wee set saile and helde our course West South West, but we had a calme. The situation of the Island of Baly. THe Island of Baly lying at the East end of laua, is a verie fruitfull Islande of Ryce, Hennes, Hogge-s, that are verie good, and great store of cattle : but they are very dric and leane beastes. They haue many horses : the inhabitantes are heathens, and haue no religion. How 50 women for somc pray to Kine, others to the Sunne, and euerie man as hee thinketh good. When a seTu" s Jritrone ""^^ dycth his wifc burneth her selfe with him: there were some of their men aborde our nan. shippes, that told vs, that when some man dyeth in that Countrey, that sometimes there are at the least fifty women that will burne themselues with him, and she that doth not so is ac- counted for a dishonest woman : so that it is a common thing with them : The apparel both of men and women is for the most part like those of Bantam, nothing but a cloth about their middles : Their weapons is, each man a poinyarde at their backes, and a trunke with an iron point like a speare, about a fadom and a halfe long, out of the which they blowe certaine arrowes, whereof they haue a case full ; it is an euil weapon for naked men : they are enemies to the Mores and Portingalles. This Island yeeldeth no spice, nor any other costly ware, onely victuailes and clothes which they weare about their bodies, and slaues that are there to be solde. The King went with more state then the King of Bantam : all his garde had pikes with heades of fine gold, and he sate in a wagon that was drawen by two white Buffles. The first of March we had a calme. The third we got a good wind that blew Southe.ist, holding our course West South West. The fourteenth the wind blew stil South East, sometimes more Southwarde, and sometimes Eastward, being vnder 14. degrees, and a good sharpe gale, holding our course West Southwest: The tituatio* ef There we found that laua is not so broade, nor stretcheth it selfe not so much Southwarde, as '""• it is set downe in the Carde : for if it were, we should haue passed cl(;an through the middle of the land. The 22. of March the winde helde as it did, being vnder 19. degrees, holding our course West South West. The ihips voyage. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. 239 The 19. of April our ship had no more bread left, but for our last partition ciiery man had seuen pound, both good and badde breade, and from that time forwarde our meate was Rice sodden in water, and euery man had a canne of water euery day, with three romers of wine, and weekely each man three romers or glasses of oyle and that very strong, and nothing els. The 20. we had a calmc, the 21. a calme with a Northerne aire. The 23. a good wind that blew Southwest. The 24. we saw the firmc lande of /Ethiopia, being vnder 33. degrees, and as wee gessed, wee were then about an hundred miles from the Capede bona Sperance, yet we thought we had been at the least three hundred miles from it, so that wee may say, that God wrought wonderfully for vs : for that if wee had fallen by night vpon the land, we had surely runne vpon it: wee had a good winde out of the West, and West Southwest. The 25. of Aprill in the morning wee had a calme, with a very hollow water, & at euening we had a good winde, that came North and Northeast, and although wee had so good a wind yet our shippe bare but little sayle, although the other two shippes of our company were at the least two mile before vs, for most part of the night wee say led with our schouer saile, holding our course Southwest & by West. The 26. of Aprill in the morning we coulde not see our shippes, which pleased not our men, besides that our shippe was very weake, whereby her ribs shoke, and her ioynts with the force of the water opened and shut, so that as then our shippe was very leake, hauing the winde Northwest, holding our course as neere as wee could West Southwest, and then we put out our maine sayles, at noone the winde came West, with a great storme, so that most of our sayles blew in peeces, and so wee draue forward with out sayles. The 27. of Aprill still driuing without sayle with a West winde, wee were vnder thirty sixe degrees, so that we found that the streame draue vs South & South West. The 28. of Aprill still driuing without sailes, we had the height of 36. degrees and 20. mi- nutes, and about euening we hoised saile againe, the winde being West Southwest, & we held our course Northwest with very hollow water. The 29. of April we could not as yet see our shippes, the wind being West. The 30. of Aprill we had fay re weather with a West and West South West wind, and then we saw many great birdes with white billes, which is a signe not to bee far from the Cape de bona Sperance, we likewise saw certain small birdes speckled on their backes, and white vpon their breasts. The first of May wee had a South winde with fayre weather, hauing 34; degrees and a halfe, holding our course West Southwest. The seconde of May wee were vnder 35. degrees, and ■§■. holding our course West and West and by North. The fourth of May we found our selues to be vnder 37. degrees South South East winde, our course being West and by North, and West North West. The 5. and 6. of May we had all one winde at noone being vnder 35. degrees, wee thought wee had past the Cape, and held our course Northwest, towardes Saint Helena, still without sight of our ships. The 8. of May with a South wind wee helde North West and by West. The 9. we had a calme with a gray sky, and were vnder 31. degrees and twentie minutes, and then our portion of oyle was increased a glasse more euery weeke, so that euery man had foure glasses. The 10. we had stil South winds, and were vnder 29. deg. The 14. of May twice or thrice we saw reedes, called Trombos driuing on the water, being sigtiesof the such as driue about the Cape de bona Speranza, which wee thought verie strange, for that Sjf^^^j';''" the Portingals write, that they are seene but thirtie myles from the Cape, and wee gest our seines to be at the least 200. beyond it. The 15. we still had a South East wind, & helde our course Northwest. The 16. of May in the morning we saw two ships, whereat wc much reioyced, thinking they 112 had .:\>: ■•■I ■Mii M , ',1) \'.'- |«i7 '■' ' '?' '{3 1 't iH ■^ SIO o. VOYAGES NAUIGATIONS. Thefoure Hollanders I 'ft ''8 ■. • (■ ; Toute Portingal ihips richly laden. Tlwy past the Ei{uinoctjallUiie. had beene our companie, we made to leewarde of them, and the smalleflt of them comming somewhat nrere vs, about the length of the shotte of a great peece, shee made presently toward her fellow, whereby we perceiued them to bee Frenchmen, yet wee kept to leeward, thinking they would haue come & spoken with V9, but it shduld seeme they feared vs, and durst not come, but held their course Northeast ; at noone we had the height of 23. degrees, mid jO. minutes with a Southeast wind, holding our course Northwest. TIic 17. of Mav wee were vnder 21. degrees and a halfe: the 18. the wind being Southerly, we were vnder 1&. degrees and a halfe. The 19. and 20. we had a calme with a Southern are. The 121. the ayre comming Southwest, wc held our course Northwest : and were vnder 17. degrees and ». partes: There we found the compasse to decline three quarters of a strike or line North eastward, after noone we had a Southeast wind, and our course West Northwest, The22. of May we had still a Southeast winde, and were vnder the height of Ifi. degrees and 40. minutes, holding our course West Northwest. The 23. of May, by reason of the cloudy sky, about noone we could not take the height of the Sunne, but as we gest we had the height of the Island of S. Helena, and held our c. miles ofl', and as we sayled about the liorth point, there lay three other great Portingal ships, we being not aboue half a mile from them, wherevpon wee helde in the weather and to seawarde Northeast as much as ■we might. The Portingalles perceyuing vs, the Admiral of their fleet shot oflf a peece to call their men that were on land to come aborde, and then wee saw foure of their shippea together, that were worth a great summe of money, at the least 300. tunnes of gold, for they were all laden with spices, precious stones, and other rich wares, and therefore wee durst not anker vnder the Island, but lay all night Northeastwarde, staying for our company. The 26. of May in the morning wee made towardes the Island againe, with a good South- cast winde, and about noone or somewhat past we discried two shippes, and about euening as we made towards them, we knew them to be our company, which made vs to reioice, for we had been asunder thu space of a whole Month, & so we helde together and sayled home* ward, holding our course Northwest : for as yet our men were well and in good health, and we found a good Southeast winde, and had water enough for foure or flue monthes. The 27. 28. 29. and 30. of May wee had a Southeast winde, with faire weather, and the 27. day we were vnder 14. degrees. The first of lune we were vnder 6. degrees, with a Southeast wind, holding our course North West, but by means of the Compasse that yeelded North east- ward, we kept about Northwest & by North. The 6. of lune wee were vnder one degree on the South side of the line, there wee founde that the streame draue vs fast into the West, and therefore wee helde our course more Northernely and sayled Northwest and by North, with an East and South East wind. The 7. of lune wee past tl»e Equinoctiall line, with an East winde, holding our course North Northwest. The 10. of lune in the euening we were vnder 5. degrees and a halfe on the North side of the line, and then we began again to see the North star, which for the space of 2. years we had not scene, holding our course North Northwest, there we began to haue smal blasts, & some times calmes, but the aire all South and Southeast. The 11. of lune we had a calme, and yet a darke sky, that came Southeastwarde. The u .* Ships voyage: TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES, 241 Ti)c 12. or Iiine wee had a close sky with raine, and the same day about euening our fore top maste fell downe. The 13. wc strake ail our sailes and mended our ship. The 14. wc had the wind Northward, holding our course West Northwest as neare as we coulde, but by reason of the thick sky wee could not take height of the Sun. The 15. of Iiinc we had the wind North, & North Northwest. The Ifi. of lunc wcc had the height of 9. degrees & 10. minutes, the winde being North- cast and Nortli Northeast. The 17. the winde was Northeast with fair weather, &c wc held Northwest, & Northwest & by North till after noone. The 18. we tookea great fish called ThcytooWti ail Aluercoor, which serued vs all for 2. meals, which wee had not tasted of long time before, 8««*'''' The 26. wc had still a Northeast winde, and sometimes larger, holding our course North Northwest with large saile, and were vnder 17. degrees and •§. The same day there came much dust flying into our shippe, as if we had past hard by some sandic downe, & we gest the nearest land to vs might be the Island of S. Anthony, and wee were as then at the least 40. or 50. miles from it: The same day likewise there came a flying fish into our shippe, which we eat. The 28. of June wee had the height of 20. degrees, with a East Northeast wind & East and by West, with full sayle, there we saw much Sargosse, driuing on the water. The last of lune we had the Sun right ouer our heades, and yet we felt no heat, for that by reason of the cold ayre we had a fine coole weather. The same day we passed Tropicus Cancri, still hauing the winde East Northeast, and in the euening we were vnder 24. degr. The second of luly we still saw Sargosse driuing vpon the water, & had the wind somewhat lower North Northeast with a calme. The thirde of July the winde came againe East Northeast, and wee helde our course North and by West. The 8. of July wee were vnder 33. degrees & ^. with an East wind, holding our course North and by East, and yet we saw much Sargosse driuing, but not so thicke as it did before. The 10. of luly we had a good wind that blew south and South and by East, and hoysted vp our maine tops, that for the space of 26. dales were neuer touched, and held our course North Northeast, there we were in no little feare to fall among the Spanish fleet, which at that time of the yeare keepeth about the Flemmish Islands. The same day one of our boyes fell ouer bord, and was carried away with a swift streams before the wind, but to his great good fortune, the Pinace saued him, that was at the least a quarter of a mile from vs : this euening we found the height of 36. degrees. The 12. of luly we had a Southwest wind, holding our course Northeast and by N'^rth : Our Pilot and the Pilot of the Pinnace diflered a degree in the height of the Sunne, for ours had 38. degrees, and theirs but 37. We gest to be about the Islands of Corbo & Flores, but the one held more easterly, and the other more Westerly. The 13. of luly wee had still a Southwest winde, and after noone wee thought wee had scene land, but we were not assured thereof, for it was somewhat close. The 14. of luly we had a calme, and saw no land, and then our men began to be sicke. The 17. of luly wee had a South Southeast winde, with faire weather, and were vnder 41. degrees, holding our course East Northeast. The 18. 19. 20. and 21. it was calme. The 22. of luly the winde came North, and wee helde our course East Southeast. The 23. of luly the wind was North North East and North- east, and we held as near as we could East & East Southeast, the same day our steward found a barrell of stockfish in the roming, which if we had beene at home we would haue cast it on the dunghil, it stunke so filthily, & yet we eat it as sauerly as the best meat in the world. The 24. we had a West wind, & that with so strong a gale, that wee were forced to set two men at helme, which pleased vs well. The 25. of luly we had a storme that blew West and West Northwest, so that we bare but two sailes, holding our course Northeast and by East. The first of August_we were vnder 45. degrees with a North West wind, holding our course Northeast and by East. The ,1,1 ■M '1, . ■■ ■ >;, i m • ' -f-i S42 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, The f owe Hollandera m\ Thry itw a shipye with the Prince of Otangtt flanc. They saw A man of war. The man of war gaue them vic- tuallei. They rut down their main matt. The second of August one of our men called Gerrit Cornelison of Spijckenes died, being the first mnn that dyed in our voyage homeward. The 4. of August we had a Northwest wind. The 5. of August in the morning the winde came Southwest, and we were vnder 47. de- grees, holding our course Northeast and the North Northeast, and wee gest that wee were not Farre from the channell, those dayes aforesaid we had so great colde in our shippes, as if it had beene in the middle of winter : We could not be warme with all the clothes wee had. The same day we saw Sargosse driue vpon the water. The 6. of August we had a West wind, in the morning we cast out our lead and found grounde at 80. fadome, and about noone we saw a shi])pe that bare the Princes flagge, yet durst not come neare vs, although we made signes vnto him, and after noone wee saw the land of Heissnnt, whereat we all reioyced. The 7. of August in the morning we saw the land of Frauncc, and held our course North Northeast, and likewise we saw a small shippe, but spake not with it. The 8. of August in the morning we saw the Kiskas, and had a South wind and somewhat West, holding our course East Northeast. The 9. of August we entered the heades, and past them with a Southwest wind, sayling Northeast. After noone we past by a man of warre being a Hollander, that lay at anker, and hee hoysed anker to follow vs, about euening wee spake with him, but because of the wind wee coulde hardly heare what hee said, yet hee sailed on with vs. The 10. of August the man of warre borded vs with his boat, and brought vs a barrell of Beere, some bread and cheese, shewing vs what news he could touching the state of Hol- land, and presently wee sawe the land of Holland, k. because it blew very stiiTe & a great storme, after noone wee ankered about Petten to stay for better weather, and some new Pilots, & that was the first time we had cast anker for the space of 5. monthes toge- ther, about euening it beganne to blow so stifTe, that wee lost both an anker and a cable. The 11. of August we had still a Southerly winde, & therefore about noone the Mau- ritius set saile, and wee thought likewise to saile, but our men were so weake that we could not hoyse vp our anker, so that we were constrained to lie still till men came out to heipe vs, about euening the winde came Southwest, and with ho great a storme, that we thought to haue run vpon the strand, and were forced to cut downe our maine maste. The 12. and 13. we had a hard South West wind, & sometimes West, so that no Pilots came abord our ship, but the 13. day about euening it began to be faire weather. The 14. of August about breake of day in the morning, there came two boats with Pilots and men abord our ship, that were sent out by our owners, & brought vs some fresh vic- tuailes, which done they hoysed vp our ankers, and about noone we sayled into the Tessel, and ankered in the channell, where we had fresh victuailes enough, for we were all very weake. This was a great noueltie to all the Marchantes and inhabitantes of Hollande, for that wee went out from thence the second of April 1595. and returned home again vpon the 14. of August 1597. there you might haue bought of the Pepper, Nutmegs, Cloues, and Mace, which wee brought with vs. Our saylors were most part sicke, being but 80. men in aU, two third partes of their company being dead, & lost by diuers accidentes, and among those forescore such as were sicke, as soone as they were on land and at their ease presently re- couered their healthes. the Copper money of laua. / .' Tllia Ship* voyage. TRAFFIQUES, AND DTSCOUERIES. 24S THis Copper money commeth also out of China. & ia almost a* thicke, great and heauv, as a quarter of a Doller, and somewhat thicker, in the middle hauinpf a sauare hole, 2000. of them are worth a Riall of 8. but of these there are not oner many, they vse to hang them vpon «tringes, and pay them without telling, they stand not so narrowly vpon the number, for if they want but 25. or 50. it is nothing. The leaden money of laua. D THis peece of money (being of bad Leade is very rough) hath in the middle a foure square hole, they are hanged by two hur''''''d vppon a string, they are commonly 10. II. and 12. thousand to a Riall of 8. as there commeth great quantitie out of China, where they are made, and so as there is plentie or scarcitie they rise and fal. FINIS. V ii-M 1^1 .ifJl'J PH TRUE REPORT OP THE GAINEFULL, PROSPEROUS AND SPEEDY VOIAGE TO I A U A IN THE EAST INDIES, PERFORMED BY A TLEETE OF EIGHT SHIPS OF AMSTERDAM: \rHICH SET FORTH FROM TEXELL IN HOLLAND, THE FIRST OF MAIE 1598. STII.O NOUO. WHEREOF FOURE RETURNED AGAINE THE 19. OF lULY ANN0.1599. IN LESSE THEN 15. MONETHS, THE OTHER FOURE WENT FORWARD FROM lAUA FOR THE MOLUCCAS. PRINTEn BY P. S. FOR W. ASPLEY, AND ARE TO BE SOLD AT THE SIONE OF THE TYOERS HEAD IN PAULES CHURCH-YARD. Kk 1 ^ " ilL'lL- i t^ lit' si'- N' ! Nk At shi g" m: Th tw shi mi tur He wis Ms loh Ma ma r vas Co: m TRCE REPORT or in 1 . ■■■ f\M M "jii' •%' \i^ mi'if- fl>; THE GAINFULL, PROSPEROUS, AND SPEEDY VOIAGE TO lAUA IN THE EAST INDIES, PERFORMED BY A FLEET OF 8. SHIPS OF AMSTERDAM: WHICH SET FORTH FROM TEXELL IN HOLLAND THE FIRST OF MAIE 1598. STILO NOUO. WHEREOF FOURE RETURNED AGAINE THE 19. OF lULY ANNO 1599. IN LESSE THEN 15. MONETHS; THE OTHER FOURE WENT FORWARD FROM lAUA FOR THE MOLUCCAS. WHereas in the yeare of our Lord 1595. a certaine company of substantial merchants of Amsterdam in Holland did build and set forth for the East Indies four well appointed shippes, whereof three came home An. 1597. with small profit (as already in sundry lan- guages is declared) Yet neuerthelesse the aforesaid company, in hope of better successe, made out the last yeare 1598. for a second voiage, a fleete of eight gallant ships, to wit. The shippe called the Mauritius, lately returned from that former voyage, being of burden «'M««ritiu»' two hundreth and thirty last, or foure hundreth and sixty tunnes, or thereabouts. This shippe was Admirall of the fleete. The Master wherof was Godevart lohnson, the Com- missarie or factor Cornelius Hsemskerck, and the Pilot Kees Collen. The second ship called the Amsterdam, was of the burden of four hundreth 8c sixty i.AmstenUm. tuns. The Master's name was Claes lohnson Melcknap ; The factor or commissarie lacob Heemskerck. The third was named Hollandia, about the burden of sixe hundreth tuns : which had like- 3- HoUandia. wise been in the former voiage. The Master was Symon Lambertson or Mawe, the Factor Mast. Witte Nijn, who died in the voyage before Bantam, and in his roome succeeded lohn lohnson Smith. The name of the fourth ship was Gelderland, of burden about foure hundret!) tuns. 4- Ge'jcrUnd. Master wherof was lohn Browne, factor or commissarie, Hans Hendrickson. The fift was called Zeelandia, of the the burden of three hundreth & sixtic tuns. The 5. Zeeiand!«- master was lohn Cornelison, the Commissary or factor N. Brewer. The sixt ship named Utrecht of the burden of two hundreth & sixtie tuns. The Master 6. Utrecht, was lohn Martsen, the Factor or commis.sary Adrian Veen. The seuenth a pinnas called Frisland, of burden about seuenty tuns. The Master Jacob 7. Fmiinl Cornelison, the Factor Walter Willekens. K k 2 The '4 m '' p tjt. \ hSi im 248 8. OueriswU. VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, A true report of They mcftf with a ship of ZcUnd. The Isle of Sanu Maria, Killing of the Whale. The Br,y of Amojill, How long their hrere continued COoJ. The eighth a pinnas that had been in the former voiage called the Pidgeon, now f Ouerijssel, of the burden of fifty tuns. The Master Symon lohnson. The Factor Arent Hermanson. Of this fleete was Generall and Admirall Master lacob Neck. Viceadmirall Wybrand van Warwick : and Rereadmirall lacob Heemskerck. With this fleet of einht ships we made saile from Texell the first of May 1598. Sfilo Nouo, being the 21. of Aprill, after the account of England, and sailed with good speed vnto the Cabo de bona Speranza : as further shal appeare by a Journal annexed vnto the end of this discourse. Being past the Cape, the 7. and 8. of August, by a storme of weather fiue ships were separated from the Admirall, who afterwardes came together againe before Bantam. The 26. of August with three shippes wee came within the view of Madagascar, and the 29. wee met with a ship of Zeeland, called the Long-barke, which had put to sea before vs, and now kept aloofe from us, supposing we were enemies : but at length perceiuing by our flagges what we were, they sent their Pinnas aboord vs, reioycing greatly to haue met with vs, because that diuers of their men were sicke, and ten were already dead : and they had in all but seuen men aboord the shippe that were meat-whole, and eleuen marriners to guide the shippe. Wee agreed to relieue them with some supplie of men : but through darke- nesse and great winde wee lost them againe. After this, we the Admiral Mauritius, the Hollandia, & the pinnas Ouerijssel keeping together, came to tiie Island of Santa Maria, before the great bay of Antogil in Madagascar : where wee got a small quantity of Rice. We tooke the King prisoner, who paide for his ransome a Cow and a tat calfc. In this Island we found no great commodity : for being the month of September, the season was not for any fruits: the Oranges had but flowers: Lemons were scant: of Sugar- canes and Hens there was some store, but the Inhabitants were not very forward in bringing them out. Heere wee sawe the hunting of the Whale, (a strange pastime) certaine Indians in a Canoa, or boate following a great Whale, and with a harping Iron, which they cast forth, piercing the whals body, which yron was fastncd to a long rope made of the barkes of trees, and so tied fast to their Canoa. All this while pricking and wounding the Whale so much as they could, they made him furiously to striue too and fro, swiftly swimming in the sea, plucking the canoa after him : sometimes tossing it vp and downe, as lightly as if it had been a sfrawe. The Indians in the nieane time being cunning swimmers t.aking small care though they were cast oucrboord, tooke fast hold by the boat stil, and so after some con- tinuance of this sport, the whale wearied and w.ixing faint, and staining the sea red with his blond, they haled him toward the shore, and when they had gotten him so ncare shore on the shallowe that the most part of him appeared aboue water, (hey drew hiin aland and hewed him in pieces, enery one taking thereof what pleased them, which was to vs a strange sight. It is reported that the Indians of Terra Florida vse the like fishing for the Whale. Oiir men might haiic taken some part thereof, but refused it: the jjieces tlieieofwcie so like larde or fat bacon. From thence wc made toward the great Bay of Antogill and ancorcd vndcr the Island, where wee tooke in fresh water. Our Indians that were brought from thence by them of the former voiage (the names of vhome were Madagascar the one, and the other Laurence) wee offered to set there on land, but they refused, chusing rather to tarry with vs and to be apparelled, tiien to go naked in their owne countrey : working and movling for a miserable lining, opposing their bare skins to the vehemeney of the sunne and weather: and Iheir excuse was, that in that place they were strangers and had none acquaintance. Oiu- beere continued good vntill we were passed the Cape de bona speranza : from thence W'.' began to mingle it witii water hauing a portion of wine aliowi-d vs iwise a day, and this allowance continued vntill our returnc into Holland. We a Voiase to laua. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. ?49 We went with our boates vp the riiier seeking refreshing : but the Inhabitants gaiie vs to vntlcrsfand by signes that wee might retnrnc, for there was nothing to be had. Wee rowed into the riuer about three leagues, and found their report to bee true. The cause was, that the Kings made warre there one against an other, and so all the victua's were in manner destroied, insomuch that the Inhabitants themselucs many of them perished for hunger, and in one of these baltailes one of their Kings was lately slainc. Wherfore after fiue daies abode and no longer, we departed, & in Gods name made to sea again, directing our course the sixteenth of September for laua. About the ninteenth of Noucmber we came within sight of Sumatra, and the 2(i. of the same moneth 1598. wee in the three shippes aforesaid, to wit, the Mauritius, oiu- Admirall, the Hollandia, and the Ouerissell, arriued Thty arriue «t before the citty of Bantam in laua. Presently vpon this our arriuall, our Admirall and Bnium. Gcnerall Master Jacob van Neck, sought with all friendship to traffique with the people of the saide towne of Bantam, sending Master Cornelis Heeniskerck on land to shew them what we were, for they thought vs to be tlie very same men that had been there the yeare before, and al that while guarded the sea cost, as being assuredly persuaded thiit we were pirates and sea rouers. But we, to make them vnderstand the contrary, sent on lande one Abdoll of China, a captiue of theirs, whom we brought from them in our first voyage ; by whose meanes we got audience and crcdite : and so we presented our gifts and presents to the King, which They prfsent was but a childe : and the chicfe gouernour called Cephat, hauing the kingly authority, '^f^'' ''"'" ""' most thankfully receiued the same in the name of his King. The said presents were a faire couered cup of siluer and gilt, certaine velucts and clothes of silke, with very fine drinking glasses and excellent looking glasses, and such other gifts more. Likewise we presented our letters sealed very co>tiy with the great scale of the noble & mighty lords the Estates generall of the united Prouinces, and of Prince Mauritz, whome they termed their Prince. Which letters were by them receiued with great reucrence, creeping vpon their knees: and (the same being well perused, read and examined) they found thereby our honest intent and determination for traflike : insomuch that a mutuall league of friendship and alliance was concluded, and we were freely licensed to trade and traflike in such wise, that euen the Tude licensed, fourth day of our arriual we began to hide; and within fourc or fiue weekes all our foure ships hauing taken in their full fraight, were ready to depart. When our three shippes aforesaid had remained there welnigh a moneth, about Newyears-tide arriued the other fiue shippes of our company before mentioned in very good manner, and well conditioned. And so our wliole fleete of eight ships ioyfully met together, The whok and had none orvcry fewe sicke persons among them, hauing lost by death in the whole fleete ^ "^ fleet meet before antam. but 33. men in all, of which number some perished through their owne negligence. Vpon this happy meeting wee displaied our flag's, streamers and ensignes after the brauest manner, ho- nouring and greeting one another with volleies of shot, making good cheere, and (which was no small matter) growing more deepiv in fauour with the townsmen of Bantam. Vnto vs were daily brought aboord in Pr.'uwes or Indian boats great quantity of hens, egs, Cocos, bonanos, sugar-canes, cakes, made of rice, and a certaine kindc of good drinke which is there made by the men of China. Thus the people daily bartered with vs for pewter and other wares, giuing so much victuals for a pewter spoone, as might well suffice one man for an whole weeke. Wee trucked likewise for diuers other things, as for porcellan dishes and such like. How- bcit, that which our Indian Abiloll declared (namely, that more ships were comming besides the three aforesaid, and that others beside them also were sent out of Zeland) little tended to our commodity : for thereupon the Liuans tooke occasion to inhanse the price of their 1-1,^ p,|„ ^f pepper, insunuu^h that we were forced to pay for ho. pounds of pepper first three, and after- rfpp'f '"'' msed. ward four Re.ils of eight : neither did they demaund or call for any thing so much as for the said Reals of eight. Mercery or haberdashers wares were in no such request as money. Also we much niarueiied, how the lauaiis should tell vs of more shippes to come, making signes with tlicir foure fingers and thumb, that foure Lyma (which word in their language significth shippes) were comming. And here you are to vnderstand, that our Generall Master Van Neck, together with the commis- ■ ■ Of ii .', ' f-f' mil ''H'lIBilll Jt;J^S ' '' ' ' 'ifflM' ::.; ■ liM . r'.-' •;'■ rmm r '■' I ■WtSK ,' i*^' '■ ■ [t/i * , -.H yglM -.1 MM ■■■m j 1 *,> ■?rm R 250 Fourc ihipi bden. Their drpirtutt from laua the 13. of Iinuary IJ99. Satemolonke a notable mar- chant of Ban- The four other ships sent to the Molucraii VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, A true report of A mall left on tind-at Sdiut Helena. commissaric:) or factors, thought good, besides the three forsaid ships that came first, to lade one other, to wit, the greater pinnasse called Frisland, whereof was Master lacob Corneli- son, and factor Walter Willekens. These foure ships hauing receiucd their fill frai^ht, and giuen notice on land of their departure (to the end that none of their creditours might bee vnpaid) and also hauing well prouided themselucs of rice and water, departed the thirteenth of lanuary 1599. and sayled to Sumatra, where they tooke in fresh water; for that the water of Bantam first waxeth white, and afterward crawleth full of magots. Vpon the land of Sumatra we bartered kniues, spooncs, looking-glasses, bels, needles and such like, for sundry fruits, to wit, melons, cucumbers, onions, garlike, and pepper though little in quantity, yet exceeding good. We had to deale with a notable Merchant of Bantam, named Sasemolonke, whose father was a Castilian, which sold vs not much lesse then an hundreth Inst of pepper. He was most desirous to haue traueiled with vs into Holland : but misdoubting the displeasure and euil will of the king, and fearing least his goods might haue bin confiscated, he durst not aducnture vpon the voiage, Certaine dales before our departure from Bantam were the other foure shippes dispatched to go for the Moluccas, and ouer them was appointed as Admirall and Gcnerall Master Wy- brant van Warwicke in the shippe called Amsterdam, & lacob Heemskerck Viceadmirall in the shippe Gelderland, the other two shippes in consort with them being Zeland and Vtrecht before mentioned. These foure made saile towards the Moluccas, and parted from vs the 8. of lanuary in the night, and in taking of our leaues both of vs together, made such a terrible thundering noise with our ordinance, that the townsemen were vp in alarme, vntill they knewe the rea- son thereof. The people were glad of their departure, hauing some mistrust of vs, re- maining there so strong with 8. ships. And they asked daily when wee should depart, making great speed to help vs vnto our lading, and shewing themselues most seruiceable vnto vs. The 11. f lanuary 1599. we in the foure shippes laden with pepper departed from Ban- tam homeward. The 13. we arriued at Sumatra. The 19. we shaped our course directly for Holland. The 3. of April we had sight of Capo de buona csperanza. The 8. of Aprill we doubled the said Cape, proceeding on for the Isle of Saint Helena, whither we came the twenty sixt of the same moneth, and there refreshed our selues for the space of eight dales. In this Island we found a church with certaine Hoothes or tents in it, and the image of Saint Helena, as likewise a holy water fat, and a "-prinkle to cast or sprinkle ^ holy water : but we left all things in as good order as we found them. Moreouer here we left behinde vs some remembrances in writing, in token of our being there. At this place died of the bloudy flixe, the Pilot of our Admirall Kees Collen of Munickendam, a worthy man, to our great griefe. This Island (as lohn Huighen van Linschotten describeth it) is replenished with manifold commodities, as namely with goates, wilde swine, Turkies, partriges, pidgeons, &c. But by reason that those which arriue there vse to discharge their ordinance, and to hunt and pursue the saide beastes and fowles, they are now growen exceeding wilde and hard to be come by. Certaine goates whereat we shotte fled vp to the high cliffes, so that it was im- possible to get them. Likewise fishes wee could not catch so many as wee needed j but wee tooke in fresh water enough toserue vs till our arriuall in Holland. Here we left on land as a man banished out of our society, one Peter Gisbrecht the mas- ters mate of the great pinnasse, because hee had stroken the Master. Very penitent hee was and sorie for his misdemeanour, and all of vs did our best ende- uour to obtain his pardon: but (the orders and ordinances whereunto our whole company was sworne being read before vs) we were constrained to surcease our importunate suit, and he for the example of others to vndergo the seucre doome that was allotted him. There was deliuered vnto him a certaine quantity of bread, oile, and rice, with hookes and instruments to fish withall, as also a hand gun and gunpoudcr. Hereupon we bad him generally farewell, beseeching God to keepe and preserue him from ij IJV; a Voiage to Inua. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. 251 from misfortunes, and hoping that at some one time or other he should finde deliuer^nce ; for that ail shippes sailing to the West Indies must there of necessity refresh themselues. Not far from this place we descried a saile which wee iudgcd to be some Frenchman, by whom peraduenture the saide banished party might bee deliuered. The fourth of May we set saile from Saint Helena, and the tenth of the same moneth wee The isic of As* passed by the Isle of Ascension. The 17. day wee passed the line. The 21. we sawe the """""■ Pole-sturre. The 10. and 1 1. of lune we had sight of the Canaries. About the Azores wee stood in feare to meete with some Spanish Armada, because our men were growen faint and feeble by reason of their long voiage. The 27. of lune we entered the Spanish sea. The 29. we found our selues to be in fcrtie foure degrees of northerly latitude. The 6. of luly our Admirall ^ Mauritius had two of hi- mastes blowne ouerboord ; for which cause we were constrained to towe him along. The 11. of luly wee passed the Sorlings. The 13. we sayled by Falmouth, Dartmouth, and the Quasquets. The 17. we passed by Doner. The 19. meeting with some stormes and rainy weather we arriued at Texell in our owne natiue countrey, without any great misfortune, saue that the Mauritius once stroke on ground. Thus having attained to our wished home, we gaue God thankes for this our so happy and prospemus voiage : because there neuer arriued in Holland any shippes so richly laden. Of pepper we brought eight hundreth tunnes, of Clones two hundreth, besides great The particulars quantity of Mace, Nutmegs, Cinamom, and nther prinripnll commodities. To conclude this ^jing'""" voia'^e was performed in one yeare, two monethes, and nineteene daies. We were sailing outward from Texell to Bantam seuen moneths, we remained there sixe weekes to take in our lading, and in six monethi we returned from Bantam in laua to Hol- land. The performance i " this long and daungcrous voiage in so short time we ascribed to Gods deuine & w(inderfu!l pronidenee, hauing sailed at the least 8000. leagues, that is to say, twenty four thou-.and English miles. The ioye of the safe arriuall of these shippes in Holland was exceeding great : and postes were dispatched to euery prineipall towne and citty to publish these acceptable newes. The merchants that were ow.crs of these ships went straight toward Texell for the re- freshing of their men, and for other necessary considerations. The Commissary or Factor ma>ter Cornells Ilcemskcrck t( gether v 'ih Cornells Knick, hied them with all speed to- wardes the Estates generall and ]'.''f teene (notwithstanding the foure shippes gone from laua to the Moluccas, as is before men- shrp'ssemthis" tioned) liaue sent this last spring 1399. foure ships more to continue this their traffique so last^spfins y99- happely begun : intending moreouer the next spring to send a newe supply of other ships, dies.' And diners other Marchants are likewise determined to enter into the same action. ma"rchanuof''" Of them that departed from Zeland these bring no newes, otherwise then is aforesaide. Amsterdam to Neither doe they report any thing of the two fleetes or companies, that went from Roter- lhe''n«Mprillg' dam the last sommer 1598. shaping their course for the streites of Magellan. i6oo. Wee haue before made mention of an Indian called Abdoll, which was brought from Ban- tam in the first voiage, and had continued an whole winter or some eight monethes at Am- sterdam in Holland. Where during that space (being a man of good obseruation and experience, and borne about China) hee was well entreated, cherished, and much made of. This Abdoll vpon his returne to laua being demanded concerning the state of the Ne- The relation of therlands, " '" ' Abdoll an In. m wM "J ■'HS *l \U 1 ri.: ' 252 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, ji true report of dim, concerning therlands, inadc vnto the principall men of Bantnm a full declaration thereoF, with all the the Neihcriindj. rarities and singularities which he had there scene and obserued. Which albeit to the greatest part of readers, who haue tranailed those countries may seeme nothing strange, and scarce worthy the relation : yet because the report was made by so meere a stranger, & with the lauans that heard it wrought so good effect, I thought it not altogether impertinent here in this place to make rehearsall thereof. First therefore he tolde them (to their great admiration in that hoat climate) That hee had seene aboue a thousand sleds drawen, and great numbers of horsemen riding vpon the frozen water in winter time, and that he had beheld more then two hundreth thousand peo- ple trauailing on foote and on horseback vpon the yce, as likewise that the said sleds were by horses drawen so swiftly, that they made more way in three houres than any man could go on foote in tenne. And also that himsclfe for pleasure had beene so drawen, the horses being brauely adorned with bels and cymbals. Howbeit they would hardly be induced to beleeue that those countries should be so ex- treamely colde, and the waters so mightely frozen, as to beare such an huge waight. Hee tolde them moreouer, that Holland was a free countrey, and that euery man there was his owne Master, and that there was not one slaue or captiue in the whole land. Moreouer, that the houses, in regarde of their beautifull and lofty building, resembled stately pallaces, their inward rich furniture being altogether answerable to their outward glorious shew. Also, that the Churches (which he called Mesquitas) were of such bignesse and capacity, as they might receiue the people of any prety towne. He affirmed likewise, that the Hollanders with the assistance of their confederates and friendes, maintained warres against the King of Spaine, whose mighty puissance is feared and redoubted of all the potentates of Europa. And albeit the said warres had continued aboue thirty yeares, yet that during all that time the saide Hollanders increased both in might & wealth. In like sort he informed them of the strange situation of Holland, as being a countrey driuing vpon the water, the earth or ground whereof, they vse instecd of fewell, and that he had oft times warmed himselfe, and had seene meat dressed with fires made of the same earth. In briefe, that it was a waterish and fenny countrey, and full of riuers, chanels, and ditches, and that therein was an innumerable multitude of boatesand small shippes, as like- wise great store of tall and seruiceable ships, wherwith they sailed vnto all quarters of the world, etc. This man Abdoll wee found to bee a captiue or slaue, and sawe there his wife and child- ren in very poore estate dwelling in a little cottage not so bigge as an hogsty : but by oure meanes he was made free and well rewarded. Notwithstanding he did but euil recompence vs : for he was charged to be the cause why pepper was solde dearer then ordinary vnto vs by a penny in the pounde: for hee told them that certaine shippes of Zeland and of other places were comming thitherwardes. And here the reader is to vnderstand, that some foure moneths before the said three ships arriued at Bantam, the Portugales came with an Armada of gallies and fustes, being set The Portugais foorth by the Viceroy of Goa and the goucrnour of Molucca, to intercept the traffique of d°A'hTtra°de''or the Hollanders vnto those partes, and to make them loose all their expenses, labour, and the Hollanders, time which they had bestowed: and also that their great and rich presentes which they gaue vnto the lauans the yeare before, to bring them into vtter detestation of the Hollanders, might not be altogether in vaine. The Gcnerall of them that came from Goa was Don Luis, and of those that came from Molucca Don Emanuell : who brought their Armada before Bantam, intending to surprize the citty, vnder pretence that the same preparation was made to resist certaine pirates that came thither out of Holland the last yeare, and were determined this yeare also to come againe. Vnder these colours they sought to take the towne and to fortifie the same, & they lers. & ihey a Voiage to laua. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCX)UERIES. ^hs •I Ebciiwood. thcv built certnine sconces in the countrey, committing great outrages, rauishing the Wo- men, with many other villanics. Hereupon the townsemen of Bantam very secretly pro- uitled certaine gallies and fustes in great hast, and Hodainly assailed the Portugales before they were well aware of them : for which cause finding but small resistance, they tooke 3. Portugale gallies with certaine shippes, and slewe about 3(X). of them, taking J50 Portu- TiiePortusaii gales prisoners, of which we daily saw some going vp & downe the streetes of Bantam "*"''""" ' like slaucs and captiues. Besides these they tooke about l»00. galli-slaues prisoners. Vpon this hard successe the rest of the Portugals betooke themselues to flight : but whi- ther they bee arriucd at Goa or Molucca, or what is become of them since, we are not able to auouch. The foresaid attempt and ouerthrowc, bred greater enmity betweene the Por- tugales and thcni of Bantam, and gaue an Cspcciall occasion for the aduanccment of our trafiiquc. The fine ships (whereof we haue before signified that foure were dispatched by the whole 3?*^",""^^^ companie for the Moluccas) being seucred beyondc the Cape of Buona Speranza from the ships toJke aft« other three of their company, and hauing quite lost them, came all of them shortly after |^,7j*^"m',hc'" vnder an Island called (as it is thought) by the Portugals Isola de Don Galopes : but they three comorts named it the Island of Mauritius. Ilcre they entered into an hauen, calling the same War- f^^l'^^l^^^J wicke, after the name of their Viceadmirall, wherin they found very good harborow in ranza. twenty degrees of southerly latitude. This Island being situate to the East of Madagascar, and containing as much in compasse Tiie w^ of as nil Holland, is a very high, goodly and pleasant land, full of green & fruitfull vallies, and scribed. replenished with Palmito-trees, from the which droppeth holesome wine. Likewise here are very many trees of right Ebenwood as black as iet, and as smooth & hard as the luory : and the quantity of this wood is so exceeding, that many ships may be laden here- with. For to saile into this hauen you must bring the two highest mountaines one ouer the other, leaning sixe small Islands on your right hand, and so you may enter in vpon 30. fadomes of water. Lying vVin the bay, they had 10. 12. & 14. fadoms. On their left had was a litle Island which they named Hemskerk Island, and the bay it selfe they called Warwick bay, as is before mentioned. Here they taried 12. daies to refresh themselues, finding in this place great quantity of foules twise as bigge as swans, which they called Walghstocks or Wallowbirdes being very good meat. But finding also aboundance of pidgeons & po- piniayes, they disdained any more to eat of those great foules, calling them (as before) Wallowbirds, that is to say, lothsome or fulsome birdes. Of the said Pidgeons and Popiniayes they found great plenty being very fat and good meate, which they could easily take and kil euen with little stickes : so tame they are by reason ;y the Isle is not inhabited, neither be the liuing creatures therein accustomed to the sight of men. Here they found rauens also, and such abundance offish, that two men were able to catch enough for all fiue ships. Tortoises they founde so huge, that tenne men might sit and dine in one of their shelles. Huge Tortoises, and one of them would creepe away, while two men stood vpon the backe thereof. Here was founde waxe also whiter then any of ours, lying about the strande, bleached (as it is like) by the sunne : and in some of this waxe there were Arabian letters or characters printed : wherby it is probable, that some Arabian ship might bee cast away thereabout, out of which the said waxe might be driuen on land. They found likewise Corall on this land, and many trees which we call Palmitos, whereout C"""- •Iroppeth wine as out of the Coco-tree : which wine being kept hath his operation as our P''"""'- new prest wine, but after some time it commeth vnto the ful vertue and perfection. The said Palmitos they esteemed to bee a kinde of wilde date-trees. We sought all the Island ouer for men, but could find none, for that it was wholly destitute of Inhabitants. Vpon this Island we built an house with a pulpit therein, and left behind vs certaine L 1 writings t t ,'1' 'I'fi ■V.M "'. :' ill .-, ',.-:^* H ■ ■I ' K^Mf-''?' Mi m I • -I, m 1 / !, m 254 A good watcrinc flice. VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, A true report of vritings as a token and remembrance of our being there, and vpon the pulpit we left a Bible and a pnalter lying. Thuii after 12. daies aboad at this Island, being well refreshed, they tooke in excellent fresh water being easie to get, and very sweet and sauory to drinke, and then set saile, meeting the three other ships their consorts at the time and place before mentioned. A briefe description of the voiage before handled, in manner of a lournall. MAIE. THe first of Maie 1598. with the eight shippes before mentioned, we set saile in the name of God from Texcli in Holland. The third of May we passed along the coast of England, descrying some of her Maicstics ships, and they vs, whom we honoured with discharge of our artillery. The fourteenth, we had sight of the Isle of Porto Santo lying in thirty two degrees. The sixteenth, wee came within sight of the Canaries. The twenty two, we first saw flying fishes. The twenty three, we passed by the Isle Del! Sail. The thirty one, we had a great storme, so that we lost sight one of another : but by night we came together againe. . . IVNE. THe eighth of lune wee crossed the Equinoctiall line. The twenty foure wee sayled by the sholdes of Brasiile lying vnder eighteene degrees of Southerly Latitude. IVLIE. THe twenty one of July we got to the height of the Cape of buona esperanza. From the thirtith of luly till the second of August, we continually sayled in sight of the land of the foresaid Cape. AVGUST. THe seuenth and eighth of August wee had such foiile and stormy weather, that fiue ships of our company were separated from vs», whom we saw no more vntill they came to vs before Bantam. The twenty sixt we deserved the Island of Madagascar. The twenty nine came by uh the ship called the Long barke of Zeland, hauing in her but nine sound men, tenne dead, and the rest all sicke : but the same night we lost the sight of her againe. SEPTEMBER. THe seaiienth of September, we came before the Island of Santa Maria, and afterward wee put into the great bay of Antogill. The sixteenth of September, wee set saile from thence, directing our course for laua. OCTOBER. THe first of October, wee got to the heighth of Bantam. The fifteenth, died the first man in our Admirall. NOVEMBER. THe nineteenth of Nouember, we came within sr St of Sumatra. The twenty ninth, wee road before the citty of Bi, .»tam : And the thirtith, we payed our toll to the gouernour. AN4 a Voiagc to laua. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUEHIES. lANVARIE. 955 ANd vpon Newycarcs daic 1599. Stilo Nouo, we began to take in our lading. Then came vntovs before Bantam, with great ioie and triumph, our fiue separated shippesi, all the people standing vpon the shore gazing, and suspecting some harme intended against them. The eighth of January, foure of the said 5. newcome 9hippes(God send them a prosperous voyage) set saile toward the Moluccas. Moreouer our foure shippcs being well and richly laden at Bantam made saile honiewardc the eleuenth of January, and the thirteenth, wee were shot as farre as the Isles of Sumatra. The nineteenth, we proceeded thence on our voiage, and the same day, to the great gricfe of V8 all died the Pilot of our Admirall. APRILL. THe third of Aprill, we de.scried the land of Capo de buona esperanza. The eighth, wee doubled the same Cape, thence shaping our course for the Island of Saint Helena, where the twenty sixt we happily arriued, and departed from thence vpon the fourth of Maie. MAIE. THe tenth of Maie, wee sailed by the Isle of Ascension. The seauenteenth, we passed the Equinoctiall line. The twenty one, we saw the North starrc. IVNE. THe ninth and tenth of lune, we had sight of the Canaries. The twenty seauen, wee say led vpon the Spanish Sea. The twenty nine, we were in fortie four degrees. IVLIE. THe fourth of luly, we saw behind vs two sailes, one before the other, which were the first that we had seene of a long time. The sixt of luly our Admirall had both his foremast and maine-mast blowne ouer boord. The eleuenth, we passed the Sorlings, the thirteenth, Falmouth, Flimmouth and the Quasquets. The seauenteenth, we came before Douer. The nineteenth, wee had foule and stormy weather, at what time by Gods good blessing wee arriued in our natiue countrey at Texell in Holland, hauing performed in the short space of one yeare, two moneths and nineteene daies, almost as long a voiage, as if we should haue compassed the globe of the earth, and bringing home with vs our full fraight of rich and gainfull Marchandize. FINIS. L 1 2 VaM Mif:0 m Kif i*-- mSi HbJV i^ ■ Hi yMi 1-4 Wi M^ii r/ ^ IP' 1 i 1 : ■ 1 NEWKS piiiiM rill''. EAST INDIES: OR A VOYAGE TO BENGAIJ.A, ONE OF THE GREATEST KINCDOMKS UNDEU THE HIGH AND MIGHTY PUlNvI". PEDESHA SHASSALLEM, USUALLY CALLED THE GREAT MOGULL. WITH THE STATE AND MAGNIFICENCE OF THE COURT OF MAECANDY, KEPT BY THE NABOB VICEROY, OR VICE-KING UNDER THE AFORESAYD MONARCH : ALSO THEIR DETESTABLE RELIGION, MAD AND FOPPISH RITES, AND CEREMONIES, AND WICKED SACRIFICES AND IMPIOUS CUSTOMES USED IN THOSE PARIS. WRITTEN BY WILLIAM BRUTON NOW RESIDENT IN THE PARISH OF S. SAVIOURS SOUTHWARK, WHO WAS AN EYE AND EARE WITNESSE OF THESE FOLLOWING DESCRIPTIONS; AND PUBLISHED AS HE COLLECTED THEM BEING RESIDENT THERE DIVERS YEARES: AND NOW LATELY COME HOME IN THE GOOD SHIP CALLED THE HOPEWEL OF LONDON: WITH DIVERS MERCHANTS OF GOOD ACCOUNT 'i,'!';: ^ii'i.i! (IT' vm .> *j ill ill . '.' '.vv; 'M AKK ABLE TO TESTIFIC THE SAME FOR THUTH. IMPRINTED AT LONDON BY I. OKES, AND ARE TO BK SOLD BY HUMPIIEREV BLUNDEN AT HIS SHOP IN CORNE-HILL AT THE SIG^E OF THE CASTLE NEERE THE ROYALL EXCHANGE 16u8. :,f' ':::A Frill i' r P'^ nni'' !^ Ml % M i.,i !\'. >;': i'li W' 4 h , K^f't: ffl ^ i|;i^ waM 11 r.Ml RARE AND MOST STRANGE RELATION IROM BENGALLA IN THE EAST INDIES, BEING OA'E OF THE GREATEST KINGDOMES UNDER THE GREAT MOGULl, AND OF THEIU LAWES, MANNERS, AND CUSTOMI.S &c. '-,■■-■ 'nil ^^Hj : i- Although diners learned, painefull, and skiirull Mathematicians and Geographers haue with great industry spent much profitable Time, in finding out the circumference of the Terrestrial Globe, in describing Empires, Kingdomes, Principalities, Lordships, Regions, Prouinces, Territories, Variations of Climates & Scituations, with the diuersities of Dispo- sitions, of Tongues, Religions, Habits, Manners, Lawes, and Customes of sundry Nations : Though much labour, pcrill, and Cost hath beene worthily imployV. by Pliny the Second, Ortellius, lodoco Hondius; or (to come nearer) to our English Worthies, such as are de- scribed in the Buoke of Hacklewicks Voyages, namely, Windham, Chancelour, Grinvill Willouby, Drake, Cauendish, Gilbert, Chidly, Frobusher, Clifford, Sidney, Deuoreux, Wing- field ; as also the exceeding paines taken by Mr. Samuel Purchase, and the Learned and Renowned Knight Sir Walter Rawleigh in their descriptions of the whole World, not for- getting the perills that Mr. Sands passed in his tedious Trauells, with his exact Relations and Descriptions ; With Atlas new Imprinted (a rare Worke) and lastly, William Lithgow deserues a kind Remembrance of his ninetecne y ceres sore and dangerous Trauells of his feete & pen, worthy your obseruation and Reading. But all these Authors and Actors both of History and Trauell, did neuer discouer all, but still (out of their plentifull Haruests of Obseruations) they left some Gleanings for those that came after them to gather. Tor the manifestation whereof in this following discourse, I haue tyed and bound myselfe to speake oncly Truth, though it seeine incredulous or Hy- perbolicall ; and if I should any way sway or stray from the Truth, there are liuing men of good Fame, Worth and Estimation, who are able & ready to disproue me. Therefore briefly to the matter in hand ; I William Bruton was .shipp'd as a Quartermaster, from the Port of London, to serue in the good Ship called the Hope-well, ol tiie Burthen of 240 Tunnes. To relate our long & tedious passage by Sea, and our arriuall at cuery Port and ' '■ ' tf^i ■'\:^m I r UM ';' : r km •iffiV 41 :Sr :■ 06U VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Nrursfrom the East Indies: and II;men were but little to the purpose, & would more tire than (lclii;lu my Reader : There- fore to begin, that after my Arriuali in those parts, & in my scruiccs and passages there fore the space of 7 yeeres, I obserued many things, and put them in writing ; but afterwards I came to know that the same things had beene discouer'd and described formerly by more siiflicient & able men of Capacity than my selfe, I thought good to keep them to my selfc, and discouer nothing but that which before was not so fully or scarce knowne as I shall now decypher them. The 22. of March, 10,12. I being in the Countrey of Cormandell with sixe Englishmen more at a place called iMassaliipatam, (a great Towne of Merchandize) Master lohn Noris, the Agent there, was resolued to send two Merchants into Bengalla, for the settling of a Factory there, and these sixe Englishmen (of the which I was one) were to gnc with the Merchants, and withall to carry a present from the Agent to the Nabob, (or King) of that Countrev, to oblaine the Promises that formerly hee had granted to the English for Tradick, & tobeCustomc free in those of his Dominions and Ports. Wherefore a lunke was hired at .Massalupatam to be our Conuoy ; the said lunke did belong vnto those parts & flic Names of the Englishmen that were appointed for that Voyage, were Mr. Ralph Cartwright Mer- cliant, Mr. Thomas CoUcv second, William Bruton, lolui Dobson, Edward Petclbrd, lohn Bassley, lohn Ward, & William Withall. Though we hired the aforesaid lunke, March 22. yet it was the G. of Aprill following before we could be fitted to depart from Massalupatam, and in much various Weather widi many difficulties and dangers, (which to relate here, would be tedious it impertinent to my intended discourse) the 21. of Aprill, being then Easter-day, we were at Anchor in a Bay before a Towne called Ilarssapoore : It is a place of good strength, with whom our Merchants doe hold commerce with correspondency. Tiiis 21. day in the morning, Mr. Ralph Cartwright sent the Moneys a shore to the Gouernour of Harssapoore, to take it into his s.ife keeping & protection till such time as he came a shore himsclfe. So presently there came a Portugal I i'riggat fiercely in hostility towards vs, but we made ready for their entertainment, & fitted ourselues & the Vessel for our best defences: but at last they steered off from us, & vpon our command shee came to an Anchor somewhat nearc vs, & the Master of her came aboord of vs, who being examined whence he came, & whither he was bound to which demands he answer'd nothing worthy of beleefe, as the sequel shewed ; for hee seem'd a friendly Trader, but was indeed a false Inuader, (where opportunity and power might helpc and preuaile) for on the 22. day Mr. Cartwright went a shore to the Gouernour of Harssapoore, & on the 24. day the .said Master of the Frigat (with the Assistance of some of the ribble rabble Rascalls of the Towne) did set vpon Mr. Cartwright and Mr. Colley, where our men (being oprest by multitudes) had like to haue beene all slaine or spoyld, but that (Lucklip) the Rogger (or Vice King there) rescued them with 200. men. in this fray Mr. Colley was sore hurt in one of his hands, and one of our men much wounded in the legge and he.id ; their Nockado or India Pilot was .stab'd in the Groyne twice, and much mischiefe was done, & more pretended, but by Gods helpe all was pacified. The 27. of April we three tooke leaue of the Gouernour, and Towne of Ha.ssarpoore, (I meane three of vs) namely, Mr. Cartwright, William Bruton, and lohn Dobson; leaning Mr. Colley & the other foure men with him, till newes could be sent backe to them from the Nabobs Court, at Cuttekc or Malcander, of our succe«se and proceedings there with our ufher goods, for he is no wise Merchant, that ventures too much in one bottome, or that is too credulous to trust Mahomclanes or Infidels. And hr.uing laden our small Boats with the goods (which were Gold, Siluer, Cloth and Spices, of which Spices those jiarts of India, are wanting, and tliey almost are as deare there aa in England) we passed some two Leagues and halfe by Water, & after that, the said goods was carried by land in Carts, till wee came to a great Towne called Balkkada, but it was more than three houres after Siiiinc-sctting, or late l)efore we came thither. The 28. of April in the morning, the Gouernour of this Towne came Sc saluted our Mer- chant, & promised him that whatsocuer was in his power to doe him any friendly courtesir. he or a Voyage to Bengalla. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUF/^IES. he should command it ; and indeed he was euery way as good as his word ; for hee lent vs Horses to ride on, and Cowlers (which are Porters) to carry our goods, for at this Towne the Carts did leaue vs, & our goods were carried on Mens shoulders : then we set forwards, being accompanied by the Gouernour, with his Musicke, which were Shalmes, & Pipes of sundry formes, much after the formes of Waits or Hoboyes, on which they play most deli- cately out of Tune, Time & Measure. In this manner the Gouernour, with a great number of People did bring vs about halfe an English Mile out of the Towne, where he courteously tooke his leaue of vs, but yet he sent his seruants with vs as guidci^, Sc that they mi{^ht bring his Horses back to him that he lent vnto vs. This towne of Balkkada, is a strong & spacious thing, very populous : There are many Wcauers in it, & it yeeldeth much of that Countrey fashion Cloath. This day, about the houres of betweene eleuen & twelue of the Clocke it was so extreame hot that we could not trauell, & the winde did blow with such a soultering scalding heat, as if it had come forth of an Ouen or Furnace, such a suffocating fume, did I neuer feele before or since ; and here we were forced to stay neare three houres, till the Sunne was declined, we hauing happily got vnder the shadow of the branches of a great Tree all that time. Tiien we set forward for the Towne of Harharrapoore : which in the space of two houres, or a little more, wee drew neare vnto: so we stay'd awhile till our carriages were come vp together vnto vs; which done, there met vs a man, who told vs that his Master staid our comming, then we speedily prepared ourselues for the meeting of so high esteem'd a person: & when we came to the Townes end, there did meet vs at a great Pogodo or Pagod, which is a famous & sumptuous Temple ( or Church) for their Idolatrous seruice & worship there vsed, & iust against that stately & magnificent building, we were entertained & welcomed by one of the Kings greatest Noblemen, & his most deare and chiefest fauourite, who had a Letter from the King his Master, & was sent from him to meete vs & conduct vs to his Court. The Noble mans name was Mersymomeine. He did receiue vs very kindly, & made vs a very great feast or costly eolation before supper, which being done we departed for our Sirray, (or Inne) where we lay all night with our goods : but Mersymomeine staid with his followers & seruants in his & their tents at the Pagod. The 29. day of April wee staid at Harharrapoore, & visited this great man, but the great- est cause of our staying, was by reason that the Nockador (or Pilot) of the Frigget, whose men did affront & hurt some of our men at Harssapoore, for which cause the Vrigget was staid there, & the Pilot of her came to this great man, thinking by gifts to cleare his Vessell, (the which he thought to make prise of) but he would not be allured by such rewards or promises ; but told hint that he must appeare before the Nabob, & seeke to cleare him- selfe there. The 30. of April we set forward m the Morning for the City of Coteke (it is a City of seuen miles in compasse, & it standeth a mile from Malcandy, where the Court is kept) but Master Cartwright staide behinde, & came after vs, accompanyed with the said Noble man : We went all the day on our iourney till the Sun went downe, & then we staid for our Mer- fhant, being eight English Miles from Coteke, & about twelue or one of clocke at night they came where wee were : so we hasted & suddainly got all our things in rcadinesse, & went along with them, & about the time of three or foure of clocke in the Morning we came to the house of this Mersymomeine at Coteke, being May day. Here we were very well entertained & had great variety of sundry sorts of meates. drinks, & fruits, such as the Countrey yeelds, euen what we could or would desire fitting for our vse. About eight of the Clocke Mersymomeine went to the Court, & made knowne to the King, that the English Merchant was come to his house, then the King caused a great banquet to be speedily prepared, & to bee sent to the house of Mersymomeine, which banquet was very good & costly. Then, about three or fourc of the clocke in the afternoone, wee were sent for to the Court of Malcandy, whi>:h is not halfe a mile from Coteke. The magnificence of which Court, with the stately struct^ire & situation of the place, as well as my weake Ap- prehension can enable, I describe as foLr)weth. M m The 261 '*.'■ 1? if '^; -i-'i's'i'^ ^1 268' TIOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS) Newesfrom the East-Indies H' .^•i ' :,fif > W-'i^K I ■•■. The CoiTt of Malcandi in Bengalla. GOiiigf from the house o£ Mersymomeine, we passed cuer a long stone Cawsey, of some two foote in breadtli, & at the end thereof we entrcd in at a great gate, & being conductett albng further, we came into a Buasar, or very faire Market place, where was sold a great munbev of all sorts of Fruits, Hearbes, Flesh, Fish, Fowle, Rice, & such like needfull commodilles & necessaries as the Countrcy yeelded, (which is very fertile.) Hauing; passed this place, we did enter in at a second gate, where was a guard of some iifty armed men, & so we came into a place all paued with great intones, or as it may fitter be called, a faire & spacious streete, where Merchants seated on both sides the way, were buying & selling all kind of their own and forraigne wares & merchandizes that was very rich and costly. Passing this place we entred in at a third Gate, where was another Guard of one hundred men armed : By this gate was a great I'ogodo or Pagod, which ioyned to the Southemiost purt of the King's house. la this streete there were houses but one side of the way, for ou that side that the King's house was on, there was no other House but that. Then we came to a fourth Crate, which was very spacious & high, & had two lofty stories one aboue the other, & vpheld by mighty Pillars of gray Marble, most curiously caru'd & polish'd : At this Gate was a great guard of 150. Men or more, all armed. Going through this Gate, we entred into a very great broad place or streete, ( much of the breadth of the streete betweene Charing Crosse & White-Hall or broader, & no dwell- ing in it ; here we passed the wall of the King's House, or Palace, till we came to the Court Gate. In this broad street are euery day 1000. Horses in readinesse for the Kings vse; (for he hath alwaiesSOOO. at an houres warninsi, in the two Townes of Coteke & Malcandy ; whereof 1000. alwaies waiteth at the King's Gate, & so by turnes doe all die rest attend as their places & seruices require. Ouer against the Gate of the House is a very great house of Timber, whose Chambers are made with Galleries, built & suppMrted with great Arches to vphold the Roofe : In these Galleries there were men that played on all kind of loud Instruments, euery morning they began ne to play at foure of the Clocke, & fi;aue ouer at eight. On the North side of the Gate is a small Tower, builded with two hollow Arches, wherein are placed two mighty Images of stone, with great Pipes of Iron placed^ in their breasts & by deuices in the lower roomes, they doe make fire & water to flash & spout out of those Pipes on Festiuall dayes. On the South side of the Gate there standeth a great Elephant, artificially wrought of gray Marble, but for what vse I know not. At the entrance into the Pallace Gate, we passed through a Guard of 150. men armed, the Pillars within were ail of gray Marble, earned three stories one aboue the other. The out- ward Court was paued all with rough hewne Marble. On the South side of the Pallace were houses wherein were men, cunning workers in rich workes, imployed onely fbr the King's vse nnd seruicc. On the North side (in the Pallace) a faire fa'urick builded, wherein was erected two stately Tombes, who were founded by one Rackarcaunc, — lie was Nabob, & predecessour to this Nabob now gpuerning : & at the East end of the P.iUace there was a faire place made and pautd with broad gray Marble, & curiously vailed about, the Rayles being foure foote Si. halfe high frim the ground, & a very faire Tanke, which is a square pit paued with gray Marble, with a Pipe in the Midst of it, whose water descended tetweene two Walls, with the formes of Fishes of sundry sorJs, earned in stone very artificially, as if they had btene swim- ming or gliding up the Wall against the slreame. At this "".ast end there was also a second Gate, where was a guard of 100. men armed ; here stood also men that did kecpe the time of the day by obseruations of measures of Water, in this manner following: First tliey take a great Pot of Water of the quantity of three Gallons, & putting therein a little pot of somewhat more than halfe a pinte (this lesser pot hauing a small l^in''. nm- or a Voyage to BengaVa. TRAFF!Q,UES, AND DISCOUERIES. small hole in the bottome of it) the water issuing into it, hauing filled it, then they strike on a great plate of brasse, or very fine metal, which streak maketh a very great sound, this stroak or parcell of time they call a Goome, the small being full they call a Gree, 8 Grees make a Par, which Par is three houres by our accompt. They likewise do begin the day at the houre of sixe in the morning, & it is ended wiil'i them at sixe at night : here we entred into the second Pallace, which had in the midst there- of a faire & sumptuous Theatre built & about it was made small banker, whereon were planted great varieties of fruits & flowers, very sweete to the sent, & pleasing to the sight; this place was also curiously railed in round; Then we entred into a narrow passage bctweene two high stone Walls, where there was another Guard of 850. men armed : This passage brought vs to a third Gate, wherein wee entred into a third Pallace or pleasant prospect, for in the midst of it there was a very faire pauement of Marble, square, of the largenesse of yardes euery way, & railed some three foot & a halfe higher then the ground, that was on the out-sides of it : it was likewise delicately rayled about, & in the midst of it there was an ascent of foure steps high, & all the roomes in it were spread or ouer-laid on the floore with rich Carpets exceeding costly. The space betweene the outward Railes & these Roomes was about 30. foote, i& the length 80. foote on the one side, but on the other side was a faire Tanke of water. This place they called the Derbar (or place of Councell, where Law & lustice was admi- nistred according to the custome of the Countrey, & it was likewise adorned & beautified with very pleasant Trees and Flowers, & Bankes about them with Gutters betweene the Bankes, in which Gutters water passed for the cooling & watering of them, & the water proceeded from the Tanke afore-mentioned. Here we stay'd the space of some two houres (or there abouts) looking vp & downe, & being looked vpon by Souldiers, & such fashioned Gentlemen as the Court yeelded, ( for there were more than 100. men armed, which were of the Nabobs, or Kings Priuie Guard). At last the word came forth that the King was com- ming : then they hasted and ouer-laid the great large pauement with rich Carpets, & placed in the midst against the Railes, one fairer & richer Carpet than the rest, wrought in Ben- galla-worke : They likewise plac^u a great round pillow of red veluet on this Carpet ; they placed also sixe small Pillars of Gold on the ends & sides of the rich Carpet, to hold it fast, or presse it to the ground, lest it should l»e raised with the Winde. They also placed vpon the Railes a Pannel of Veluet to leane on : At the last his Maiesty came accompanied with the number of 40. or 50. of his Courtiers, the most part of them were very graue men to see to : Also the Nabobs owne brother (a comely Personage) did beare the Sword before him. Then the Noble-man (Mersimomein) presented our Merchant (Mr. Ralph Cartwright) to the King, who clid obedience to him, & the King very affably bended forward (in manner of a Curtsie or respect) and withal leaned his Armes on two mens shoulders, & slipped off his Sandall from his foote ( for he was bare-legged ) and presented his foot to our Merchant to kisse, which hee twice did refuse to doe, but at the last hee was faine to doe it : then the King sate downe, & caused our Merchant to be placed by his Brother : His Counsell sate all along by the foot-pace of the Roomes before mentioned, his brother & his FauoritCB sate thwart the place or pauement, euery one sitting in the fashion of a Taylor crosse-legg'd. The Assembly being set, our Present was presented to the King, ^rhich was some twenty pounds of Cloues, twenty pounds of Mace, twenty pounds of Nutmeg's, two Bolts of Da- maske, halfe a Bale, or fourteene yards of StammelNcIoath, one faire Looking glasse, whose frame was guilded, one fowling piece with two locks, & one double Pistoll ; this was the present which the King receiu'd with much acceptation & content, & withall demanded the cause of our comming & our request : To whom our Merchant answered, that he was come to desire hisMaiesties fauour & Licence for free T ade in his Countrey, & not to pay any lunkan (or Custome). At this request he seem'd lo make a stand (and pausing a little) he conferr'd priuately with his Councell, but gaue vs no answer. Our Merchant Kkewise rcijuested that the English Merchants Trading for the East Indies might h»ue free Licence to come with their shipping small or great, into the Roads & Har- M m 2 bours $63 j'-i J- ;■!''' Ill iiP 't':- .*'i a- *^()4 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Newcsfrom the East Indies : mm bours of his Sea-port Townes or to any Hauens or nauigable Riuers or any such place or places as shall be found fitting for the safeguard, building or repairing of the said Vessels be- longing to the honourable company. And likewise to transport their goods either off or on the shoare without the let or hindernnce of the Natiues of the Countrey : Likewise to haue his Licence to quoyne Moneys, Gold or Siluer, Countrcy>money, h such as is currant with the Merchant. By this Time that our Merchant had ended the relation of his Suits & cause of his com- ming, the Kings Minister with a loud voyce called to Pmyer. Tlien the King speedily arose from his Seate, & all his Company went with him, & wee were dismist till prayer was ended. When the Minister came there was a large couering spread oucr the rich Car- pets; the couering was of black & white cloaths, on this they all stood, & when they kneeled, they did kneele with their faces towards the going downe of the Sun, (which is to the West.) Prayer being ended, the Assembly sate again concerning our Proposi- tions, all other businesses were laid aside; being now the shutting in of the Euening, there came a very braue shew of lights in before the King. The foremost that came were sixe Siluer Lanthornes, vsher'd in by a very graue man, hauing in his hand a StafTe ouer-laid with Siluer, & when he came to the steps of the Pauement, he put off his shooes, & came to the Carpets, making obedience : so likewise did those that bore the sixe lan- thornes ; but all the other lightes, being one hundred & thirty stood round about the Kailes. Then the Vshertook the lanthorne that had two lights in it, & (making obedience) lifted his armes aloft, & made an ample Oration, wliich being ended, they gaue all a great Sa- lame, or kind of Reuerence with a loud voyce. & departed euery one, & placed the lights according as the seuerall offices & places did require. Here we stay'd till it was betweene eight & nine of the Clocke at Night, but nothing accomplished ; onely wee had some faire promises of furtherance by some of the Courtiers : Thus wee were dismist for that time & wee returned for our Lodging at Mersimomeins house at Coteke, accompanied with a great multitude of people, & many Lights, who much admired our kind of habit and fashion. The second day, wee came in the After-noone againe to the court before the Nabob, which being set, there mette vs at the Derbar (or Councell-house) our old enemy the Nockada of the Frigget, who made a great complaint against vs, that wee had sought to make prize of his Vessell, & to lake his goods by force, hee had likewise giuen a great gift to a Nobleman to stand his friend & speake in his behajfe. Our Merchant pleaded likewise, that all such Vessells as did trade on the coast, & had not a Passe either from the English, Danes, or Dutch, was lawfull Prise. Hee answered that he had a Passe ; our Merchant bid him produce the same before the Nabob & hee would cleare him : to which the Nabob & the whole Councell agreed : but he could shew no Passe from any of the afore-named 3. Nations, but he shew'd two Passes from (or of) the Portugals, which they call by the name of Fringes, & thus was he cast, & we had the better of bim before the King and Councell. But then stood vp the Nobleman to whom hee had giuen a reward, (who had also a little knowledge or insight ia Sea-afTaires ) & said, what Stranger seeking a free trade, could make prize of any Vessell within any of the Sounds, Seas, Roads or Harbours of his Maiesties Do- minions ? This he spake not so much for the good of the King, but thinking and hoping that the Vessell by his meanes should haue beene clear'd with all her goods & the Nockado (or Pilot) acquitted, that so by those meanes hee might haue gained the more & greater re- wards; but hee was quite dcceiued in his vaine expectation. For the Nabob perceiuing that shce belonged to Pyplye, a Port-Towne of the Portugals, whom the Nabob affects not, where the Portugals were resident, & that shee was net bound for any of his Ports, hee made short worke with the matter, & put vs all out of strife presently, for hee confiscated both vessell & goods all to himselfe. Whereby the Nobleman was put by his hopes, who was in- deed a Gouernour of a great Sca-towne, whereto much Shipping did belong, & many ships & other Vessels were builded. Our Merchant seeing that hee could not make prize of the V'essell or the goods, nor haue any satisiiiction for ihe wrongs which he & our men had re- ceiued. hy •' 1 still or a Voyage to Bengalla. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. ceiued, he rose vp in great anger & departed, saying, that if hee could not haue right here, he would hnue it in another place, & so went his way, not taking his leaue of the Nabob, nor of any other, at which abrupt departure they all admired. The third day in the Mornins; the King sent for our Merchant by the iord Comptroller of his Court, who went with him accompanied with Mersimomein & others to the Derbar, where there was a very graue Assembly set : Then came the King, who being set, he smiled vpon our Merchant, & ( by an Interpreter) demanded the cause why het- went the last euening (or ouer-night) in such an anger? To whom he answer'd boldly, & with a sterne vndauntcd countenance, that he had done his Masters of the Honourable Company wrong, & (by his might & power) had taken their rights from them which would not be so en- dured or put vp. The King hearing this demanded of the Assembly, which were as well Merchants as Noljjcs, (in the Persian Tongue) of what strength & force our shipping were, their number, burthen & force, where our chief place of residence was for Trading: Hee likewise sent for Persian Merchants, & did diligently enquire of them the same demands & questions : who answer'd that we had great trading on the coast of Cormadell, India and Persia; & likewise in the South Seas, as Bantam, laparo, laubee & Macossor : They fur- ther told the Nabob, that our Shipping were great, and of great force withall, & likewise if his pleasure was such as to be at ods with vs, there neither could, would or should any Ves- sell, great or small, that did belong to these parts, stirre out of any Ilauens, Ports or Har- bours of his Maiesties Dominions, but they would take them & make prize of them, for they were not able to withstand their force. At these words the King said but little, but what he thought is beyond m j ki ledge to tell you. Then the King turn'd to our Merchant, & told him in Moores language (the which hee could very well vnderstand) that he wnuld grant the English free Trade vpon these Condi- tions following. That if the English Ship or Ships should at any time see any ship or ships, lunke or lunks, or any other Vessell of the Nabobs, or any of his subiects in distresse either by foule wea- ther, or in danger of Enemies, or in any other extreamity, that we (the English) should helpe, aide, & assist them to our powers, or if it happened they were in want of Cables, Anchors, Water, Victualls, or any other necessaries whatsoeuer that did belong to them, that we the said English shuuld helpe them as we were able. Likewise that we the said English should not make prize of any Vessell belonging to any of the Dominions of the said Nabob, & that we the said English should not make prize of any ship, Vessell or Vessels within the Ports, Riuers, Roads, or Havens of the Nabob, though they were our enemies; but at the Sea wee might make prize of them if we could : to this all our Merchants agreed. Then the King caused Articles on his part to be drawne, & published in this manner following. Here I the said Nabob, Vice King & Gouernour of the Countrey of Woodia, vnder the great & mighty Prince Pe De>ha Shassallcm, doe giue & grant free licence to the afore- said Ralph Cartwright Merchant to trade, buy, sell, export & transport by Shipping, either off or vpon the shore, not paying any lunkeon or Custome, nor any vnder me to cause them to pay any : Likewise, fhal if they doe conuay Goods by shore betwcene Factory & Factory or any other place for tlK>ir better aduantage of gainc within these liis Dominions, 1 straitly charge & command that no Gouernour, Custome-gatherer, or other Officer whatsoeuer, shall make or cause them to pay any lunken or Customes ; but shall suffer them to passe free, without let, hinderance, molestation, or interruption of stayage, but shall (I say) helpe & further them in .nny thing that shall be the furtherance of their businesse. More- ouer, I doe grant to the English Merchants to take ground, & to build houses fitting for their Imployments, & where they shall see conuenient for their best vtility & profits, with- out let or hinderance of any of my louing Subiectsi. And further I doe giue & grant to the English Merchants free Licence to build Shipping, small or great, or any other Vessell which they shall thinke best & fittest for their occasions & vses ; they paying no more than the Custome of the Countrey to the Workmen ; & likewise to repaire shipping if any occasion be to require it. Likewise S65 'A if :l 'M ?T 1266 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS. Ncwesfrom the Bait Iniie$ . Likewiae I the Nabob dee comound that no Gouernour or Oflfker whatsoeuer vnder me ahall doe the Engiiah any vrrong, or cause any to be done vnto them, as they Bfaall aoawer it at their perills, wheresoeuer they are resident *. Neither shall any wrong be done to any jteraant of ttieir^, that doth belong vnto them. Atid againc, if any Controueraie shouid be betwixt the English, & the people of the Countrey, if tJbe matter be of any moment, then the said cause shall be brought before me the Nabob at the Court at Malcandy, & at the Derbar I will decide the matter, because the English may haue no wrong, (behauing themseluesi as Merchants ought to do.) Thia Licence formed & giuen at the Royall Court of Malcandy, the third day of May 1633, but not sealed till the fift day of May following at night. The fourth day of May the King sent a great banquet to the House of Marsymomeine, to etir Merchant, & there came to this feast the great man that did speake on the Nockado'a tide against vs, at the Darbar, about the frigget aforesaid : He brought with him to our Merchant for a present a bale of Sugar, a Bottle of Wine, 8c some sweet meates ; saying, he was sorry for the things before done & past, but if any thing lay in him to doe the Company & him any good, he &; they should be sure of it. This man was Gouernour of a Towne called Bollasarye, a Sea Towne where shipping was built; (as is afore said) his name was Mercossom, & vnderstanding that the Merchant was minded to trauaile that way, hee promised him to doe him all the courtesies that could be. The fifth day of May in the afternoone we were before the King againe at the Darbar, at mir comming he called for our Perwan, (which was our warrant or licence) & then he added to it the free leaue of coyning of Monies k sealed it with his owne signet himselfe, & so all things were strongly confirm'd & ratified for our free trade in his territories 8c Do- miniofldt The sixth day of May the King made a great Feast at the Court where were as.semb]ed the most & chiefest of all his Nobles Sc Gouernoura that were vnder his command, 8c being set, he sent the Lord Comptroller of his house for the English Merchant Master Ralph Cart- wright to come vnto him, who came with all dpeede, k when he was in the presence of the King, he caused him to set downeby him, & take part of the Feast (for the King was exceed* ing merry 8c pleasant) then the King caused a Vest or Robe to be brought, & with his own hands did put it vpon our Merchant ; & thus was he inuested & entertained in the presence of this Royal!, Noble & great assembly. This day the King was in magnificent state 8c Maiesty, on rich Persian Carpets : (as is before mentioned) But ouer this great Company was a large Canopy of branched Veluet of foure colours, & in the seames betweene the ioynings of it was yellow Taffata, which hung downe like vnto the Vallence of a bed, it was 80. foote in length, & 40. foote in bredth, & it was vpheld with foure small Pillars, ouerlayd with siluer, whose height was twelue foote, Sc in thicknesse one foote. Here we staid till about the houre of fiue in the after- noone, 8e then we tooke our leaues of the King & the rest, 8c departed to Coteke to the house of Mersymomeine. Thus haue I plainly & truly related the occurrences that hapned at the Court of Malcan- dy, but although the Palace of the Nabob be so large in extent, & so magnificent in struc- ture, yet he himselfe will not lodge in it, but euerj- night he lodgeth in Tents with his most tmsty Seruants 8c Guards about him, for it is an abhomination to the Moguls (which are white men ) to rest or sleepe vnder the roofe of a house that another man hath builded for his owne honour. And therefore hee was building a Palace which he purpos'd should be a Fabricke of a Rest, & future Remembrance of his renowne : He likewise keepeth three hundred Women, who are all of them the daughters of the best & ablest subiects that he hath. The seuenth day of May we went vp & downe in the Towne of Coteke ; it is very po- pulous of people, & hath daily a great Market in it of all sorts of necessaries which the Country afTordeth, it is seuen miles in compasse, & hath but two great Gates belonging to it, it is three Miles betweene the one Gate & the other. Vpon * J or a Voyage to Sengalla. TRAFFIQUIS, AND DISCOUIRIES. 267 po- the Vpon the eighth day of May we went to the Con»t at Malcandy agatnc to desite of the King a Warrant, or free PaMe^ for a safe conuoy of Let!er», or any oth«r 9nch occasion thfongh his Countries. Here we found hi» Maiesty sitting in the outward Talace of the Court on the Pauemenf by the Tanke before named, with a very faire Canopy ouer him, made of Damaske, & vp- held by foure small Pillars overlayd with Sihier, with his Nobles by hrm for (his effect & purpose following. He was by the great Mogul commanded to wage warre with all expedition against the King of Culcandouch (a great Prince neighbouring vpon his confines) which had wrong- fully with hostility entred on the Southwest part of his Countrey, & had made some spoyle i& hauock on the same. The King, I say, had here called all his Commanders, Leaders St Captaines together giuing them a great charge concerning the good vsage of his men, & their best endeauours in the management & performance of their seniices in those Warres. llee likewise gaue gifts to the Leaders, & money to the Souldiers to encourage them. Th< Army consisted of .30000. men, which was 1000. Horse & 2000. foote, armed for the most part with Bowes A Arrows ; & some againe with Darts, like our lauelins, but farre more sharpe ; Sc some ngaine with a kind of Falchon, Semiter, or like a bended Sword by their side ; some of which weapons haue cut in sunder two malefactors, which haue been con- demned to dye, being bound backe to backe, at one blow giuen backwards by the Execu- tioner. But our Commission being granted, & our businesse ended finally, our Merchant (reuerently) tooke his leaue of the King; & the King (with his Nobles) did the same to him, wishing him all good successe in his affaires in his Countrey ; & so we departed. The ninth of May we gathered together all our things ; & at night wee departed from Cotcke. The tenth, at the houre of two in the Afternoone we came to the Towne of Harharra- poore, & hosted in the house of our Interpreter. The eleuenth day wee went to the Gouernour of the Towne, & shewed him our Fermand or Commission from the King ; the Gouernour made a great Salame, or courtsie in rcue- rence vnto it, & promised his beat assistance & helpe in any thing that he could doe, & there the said Gouernour had a small Present giuen to him. The twelfth day of May Master Thomas CoIIey came to vs at Harharwpoore, & the rest of the Englishmen with him, with all the j^oods ; then wee hired a house for the pre- sent, till such time as ours might be builded, for our further occasions to the Companies vse. This Towne of Harharrapoore is very full of people, & it is in bounds sixe or seuen Miles in compasse ; there are many Merchants in it, & great plenty of all things, here is also cloth of all sorts great store, for there doth belong to this Towne at the least 3000. Weauers that are house keepers, besides all other that doe worke, being bound or hired. The foureteenth day the two Merchants went abroad, & found out a plat of ground fitting to build vpon ; then they layd the Kings Deroy on it, & seaz'd vpon it for the Companies vse, & there was no man that did, or durst gaine say them for doing the same. The fifteenth day they hired workmen & labourers to measure the Ground, & to square out the foundation of the House, & likewise for the Wall, which was one hundred Conets square, which is fifty yards, euery Conet being halfe a yard, or a foote & a halfe: & it be- houed vs to make haste, for the time of the great Raines was at hand. The sixteenth day they laid the foundation of the Walls, being nine foote thicke, much haste was made, & many workmen about it ; but this our first worke was but labour lost St cast away, for it came to nothing. For on the eighteenth day the Raines began with such force & violence, that it beate downe all our work to the ground, & wash'd it away, as if there had not fceene any thing done, this Storm e continued without ceasing, (day and night) more or lesse three weekes compleat. The sixteenth d;iy of lune Master Ralph Cartwright tooke his iourney for Ballazary, & two m m ■ %' mi. '"iJl 268 VOYAGES. NAUIGATIONS, Ncwcsfrom the East Indies two English men with him, who were Edward Peterord & William Withal, 5c from thence he was minded to trauaile further into the countrey of Bengalla ; & the eigth of luly fol- lowing wee receiued a letter from Master Cartwright, concerning his proceedings & trou- blesome passage ; for he found not the Countrey according as was reported, by reason of the time of the great raincs that fell, yet he was safely arriued in Pipely. The three 8c twentieth day of luly in the Morning, we had newes that there was an En- glish Ship arriued at Hassarpoore, Si had shot (jf three pieces of Ordnance, & stayed all night, she having not a boat to come from her, she weighed Anchor, & set sailc for Balla- zan[- The S5. of August in the morning Master Thomas Colley dyed of a violent Feuer at Harharrapoore. The seuenth day of September I receiued Letters from Master Cartwright from Ballazary, & wiihall he sent me the name of the Ship, to wit, the good Ship Swan, & Master Edward Austin (or Ostin ) commander. The nineteenth day of September there came two Merchants from Ballazary to Harharra- poore, the one of them his name was Master Robert Littler, the other Master John PowUe, Purser of the Ship Swan. The fourth day of October our Merchant Master Robert Littler, tooke a iourney for lag- gernat, & he returned the sixteenth day to the Factory at Harharrapoore. A briefc Relation of the great City of laggarnat. THe fifth day of Nouember I was sent about the Companies businesse to the groat city of laggarnat, & I trauailed this day to a Townc called Madew, & I lodged all night in a Pagod, or Pogoda. The sixth day I William Bruton trauailed eight course, which is thirty two Miles English, & came to a Towne named Amudpoore, where I found met together, of men, women 8c children, more than 3000. ; & all of them were Trauellers & Raungers of the Countrey, hauing no residence, but are called Ashmen ; (because they doe cast Ashes vpon them- selues) also they are called Fuckeires, which are religious names given to them for their supposed holinesse, but indeed they are very Rogues, such as our Gipsies be here in En- gland, when they see their time & opportunity to put Roguery & Villany in practice : at this Towne I made no great stay, for I had a good charge about me of the Companies. The seuenth day of Nouember in the Morning about two of the Clocke, I hasted from Amudpoore, ouer a passage, & so for laggarnat, which was tenne course betweene, that is forty Miles English, so about the houre of foure in the afternoone, I drew noare to this great City of laggarnet, to which I passed ouer a great stone Causy, on either side whereof was a very goodly Tanke to wash in, this Causey was about halfe a mile in length ; then as I came to the West end of this City, I entred into a very faire place for Scituation, furnis' ed with exceeding store of pleasant Trees & Groues & on either side of the way Tankes of water & Pagodoes in the midst of them. From thence I passed vp into the High-streete, where 1 was entertained by a Brammine, (which is one of their Religious Men or Idolatrous Priests) but let his Religion be what it would, into his House I went, & there I lodged all the time of my stay there. The eigth day of Nouember in the morning after I had gone about the aflTaires that I was sent to doe, I went to view the City in some part, but especially that mighty Pagodo or Pagod, the mirrour of all wickednesse & Idolatry: Vnto this Paged, or house of Sathan (as it may rightly be called) doe belong 9000. Brammincs or Priests, which doc dayly offer Sa- crifices vnto their great God laggarnat, from which Idoll the City is so called ; & when he is but named, then all the people in the Towne & Countrey doe bow & bend their knees to the ground, as the Moabites did to their Idoll Baal-Peor. Here they doe also offer their Children to this Idoll, & make them to passe through the Fire ; & also they haue an abho- minable custome to cause or make them passe through the water as Sacrifices vnto the said vngodly God. This .if! 7m 9r a Vot/agc to Bengalla. TRAFFIQUES. AND DISCOUERIFS. This Idoll is in shape like a great Serpent, with seuen Heads, & on the choekcs of each Head it hath the forme of a Wing vpon each cheeke, which wings doe open & shut, & (lappe, as it is carried in a stately Chariot, ic the Idoll in the midd'st of it: and one of the Mopils sitting bchinde it in the Chariot vpon a conuenient place with a Canopy to keepc the Siinne from iniuring of it. When I (with horrour) beheld these strange things I called to mind the 13. Chap, of the Uevel, & 1. Verse, & likewise the l(). & 17. Verses of the said Chapter, in which places there is a beast, & such Idolatrous worship mentioned, & those sayings in that Text arc herein fruely accomplished in the Ifith. Verse: for the Brammines are all marked in the fore-head, &' likewise all that come to worship the Idoll, are marked also in their fore-heads ; but those that doe buy & sell, arc all marked in the left shoulder; & all such as doe dare or presume to buy & sell, (not being marked) are most seuerely & gricuously punished. They haue builded a great Chariot that gocth on 16. Whecles of a side, Sc euery whecle i-i line foote in height, & the Chariot itself is about thirty foot high. In this Chariot (on their great Festiuall dayes at night) they doc place their wicked God Iag!>arnat, & all the Brammines (being in number 9000.) doe then attend this great Fdoll, bcxides of Ashmen k, Fuckeirs some thousands, (or more than a good many). The ('hariot is most richly adorned with most rich & costly Ornaments, & the aforesaid whecles arc placed very compleat in a round circuite so artificially, that euery whecle doth doe his proper office without any im- pediment: For the Chariot is aloft, & in the Center betwixt ihc Whecles; they haue also more than 2000., lights with them : And this Chariot with the Idoll is also drawne with the greatest & best men of the Towne, & they are so eager & greedy to draw it, that whoso- eucr by shouldering, crowding, shouing, heauing, thrusting, or any violent way can but Clime to lay a hand vpon the Ropes, they thinke themselues blessed & happy. And when it is going along the City, there are many that will offer themselues a Sacrifice to this Idoll, & desperately lye downe on the ground, that the Chariott-whceles may runne oucr them, whereby they arc killed outright; some get broken armes, some broken legges, so that many of them are so destroyed, & by this nieanes they thinke to merit Hcauen. There is also another Chariot which hath but 12. whceles, & that is for an Idoll oraDeuill of an inferiour rankc or lower degree: & hee doth not goe abroad or in progrcsse, but when the Bramlnes doe please. This Pagodo is scituated by the sea-side, & is to be seen into the Sea at the least 10. or 12. leagues ; (for the Ayre & Skye is clear & pure in those parts, that it may be scene farre). It is inclosed with a wall of Stone, much about 22. foot in height, & the inclosure is foure-square, & euery square is 150. Geometricall paces; so the foure squares in the totall are COO. paces or yards about : it sfandeth due East, West, North & South; & euery square hath a great gate for the entrance into it, but the South & West-gates are barr'd vp till the Festiuall times, & none commonly vsed but the North & East-gates, but especially the North-gate; for it hath all its prospect into the high, or chiefc street of this City. Now in some other parts of this Countrey the people doe adore Sc worship other crea- tures for their Gods: some worship the Celestiall, as the Sunne, Moone & Starres : some againe Terrestriall, & they of the Mountaines, Vallies Sc Woods : some Aquaticall, & those of the Seas, Riuers, & Fountaines : some running after a beast like an Oxe, the Dog, & the Cat, some after the Hawkc, some after the sheepe, & some so foolish, that they doted vpon the very hearbs & flowers in their Gardens. For indeed they haue very rare flowers for colour, such as I neuer saw in England, or else-where. Some of this Nation haue erected to themselues a God, in the likenessc of lupiter, & doe chaine him by the legge in their Pagod, to the intent that hee might not leaue them, nor forsake them ; & keepc continuall watch & Guard night & day, lest any of their Enemies should come & intice him away by bribery, & so to preuaile with him to come forth of it, & by that meancs their City come to mine & destruction : so much for their Idolatry. This City of Bengalla is very great & populous, it hath many Merchants in it, & jccldetli very rich commodities, as good Cloath in aboundance, Sugars, Silkes, Taffataes, StufTes, Waxe, 269 Nn Gumlacke, mr. ;l^ IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I Ul 12.5 ■U lU 122 2.0 li 1.25 „U ,,.6 ^ 6' ► ^l '/ Photographic Sciences Corporation 1% WIST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. MStO (716) 872-4503 iwi mi III 270 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Nexvea from the East Indies: Gumlacke, Butter, Oyle, Rice & Wheate, with many other good commodities vendable. It is likewiHe ramoiis for its multitude of Rhinoceroes, it hath a beast much like vnto a Vni* come, & because it hath but one Home, some doe beleeue Sc take it for the Vnicornes home for the vertue it hath in it. This City was once free from Taxations, till Ehebar the great Mogull caused it to be vnited to his Empire. The chiefest Cities which ioyne nearest to it, are Catigan, & Satagan on the bankes of Ganges Eastward : It was once the Seate of the great Bengalian King Maichiram, as Mr. Purchase relates in his Pilgrimage. This City lyes Westward toward Pcga, & ncere to Cosmin & Aracam, two famous Cities for Traffick & Sciluation ; lying vpon the Riuer, ^ within some few Leagues of the Gulfe call'd the Bengallian gulfe, which is a very dangerous one ; for at some certaine times of the yeere it is very hazardable for vessells to passe without shipwrack : There be many other Lakes Sc Riuers which I could mention, but for breuity sake I omit them. But there is no strong drinke suffered to be drankc within the City, except a Stranger doe bring it in priuatcly, & so it is not knownc : Sc thus much shall suffice for the impious Religion of laggarnat & the stately Court of Malcandy. The most of these people haue no Learning, but doe all things by memory : They weare commonly long haire, & are very strict in their time of Fasting ; but afterwards, wnen the Ceremony is ouer, then they freely commit all kind of wickednesse againe. In some places they haue their Edicts or Lawes written, & in other places vnwrittcn : They know what belon<>3 to Bonds or bills & they lend without Witnesses, or any scaling of Writings, euen vpon their owne Words : Sc hee that is found to deny his promise, hath the tops of his fingers cut olf. Their habit is various Sc different, some of them doe goe in linnen or woollen, some arc cloathed with beasts skins, or Birds feathers, others goe naked, Sc doc couer only their secret parts : Their bodies are for the most part blacke, which is not accidentall, but naturally arising from the quality of the seed they are begotten : Most of them are of a large stature ; they haue many wiues which they purchase & buy of their Parents : some they keepe to be their Vassals to doe their drudgery ; others, which are handsomer, for issue sake & pleasure. Here are greater store of Beasts than in any other part of the Indies ; as Oxen, Camells, Lyons, Dog^es, Elephants: they haue Dogges which are as fierce as Lyons, with which they usually hunt & pursue those wild beasts as we doe our bucks, for their delight & pleasure. They ride on goodly horses booted & spurr'd ; so likewise doe their Women. These people are notable ingenious men ; let it be in what Art or Science soeuer, & will imitate any workmanship that shall be brought before them : for the most part of them hate idlenesse, & those that doe not study in some Art or other, are counted drnanes, & stand for Cyphers, & dead men amonirst the best & chiefest sort of people: They haue a custome, that alwayes before dinner ihcy do call their children He, young people in their houses together, & doe examine how they had spent their time from the sunne-rising, Sc if they could not giue a good account of it, they were not to be admitted to the Table ; & so euery day, & if they did not the next time improue themselues in some knowledge of laudable things, they are most seucrely punished and chastised. These barbarous & idolatrous people, although they be so ignorant in the true worship of God cannot endure a perjured person, nor a common swearer, nor a common drunkard, but will punish them very seucrely by stripes, or else by forfeiture of their Commodities : A perjured person, say they, is an arch enemy to their God & them : & it is so hatefull, that if it be committed by their Father, Brother or kindred, they doe presently condemn him, according to the nature of the offence : for though they loue the periury, by reason of the benefit that commeth vnto them by it, yet they hate the person euen vnto death: for, say they, hee which was sometimes periurcd in their behalfe, may vndoe what he hath done, & speake the truth when time serues : They instance a story of Soleman the great Turke, who loathed & abhorred the Traitor that betrayed Rhodes vnto hin, & in stead of his daughter, whom he expected to be giuen him in marriage for a reward, he caused him to be flayed and •alted, & told him in derision, that it was not fit for a Christian to marry with a Turk, unless he put off his old skin : likewise they instance Charles the fourth, who rewarded the spul- diers M' or a Voyage to Bengalla. TRAFFIQUES, AND DISCOUERIES. (lien (that betrayed their Lord & Master Krantius) with counterfeit Coyne; and being de- sired to deliuer them current money, answered, that counterfeit coyne was the proper wages for counterfeit seruice : Thus a lyar or periured person amongst these Idolatrous people they will not beleeue, though he had spoken or sworne the truth: tor he that hath been once false, is euer to be suspected in the same kinde of falshood : wherefore iust & vpright dealing is aptly compared to a glasse, which being once broken, can neuer be repired ; or to oppor- tunity, which once omitted, can neuer be recouered. And so I conclude this relation, wishing all men to preferre knowledge & honesty before wealth & riches ; the one soone fadcth, the other abideth for euer : for amongst all the goods of this life, oncly wisdome is immortall. iU ;;i '•■'1 rij I, ,||I i m i ■ c FINIS. NnS '^5! Ii: , §: i I:: THE FARDLE OF FACIONS n .1.1 iV-. K-i CONTEININO THE AUNCIENTE MANERS, CUS""OMES AND LAWES, OF THE PEOPLES ENHABITING THE TWO PARTES OF THE EARTH, - A ■' 'k ',*'■:' i : ■ % ^'4 • .' . ^ ■>' iii ''J ' f I-"** 1 if CALLED AFFRICKE AND ASIE. 1565. ■'ill PtimeD atlUnHon: BY IHON KINOSTONB, AND HENRY SUTTON. t1 ('^'i' 1^ Ui^ I V n n n o w t( t •ni O P' tr to Pi fi in h: El Fi re CI th th is ar "1 v| w P' V' ',: '■im I TO THE RIGHTE HONOURABLE THE ERLE OF ARUNDEL, KNKiHT OF TIIF. ORDRE, il' LORDE STEWARDE OF THE QUIENES MAIESTIES MOST HONOURABLE HOUSEHOLDE. AFtre what time the barrein traiieiles of longe seruice, had driiic me to thinke libertic the best rewarde of my simple life, right honorable Erie and that I had determined to leauc wrastlynj? with fortune, and to giue my self wholie to line vpon my studie, and the labours of my hand : I thought it moste fitting with the dutie that I owe to God and manne, to bestowe my time (if I could) as well to the profite of other, as of myself. Not coueting to make of my floudde, a nother manes ebbe (theCancre of all commune wealthcs) but rather to sette other a flote, where I my self strake on groi;id. Tourning me therefore, to the scarche of wisedome and vertue, for whonc sake either we tossc, or oughte to tosse so many papers and tongues: although I founde aboute myself, verle litlc of that Threasure, yet remembred I that a fewe yeres paste, at the instaunce of a good Citezein, (who might at those daies, by aucthoritie commaunde me ) I had begonne to translate, a iitle booke named in the Latine, Omnium gentium mores, gathered longe sence by one lohannes Boemus, a manne as it ap- pereth, of good iudgemente and diligence. But so corrupted in the Printing, that after I had wrasteled a space, with sondrie Printes, I rather determined to lose my labour of the quartre translacion, then to be shamed with the haulf. And throwing it a side, entended no further to wearie my self therwithnll, at the leaste vntill I mighte finde a booke of a bettre im- pressio. In searching whereof at this my rctourne to my studie, although I found not at the full that, that I sought for : yet vndrestanding emongthe booke sellers (as one talke bringes in another) that men of good learning and cloquecc, bothe in the Frenche and Italien tonge, had not thought skorne to bestowe their time aboute the translacion therof, and that the Emperours Maiestie that now is, voiichedsaulfe to rereiue the presentacion therof, at the Frenrhe translatours hande, as well appereth in his booke : it kindled me againe, vpon regard of mine owne profite, and other mennes moe, to bring that to some good pointc, that earst I had bcgonne. For (thought I) seing the booke hath in it, much pleasant varietie of thingcs, and yet more profite in the pitthc : if it faile to bee otherwise rewarded, yet shal it thankefully of the good be regarded. Wherefore setting vpon it a frcsshc, where the booke is dcuided acording to thaunciente deuision of li^e earth into thre partes, AfTrique, Asie, and Europe : hauing brought to an ende the two (i'-te partes, I found no persone in mine opinio so fitte as your honour, to present theim vntn. For seing the whole processe ronneth vpon gouernaunce and Lawes, for thadministracio!< of commune wealthes, in peace and in warrc, of aunciente times tofore our greate graundfathers daies : to whom mighte 1 bettre presente it, then to a Lorde of verie nobilitie and wisedome, that hath bene highe Mareshalle in ■'■m ■'IB ' 'Ms J J ''i-^;^ ^.iif' 11 '!( < \^, Ttii TIIF, LirriRIi DEDICATORIE. in the ficldr abrmlr, drpiitie of thr Inckr and keic ofthii* rraline, and a counHniloiir at home, of thro worJhic princes. I'Acrciscd so many waics in the wanes of a fickle Commune wralihe : troubled sometime, but ncuer disapoincted of honourable successe. To your good Lordeshippe then I yelde & committe, the firste friiicles of my libertie, the firste rroppc of my labours, this iirste daic of the Ncwc yere : beseching the same in as good parte to receiue it, as I humblie oMre it, and at your pleasure to vnfolde the Furdle, and considre the stufT'e. Whirho euer the farder in, Hhall sieme I truste the more pleasauntc and fruictefulle. And to ronclude, if I shall vndresliide, that your honour delighiteth in this, it shal be n cause sufTiciente, to make me go in hande with Europe, that yet remaineth untouched. Almightie God giuc vnto your Lordeshippe prosperous fortune, in sounde honour and heallho. Your Lordshippes moste humblie at commaundemente, William Watheman. li li W ' . * 11 ' ' f 'hid ■ '. THE THE P R E F A C E '4 OF THE AUTHOUR. I HAVE sought out at times, as laisure hath scrucd mc. Good reader, the maners and facios the I^wes, Customes and Rites, of all sucho penplcs as semed notable, and worthy to be put in remembrace, together with the situitiu & dcscriptio of their habitalios : which the father of Stories Herodotus the Grcke, Diodorus the Siciliane, Berosus, Strabu, Solinus, Trogus Pompeius, Ptolomeus, Plinius Cornelius the still, Dionysius the Afriane, Poponius Mela, Cnesar, Inscphus, and ccrtein of the later writers, as Vincentius, and Aeneas Siluius (whirhe aftreward made Pope, had to name Pius the seconde) Anthonie Sabcllicus, Ihon Nauclcrus, Amiiro.se Cnlcpine, Nicholas Perottc, in his cornu copia;, and many other famous writers eche one for their parte, as it were skatercd, & by piece meaie, set furthc to posteritie. Those I saie haue I sought out, gathered together, and acordyng to the ordre of the storie and tyme, digested into this litle packe. Not for the hongre of gaine, or the ficklyng desire of the peoples vainc brute, and vnskilfulle commendacion : but partly moued with the oportunitic of my laisure, & the wondrefull profite and pleasure, that I conceiued in this kinde of studie my self, and partly that other also delightyng in stories, might with litle labour, finde easely when thei would, the sonimc of thynges compiled in one Booke, that thei ware wonte with tediousnes to sicke in many. And I haue shocked theim vp together, as well those of aunciente tyme, as cf later yeres, the lewde, as well as the vertuous in- diflbrcntlie, chat vsing the as presc examples, and paternes of life, thou maiest with all thine endeuour folowe the vertuous; .r I godlie, & with asmuche warenes eschewe the vi- cious & vngodly. Yea, that thou mai;st further, my (reader) learne to discerne, how men haue in these dales amended the rude simplicitic of the first worlde, fru Adam to the floud and many yercs after, when men lined skatcryng on the earthe, without knowlege of Money, or what coigne mcnt, or Merchauntes trade : no maner of exchauge, but one good tourne for another. When no man claimed aught for his seueralle, but laiide and water ware as coniune to al, as Ayer and Skie. Whe thei gaped not for honour, ne hunted after richesse, but eche man contented with a litle, passed his dales in the wilde fielde, vnder the open heauen, tlie couertc of some shadowie Tree, or slendre houelle, with suche com- panion or companius as siemed them good, their diere babes and children aboute them. Sounde without carcke and in rest full quietnesse, eatyng the fruictes of the ficlde, and the milke of the cattle, and drinking the waters of the christalline springes. First clad with the softe barcke of trees, or the faire broade leaues, & in processe with rawe felle and hide full vnworkemanly patched together. Not then enuironed with walles, ne pente vp with rampers, and diches of deapthe, but walking at free skope emog the wanderyng beastes of the fieide, and where the night came vpon theim, there takyng their lodgyng without feare O o of i % i i ' m ■ 1 m m . Ml m 278 THE PREFACE V r «)r murthcror or thief. Mcry at iho fiillc, as withoiil knowledge of ihc euilles ^ afire cnmicd aw J worltlc waxed elder, tliroiigh diiierH desires, and contrarie endetioiirH of menne. Wh(» in prof esse for the insiifTiciencic of the friiictcs of the earthe, ( whiche she the gauc vntillcd) and for dcfniilt of t)ther thvngcs, gannc fallc at dit^^niete and tiebatc emong themseines, and to auoicd the inunsion of heastos, and mcnne of straungc borders, (whom by thcmttelueK thei ronid not rcnellc) gathered into companies, with commune aide to withslandc siiche enciirsions and violence of wrong. And so ioynyng in ronfederacic, planted themseines together in a plottc, assigned their boimde-i, framed vp cotages, one by anothcru chicque, diked in theselues, chase ufTicers and goiiernours, and deuised lawes, that thci also cmong thcimseliies mi"ht line in (|iiiete. So beginnyng a rough palernc of tonnes and of Cities, that aftrc ware laboured to more curious lincsse. AND now ware thei not contented, with the commodities of the ficldes and cattle alone, but by diners inncncions of h:indccraftes and sci€ces, and by sondrie labours of this life, thci sought how to winnc. Now gan thei tattempte the scasc with many denices, to transplantc their proi;ci ic and ofspring into places vnenhabited, and to enioye the commodities of cchc others countrie, by mutuall tradique. Now came the Oxc to the yoke, the Horse to the draught, the Mctalle to thestape, the Apparel to handsomnes, the Spearhc to more (inesse, the Behauour of menne to a more calmencssc, the Fare more dcintie, the Huildyng more gor- geous, thenhabitours ourr alt became milder and wittier, shaking of (eucn of their ownc accorde) the bruteshe outrages and stearne dealinges, y shnmefully mought be spoken of. Nowc refrained thei from sleayng one of a nother, fro eatyng of ech others flesh, from rape and open defiling of mother, sister, and daughter indifRretly, and fro many like abhomina- cions to nature and honestic. Thei now marieng rea-ion, with strength : and pollicie, with might : where the earthe was before forgrowen with bushes and woodclcs, stufFed with many noisome beastes, drouned with meares, and with niarshc, vnfitte to be enhabitcd, waast and vnhandsome in euery condition : by wittic diligence, and labour, ridde it from encom- braunce, planed the rouglies, digged vp trees l)y the rootes, dried aw..y the superfluous waters, brought all into leauelle, banished barreinessc, and vncoucred the face of the earth, that it might fully he senc, conuerted the champeine to tillage, the plaines to pasture, the valley to meadow, the hillcs thei shadowed with wooddcs and with Vines. Then thrusic thei in cultre and share, and with wide woinulcs of the earthe, wan wine and corne plentcously of the grounde, that afore scarcely gaue them Akornes and Crabbcs. Then cnhabited thei more thicke, and spred themselucs ouer all, and buylte euery where. Of Tonnes, thei made cities, and of villages, Tou'ies, Castles vpon the rockes, and in the vallcis made thei the temples "f the gnddcs. The goKle grancled springes, thci encurbed with Marble, & with trees right picr.s.imtlic shadowed them aboute Fnim them they deriued into cities and Tonnes, the pure fresh ^ waters, a gx-at disiauiicc of, by conduicte of pipes and troughes, and suche other conucyaunce. Where nature had hidden the waters, out of sighlc, thei sancke welle« cf grcatr dcapth, to sunplie thci. lackcs. Riuers, and maigne floiides, whiche afore with vnbrideicd vinience.. oftymcs oucrflowed the neighboured aboute, to the destruc- tion of their cattle, their htuscs, and lhem^elues: thei restrained with bancques, and kept them in a course. And lo the eiidc fhci might not onc'y be vadable, but pa«^sed also with drie foote, thei deuised nieancs witli piles o( Timbre, and arches of .--tone, mauigre the rage of their violent streanios, to gmunde bridges vpon ihein. Yen, the rockes of the sea whiche for the daungier of the acccsse, ihonghte themsehu^ cxempte from the dinte of their hande, when thei percoiued by experience, thei ware mvus to sailers, with vnspeakeable labour did thei ouerfhnwi- & brcake into gobctles. Hewed out ha les on euery stroiid, enlarged crieques, opened rodis, and digged out hcrborowes, where their shippcs mighte ride saulfc fn) the storme. Finally thci so laboured, beautifled, and perfcightcd llie earthe, that at this daie comi)arcd with the former naturalle forgrowen wastcncsse, it might well sienie not to be that, but rather the Parad.sc of pleasure, out of the whiche, the first paterncs of mankinde (Adam and Eue) for th> fi.;ngrossion of Goddes precept, ware driuen. MEN also inuentcd and founde many wittie sciences, and artes, many wondrefull workes, whiche OF THK AUTHOIJK. 279 whiche when by practice of Ictlrcx, thci had committed to hooke«, and laied vp for poHterilir, their siicceMsoura »o woundered at their wincdomes and hu reiierenrrd their lone and ende- uours (whiche thei spied to be meant toward them, and the wealth of those that shuhl folow of the) that thei thought the not blessed enough, with the e^tlale of men mortalle, but so aduaunced their fame, and wondered at their wurthinesse, that thci wan theim the honour and name of Gculdes immortall. TIIO gan the Prince of the worlde, when men so gan to delight in thadoiir'iynf? of the worlde, to sowc vpu the good sicdc, the pcstilentc Dcrnell, that as thci ni'ihiplicd in noni- bre, so iniquitie might encrease, to disturbe and conl'ounde this hUsscd slate. FlItST, therefore when he had with all kinde of wirkednrs bolimcd y world, ho put into their hcades, a curious searche of the highest knnwkdge. and siiihc as depcudeih vpou dcstcnie of thyngcs. And so practised his pageauntcs, by db-i iiro and «lMC thorough ihix damnable wyrkedne* of Sacrificeo, and Kites, that whileHl euery people ( vnduublrdly with religioim enlent) endeuour ihcini oelueii to the wonhippe of Gnd, and cclieonc taketh v|)u him to be the true and best worshipper of him, and wnile!*t echone thinkc theim nelues to treadr the ftlrcighl pathe of cuerlantyng blemed- ncs, and contedeth with cigre mode and hitter di^pite, that all other erre and be ledde Tarre awrie: and whilcxt euery man ••tnigglethe and Mtriuelh to spread and enlarge hist owne sectc, and to oucrthruwc othrrH, liiei doe ho hate and enuie, mo persecute and annoy echone an other, that at this daic a man cannot rarely trauaill from one countrie to another : yea, tliei that would nduenturc saufely or vnuufely, be almottt euery where holde out. Whcrof me thiiikes I see it is like to come to pa«fle, that whilest one pet)ple iicant knoweth the name of another, (and yet almost neighbount) all that shall this dale be written or reported of theim, shalbe compted and refused as lyes. And yeat this maner of knowledge and expe- rience, is of it self so pleasant, so prnKtable k so praise worthy, that sundrie (as it is well knowen) for the oncly loue and desire thereof, Icauyng their natiue countrie, their father, their mother, their wiues and their children, yea, throwyng at their heles their sauftie and welfare, haue with grcutc troubles, vexations, and turmoilynges taken vpon theim for ex- perience sake, to cutte through the wallowyng seas, and many thousande miles, to estraunjge theimselues fro their home, yea, and those men not in this age alone, but euen from the firste haichyng of the worlde haue been reputed and founde of moste wisedome, authoritie, and good fucion, sonest chosen with all mennes consent, bothe in peace & warre, to ad- mini^tre the cOmune wealth as maisters and counsaillours, fudges and Capitaines. Suche ware thancient s:iges of Grece and of Italy, Socrates, Plato, Aristotle, Antisthenes, Aristip- piis, Zcno, Sc Pythagoras, who through their wisedomes and estimacion for trauailes wan them greate n(rne written of, many ycarrs agonc, and that by a thousand Rondry mciine, and yet he but borowyng their woordeN, brynKclh it foorthc for a mayden booke, and nmneth it hiw owne. For if thou well connidre my trade, thou Hhalt fynd, that I haiie not on'y l)rou){ht thee other mrnne«« olde 8iorc, but opened thee aim) the treasury of mync ownr wittc and boke", not eucrv where to be found, and like a liberall feanter h.-iue .-trt bcforo ihce much of mynr ownr, and many thyngea newe. Farewell and thanke- fully take that, that with l.]l>our i<« brought thee. «l .r;iKN.:!< iMf let THE m Bl ^ i'>- Wy': i PEOPLES ENIIABITING THE TWO PARTES OF THE EARTH, CALLED AFFRIKE. THE FARDLE OF FACIONS CONTEIMNG THE AUNCIENTE MANERS. CUSTOMES AND LAWES, OF THE Ml. „ ( , :H1 AFFRICKE AND ASIE. ■m f The first Chapiter. H The true opinion of the deuine, concernyng the beginnyng of man. WHen God had in. V. dales made perfecte the heauens and the earth, and the furniture of bothe: whiche the Latinos for the guodlincsse and beaiitie thereof, call Mundus, and we (I knowe not for what reason) haue named the worlde : the sixth daie, to the entent there mighte be one to enioyc, and be Lorde oner all, he made the moste notable creature Man. One that of all earthly creatures alone, is endowed with a mynde, and spirit from aboue. And he gaue him to name, Adam : accordyng to the colour of the molde he was made of. Then drawyng out of his side tl"^ woman, whilest he slept, to thende he should not be alone, knitte her vnto hym, as an vnscparable compaignion, and thcrwith placed them in the moste plea- saunt plot of the earth, fostered to flourishe with the moisture of floudes on euery parte. The place for the frcsshe griencsse and incrie shewc, the Greques name Paradisos. There lyucd they a wliyle a moste blessed life without bleamishe of wo, the earth of the own ac- cor.Ic bringing fortli all thing. But when they ones had transgressed the precepte, they ware baiiy-shcd that cnhabilaunce of pl<^asure and driuen to shift the world. And fro thenceforth the grnciousncs of the earth was also abated, & the francke fertilitie therof so withdrawen, that iai our and swette, now wan Ies.se a greate deale, then ydle lokyng on before tyme had done. Shortly create in siekenes, and diseases, and the broyling heate and the nipping cold began to asr'nile their bodves. Their first sonne was Cayin, and the seconde Abell, and then many oi:ier. And as th world grewe into yeares, and the earth began to waxe ihicke peo- pled, loke as the nombre did encreace, so vices grew on, and their lyuing decaied euer into woors. -lfM«fl 1'' :.|j 284 VOYAGES, NAUIGATIONS, Affrike. w III ', • if 1 :»>: ■r:.P) woors. For giltclesse dealyng, wrong came in place, for dciioiitcnesse, cotempte of the Goddes, and so farre outraged their wickcdnes, that God skarcely fyndyng one iiiste Noha on the earth (whom he saued, with his hoiisholde, to repayre the lossc of mankind and re- plenysshe the worlde) sente a floiidc vniiicrsall, whichc couering all vnder water, killed all fleshc that bare lyfe vppon earth, exceptc a fcwe bcastes, birdes, and wormes that ware pre- serued in the misticall arke. In the cnde of due Monetlirs aftre thefloude began, the Arque touched on the moiitcines of Armenia. And within fonre Monethcs aftre, Noas and all his beyng restored to the earth, with Goddes furthcraunce in shortc space repeopled the worlde. And to thende the same myghte euery wheare again be enhabiled, he dispersed his yssue and kyndredes into sondrie coastes. After Berosus opynion he sent Cham oiherwyse, named Cameses and Chamesenuus with his (if'